Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2
3
4
The Committee
Advisory Committee:
Prof. Dr. Ir. Dedi Priadi, DEA
Dr. Ir. Sigit Pranowo Hadiwardoyo, DEA
Editor-in-chief :
Prof. Dr. Ir. Bondan T. Sofyan, M.Si
Editor:
Dr. Ir. Wiwik Rahayu, MT
Mulia Orientilize, ST., M.Eng
Dr. Ir. Gabriel S.B. Andari. K, M.Eng
Dr. Ir. Gandjar Kiswanto, M.Eng
Prof. Ir. Yulianto S. Nugroho, M.Sc., Ph.D
Muhammad Baqi, ST., MT
Dr. Ir. Dodi Sudiana, M.Eng
Dr. Ir. Anak Agung Putri Ratna., M.Eng
Taufiq Alif Kurniawan, M.Sc.Eng
Dr. Ir. Winarto, M.Sc
Prof. Dr. Ir. Anne Zulfia Syahrial, M.Sc
Dr. Ir. Myrna Ariati M., M.S
Ir. Herlily, M.Urb. Des
Dr-Ing. Ir. Dalhar Susanto
M. Nanda Widyarta, B.Arch., M.Arch
Prof. Ir. Sutrasno Kartohardjono, M.Sc, P.hD
Ir. Kamarza Mulia, M.Sc., Ph.D
Ir. Mahmud Sudibandriyo, M.Sc., Ph.D
Dr.Eng. M. Sahlan, S.Si., M.Eng
Ir. Fauzia Dianawati, M.Si
Ir. Erlinda Muslim, M.EE
Dr-Ing. Amalia Suzianti
Tikka Anggraeni, M.Si
Rengga Satrio Wibisono, S.Sos
Published by:
5
6
Welcome to FTUI
On behalf of the Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia, I would like to extend our warm-
est welcome to all students joining us this year. Our faculty is one of the largest faculties in the
Universitas Indonesia and is proud call our self as one of the leading education and research
institution in Indonesia. With the support of our faculty members, we provide great learning and
research environment for our students.
This 2012 Academic Guidebook is intended for all students of the Undergraduate Program (Regular,
Parallel, International), Master Program and Doctor Program, to be used during their study at the
Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia. Curriculum, syllabus and academic staff are listed,
as well as all support provided for you. The information contained within this book is also useful
for those considering of continuing their study in engineering field at the Universitas Indonesia.
Within this guidebook, you will also find general information on FTUI and all of our Departments/
Study Programs, education system as well as the curriculum and syllabus of subjects taught at
all of our Undergraduate, Master and Doctor Programs in our seven departments: Department of
Civil Engineering, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Department of Electrical Engineering,
Department of Metallurgy & Material Engineering, Department of Architecture, Department of
Chemical Engineering, and Department of Industrial Engineering.
Lastly, I would like to convey my gratitude and appreciation to all faculty members which have
helped with the compilation of this guidebook, especially the Vice Dean, Associate Dean for Aca-
demic and Research, Faculty Secretary, Heads and Vice Heads of Departments, the committee and
all informants. Let us move forward towards making Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia
as a leading engineering education institution which produces graduates with the competencies
and attributes that are sufficient to be able to compete in the international community.
i 7
CONTENTS
Foreword i
Contents ii
4. Undergraduate Program
4.1. Undergraduate Program in Civil Engineering 62
4.2. Undergraduate Program in Environmental Engineering 97
4.3. Undergraduate Program in Mechanical Engineering 115
4.4. Undergraduate Program in Marine Engineering 140
4.5. Undergraduate Program in Electrical Engineering 155
4.6. Undergraduate Program in Computer Engineering 191
4.7. Undergraduate Program in Metallurgy and Materials Engineering 208
4.8. Undergraduate Program in Architecture 232
4.9. Undergraduate Program in Architecture Interior 261
4.10. Undergraduate Program in Chemical Engineering 286
4.11. Undergraduate Program in Bioprocess Engineering 323
4.12. Undergraduate Program in Industrial Engineering 345
6. Master Program
6.1. Master in Civil Engineering 370
6.2. Master in Mechanical Engineering 402
6.3. Master in Electrical Engineering 431
6.4. Master in Metallurgy and Materials Engineering 456
6.5. Master in Architecture 469
6.6. Master in Chemical Engineering 492
6.7. Master in Industrial Engineering 506
8 ii
1
1. PROFILE OF FTUI AND DEPARTMENTS
The history of the Faculty of Engineering, or celebration, under the banner of the
Universitas Indonesia (FTUI) began with an University of Indonesia as youngest faculty.
offer made from young engineers belonging And so the history of the Faculty of Engineering
to the Society of Engineers Indonesia (PII), to Universitas Indonesia began with the first three
the first President of the Republic Indonesia, Study Programs with their respective Head of
Bung Karno, for the renovations of the heav- Study Programs: Ir. Sutami as Head of Civil
ily damaged main streets of Jakarta. At that Engineering Study Program, Ir. Ahmad Sayuti as
time Jakarta was preparing for the Interna- Head of Mechanical Engineering Study Program
tional Sports Event, the GANEFO. This bid was and Ir. K. Hadinoto as Head of Electrical
welcomed by President Soekarno. The young Engineering Study Program.
engineers were granted permission to start
the renovations under the condition that all The Metallurgy and Architecture Study
work must be completed within two weeks Programs were opened the following year
period. Headed by Ir. Bratanata, Ir. Roosseno, with their respective Head of Study Programs:
Ir. Sutami, and Ir. A.R. Soehoed, the project Dr.Ing. Purnomosidhi H. and Ir. Sunaryo S.. Ir.
was completed on time. Roosseno as Dean was assisted by Ir. Sutami
After successful accomplishment of the street as Vice Dean for Academic Affairs, Ir. Slamet
renovation project, these young engineers with Bratanata as Vice Dean for Administration
their iron will felt that there was more that and Finance and Dr. Ing Purnomosidhi H. as
they could do to serve our country. But what? Vice Dean for Student Affairs and Alumni.
Then they thought of a brilliant idea: Why not In its early acitivities in 1964, Faculty of
establish an engineering faculty in Jakarta as Engineering UI was supported by 30 lecturers
an alternative to the one in Bandung? This way and 11 non-academic employees offering a
those residing in the countrys capital would 32 course subject curriculum. The first class
not need to travel far to Bandung for an engi- of Faculty of Engineering UI consisted of 199
neering education. students. In five and a half years, 18 of them
During the ceremonial event of Lenso dancing had successfully completed their study and
at the Pembangunan Building (formerly known graduated as certified Engineers.
as Pola Building) to welcome the GANEFO
guests of honor, the young engineers brought In 1985, the study program Gas Engineering
their idea to President Soekarno to which he (originally under the Metallurgy Study Program)
responded by inviting them to the Presidential joined the study program Chemical Engineering
Palace the next day. During the meeting in the (originally under the Mechanical Study Program)
Presidential Palace, the President wholeheart- and formed the Gas and Petrochemical
edly approved of the idea and even directly Engineering Study Program with its first Head
appointed Prof. Ir. Rooseno as the first Dean of of Study Program, Dr. Ir. H. Rachmantio.
the Faculty of Engineering. The President also The Industrial Engineering Study Program,
instructed that the new Faculty of Engineering the youngest Study Program in Faculty of
would be part of the University of Indonesia Engineering UI, was opened in 1999 with its first
under the leadership of its Rector, dr. Syarief Head of Study Program, Ir. M. Dachyar, M.Sc.
Thayeb. The term Study Program was later changed to
Department and is still used today.
PROFILE OF FTUI
Civil Engineering:
AND DEPARTMENTS
To be center of excellence for education
and research activities, to serve stake- Prof. Dr. Ir. Irwan Katili, DEA.
holders needs through facilitation of Dr. Ir. Wiwik Rahayu, MT
conducive academic environment.
Mechanical Engineering:
To be a leading institution with the initia-
Prof. Dr. Ir. Harinaldi,M.Eng
tives that responds to local, national and
global societal needs. Dr.Ir. Gandjar Kiswanto, MEng
Electrical Engineering:
1.3. UI and FTUI Administration Dr.Ir. M. Asvial, M.Eng
UI Dr. Ir. Dodi Sudiana, MEng
Rector: Metallurgy & Materials Engineering:
Prof. Dr. Gumilar R. Somantri, derSoz. Prof. Dr.Ing. Ir. Bambang Suharno
Deputy Rector for Academic and Student Dr. Ir. Winarto, MSc
Affairs:
Architecture:
Dr. Ir. Muhammad Anis. M.Met
Kemas Ridwan Kurniawan, ST, MSc.
Deputy Rector for Human Resources , Fi- Ph.D.
nance and General Administration Affairs:
Ir. Herlily, M.Urb. Des
Dr. Drs. Ak. Tafsir Nurchamid, M.Si
Chemical Engineering:
Deputy Rector for Research, Development
and Industrial Cooperation: Prof. Dr. Ir. Widodo W. Purwanto, DEA.
Sunardji, SE, MM Prof. Ir. Sutrasno Kartohardjono MSc,
Ph.D
Adjunct Professor
Prof. Ir. Abdulkadir. 1.4. ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AT FTUI
Prof. Ir. Soewondo B. Soetedjo Dipl. Ing. FTUI consists of seven Departments and
Prof. Dr. Ir. Muhammadi twelve Undergraduate Study Programs: (1)
Prof. Ir. Sidharta S. Kamarwan Civil Engineering, (2) Environmental Engi-
Prof. Dr. Ir. Zuhal, M.Sc.EE neering, (3) Mechanical Engineering, (4) Ma-
Prof. Dr. Ir. Sar Sardy, M.Eng.Sc rine Engineering, (5) Electrical Engineering,
Prof. Dr. Ir. Roekmiyati WS, M.S (6) Computer Engineering, (7) Metallurgy &
Prof. Dr. Ir. Sulistyoweni W., Dipl. SE. SKM Materials Engineering, (8) Architecture, (9)
Prof. Dr. Ir. Bambang Suryawan, MT. Interior Architecture, (10) Chemical Engineer-
Prof. Ir. Djamhari Sirat, M.Sc., Ph.D ing, (11) Bioprocess Engineering, (12) Indus-
Prof. Dr. Ir. Emirhadi Suganda, M.Sc trial Engineering; seven Master Programs: (1)
Prof. Ir. Suyono Dikun, M.Sc., Ph.D Civil Engineering, (2) Mechanical Engineering,
(3) Electrical Engineering, (4) Metallurgy and
International Adjunct Professor Material Engineering, (5) Architecture, (6)
Prof. Dr. James-Holm Kennedy,University of Chemical Engineering, (7) Industrial Engineer-
Hawaii, USA. ing; and six Doctoral Programs: (1) Civil Engi-
Prof. Dr.-Ing. Axel Hunger, University of Duis- neering, (2) Mechanical Engineering, (3) Elec-
burg, Germany. trical Engineering, (4) Metallurgy and Material
Prof. Josaphat Tetuko Sri Sumantyo, PhD, Engineering, (5) Architecture, (6) Chemical
Chiba University, Japan, Remote Sensing Engineering; and one Professional Program
Prof. Dr. Fumihiko Nishio, Chiba University, for Architect
Japan, ICT
Prof. Chit Chiow (Andy) Tan, School of Me-
chanical, Manufacturing and Medical Engi-
4 neering, Queensland University of Technol-
turn to FTUI and fulfill certain requirements.
Accreditation of FTUI Academic Programs The double degree cooperation with QUT
involves the study programs Civil Engineer-
The National Board of Accreditation for Higher ing, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engi-
Education (BAN-PT) has awarded the follow- neering and Architecture. The double degree
PROFILE OF FTUI
AND DEPARTMENTS
ing accreditation level for all study program cooperation with Monash University involves
in the Faculty of Engineering: for Bachelor the study programs Metallurgy & Material En-
Programs: Civil Engineering (A), Mechanical gineering and Chemical Engineering. The dou-
Engineering (A), Electrical Engineering (A), ble degree cooperation with Curtin University
Metallurgy & Material Engineering (A), Archi- involves the study programs Chemical Engi-
tecture (A), Chemical Engineering (A), Indus- neering, Architecture, Metallurgy & Material
trial Engineering (A), Marine Engineering (B), Engineering and Electrical Engineering, with
Computer Engineering (B), Environmental En- other study programs to follow. The double
gineering (B). degree cooperation with the University of
Queensland involves the study programs Me-
Accreditation for Master Program is as follows: chanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering,
Civil Engineering (A), Mechanical Engineering Chemical Engineering and Metallurgy & Ma-
(A), Electrical Engineering (A), Metallurgy terial Engineering. This international under-
and Materials Engineering (B), Architecture graduate program provides high quality engi-
(A), Chemical Engineering (A) and Industrial neering education in the international level.
Engineering (B). Since 2011, students will also have a choice to
continue their final two years at FTUI as part
Accreditation for Doctoral Program is as fol- of the newly opened Single Degree Interna-
lows: Civil Engineering (B), Electrical Engi- tional Program.
neering (B), Metallurgy and Materials Engi-
neering (A), Chemical Engineering (A), while Extension Undergraduate Program
Mechanical Engineering is waiting for the an-
nouncement. The Extension Undergraduate Program in
FTUI was established in 1993. At the begin-
In 2008 & 2010, the Departments of Mechani- ning, this program was held by four study
cal Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical programs (Civil, Mechanical, Electrical and
Engineering, Metallurgy & Material Engineer- Metallurgy & Material Engineering). In 1995
ing, Architecture and Chemical Engineering the Chemical Engineering study program (Gas
have been accredited by the ASEAN University and Petrochemical) followed suit and finally
Network (AUN). Industrial Engineering study program opened
their extension program in 2002. Since 2011,
International Undergraduate Program this program is merged with the Parallel Un-
(Double-Degree & Single Degree) dergraduate Program with the credit transfer
mechanism.
Since 1999, Faculty of Engineering has estab-
lished an international undergraduate pro-
gram in engineering (double-degree program) 1.5.1. DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL
with the following renowned Australian higher ENGINEERING
education institutions: Queensland University
of Technology (QUT), Monash University, Cur- GENERAL
tin University of Technology, The University Civil engineering is the oldest engineering
of Queensland and The University of Sydney. discipline and encompasses many specialties.
Graduates from this international undergrad- Civil engineering can be described as the
uate program will be awarded a Bachelor of application of engineering to civil society.
Engineering degree from our Australian Uni-
versity partner and a Sarjana Teknik degree Civil engineers apply the principles of engineer-
from Faculty of Engineering UI when they re- ing to meeting societys fundamental needs for
5
housing, transportation, sanitation, and the
other necessities of a modern society. Civil Corresponding Address
engineers deal with the design, construction,
Departemen Teknik Sipil
and maintenance of the physical and naturally
Fakultas Teknik Universitas Indonesia
built environment, including works like roads,
AND DEPARTMENTS
Civil engineers work on all levels: in the pub- VISION , MISSIONS and OBJECTIVES OF
lic sector from municipal through to national CIVIL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT FTUI
governments, and in the private sector from
individual homeowners through to interna- VISION
tional companies. The Civil Engineering Department strives to
be a professional and globally recognized
Civil engineering education is to prepare institution in civil engineering education and
students to be master planners, designers, research, supported by a reliable management
constructors, and managers of various civil system.
engineering works.
MISSIONS
The Department of Civil Engineering FTUI To develop further our reliable
offers undergraduate programs in Civil Engi- management system
neering (Civil Engineering Study Program) and To develop our excellent education and
Environmental Engineering (Environmental research environment
Engineering Study Program) since the year To improve continuously our human
2006. The Civil Engineering Study Program of- resources
fers master level and doctoral level education
in civil engineering as well. OBJECTIVES
A. Objectives in education is along the lines of
The Civil Engineering Study Program was ac- the objectives of study programs.
credited internationally in 2001 by The Joint B. Objectives in research are:
Board of Moderators of the Engineering 1. to contribute to advancement of
Council of Institution of Structural Engineers science and technology.
(ISE), Institution of Civil Engineers (ICE), dan 2. to improve the relevance of the
Chartered Institution of Building Service En- learning process towards the
gineers of the United Kingdom. However, due development of current science.
to changes in their policies, this accreditation
was terminated accordingly. C. Objectives in community service are :
1. to contribute to Indonesia national
The Civil Engineering Study Program is ac- development.
credited Badan Akreditasi Nasional Pendidikan 2. to contribute to betterment of society
Tinggi (BAN-PT) with the highest level for the through quality professional and com-
undergraduate and master level programs and munity services.
the first accredited doctoral program in Indo-
nesia. The Environmental Engineering Study VISION, MISSIONS, AND OBJECTIVES OF
Program is accredited by BAN-PT as well. CIVIL ENGINEERING STUDY PROGRAM
FTUI
The Department of Civil Engineering was as-
sessed ASEAN University Network Quality
Assurance Program (AUN-QA). The assessment VISION OF CIVIL ENGINEERING STUDY
grade is above the passing grade determined by PROGRAM - FTUI:
AUN-QA, the Civil Engineering Department has
the right to use the AUN-QA certification. The vision for the Civil Engineering Study Pro-
gram is to be preeminent in creating environ-
6
mentally-conscious and globally-oriented en- environmental infrastructure.
gineering solutions for civil infrastructure.
MISSIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
STUDY PROGRAM FTUI:
MISSIONS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING STUDY PRO-
To contribute to betterment of society
GRAM FTUI:
PROFILE OF FTUI
through quality research and professional
AND DEPARTMENTS
To contribute to betterment of society
community services in environmental
through quality research and professional
engineering with sustainability consider-
community services in civil engineering
ations.
with sustainability considerations.
To ensure that graduates will have a mas-
To ensure that graduates will have a mas-
tery of fundamental knowledge, problem
tery of fundamental knowledge, problem
solving skills, engineering experimental
solving skills, engineering experimental
abilities, and design capabilities in envi-
abilities, and design capabilities in civil
ronmental engineering with understand-
engineering with understanding of sus-
ing of sustainability and global consider-
tainability and global considerations.
ations.
To prepare graduates for leadership roles,
To prepare graduates for leadership roles,
to produce graduates who have effective
to produce graduates who have effective
communication skills, to prepare gradu-
communication skills, to prepare gradu-
ates with understanding of professional
ates with understanding of professional
ethics and responsibility.
ethics and responsibility.
and function on multi-disciplinary teams, Prof. Dr. Ir. Yusuf Latief, MT., latief73@eng.
and an understanding of professional and ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT, Dr, UI; Prof. UI), Project
ethical responsibility Management
PROFILE OF FTUI
Essy Ariyuni, essy@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITS; MSc, R. Jachrizal Soemabrata, rjs@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir,
AND DEPARTMENTS
University of Wisconsin; Dr, Quensland UI; MSc, Leeds Univ; Dr, Melbourne Univer-
University of Technology) Structure sity) Sustainable Urban Transport
Firdaus Ali, firdaus108@hotmail.com (Ir, ITB; RR. Dwinanti Rika Marthanty, dwinanti@eng.
MSc, PhD, University of Wisconcin) Envi- ui.ac.id (ST, MT, UI; Kandidat Dr, UI) Water
ronmental Resources Management
Gabriel Sudarmini Boedi Andari, andari@eng. Setyo Sarwanto Moersidik, ssarwanto@eng.
ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; M.Eng, RMIT; PhD, Texas ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; DEA, Dr, Universitede
Southern University) Environmental Montpellier II) Environmental
Heddy Rohandi Agah, agah@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, Setyo Supriyadi, setspd@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, Msi,
UI; M.Eng, Asian Institute of Technology; UI) Structure
Kandidat Dr, UI) Transportation Sigit Pranowo Hadiwardoyo, sigit@eng.ui.ac.
Henki Wibowo Ashadi, henki@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, id (Ir, UI; CES, ENTPE Lyon; DEA, Dr, Ecole
UI; Technische Hochschehule Darmstadt; Centrale de Lyon, Dr, Ecole Centrale Paris)
Dr-Ing, TH Darmstadt) Structure Transportation
Herr Soeryantono, herr@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; Siti Murniningsih, sitimurni@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir,
MSc, PhD, Michigan State University) Water Undip; MS, ITB; Kandidat Dr, UI) Water
Resources Management Resources Management
Heru Purnomo, herupur@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, Syahril A. Rahim, syahril@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir,
UI; DEA, Universite Blaise Pascal; Dr, UI; M.Eng, Asian Institute of Technology)
UniversitedOrleans) Structure Structure
Irma Gusniani, irma@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; MSc, Toha Saleh, toha@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MSc,
University of Colorado) Environmental University of Surrey; Kandidat Dr, UI) Wa-
Iwan Renadi Soedigdo, irs1210@yahoo.com ter Resources Management
(Ir, ITB; MSc, University of Colorado) Tri Tjahjono, tjahjono@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI;
Structure MSc, Dr, Leeds University) Transportation
Josia Irwan Rastandi, jrastandi@eng.ui.ac.id Widjojo Adi Prakoso, wprakoso@eng.ui.ac.
(ST, MT, UI; Dr-Ing, Technische Universtat id (Ir, UI; MSc, PhD, Cornell University)
Munchen) Structure Geotechnic
Leni Sagita, leni@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, MT, UI; Wiwik Rahayu, wrahayu@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI;
Kandidat Dr, NUS, Singapore) Construction DEA, Dr, Ecole Centrale de Paris) Geo-
Management: Project Management technic
Madsuri, madsuri@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, MT, UI) Yuskar Lase, yuskar@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; DEA,
Structure Dr, Ecole Centrale de Lyon) Structure
Martha Leni Siregar, leni@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; Yusuf Latief, latief73@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT,
MSc, Univ.of Southampton) Transporta- Dr, UI; Prof. UI) Project Management
tion
Mohammed Ali Berawi, maberawi@eng.ui.ac.
id (ST, Unsri; M.Eng.Sc, University of 1.5.2. DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL
Malaya; PhD, Oxford Brookes University) ENGINEERING
Construction Management: Project Man-
agement
Mulia Orientilize, mulia@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; GENERAL
M.Eng, Nanyang Technological University) The Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Structure previously known as Mechanical Engineer-
Nahry, nahry@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, MT, Dr, UI) ing Study Program. The department was
Transportation established together with the launch of the
Nyoman Suwartha, nsuwartha@eng.ui.ac.id faculty of engineering Universitas Indonesia
(ST, MT, UGM; M.Agr, Dr, Hokkaido Univer- in November 27 1964 at Salemba, Jakarta.
sity) Environmental Nowadays there are 2 study programs within
the department, which are: Mechanical Engi-
9
neering Study Program and Marine Engineering
Study Program. The mechanical engineering 1. Hold a higher level education
study program provides the knowledge which 2. Conduct the scientific research
focused into Energy Conversion, Product De- 3. Perform the Community service
sign, Manufacturing Process and also the basic
AND DEPARTMENTS
PROFILE OF FTUI
Universitas Indonesia Dr. Gandjar Kiswanto, MEng.
AND DEPARTMENTS
Kampus UI, Depok, 16424.
Tel. +62 21 7270032 Board of Professor:
Fax +62 21 7270033 Prof. Dr. Ir. Bambang Soegiarto, M.Eng
e-mail : mesin@eng.ui.ac.id bangsugi@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI, 1985; M.Eng,
http ://mech.eng.ui.ac.id Hokkaido Univ., Japan, 1991; Dr. Eng,
Hokkaido Univ., Japan, 1994) Combustion
VISION AND MISSION OF THE Engine
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL Prof. Dr. Ir. Budiarso, M.Eng,
mftbd@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1977; M.Eng.
ENGINEERING
NUS, 1996, Dr. UI) Fluid Mechanics, En-
ergy System
Vision Prof. Dr . Ir. I Made Kartika Diputra, Dipl-Ing,
Become the center of the excellent research and dhiputra_made@yahoo.com (Ir. UI, Dipl.-
education service in Mechanical Engineering ing Karlsruhe University, Dr. Universitas
Indonesia) Thermodynamics
Mission Prof. Dr. Ir. Raldi Artono, DEA
Conduct researchandresearch-basededuca- koestoer@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1978; DEA
tionfor the development ofscience andtech- Univ.de Poitier, 1980; Dr, Univ. Paris XII
nology in the field of mechanical engineer- France, 1984) Heat Transfer
ing,andconducts researchand educationef- Prof. Dr. Ir. Tresna P. Soemardi
forts and its use to improve the quality of tresdi@eng.ui.ac.id (SE. UI, 1987; Ir., ITB,
lifeandhumanity. 1980; MSi, UI, 1985; Dr. Ecole Centrale
de Paris France, 1990) Product Design,
Head of Department : Composite
Dr. Ir. Harinaldi, MEng Prof. Dr. Ir. Yanuar, M.Eng., MSc
Vice Head of Department: yanuar@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1986; M.Eng.
Dr. Ir. Gandjar Kiswanto, MEng. Hiroshima Univ. Jepang, 1992; MSc, Tokyo
Metropolitan Univ. 1996; Dr.Eng., Tokyo
Head of Laboratory Metropolitan Univ. Japan, 1998) Fluid
Head of Mechanical and Biomechanic Mechanics, Ship Drag and Propulsion
Design Laboratory : Prof. Dr. Ir. Yulianto S. Nugroho, M.Sc
Dr. Ir. Wahyu Nirbito, MSME. yulianto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1992; MSc,
Head of Mechanical Technology Laboratory Leeds Univ., UK, 1995; Ph.D., Leeds Univ.,
Dr. Ir. Danardono A.S. UK, 2000) Fire Safety Engineering
Head of Thermodynamics Laboratory: Prof. Dr.-Ing Nandy S. Putra
Prof. Dr. Ir. Yulianto, MSc, PhD. nandyputra@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1994,
Head of Heat Transfer Laboratory : Dr-Ing., Germany, 2002) Heat Transfer,
Dr. Ir. Engkos A. Kosasih Energy Conversion
Head of Fluid Mechanics Laboratory : Prof. Dr. Ir. Harinaldi, M.Eng,
Dr. Ir. Warjito, M.Eng. harinald@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1992; M.Eng,
Head of Manufacture and Otomatization Keio Univ. Japan, 1997; Dr.Eng, Keio Univ.
Laboratory: Japan, 2001) Thermofluids,Reacted Sys-
Dr. Ir. Gandjar Kiswanto, M.Eng. tem Fluid Dynamics, Statistics
Head of Air-conditioning Engineering
Laboratory:
Dr-Ing. Ir. Nasruddin Adjunct Professor:
Head of Ship Design Laboratory: Prof. Dr. Ir. Bambang Suryawan
Prof. Dr. Ir. Yanuar, M.Eng. MSc. suryawan@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1972; MT.
UI, 1994; Dr., UI, 2004) Thermofluid
11
Full-Time Lecturers : Hadi Tresno Wibowo
Adi Suryosatyo hadi.tresno@yahoo.com (Ir, UI, 1982;
adisur@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1996; M.Sc., MT, UI, 2010) Ship Structure, Machining
UTM-Malaysia 1999; Dr., UTM-Malaysia, Process
2002) Gasification, Power Generation Hendri Dwi Saptioratri B
AND DEPARTMENTS
a.shamsuddin@gmail.com (ST. UI, 2004; M.Eng, Keio Univ. Japan, 1992, CAnd
MSEng. Yeungnam Univ., 2007, Cand Doc- Doctor-UI) Mechanical Design, Design
tor - Yeungnam Univ.) Microfabrication, for Manufacture and Assembly
Manufacturing Henky Suskito Nugroho
Agung Subagio gagah@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1987; MT.
agsub@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1977; Dipl.Ing. UI, Cand Doctor - UI) Manufacturing
Karlsruhe- Germany,1982) Power Genera- System, Manufacturing Performance
tion Assessment
Ahmad Indra Siswantara Imansyah Ibnu Hakim
a_indra@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1991; Dr, imansyah@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1994;
UTM - Malaysia, 1997) Computational M.Eng. Kyushu Univ., 2000, Cand Doctor
Fluid Dynamics (CFD), Fluid Mechanics - UI) Heat Transfer, Energy Conversion
Ardiansyah Jos Istiyanto
ardiyansyah@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2002; jos@eng.ui.ac.id
MEng. Chonaam Univ. 2007, Cand of (ST. UI, 1997; MT. UI, 2004; Doktor Ye-
Doktor, USA) Heat Transfer, Thermody- ungnam Univ.) CAD/CAM, STEP-NC,2011
namics Microfabrication
Ario Sunar Baskoro Mohammad Adhitya
ario@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 1998; MT. madhitya@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2000;
UI 2004, MEng Keio University 2005, MSc FH Offenburg, 2004, Cand. Doctor
Cand. Dr., Keio Univ.) Robotics, Mecha- - Braunschweig) Dynamic, Otomotive
tronics System
Bambang P. Prianto M. ldrus Alhamid
prianto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1985; mamak@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1978; Dr.,
MIKomp., Ul-Maryland Univ., 1989) K.U. Leuven Belgium, 1988) Drying
Manufacturing Performance Assess- Engineering, Energy Conversion
ment, Manufacturing System Marcus Alberth Talahatu
Budihardjo marcus@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. Unhas, 1982,
bho@pacific.net.id (Ir. UI, 1977; Dipl. MT. UI, 2003, Cand Doctor - UI) Ship-
Ing. Karlsruhe, 1981; Dr., UI, 1998) buiding Design, Engineering Drawing
Refrigeration Engineering, Air Dryer, Muhamad Baqi
Thermo Dynamics baqi@eng.ui.ac.id (ST.UI, 2010; MT.UI,
Engkos Achmad Kosasih 2012) Ship design, visualization and
kosri@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1991; MT. modelling.
ITB, 1996; Dr. UI, 2006) Heat Transfer, Nasruddin
Numerical Method, Control Engineering anas@eng.ui.ac.id (ST, UI, 1995; M.Eng,
Gandjar Kiswanto KU Leuven Belgium, 1998, Dr.-ing,
gandjar_kiswanto@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, RWTH-Aachen) Refrigeration Engineer-
1995; M.Eng, KU Leuven Belgium, 1998; ing, Energy Conversion
Dr., KU Leuven Belgium, 2003) Itelligent Ridho Irwasnyah
Manufacturing System, Automatization, ridho@eng.ui.ac.id (ST.UI, 2010; MT.UI,
Robotics, Advanced CAD/CAM, Multi- 2012), Heat and Mass Engineering.
axis Machining R. Danardono Agus S.
Gatot Prayogo danardon@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1984;
gatot@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. FTUI, 1984; DEA, Ecole Centrale de Lyon 1989; Dr.
M.Eng Toyohashi Univ. Of Technology- Univ. dOrleans France, 1993) Engineer-
Japan, 1992, Dr.UI, 2011) Fracture ing Drawing, Automotive Engineering
Mechanics, Strenght of Materials Rusdy Malin
Gunawan rusdi@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1980; MME,
gunawan_kapal@eng.ui.ac.id (ST.UI, UTM Malaysia,1995, Cand. Doctor - UI)
2010; MT.UI, 2012), Ship MACHINERY, Building Mechanical System, Ventilation
12 Resistance and Propulsion System System
Sugeng Supriyadi THE OBJECTIVE OF EDUCATION
sugeng@eng.ui.ac.id (ST. UI, 2004;
MSEng, Yeungnam Univ. 2007, Cand. The objective of the Electrical Engineering
Doctor - Tokyo Metropolitan Univ.) bachelor education in this globalization area
Microfabrication, Fabrication Process is to be able to analyze engineering problems,
PROFILE OF FTUI
Control, Engineering Materials propose a logical engineering solution, both
AND DEPARTMENTS
Sunaryo systematically and practically, supported by
the right and proper method. The students are
naryo@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1981; Dr.,
also required to have capabilities in designing
Strathclyde Univ. Scotland, 1992) Ship- and developing software and hardware, and
building Design, Shipyard Design and always improved to new technology in electri-
Layout cal engineering.
Tris Budiono M
tribuma@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1980; MSi , VisiOn AND MissiON
UI, 1996) Engineering Drawing, Engi-
neering Materials The department has the vision to become
Wahyu Nirbito a high standard of excellence in education
bito@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1982; MSME, and research in the field of electrical en
Univ. of Minessota USA, 1987, Dr .UI, gineering. In order to achieve such vision,
2011) Vibration Engineering, Gas Turbin the department has defined its mission to
Warjito produce Electrical Engineering graduates
who are able to compete beyond the national
warjito@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir. UI, 1988,
labor market. The graduates will be capable
MEng, Hokkaido Univ., 1999; Dr. Eng, to respond to the vast growing engineering
Hokkaido Univ., 2002) Fluid Mechanics, technology development though the support
Piping System, Maintenance Engineer- of excellent educational process, excellent
ing management and organization, international
Yudan Whulanza standard of competence of the teaching
yudan@eng.ui.ac.id staff and international reputation in specific
(ST. 2000; MSc. FH-Aachen, 2005; Cand. research activities.
Dr. Univ. Pisa, 2011) Microfabrication
THE TARGETS
1.5.2. DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING To achieve high quality and internationally
standardized education and research, with:
GENERAL 1. Providing education and research collabo-
The Department of Electrical Engineering, ration with other universities, research
Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Indonesia agencies, and institutions, either local or
was established at the same time with the overseas.
establishment of Faculty of Engineering on 2. Providing high quality and accountability
November 27th, 1964. Eventhough the classes in management and organization.
had been started since October 17th, 1964. At 3. Providing funding resources, which are
the beginning of the establishment, the De- sufficient to achieve the targets in points
partment of Electrical Engineering was named 1) and 2) above, by conducting researches,
as Jurusan Listrik consisted of two fields of consultations, trainings and other business
studies: Electrical Power and Electronics & activities.
Telecommunication. Since 1984, Jurusan Lis-
trik has been changed to Jurusan Elektro, THE GOALS
which has been named again as The Depart-
ment of Electrical Engineering in 2004. There The undergraduate program of the Department
are five streams available in this department, of Electrical Engineering is aimed to achieve
namely: (1) Electrical Power Engineering, (2) graduates capable of designing in the
field of electrical engineering based on
Control Engineering, (3) Computer Engineering,
professional ethics according to advancement
(4) Electronics Engineering, (5) Telecommuni-
of technology.
cation Engineering. Since 2006, computer engi-
neering stream became a new study program:
Computer Engineering Study Program (CESP)
in the Department.
13
Prof. Dr. Benyamin Kusumoputro, M.Eng.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING STAFFS kusumo@ee.ui.ac.id (Drs., Fisika ITB, 1981;
M.Eng., Tokyo Inst. Tech., Japan, 1984; Dr.,
Head of Department: Tokyo Inst. Tech., Japan, 1993; Prof., UI,
2004) Computation intelligence, robotics.
Dr. Ir. Muhamad Asvial, M.Eng.
AND DEPARTMENTS
PROFILE OF FTUI
AND DEPARTMENTS
for Environmental Remote Sensing (CEReS), Amien Rahardjo, amien@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Uni-
Chiba University, Japan. versitas Indonesia, 1984; MT., Universitas
Assoc. Prof. Dr. Josaphat Tetuko Sri Suman- Indonesia, 2004) Electromagnetic, electric
power energy conversion.
tyo, jtetukoss@faculty.chiba-u.jp (Funda-
mental Research Field of Remote Sensing: Arief Udhiarto, arief@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Uni-
Microwave Remote Sensing), Center for versitas Indonesia, 2001; MT., Universitas
Environmental Remote Sensing (CEReS), Indonesia, 2004) Microelectronic devices,
Chiba University, Japan. silicon solar cell.
Prof. Dr. James-Holm Kennedy, jhk@pixi.com Aries Subiantoro, biantoro@ee.ui.ac.id (ST.,
(Electronic & optical beam management Universitas Indonesia, 1995; M.Sc. Univ.
devices, micromechanical sensors, chemi- Karlsruhe, Germany, 2001) Expert control
cal & biochemical sensors, novel electronic system, system identification.
devices, force sensors, gas sensors, mag- Arifin Djauhari, arifin@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., ITB,
netic sensors, optical sensors.), University 1975; MT., Universitas Indonesia, 1999)
of Hawaii, USA. Telecommunication & transmission regu-
Prof. Dr.-Ing. Axel Hunger, axel.hunger@ lation.
uni-due.de (Adaptive e-Learning, adap- Arman Djohan Diponegoro, arman@ee.ui.
tive instructional systems, e-course and ac.id (Ir., Universitas Indonesia 1981; Dr.,
its applications, pedagogical analyses of IPB, 2007) Telecommunication network,
on-line course), University of Duisburg Es- digital signal processing.
sen, Germany. Budi Sudiarto, budi@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Uni-
Prof. Dr. Koichi Ito (Printed Antenna, Small versitas Indonesia, 2001; MT., Universitas
Antenna, Medical Application of Antenna, Indonesia, 2005) High voltage and current,
Evaluation of Mutual Influence between Hu- electrical measurement)
man Body and Electromagnetic Radiations), Djamhari Sirat, djsirat@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Uni-
Chiba University, Japan. versitas Indonesia, 1972; M.Sc. UMIST.;
PhD, UMIST., UK, 1985), Telecommunication
Full-Time Faculty regulation.
Dodi Sudiana, dodi.sudiana@ui.ac.id (Ir.,
Anak Agung Putri Ratna, ratna@eng.ui.ac.id Universitas Indonesia, 1990, M.Eng.; Keio
(Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1986; M.Eng., University, Japan, 1996; D.Eng., Chiba
Waseda University. Japan., 1990; Dr., FTUI, Univ., Japan, 2005) Image processing,
2006) Computer network, web-based infor- remote sensing.
mation system.
Eko Adhi Setiawan, ekoas@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir.,
Abdul Halim, ahalim@e.ui.ac.id (Bachelor, Elektro Trisakti University; MT, Universitas
Keio Univ., Japan, 1995; M.Eng., Keio Uni- Indonesia, 2000; Dr.-Ing., Universitt Kas-
versity, Japan, 1997; D.Eng., Tokyo Institute sel, Germany, 2007) Virtual power plant,
of Technology, Japan, 2000) Control system electrical power supply, electrical energy
engineering, power system engineering, conversion.
computer simulation, intelligent engineer-
Endang Sriningsih, endangs@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir.,
ing, applied mathematics.
Universitas Indonesia, 1976; MT., Uni-
Abdul Muis, muis@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas versitas Indonesia, 1995) Digital system,
Indonesia, 1998; M.Eng., Keio Univ., 2005; computer networks.
Dr., Keio Univ., Japan 2007) Robotics, con-
F. Astha Ekadiyanto, fasthae@yahoo.com (ST.,
trol software engineering.
Universitas Indonesia, 1995; M.Sc., Univ.
Agus Rustamadji Utomo (Ir., Universitas In- Duisburg Essen, Germany, 2005) Microelec-
donesia, 1985; MT., Universitas Indonesia, tronic devices, sensor devices, multimedia,
2000) Electrical power & energy system. active networks.
15
Feri Yusivar, yusivar@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Uni- Ridwan Gunawan, ridwan@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir.,
versitas Indonesia, 1992; M.Eng. Waseda Universitas Indonesia, 1978; MT., Universi-
University, Japan, 2000; D.Eng., Waseda tas Indonesia, 1994; Dr., Universitas Indo-
University, Japan, 2003) Control systems, nesia, 2006) Electrical power transmission
motor control. and reliability.
AND DEPARTMENTS
Filbert Hilman Juwono, filbert@ee.ui.ac.id Sri Redjeki (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1985;
PROFILE OF FTUI
(ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2007; MT., Uni- Dipl.Ing, Germany, 1995) High voltage
versitas Indonesia, 2009) Signal processing engineering.
for communications, wireless. Uno Bintang Sudibyo, harisudi@eng.ui.ac.id
Fitri Yuli Zulkifli, yuli@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., (Ir., Universitas Indonesia, 1972; DEA, INPG
Universitas Indonesia, 1997; M.Sc., Univ. Grenoble, France, 1987; Dr., Univ. Montpel-
Karlsruhe, Germany, 2002) Antenna and lier II USTL, France, 1991) Electrical power
microwave communications. conversion.
Gunawan Wibisono, gunawan@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Wahidin Wahab, wahidin@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir.,
Universitas Indonesia, 1990; M.Eng., Keio Universitas Indonesia, 1978; M.Sc., UMIST,
Univ., 1995; Ph.D. Keio Univ., Japan, 1998) 1983; PhD, UMIST, UK, 1985) Control engi-
Coding & wireless communications, optical neering, robotics & automation.
communications.
I Made Ardita, made@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir., Uni- Adjunct Faculty
versitas Indonesia, 1985; MT., Universitas
Indonesia, 2000) Electro-mechanical con-
Aji Nur Widyanto, aji.n.widyanto@gmail.com
version, power system planning.
(ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2004; MT., Uni-
M. Suryanegara, msurya@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., versitas Indonesia, 2009) Electrical power
Universitas Indonesia, 2003; M.Sc., UCL, measurement.
UK, 2004; Tokyo Institute of Technology,
Ajib Setyo Arifin, ajib@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Uni-
Japan, 2011) Telecommunication strategy,
versitas Indonesia, 2009; MT., Universitas
wireless, signal processing.
Indonesia, 2011) Telecommunication, infor-
Muhammad Asvial, asvial@ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., mation theory, wireless sensor network.
Universitas Indonesia, 1993; M.Eng., Keio
Basari, basyarie@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas
Univ., Japan, 1998; Ph.D., Surrey Univ.
Indonesia, 2002; M.Eng., Chiba University,
UK, 2003) Spread spectrum, mobile com-
2008; D.Eng., Chiba Univ., Japan, 2011)
munication, multimedia system, satellite
Antenna for Biomedical applications.
communication.
Catur Apriono, catur@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Uni-
Muhammad Salman, salman@ee.ui.ac.id (ST.,
versitas Indonesia, 2009; MT., Universitas
Universitas Indonesia, 1995; M.Info Tech,
Indonesia, 2011) Antenna, microwave.
Monash University, Australia, 2002) Com-
puter networks, multimedia. Chairul Hudaya, c.hudaya@nuklir.info (ST.,
Universitas Indonesia, 2006; M.Sc., Seoul
Prima Dewi Purnamasari, prima.dp@ui.ac.
National University, 2009) Nuclear safety.
id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2006 ; MT.,
Universitas Indonesia, 2009; M.Sc., Univ. I Gde Dharma Nugraha, i.gde@eng.ui.ac.
Duisburg Essen, Germany, 2008) Distributed id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2008; MT.,
system, computer supported collaborative Universitas Indonesia, 2009) Embedded
work. Systems Web Application Technology, Da-
tabase optimization
Purnomo Sidi Priambodo, pspriambodo@
ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., Elektro UGM, 1987; M.Sc., Mia Rizkinia, mia@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Universitas
Oklahoma State Univ., 1996; Dr., Texas- Indonesia, 2008; MT., Universitas Indonesia,
Arlington, USA, 2003) Semiconductor laser, 2011) Image processing, remote sensing.
photonic, physics. Taufiq Alif Kurniawan, taufiq.alif@ui.ac.id
Retno Wigajatri Purnamaningsih, rento@ (ST., Universitas Indonesia 2009; M.Sc.Eng,
ee.ui.ac.id (Ir., ITB, 1985; MT., Opto PPSUI, NTUST, Taiwan, 2011) Radio frequency in-
1992; Dr., Universitas Indonesia, 2006) tegrated circuit, analog integrated circuit
Laser spectroscopy. and VLSI.
16
Tomy Abuzairi, tomy@ee.ui.ac.id (ST., Uni- students obtain a foundation in the major
versitas Indonesia 2009; M.Sc.Eng, NTUST, areas of metallurgy and materials science and
Taiwan, 2012) Thin film nano-technology, to the major classes of engineering materials,
optoelectronic device, biotechnology which is applied in courses in materials prop-
device. erties and selection, computational methods
PROFILE OF FTUI
and in capstone design course. Students gain
AND DEPARTMENTS
Yan Maraden Sinaga, maradens@eng.ui.ac.
id (ST., Universitas Indonesia, 2004; MT., in-depth experience in another engineering
Universitas Indonesia, 2009; M.Sc., Univ. discipline through coordinated technical elec-
Duisburg Essen, Germany, 2009) Computer tive sequences.
Networks and Protocols, Artificial Intel-
ligence, Computer Vision In 2011, the department has totally gradu-
ated almost 2000 graduates with a degree in
bachelor of engineering, 81 graduates with a
1.5.4. DEPARTMENT OF METALLURGY degree in master of engineering, and 11 gradu-
AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING ates with a doctoral degree. At the beginning
of first semester of 2011/2012, the department
GENERAL has actively 426 undergraduate students, 71
master students, and 24 doctoral students.
Considering the high demand to produce quali-
Department of Metallurgy was originally es-
fied graduates and following current trends
tablished as a study program under Faculty
toward the global competition, Department of
of Engineering, Universitas Indonesia in 1965.
Metallurgy and Materials Engineering is com-
Due to the lack of qualified lecturers and infra-
mitted to continuously improve its academic
structure, the first academic activity was only
activities including teaching and learning pro-
attended by 25 students. For almost 6 years
cess as well as research activities. As a part
since 1969, the department had stopped ac-
of national education system, which has the
cepting new students and focusing the activity
objective to develop the intellectual life of the
to the existing students. In 1975, the depart-
nation through human resources development
ment began to accept students again, and in
by conducting three main activities known as
the same year produced the first 7 graduates.
tridharma (three duties), the department
Ever since, the department kept continuing and
is also committed to carry out higher level
developing its academic activities.
educations, to conduct scientific research, and
to provide community services.
As the science and technology progresses,
especially for the engineering materials-based
During its development stage, the Department
industries, also considering the availability of
of Metallurgy and Materials Engineering has
resources within the department, Department
achieved several milestones, such as:
of Metallurgy consolidated its resources and
Grade A Accreditation for Under-
studied the need to add materials to the
graduate Program from National Ac-
name. Following the idea, on November 5th
creditation Board, Ministry of National
2002, Rector of Universitas Indonesia then de-
Education (Year 1997 and 2007).
creed Department of Metallurgy and Materials
Establishment of master (1995) and
Engineering as one of the departments within
doctoral (2008) programs.
the Faculty of Engineering.
Establishment of Dual-degree
International Program with Monash
The curriculum in Metallurgy and Materials
University (2003).
Engineering is structured to address problems
Grant awards from the Government
associated with the metallurgy and design of
of Republic Indonesia for:
materials and materials processing to meet
o Internal Improvement for
the specific needs for a variety of industries.
non-metallic field compe-
Emphasis is on the basic sciences and principles
tence - PHK-A4 (2004)
of engineering with applications of these prin-
o Improvement for external
ciples to metallurgy and materials behaviors.
and regional competence
The students must obtain a broad foundation
PHK-A2 (2004-2006)
in chemistry, physics, and mathematics, which
o Internationalization of aca-
is applied in engineering courses. Within met-
allurgy and materials engineering courses,
17
demic and research activi- STAFF OF THE DEPARTMENT OF METAL-
ties in information technol- LURGY & MATERIALS ENGINEERING
ogy, energy and nonmaterial
PHKI (2010-2013)
Establishment of Center for Materi- Head of Department
AND DEPARTMENTS
als Processings and Failure Analysis Prof. Dr-Ing. Ir. Bambang Suharno
PROFILE OF FTUI
PROFILE OF FTUI
Materials Processing and Heat Treatment
AND DEPARTMENTS
MT, UI, Dr. Candidate, UI), Material Cha-
Prof. Dr. Ir. Dedi Priadi, DEA., dedi@metal. racterization and Geo-Polymer Materials
ui.ac.id (Prof.,Ir, UI ; D.E.A. & Dr, Ecole Muhammad Anis, anis@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI
des Mines de Paris), Metal Forming. ; M.Met &Ph.D, University Sheffield,
UK), Welding Metallurgy and Metallurgy
Physic.
Adjunct Professors
Prof. Kyoo-Ho Kim, School of Materials Science
Muhammad Chalid, chalid@metal.ui.ac.id (SSi,
and Engineering, Yeungnamm University
UI, M.Sc, TU Delft, Netherland, Ph.D Can-
(Korea), Energy & nano-materials
didate, Groningen University, The Nether-
Prof. Kozo Obara, Department of Nano- lands), Polymer Technology, Bio-Polymers
structured and Advanced Materials, & Material Chemistry
Kagoshima University (Japan), Energy &
Myrna Ariati Mochtar, myrna@metal.ui.ac.id
nano-materials
(Ir, UI ; MS, UI; Dr, UI), Thermo-Mechanical
Prof. Freddy Y.C. Boey, School of Materials Treatment & Powder Metallurgy
Science and Engineering, National Tech-
nological University (Singapore), Nano- Rahmat Saptono, saptono@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir,
materials & Biomedical Engineering UI, M.Sc.Tech, Univ. of New South Wa-
les, Australia, Kandidat Dr, USA), Metal
Forming.
Full-Time Faculty Reza Miftahul Ulum reza@metal.ui.ac.id
(S.T, UI ; M,T, UI) Iron-Steel Metallurgy,
Alfian Ferdiansyah alfian@metal.ui.ac.id Metal Recycling.
(S.T, UI ; M,T, UI) Solar Cell Materials and Rini Riastuti, riastuti@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI ;
Renewable Energy. M.Sc, University of Manchester Instute of
Akhmad Herman Yuwono, ahyuwono@metal. Science & Tech., Kandidat Dr, UI), Electro-
ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Phil.Eng, Univ. of Cam- Cemical & Corrosion.
bridge, England, PhD, NUS Singapore), Sari Katili, sari@metal.ui.ac.id (Dra, UI; MS, UI),
Nanomaterial. Chemical Metallurgy.
Andi Rustandi, rustandi@metal.ui.ac.id Sotya Astutiningsih, sotya@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir,
(Ir, ITB ; MT, ITB; Kandidat Dr, UI), Corrosion & UI; M.Eng, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven,
Protection, Metallurgy Extraction, Mineral Belgium; PhD, UWA Australia), Mechanical
Processing. Metallurgy & Geo-polymer.
Arif Rahman rahman@metal.ui.ac.id Sri Harjanto, harjanto@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI,
(S.T, UI ; M,T, UI) Polymer Composite Ph.D, Tohoku University Japan), Chemical
Materials. Synthesis of Materials & Waste Materials
Badrul Munir, bmunir@metal.ui.ac.id (ST, UI, Processing.
M.Sc. Chalmer University, Sweden, PhD, Sutopo, sutopo@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI ; M.Sc
Yeungnam University Korea), Electronic & Ph.D, University of Wiscounsin - USA),
Material Composite Material & Thermo-metallur-
Bambang Priyono, bpriyono@metal.ui.ac.id gy.
(Ir, UI; MT, UI), Catalist Material Winarto, winarto@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI ; M.Sc
Deni Ferdian, deni@metal.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; (Eng), Technical Univ. of Denmark; PhD,
M.Sc, Vrjie Univ. Amsterdam), Casting Univ. of Wales, Swansea, UK), Welding
Design, Failure Analysis, Environment. Metallurgy & Technology, Failure Analysis
of Materials.
19
Yunita Sadeli, yunce@metal.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; education is pre-professional, and not a pro-
M.Sc, University of Manchester Institute fessional one.
of Science and Technology, UK, Kandidat In the same year, the program opened Master
Dr, UI), Corrosion & Total Quality Mana- of Architecture program with 2 specializations
gement. in the Architectural Design and Urban Design.
AND DEPARTMENTS
PROFILE OF FTUI
in architecture. The opening of this Interior tion, S1 students who have superior academic
AND DEPARTMENTS
Architecture study program allows the oppor- achievement are able to get into a three-year
tunity for those who want to explore the field Fast-Track program (bachelors) + 2 years
of interior architecture which is in unity with (masters), a total of 5 years, to get a Master
the science of architecture. of Architecture at UI or partner universities
In 2009, the Department of Architecture abroad.
opened a PhD program and a one-year Educa- Bachelors and masters degree programs in
tion of Architects Profession Program (PPAR). UI Department of Architecture currently have
For PhD program, this program is intended to also received accreditation by the Higher Ed-
strengthen the Department of Architecture as ucation BAN with a score of A (Very Good). In
a leading architectural research-based insti- addition, the Bachelor Department of Archi-
tution. PhD students research is focused on tecture program has received its Assessment
two areas: major research areas (research from the ASEAN University Network (AUN) in
based on architectural issues) and minor re- 2010. More profiles of FTUI Department of Ar-
search area (related to specialized area of chitecture can be viewed virtually at the site:
study) in which PhD program students have http://architecture.ui.ac.id.
the opportunity to take courses outside the
discipline of architectural discipline to spe- VISION, MISION AND AIM OF
cifically support the knowledge, thoughts, DEPARTMENT OF ARCHITECTURE FTUI
and methods of its major. The learning pro-
cess is done through the exploration of the VISION
width and depth aspects of knowledge about Delivering a Higher Education Institution of
the studied issues. Architecture and Interior Architecture with
Meanwhile, for PPAR, the education is done in a superior quality that has received national
1 year to produce graduates who are ready to and international recognition, in order to nur-
enter the world of professional architecture ture future leaders who think critically, act
practice. Graduates of PPAR are also possible wisely, and are creative with global insights
to make credit transfers to continue to pursue but still pay attention to local wisdom and en-
the masters degree. vironment sustainability.
MISSION
Build the institutional system of Higher Edu-
cation for Architecture and Interior Architec-
ture and maintain its superior productivity in
the implementation of Higher Education (Tri-
darma).
AIM
1. Education: produce graduates that mas-
ter a certain competence in accordance
with their respective education levels
(bachelors, masters, doctoral, and pro-
fessional) with superior quality.
2. Research: encouraging research works of
excellence, capable of competing at in-
ternational level.
Fig 1. Education scheme of UI architecture 3. Dedication to the community: encourag-
from bachelors, masters to doctorate. ing the application of practical and ap-
Department of Architecture has also currently plied knowledge to the public in the form
opened a Special International Class (KKI) in of empowerment.
the form of bachelors single degree (8 semes-
21
Corresponding Address
Department of Architecture STAF PENGAJAR TETAP:
Faculty of Engineering, Universitas Indonesia
Kampus UI, Depok 16424 Ahmad Gamal
Telp:021 786 3512 (S.Ars., Arsitektur, UI; MSc, London
AND DEPARTMENTS
Fax: 021 786 3514 School of Public Relation; MCP, Urban &
PROFILE OF FTUI
PROFILE OF FTUI
Islam, Metoda Penulisan Ilmiah
AND DEPARTMENTS
Toga H. Pandjaitan
Herlily (Ir. Arsitektur FTUI; Grad. Dipl. AA, Ing-
(Ir. Arsitektur FTUI; M.Urb.Des, University gris) Perancangan Arsitektur, Fisika Ban-
of Sydney, Australia, Ph.D Candidate, UC gunan, Fotografi
Berkeley, USA) Perancangan Arsitektur;
Teori Perancangan Kota; Kajian Arsitek- Yandi Andri Yatmo
tur, Permukiman dan Perkotaan di Negara (ST, Arsitektur FTUI; Dip.Arch, Univ.
Berkembang; Studi Perkotaan Lintas Of Sheffield; M.Arch, Univ. of Sheffield;
Disiplin Ilmu. Ph.D, Univ. of Sheffield) Teknik Komu-
nikasi Arsitektur, Perancangan Arsitektur,
Iriantine Karnaya Perancangan Kota
(Dra. Senirupa FRS-ITB; M.Ars, Arsitektur
UI) Seni Rupa, Estetika Bentuk, Real Es- Yulia Nurliani Lukito Harahap
tate (ST, Arsitektur FTUI; M.Des.Science, Har-
vard University). Perancangan Arsitektur,
Joko Adianto Sejarah & Teori Arsitektur, Arsitektur Et-
(ST, Arsitektur Trisakti ; M.Ars, Arsitektur nis, Teori &Metoda Perancangan Arsitek-
UI). Perancangan Arsitektur. tur.
23
Diane Wildsmith AIA, RIBA Ratna Djuwita Chaidir
(B.Arts In Architecture UC Berkeley Cali- (Dra., Psikologi UI; Dipl. Pschy, Daarm-
fornia; MSc in Architecture Carnegie staat) Psikologi Arsitektur.
Mellon University, Pitsburgh; Master of
International policy and Practice George Rini Suryantini
AND DEPARTMENTS
Washington University U.S.A) Perancan- (ST, Arsitektur UI; M.Sc., Institute for Re-
PROFILE OF FTUI
PROFILE OF FTUI
(BAN) and the ASEAN University Network It means that students could choose courses
AND DEPARTMENTS
(AUN). Chemical Engineering Department has that are more suitable to their interest.
two study programs, Chemical Engineering For those who qualify, there is a fast-track
(PSTK) and Bioprocess Technology (PSTB), program that allows undergraduate students
30 permanent academic staff and about 800 to obtain both bachelor and master degrees in
undergraduate and graduate students. In order ten semesters instead of in twelve semesters.
to enhance the role of the department in the Chemical engineering masters program has
era of biotechnology and life sciences, PSTB also prepared a special curriculum for those
was opened in 2008. without an educational background not in
chemical engineering. By adopting this special
Chemical engineering department offers five
curriculum, applicants with a non-chemical
academic programs: undergraduate program
engineering degree are recommended to
(regular, parallel, international), master
take the chemical engineering undergraduate
program (regular and gas management at
core courses to master the fundamentals of
Salemba campus), and doctoral program.
chemical engineering before taking more
The chemical engineering department
advanced core graduate courses. Graduates of
has been adhering to competency-based
doctoral programs are expected to contribute
principles starting in curriculum 2000 up to
to the development of science by conducting
the recently updated curriculum 2012. The
independent research, usually under supervision
present graduate competencies are based on
of a qualified professor.
those recommended by ABET and the Bologna
Process and on feedbacks from graduates and Chemical engineering department as one of
industry representatives, aiming at producing the departments in the Faculty of Engineering,
graduates who are educated and able to University of Indonesia has taken part in a
contribute effectively to their communities research effort with the theme Sustainable
wherever they choose to live and work. The chemical and bioengineering for energy and
chemical engineering department is conducting product development. This research theme is
international classes in collaboration with three supported by four research groups: chemical
Australian universities: Monash University, and natural product design, sustainable energy,
Curtin University and University of Queensland. industrial bioprocess technology, and process
Students in this international class spend intensification. Research activities conducted
their first four semesters at UI, and spend at the Chemical engineering department has
the subsequent four semesters in Australia. received a lot of government funding to support
At the end of their study, students will the research activities of students.
get a Sarjana Teknik degree from UI and a
Bachelor of Engineering degree from the
Corresponding Address
partner university. Since 2011, international
program students may choose to enroll in Chemical Engineering Department
a single-degree program at UI following a Faculty of Engineering
curriculum that is equivalent to the regular Universitas Indonesia
undergraduate curriculum. The department Kampus UI Depok 16424, Indonesia
also has established double degree master Telp: +62-21-7863516
programs with National Taiwan University of Fax: +62-21-7863515
Science and Technology (NTUST) and Curtin Email: dept@che.ui.ac.id
University. In this double degree programs, http://www.chemeng.ui.ac.id
students spend their first year at UI and the
second year at NTUST or Curtin University. At
the completion of their studies, students will
be awarded a Master of Engineering degree
from NTUST or Curtin University.
25
VISION, MISION AND OBJECTIVES OF Head of Chemical Process System
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Laboratory
FTUI Dr.rer.nat. Ir. Yuswan Muharam, MT
Head of Basic Process and Operation
Laboratory
AND DEPARTMENTS
26
Dewi T. Budi detris@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UGM; MT, Setiadi hasbila@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITS; M.Eng,
ITB; PhD, Chalmers University, Sweden): Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan; Dr,
Process catalysis. UI): Reaction engineering, catalyst and
Dianursanti danti@che.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; catalysis for renewable, hydrocarbon
Dr, UI): Biomass production and CO2 fixa- chemicals/petrochemicals.
PROFILE OF FTUI
tion of microalgae. Sukirno sukirnos@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; M.Eng,
AND DEPARTMENTS
Dijan Supramono dsupramo@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan; Dr,
ITB; M.Sc, UMIST, UK): Fluid mechanics in UI): Tribology, lubricant, biolubricant.
combustion. Tania Surya Utami nana@che.ui.ac.id
Donni Adinata donni.adinata@yahoo.com (Ir, UI; MT, UI; Dr, UI): Bioprocess.
(ST, Undip; M.Eng.Sc, University of Malaya, Yuliusman usman@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Eng,
Malaysia; Dr.-Ing, RWTH Aachen University, UTM, Malaysia): Liquid-liquid extraction,
Germany): Extraction, TMFB, humanity gas and polluttan adsorption, and purifica-
technology and global balance, gas and tion of smoke.
hydrocarbon separation. Yuswan Muharam muharam@che.ui.ac.id (Ir,
Eva Fathul Karamah eva@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT UI; MT, UI; Dr.rer.nat, University of Heidel-
UI): Wastewater treatment by advanced berg, Germany): Modeling and simulation
oxidation processes. of chemical process.
Eny Kusrini ekusrini@che.ui.ac.id (S.Si, UGM;
Dr, USM, Malaysia): Lanthanide, nanocom- Part-Time Staff
posites, catalyst. Tilani Hamid tilanihs@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; M.Si,
Heri Hermansyah heri@che.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; UI): Material and corrosion science.
M.Eng and Dr, Tohoku University, Japan): Elsa K. Mulia elsa_krisanti@yahoo.com (S.Si,
Reaction process engineering, bioprocess ITB; PhD, Colorado School of Mines, USA):
and biocatalysis. Applied chemistry, biomass conversion,
Kamarza Mulia kmulia@che.ui.ac.id (Drs, ITB; teaching-learning methods.
M.Sc and PhD, Colorado School of Mines,
USA): Controlled release of drug and bio- 1.5.7. DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL
active compounds, fluid phase equilibria, ENGINEERING
teaching-learning methods.
Mahmud Sudibandriyo msudib@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, GENERAL
ITB; M.Sc and PhD, Oklahoma State Uni- Industrial Engineering Education is an answer
versity, USA): Thermodynamics adsorption to a growing need of industrial engineers who
& coalbed methane. have the capabilities of managing production or
Misri Gozan mgozan@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; operations process efficiently and effectively to
M.Tech, Massey University, New Zealand; achieve excellence. Industrial Engineers should
Dr.-Ing, TU Dresden, Germany): Environ- be one of the backbones for transforming our
mental bioprocess engineering, waste to national industry to be more competitive and
energy. contribute to our nations welfare. The scope
Muhammad Ibadurrohman ibad@che.ui.ac.id of the term industry is for both service and
(ST, UI; MT, UI; MScEng, NTUST, Taiwan): manufacturing industry.
Hydrogen production via photocatalysis.
Muhamad Sahlan sahlan@che.ui.ac.id (S.Si, Industrial Engineering Program was actually
ITB; M.Eng and Dr, TUAT, Japan): Protein formed in the mid 1970s as a part of Mechani-
Engineering, protein vehicles for nutra- cal Engineering Department, due to the market
ceuticals, and biocatalysis. needs for a specialized mechanical engineers
Nelson Saksono nelson@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MT, which defines the current definition of in-
UI; Dr, UI): Magnetic effects on crystal- dustrial engineers. In 1998, based on Decree
lization and combustion by Higher Education Director No 207/DIKTI/
Praswasti PDK Wulan wulan@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; Kep/1998 dated June 30 1998, the Industrial
MT, UI; Dr, UI): Sustainable energy. Engineering Department was born. With the
Rita Arbianti arbianti@che.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; M.Si, new status as department, the program had
UI): Natural product. more autonomy and opportunity to enhance
27
the Industrial Engineering Discipline in Vice Head of Department:
Indonesia. Ir. Fauzia Dianawati, MSi.
the national public and industry as one of the Head of Manufacturing System Laboratory:
PROFILE OF FTUI
forefronts industrial engineering education in Prof. Dr. Ir. T. Yuri M. Zagloel, MEngSc
Indonesia. This is shown by the high demand Head of Human Factors Laboratory:
and acceptability of our graduates. Today, our Ir. Boy Nurtjahyo, MSIE
graduates have been accepted not only in the Head of System Engineering Modeling and
manufacturing industry but also service indus- Simulation Laboratory:
try such as governments, hospital, financial Dr. Ir. Akhmad Hidayatno, MBT
service, consulting, information technology Head of Statistics and Quality Engineering
and many others. In the manufacturing area, Laboratory:
we have graduates in charge of production Ir. Isti Surjandari P., MT, MA, PhD
or operations management, human resource Head of Product Development and Innovation
development, maintenance, inventory and Laboratory:
logistics, and many more. Dr.-Ing. Amalia Suzianti, ST, MSc.
Head of Management Information System and
Corresponding Address Decision Support Laboratory:
Ir. M. Dachyar, MSc
Department of Industrial Engineering
Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia Board of Professors
Kampus UI Depok 16424, Indonesia
Telp: +62-21-78888805 Prof. Dr. Ir. Teuku Yuri M. Zagloel, MengSc.,
Fax: +62-21-78885656 yuri@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MEngSc., Univer-
sity of New South Wales, Australia ; Dr, UI),
Email: ti-ui@ie.ui.ac.id
Introduction to Industrial Engineering, To-
http://www.ie.ui.ac.id tal Quality Management, Lean Operations,
Sustainable Manufacturing and Innovation,
VISION AND MISSION OF THE Manufacturing Facilities Planning and Ana-
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL lysis, Manufacturing System.
ENGINEERING
Full-Time Faculty
PROFILE OF FTUI
Thinking. Ohio State University, USA) Introduction to
AND DEPARTMENTS
Arian Dhini, arian@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, ITB; MT, Economics, Industrial Statistics, Multivari-
UI) Statistics and Probability, Industrial ate Analysis, Data Mining, Decisions, Un-
Statistics, Cost Accounting, Multivariate certainties and Risks, Service Engineering,
Analysis, Advanced Statistics. Advanced Statistics.
Boy Nurtjahyo Moch, boymoch@eng.ui.ac.id Komarudin, komarudin01@gmail.com (ST, UI;
(Ir, UI; Wayne State University, USA) Met- MEng. UTM, Malaysia) System Modelling,
hods, Standards and Work Design, Macro Advanced Operations Research, Advanced
Ergonomics, Industrial Engineering Design, Optimization.
Cognitive Ergonomics, Human Digital Mo- M. Dachyar, mdachyar@yahoo.com, mdachyar@
delling and Simulation, Human Factors in ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; MSc, VU Brussel, Belgium)
Industrial Design, Safety Engineering and Information System, Industrial Project
Management. Management, Customer Relationship
Dendi P. Ishak, dendi@ie.ui.ac.id (BSIE ; MSIE, Management, Innovation Management,
Wayne State University, USA) Introduction Decisions, Uncertainties and Risks, Service
to Industrial Engineering, Maintenance Engineering, Operations Management.
System, Customer Relationship Manage- Maya Arlini, maya@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI;
ment, Competitive Analysis, Information MBA, NTUST, Taiwan) Methods, Standards
System, Industrial Project Management, and Work Design, Macro Ergonomics, In-
Safety Engineering and Management. dustrial Engineering Design, Knowledge
Djoko S. Gabriel, dsihono@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, ITB; Management, Human Factors in Industrial
MT, ITB) Plant Layout Design, Industrial Design, Safety Engineering and Manage-
Feasibility Analysis, Supply Chain Manage- ment.
ment, Technology Management. Rahmat Nurcahyo, rahmat@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir,
Dwinta Utari, dwinta@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT, UI; MEngSc. Univ of New South Wales,
UI; MBA, NTUST, Taiwan) Product Design, Australia) Production Planning and Inven-
Methods, Standards and Work Design, tory Control, Total Quality Management,
Macro Ergonomics, Industrial Engineering Maintenance System, Industrial Feasibility
Design, Cognitive Ergonomics, Quality Sys- Analysis, Competitive Analysis, Human
tem, Human Digital Modelling and Simula- Capital Management.
tion, Human Factors in Industrial Design, Romadhani Ardi, romadhani@ie.ui.ac.id (ST,
Safety Engineering and Management. UI; MT, UI) Production System, Production
Erlinda Muslim, erlinda@eng.ui.ac.id (Ir, Planning and Inventory Control, Quality
ITB; MEE, UTM Malaysia) Cost Accounting, System, Advanced Modelling.
Product Design, Industrial Feasibility Ana- Sri Bintang Pamungkas, sri-bintang@ie.ui.ac.id
lysis, Competitive Analysis, Sustainable (Ir., ITB; MSc.,University of Southern Cali-
Manufacturing and Innovation, Industrial fornia, USA; Ph.D, Iowa state University,
Psychology and Organization, Industrial USA) Introduction to Economics, Finance
Strategic Design, Human Capital Manage- and Investmens, Introduction to Mechanics
ment, Technology Policy, Industrial Policy, and Electronics in Factory, Supply Chain
Industrial System Design. Management, Industrial Policy.
Fauzia Dianawati, fauzia@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI; Sumarsono, sumarsono@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, UI; MT,
MSi, UI) Industrial Engineering Design, UI) Advanced Optimization, Production
Industrial Psychology and Organization, System, Supply Chain Management.
Product Lifecycle Management, Industrial T. Yuri M. Zagloel, yuri@ie.ui.ac.id (Ir, UI;
Project Management, Industrial Strategic MEngSc. Univ of New South Wales, Aus-
Design, Human Capital Management. tralia ; Dr. UI) Introduction to Industrial
Farizal, farizal@ie.ui.ac.id (SMIA, UI; MSc, Engineering, Total Quality Management,
Oklahoma State University, USA ; PhD. Lean Operations, Sustainable Manufactur-
University of Toledo, USA) Engineering ing and Innovation, Manufacturing Facili-
Economics, Linear Programming, Finance ties Planning and Analysis, Manufacturing
System. 29
Yadrifil, yadrifil@yahoo.com (Ir, UI; MA, Oregon
State University,USA) Production System,
Production Planning and Inventory Control,
Lean Operations, Manufacturing Facilities
Planning and Analysis, Manufacturing Sys-
tem, Industrial Strategic Design, Opera-
tions Management.
Zulkarnaen, zulkarnain@ie.ui.ac.id (ST, UI;
MT, UI) Operations Reserach, Supply Chain
Management.
30
31
2. ACADEMIC SYSTEM AND REGULATION
AND REGULATION
courses
One SKS of an academic activity in the form of MA
lectures or seminars is equivalent to students
effort in a minimum of three hours a week for with the summation applied to all subjects
one semester, consisting of 1 hour scheduled which are taken by students.
academic interaction, 1-2 hours of structured
activities such as responsiveness or problem Semester Performance Index /
solving, and 1-2 hours of independent activi- Indeks Prestasi Semester (IPS)
ties such as reading reference books. Activi-
ties for one semester consist of 13-14 weeks Achievement Index that takes into account
of lectures or other scheduled activities and all of the subjects for a certain semester is
its additional activities. Also included in the called the Semester Performance Index (IPS)
schedule are one week of midterm examina- and used to determine the maximum academic
tion and another one week for final examina- load that the student may take in the upcoming
tion. semesters.
All educational activities must be performed
by each student to earn a bachelors degree is
an academic load of 144-145 credits divided Grade Point Average (GPA/IPK)
into 8 (eight) semesters. Undergraduate stu-
dents with an average study load of about If the calculation involves the entire grade
18-20 credits per semester are expected to point value of subjects taken during the
undergo a week of minimal 18 -20 hours of educational program period, the result of the
scheduled interaction with a lecturer, 18-20 summation is a Grade Point Average (GPA) that
32
is used as a basis for study evaluation. Courses session assignments, laboratory projects and the
taken into account are the ones listed in the lecturer has made a reasonable effort to inform
Study Plan Form (FRS). GPA is obtained from the student as early as possible that an important
the summation of all subjects having a grade part of session work is incomplete. The I mark
should be changed to other grade within 1 month,
of C or higher.
ACADEMIC SYSTEM
otherwise, it will be automatically changed to E
AND REGULATION
grade. The T mark is given for no attendance in
exam. The BS mark is given for Special Lecture
Academic Performance Evaluation (such as Internship, Seminar & Final Project) that
Assessment of academic ability is performed has not been completed. These BS courses are not
on an ongoing basis by assigning tasks, taken into account in the calculation of Semester
homework, quizzes, or exams which are Study Unit, IPS and GPA.
given throughout the semester. For each
subject, there are at least two components
of assessment which may include a midterm Length of Study and Academic Load
exam (UTS) and a final exam (UAS). A student
will be assessed on his academic ability if he Undergraduate Program
meets the following requirements: The academic load a student can take is deter-
The courses taken have been registered mined by the Academic Counselor based on the
and verified by Academic Advisor during previous Semester Performance Index (IPS) as
the academic registration period. stated in the Study Plan Form (FRS). Students
The student has fulfilled all of the ad- must take the entire allocated credits of the en-
ministrative and academic requirements tire courses in the first semester. As for the second
for the ongoing semester. semester, these following rules apply:
The student has completed all of the
required academic assignments. 1. For students obtaining an IPS of 2.00 or less,
they must take all credits load allocated for
the second semester according to the struc-
Grades ture of the applicable curriculum.
At the end of each semester, students may 2. For students obtaining an IPS of 2.00 or more,
download Semester Grade Record as a report the maximum credits that can be taken fol-
on their academic performance from SIAK NG. low that of the provisions in the Maximum
Assessment of study efficacy is carried out using Credit Load Table.
letters and academic load in accordance with
Table 2.1. From the third semester onwards, the maximum
credit loads that may be taken is determined
Table 2.1. Grade Value and Points
by IPS of the previous semester and follow
provisions in Maximum Credit Load as shown in
Grade Value Marks Grade Point
Table 2.2 with respect to course prerequisites
A 85 - 100 4,00 (if any). If necessary, Academic Counselor (PA)
A- 80 - 84,99 3,70 can add a maximum of 2 credits more than the
B+ 75 - 79,99 3,30 provision in the Table through the approval of
the Vice Dean.
B 70 - 74,99 3,00
B- 65 - 69,99 2,70 Table 2.2. Maximum study load in a semester
C+ 60 - 64,99 2,30 for undergraduate program
C 55 - 69,99 2,00
IPS Maximum SKS
C- 50 - 54,99 1,70
2.00 16
D 40 - 50 1,00
2.01 2.50 18
E 0 - 39,55 0,00
2.51 3.00 20
3.01 3.50 22
The highest grade is A with grade point of 4.00 and > 3.50 24
the minimum passing grade of a course is C with
grade point of 2.00. The instructor may assign
the Incomplete (I) grade if the student has not
made a reasonable attempt to complete major
33
Master Program are expected to systematically communicate
Academic load in the FTUIs Master Program their scientific papers both orally and in writing.
curriculum is 40-42 credits after finishing the Evaluation and assessment are carried out by
undergraduate program. The scheduled length of the end of the activity. Students should follow
study is four semesters and in the implementation, the regulation for seminar set up by each
AND REGULATION
ACADEMIC SYSTEM
the faculty and university level. The Head of the Study Program announces
AND REGULATION
Students have fulfilled all prerequisites set a list of thesis supervisor who are assigned to
by the Study Program. guide the students in writing and finishing the
approved topic. Thesis examination committee
Undergraduate Thesis can be taken in both odd consists of Head of the committee, a minimum 3
and even semester in the running academic or a maximum 5 examiners including the thesis
year. On SIAK NG system, student must fill out supervisor. Responsible for the implementation
the name of his thesis supervisor and the title of of the thesis is the thesis coordinator in each
thesis which will be verified by the Vice Head of department. Thesis counseling should be carried
the Department. At the end of the semester, the out with maximum of two people, Supervisor
Undergraduate Thesis supervisor will submit the I and Supervisor II. Supervisor I should have
students thesiss grade to SIAK NG and change a PhD or Master degree with a minimum of 5
the title of undergraduated thesis (if necessary). years teaching experience and have expertise
The completed undergraduated thesis must be relevant to the students thesis. Supervisor II
submitted in the form of hard-covered book and should at least have a minimal master degree &
CD within the pre-determined time limit. The have expertise relevant to the students thesis.
undergraduate thesis must first be assessed in Thesis can be submitted for a thesis examination
an undergraduated thesis examination by the when the thesis has met the following academic
supervisor and examiners assigned by the Head requirements:
of the Department. Thesis has been registered in Study Plan
Form [FRS] in said semester
Thesis (Master Program) The thesis has been declared eligible for
Thesis is a report of the results of research examination by the Thesis Advisor
activities in the form of scientific writing. The Students have passed seminar examination
thesis topic should be a summary of the subject and have met the requirements for thesis
matter that can be scientifically studied on the examination set by the study program.
basis of the theory and use of certain methods.
Thesis should be written in Bahasa with an English The thesis has been declared eligible for
abstract. For Master program students who are examination must be submitted to the
given the opportunity to conduct research and Department to be listed in the examination
thesis preparation abroad, they are allowed schedule determined by the Head of the Study
to write thesis in English with abstracts in the Program.
Bahasa, while still following the appropriate
format stated in the Final Project Writing Internship
Guideline of Universitas Indonesia. Exemption Internship is an out-of-campus activity to apply
of this rule applies only to study programs that the scientific knowledge in a real work situation.
hold a joint collaboration with universitys Requirements for Internship is set up by each
abroad as stated in the charter of cooperation. department and is part of the total 144-145 SKS.
Requirements to start making Thesis are: Students must find the place to carry out their
internship themselves and departments will help
Thesis has been registered in Study Plan by issuing a formal letter requesting the on-the-
Form [FRS] in every semester job training position.
Students have passed courses with a load of
20 credits with a GPA 2.75 For the undergraduate double degree program,
Head of the study program has set lecturers students are required to complete internship
name as a thesis supervisor. when they are in the partner universities in
Australia as one of the requirements set by
Students are responsible for all thesis research the Institute of Engineers Australia (IEAust) to
costs. Students can actively meet with any of obtain accredited B.E. (Bachelor of Engineering)
their lecturers as a potential supervisor, to degree. Internship is a good opportunity for
request a thesis topic. In addition, in middle of students to apply their skills and build networks
35
in the industry. It is strongly suggested that change program abroad, such as in Japan, Ko-
students should do their Job Training in Australia. rea, Taiwan, Singapore, and many other coun-
However, if they cannot do so it in Australia, tries. Student exchange programs generally last
they are allowed to do it in Indonesia with prior for 1-2 semesters and is supported with a full
permission from partner university. scholarship. Information on Student Exchange
AND REGULATION
ACADEMIC SYSTEM
dergraduate study programs which have the
2 January - 13 January 2013
AND REGULATION
same specialization with the Master programs
End of Semester Examination
(for undergraduate study programs that have
specialization).
2. Students who are interested in participating 20 January 2013:
in the Fast Track Program are required to Deadline for grade assignment in SIAK-NG
fill out the Registration Form downloadable
through the http://www.eng.ui.ac.id/index. 24 26 January 2013:
php/ft/downloadindeks (titled: (Formulir Departmental Judicium
Pendaftaran Fast Track Magister FTUI).
3. Students registering for the Beasiswa Ung- 27 January 2013:
gulan from the Ministry of Education and
Faculty Yudicium
Culture selection are required to fill out the
Beasiswa Unggulan registration form down-
loadable from the same web page. 18 February 2013:
4. The Fast Track Registration Forms will be Graduation
evaluated by a team headed by the Head of
Department. Term 2 *)
5. If the students application to participate in January 2013:
the Fast Track scheme is approved, they are Administrative and Academic registration in
required to counsel with his/her academic FTUI
advisor for the finalization of his/her Under-
graduate (S1) and Master (S2) Study Plan.
February-May 2013:
The students study plan for semester 7 and
Course Period and examination
8, especially for the undergraduate Elective
Course selection must be in accordance with
the Compulsory and Elective Courses in their March-April 2013:
respective Master study program in line with Mid-semester examination
their specialization.
6. Undergraduate thesis and thesis of the May-June:
student are expected to be of continuous End of Semester Examination
research to maximize knowledge, experience
and quality research result. August:
Graduation
Registration Form for the Fast Track Program for
each running Academic Year may be submitted
Short Semester *)
to each Department Secretariat on March each
year at the latest. May 2013:
Administrative and Academic registration
2.2. ADMINISTRATIVE AND ACADEMIC
REGISTRATION June-August 2013:
Course period
Academic Calendar
July 2013:
Administrative and academic schedules in FTUI Mid-semester Examination
are set in accordance with the administrative
and academic schedules in Universitas Indonesia August 2013:
as follows: End of Semester Examination
ACADEMIC SYSTEM
registration:
AND REGULATION
Obtain the approval from FTUI by filling out Table 2.3. Minimum requirement of GPA and
a form available at PAF (Pusat Administrasi IELTS or TOEFL for transfer to the Partner
Fakultas/Faculty Administrative Center). Universities
The students must come to the Directorate of Partner Minimum Minimum IELTS / TOEFL
Finance UI to obtain the approval for paying University GPA
the tuition fee after paying the penalty QUT 2.75 IELTS min. 6.0 with no
50% from the tuition fee on the current band lower than 6, or
TOEFL score min. 213
semester.
(computerbased)
Curtin 3.0 IELTS min. 6.0 with no band
The approval will be used by the students for
UQ lower than 6
paying the tuition fee manually.
Monash 3.0 IELTS min. 6.5 with no band
Students must give the copy of the payment lower than 6
record to the Directorate of Finance UI for
verification.
ACADEMIC SYSTEM
first 6 (six) semesters evaluation. 2.6. FACULTY and DEPARTMENT
AND REGULATION
Students fail to meet all requirements to JUDISIUMS
participate in and pass the doctoral pro- Judisium is a meeting held at both the Faculty
motional examination by the end of study and the Department level to decide whether a
duration (semester 10); student has fulfill all academic requirements
Proven to be in violation of rules or regu- and may graduate and earn a degree in engi-
lations that caused the student to lose his neering based on the Department / Faculty
right as FTUI students Evaluation.
Exceeded the maximum length of study
(10 semesters). 2.7. SEMESTER GRADE TRANSCRIPT,
DIPLOMA and ACADEMIC
Student who still maintain satisfactory aca- TRANSCRIPTS
demic performance and meet the evaluation
criteria to continue his study but would like FTUI Central Administration Office is respon-
to resign on his own may submit a written ap- sible for issuing Semester Grade Transcript,
plication to the Dean with a copy to the Head Diploma and Academic Transcript for all
of the Department. FTUIs graduates. Student Academic History is
issued based on students request while the
2.5. ACADEMIC LEAVE diploma and academic transcripts are issued
Student who wishes to be away from his/her only once at the time of the students gradua-
academic endeavors at FTUI for one to two tion. Contained within the Student Academic
semesters, but intend to return to FTUI are History and Academic Transcript are name,
eligible for academic leave of absence. Leave course code and grades of all courses that the
of absence could be only given to student who students took during their study period. Also
has studied at least two semesters at FTUI. included is the students Grade Point Average
(GPA) which is calculated based on all courses
Procedures of Academic Leave grades. Diplomas and Academic Transcripts
1. To obtain academic leave, a student must will be handed to all graduates no later than
write a letter requesting for academic 2 (two) months from the date of graduation.
leave to the Head of Department before
the beginning of the administrative regis-
tration period of semester. 2.8 OFFENSES AND SANCTIONS
2. The Head of Department will forward the In any particular courses, no students shall
letter to the Associate Dean for Students engage in any form of unethical or improper
and Alumni. conduct, such as but not limited to examina-
3. If the academic leave is approved, PAF tion offenses:
will change the status of the student as Utilizing unauthorized materials/notes to
academic leave and the amount of tuition enhance performance during on exami-
fee will automatically be changed. nation.
4. The student must pay 25 % of tuition fee Attempting to observe the work of an-
during the period of administrative regis- other student.
tration of the intended semester. Taking an examination for another per-
5. If the students fail to pay during the pre- son, or permitting someone else to do
scribed period of administrative registra- so.
tion, Exceptional Administrative Regis- Collaborating improperly by joint effort
tration will apply. on discussion in anyway expressly prohib-
6. If the Academic Leave is proposed not ited by lecturer.
41
When incidents, as enumerated above occurs,
the following sanctions may be imposed (as Decree of the Board of Trustees Universitas
per FTUI regulation): Indonesia Number: 001 / TAP/MWA-UI/2005
The student may be assigned E for the on the Establishment of Academic Degrees in
subject in question the Universitas Indonesia.
AND REGULATION
Decree of the Rector of Universitas Indonesia Decree of the Board of Trustees Universitas
Number: 612/SK/R/U1/2005 on the Amend- Indonesia Number 003/SK/MWA-UI/2008 on
ACADEMIC SYSTEM
ment of Rectors Decree Number: 545/SK/R/ Research Policy at Universitas Indonesia
AND REGULATION
UI/2005 on the Implementation of Master Pro-
gram at Universitas Indonesia Decree of the Board of Trustees Universitas
Indonesia Number 009 / SK/MWA-UI/2008
Decree of the Rector of Universitas Indone- on amendment of the Decree of the Board
sia Number: 013/SK/R/UI/2006 on the Imple- of Trustees of Universitas Indonesia Number
mentation of Extension Programs in Universi- 003/MWA-UI/2008 on Research Policy in Uni-
tas Indonesia versitas Indonesia
RESEARCH
3.1. INTEGRATED STUDENTS SERVICE and thesis can only be read on the spot
CAMPUS LIFE
BUILDING or photocopied.
FACILITIES AND
This building is located at the left of the Rec- Dissertation and thesis can only be photo-
tor building with the one door policy in serving copied as many as 10 pages.
the registration process of all Universitas In-
donesia students, whether they are vocation-
al, undergraduate, undergraduate extension, UI Central Library Services
master, doctoral, specialist, and professional
students. This building consists of three divi- Reference Service
sions: PPSI division, Student Affairs division, This service is provided to help the UI civitas
and Academic division. academica in searching information, especial-
ly for students who are working on their final
assignment or research. Information search
3.2. FACULTY ADMINISTRATION CENTER request may be submitted in person or via
(PAF) email (reflib@ui.ac.id).
Academic administrative services for all aca-
demic programs in FTUI are managed by PAF. Information Package
The services provided for students include Information package is a form of service in the
academic records, change of grades from form of certain topics of information packag-
lecturers, testamur and academic transcripts, es. Each package consists of several articles
registration, absence of leave, enrollments and and their annotation in accordance to the se-
letter of reference letter. The working hour lected topic. Each article can be obtained by
is at 08.00 to 16.00 from Monday to Friday, at
contacting the reference division first (reflib@
PAF building.
ui.ac.id) or by direct phone request (+6221-
7270751).
3.3. UNIVERSITY CENTRAL LIBRARY
Location : Kampus UI Depok
Information Search Training
Service hours of UI Central Library
The information search training consists of
Monday - Friday 08.30 - 19.00 WIB several packages. They are: basic and ad-
vance package. This training is provided to
Saturday & Sunday 08.30 - 15.00 WIB
help improve the information skill of library
Holly Month of Ramadhan 08.30 - 15.00 WIB visitors and members. This service is available
to all university members, especially new stu-
Membership:
dents and students who are in their final year.
Students, lecturers, researchers and employ-
Request for training can be submitted directly
ee of the Universitas Indonesia are entitled
or through the email perpusui@ui.ac.id
for membership of the central library with the
following requirements:
Circulation (Borrowing Books)
1. Provide the latest semester payment
The circulation services are located in level 1
proof or the latest study card (IRS) or
The librarys collection of reference books,
certification letter from any faculty, unit
thesis, dissertation, research reports and UI-
or department within the Universitas In-
ana can only be read on the spot at the UI
donesia.
Central Library.
2. Provide a 2x3 photo (one)
3. Provide a cover letter from the faculty
(for lecturers)
UI Central Library Facilities
OPAC (Online Public Access Catalog)
Lending Procedures:
OPAC is a tool to search the information re-
General text books can be borrowed for
garding the available collection of the library
two weeks (max. 3 books) by showing
by using a terminal computer. OPAC comput-
your Student Card. Borrowed books need
ers are available on every floor of the library.
to be stamped.
46 Reference books, magazines, newspaper
Internet Access Salemba (PUSILKOM Building)
Internet access connection at the UI central
library uses the integrated network (JUITA
Jaringan Terpadu) and can also be accessed Hotline Service
by using the UI Hotspot. Internet service is Users who are experiencing problems in the
FACILITIES AND
also available at the first floor of the central use of this facility can report or request the
CAMPUS LIFE
library. Also available are computers with in- help of the Computer Technical Unit through
ternet access for the usage of library visitors the following PPSI hotline service:
and members. Phone : +6221-7863419
Email : support@ui.ac.id
Computer, Scanner and Data Backup Web Site : http/cso.ui.ac.id
Students are allowed to use the provided com- Office Hours : Monday Friday
puters to work on their assignments, picture/ (09.00 - 16.00)
photo scanning and to burn the result of their
information search to a CD.
Puskom Services at FTUI
Puskom (Pusat Komputer) provides services re-
Photocopy
lated to education and information technology
A photocopy machine is available at the UI development for students and academic/non-
Central Library academic staff. The office is located at 2nd
floor of GK Building at FTUI, Depok Campus.
Discussion, Class and Seminar Rooms Main duties of Puskom is to provide education
Discussion, Class and Seminar rooms are avail- facilities for students, learning and research
able for students needs and for classes. facilities for lecturers, and services for educa-
tion administration, students and personnel.
Special Study Rooms Puskom also provides connection services to
Special study rooms are available and can be internet and local area network at the Faculty
and the University. Internet can be accessed
used by all university members. These rooms
at all area of FTUI. This facility can be used
are equipped with a desk, filing cabinet and by students as well as faculties. All computer
internet access. networks have been connected by fiber optic
cables for inter-building and copper cable in
Locker the buildings with capacity of 100 Mbps. Be-
250 lockers are available for UI Central Li- sides providing local networks, Puskom also
brary Members. controls 7 computer servers with redundancy
backup to minimize troubles in academic and
research services. Computers are also avail-
3.4. COMPUTER SCIENCES & able for students at various locations at FTUI
i.e. computer laboratory at 2nd floor of GK
NETWORK Building, as well as at FTUI building at Salemba
Directorate of Information System Develop- Campus. The service hour is 09.00 to 16.00
ment and Service (PPSI) are responsible for from Monday to Friday. For further informa-
the programmed computer network system tion please contact Puskom at GK Building, 2nd
designed to help fulfill the students and floor, tel. 021-7863508, 021-2720011 ext. 64,
lecturers needs in computer usage (from or send email to puskom@eng.ui.ac.id.
academic activities such as programming to
internet usage) through the Integrated UI net- 3.5. STUDENT WELFARE
work (JUITA). 3.5.1. UNIVERSITAS INDONESIA
MOSQUES
Requirements for using the JUITA:
The Ukhuwah Islamiyah (UI) Mosque De-
Registered as a UI student
Fill out registration form with a reference pok located in the UI Depok Campus. Es-
from the Associate Dean for Students Af- tablished on 28 January 1987 for the Fri-
fairs/ Head of Study Program/Academic day prayer with Prof. H. Moh. Daud Ali,
Counselor of the student. SH as khatib (preacher). This mosque was
named Ukhuwah Islamiyah for within this
Place of Registration: mosque is fostered the Islamic brother-
Depok (Integrated Student Service Cen- hood within the campus as well as the
ter Building) unity and brotherhood of Moslem from
47
within and outside of campus area. Health, Balairung, UI Mosque, and Fac-
The Arif Rahman Hakim (ARH) Mosque Sa- ulty of Law.
lemba is located in the UI Salemba Cam- Red : UI Dormitory, Gerbatama, UI Trains
pus. Established on 10 November 1967, 27 Station, Faculty of Law, UI Mosque,
Rajab 1387 H. Based on the UI Rector De- Balairung, Faculty of Public Health, Fac-
CAMPUS LIFE
FACILITIES AND
Monday Thursday : 08.00 - 12.30 Problems handled by BKM UI
CAMPUS LIFE
and 14.00 - 19.00 Generally, the problems handled by the BKM
Friday : 08.00 - 11.00 UI consist of academic, personal, family, and
and 14.00 - 19.00 social problems.
Saturday : 08.00 - 12.00
BKM UIs other services:
Note: Online counseling
Aside from the above mentioned facilities for Peer counseling training
students which are funded by the Students Counseling training for counselor lectur-
Welfare and Facility Fund, GKFM in UI De- ers and BKM management in the faculty
pok Campus also provide facilities for blood level.
chemistry examinations, x-ray, and cardiac Coordinate meeting between BKM in the
examination for university members with af- university and faculty level.
fordable prices. Personality development training
Group therapy
Pharmacy
The pharmacy provides free medicine for 3 UI Salemba Polyclinic
(three) days for UI students who seek treat- For students in the UI Salemba Campus, the
ments in the Polyclinic unit. The pharmacy university also provides similar health service
also provides various other medicines for first in the polyclinic for public health service.
aid needs for general public purchase.
Service time : Monday Friday: 08.00 12.00
UI Student Counseling and Guidance (BKM) and 14.00 18.00
In providing service in the mental welfare of
the UI students, the Student Counseling and
Guidance is a place where UI students can re- 3.5.5. UI STUDENT DORMITORY
ceive psychological help in dealing with aca- Location : UI Campus, Depok
demic, personal or family problems. These Phone/Fax : +6221- 7874414 /
psychological help are given in the form of +6221-7874271
counseling and guidance. Guidance service is Capacity : 594 rooms for male students hous-
the provision of information (to an individual ing, 656 rooms for female students housing
or group) with the purpose of making sure (including the VIP AC rooms)
that students are able to learn and build an Facility : TV, cafetaria, public pay phone,
optimal social relationship. Counseling ser- public internet shops, computer rental
vice is the process of giving help to students
and support student in finding a way to solve UI Wismarini Student Dormitory
his problem. Here, a counselor functions as a Location : Jl. Otto Iskandar Dinata No. 38,
facilitator. East Jakarta, Indonesia
Phone/Fax : +6221-8195058
Services in the UI Student Counseling and Capacity : 72 rooms for male students hous-
Guidance ing, 111 rooms for female students housing
The routine services provided by the BKM UI Facility : Badminton court, TV, cafeteria,
are counseling and guidance services daily Table Tennis
which are done at:
Service Time : Monday Friday The UI Wismarini student dormitory is pro-
Service Hours : 09.00 15.00 vided to students from the Salemba Campus
Place : Student Welfare Center (Faculty of Medicine, Faculty of Dentistry and
2nd floor, Student Welfare Faculty of Nursing).
& Facility Center Building
UI Campus Depok
Phone : +6221-96384797
49
Facility
Standard housing facility Registration Process Flow Chart for UI
Bed, table, chair, wardrobe, shoe rack, Dormitory
lamp, bathroom, wash basin.
CAMPUS LIFE
Public pay phone shops, public internet then be asked to fill out registration form and enclose:
shop, photocopy (1) a copy of ID card (2) a copy of academic registration
Public facility proof (3) a copy of acceptance letter (4) 3x4 photographs
Cafeteria, praying room, laundry service, (5) a letter of statement on impoverished condition (6)
sport facility, car/motorcycle parking ar- not a smoker statement
eas, minimart, dormitory market
Step 2: acquire a recommendation from the Facultys
Room Specification Associate Dean for Students Affair --> submit the form
Standard room package + recommendation --> considered entitled to a
Standard bed, table, chair, bookcase, room in the dormitory: No --> STOP; Yes --> continue to
wardrobe, shoe rack, lamp, outdoor the next step
bathroom, non AC.
Standard plus room
Step 3: Make a registration at the UI Depok dormitory
Standard bed, table, chair, book case, by submitting the form package + recommendation, pay
wardrobe, shoe rack, lamp, outdoor the first month rent + security deposit at the dormitory
bathroom, air conditioned. counter.
Bungur and Melati room
Spring bed mattress, table, chair, indoor
bathroom, wash basin, small kitchen, liv- Step 4: Accepted as dormitory resident for two semes-
ters. Submit proof of payment and receive the room key.
ing room, air conditioned.
VIP room
Spring bed mattress, table, chair, indoor 3.5.6. WISMA MAKARA
bathroom, wash basin, small kitchen, liv- Phone : +6221-78883670, 78883671
ing room, air conditioned. Reservation : +6221-78883672
E-mail : info@makara.cso.ui.ac.id
Other information Website : http://www.wismamakara.com
UI Depok dormitory has their own set
of rules and regulations which must be Wisma Makara, located within the UI Depok
obeyed by all dormitory residents as an campus, is a choice of accommodation for the
attempt to create conducive environ- Southern Jakarta and Depok area. This hotel is
ment for dormitory residents and as an very suitable for seminar, training, workshop
attempt to maintain harmony among the activities. Surrounded by rubber trees and a
various elements of the UI Depok dormi- lake; the hotels cool, calm, and beautiful
tory residents. atmosphere provides the perfect background
Each undergraduate student residents of for your various activities. The hotels tran-
the UI Depok dormitory are entitled to quility also makes it very suitable for those of
live in the dormitory for one year (semes- you who need tranquility to work and rest.
ters 1 and 2).
Residents will be charged for every elec- Available facilities:
tronic device which they brought to their 7 fully furnished rooms (AC, TV, refrigera-
dormitory rooms. tor)
For further information, please contact UI Restaurant
Dormitory secretariat at +6221-78744144 Swimming Pool
or by clicking http://asrama.ui.edu. Coffee Shop
Meeting room (up to 100 person capacity)
Pay phone shop and internet shop
Photocopy
Ballroom (with 800 person capacity)
Parking area
50
3.5.7. UI STUDENT ACTIVITY CENTER Started in 2008, this program establishes col-
(PUSGIWA) laboration with the Bike to Work and Polygon,
Location : UI Campus Depok making UI the first campus in Indonesia with
Phone : +6221-7270201 their own Bike to Campus program.
Pusgiwa UI is a place for various student ac-
FACILITIES AND
tivities in Universitas Indonesia. Here we can These bicycles, which colors and and form are
CAMPUS LIFE
find secretariat offices of various UI student specially design for UI, are single seat bicy-
organizations. Pusgiwa also provides many fa- cles. By July 2009, there are around 300 units
cilities for students acitivites such as an 300- of bicycle available for use and will continue
400 person auditorium. to be added in accordance with the campus
development or demand.
and struggling toward that goal must always resentative from each facultys legislative
FACILITIES AND
be balanced with moral power as future asset body. Membership of DPM UI is inaugurated
in their fight in realizing the countrys objec- by a student forum decree. Term of office for
tives. Thus, students need a vessel where all members of the DPM UI is one year and ended
of their independent, family oriented, scien- simultaneously with the inauguration of the
tific, society oriented, and open activities can new members of the DPM. The requirements
be accommodated. In Universitas Indonesia, for becoming a member of the DPM UI are
this vessel is called Universitas Indonesia Stu- regulated within the IKM UI laws. DPM UI has
dent Society Association (Ikatan Keluarga Ma- the authority in term of legislative, supervi-
hasiswa Universitas Indonesia IKM UI). sion, and assessment of Students Representa-
tive Councils (BEM UI) Work Accountability
IKM UI is a formal and legal organization Report, jurisdiction, facility, and designing
which is the parent organization for all stu- the admission mechanism and follow up on fi-
dent activities in Universitas Indonesia. IKM nancial budget plan of each student organiza-
UI adopts constitutional values adapted with tions within the Universitas Indonesia for each
the need of student lives. Sovereignty of IKM period of management. Members of the DPM
UI lies in the hand of the students and is fully UI are entitled to interpellation right, voting
implemented according to Laws and Consti- right, and the right to convey suggestion and
tution of IKM UI. The members of IKM UI are express their opinions.
registered students in the Universitas Indo-
nesia, consisting of active and regular mem- Secretariat : Student Activity Center
bers. Active members are IKM UI members Building (Pusgiwa), 2nd floor
that have followed active member admission Phone :+6221-94629107,
procedures and received recommendation +6285717884964
from the faculty. Regular members are IKM UI
members that are not registered within the Students Representative Council
active membership of IKM UI. The symbol of (Badan Eksekutif Mahasiswa - BEM)
the Universitas Indonesia Student Society As- Universitas Indonesia Students Representa-
sociation (IKM UI) is the Makara of Universitas tive Council is a student organization within
Indonesia with the wording IKATAN KELUARGA the university level with the executive power.
MAHASISWA UNIVERSITAS INDONESIA in black. Term of office for UI Students Representative
Council is one year, from January to Decem-
Student organizations that are incorporated ber each year. Chairman and Vice Chairman
within the IKM UI are: of BEM UI are elected as a couple directly by
1. Students Forum members of the IKM UI in a Universitas Indo-
2. Students Representative Council nesia General Election. The elected Chairman
3. Student Executive Body and Vice Chairman of BEM UI are later official-
4. Financial Audit Agency ly inaugurated with a Student Forum Decree.
5. Student Court Function and authority of BEM UI are, among
6. Student Element of the Board of Trustees other: advocate students in issues relating to
7. Autonomous Body of the Student Activity funds and facilities at the university level;
Unit addressing the external politic policy of IKM
8. Semi Autonomous Body of the Student UI; serve and coordinate with the Universitas
Activity Unit Indonesia Autonomy Body of UKM UI, facultys
executive body, and student element of the
Students Representative Council Board of Trustees. BEM UI Board of Adminis-
(Dewan Perwakilan Mahasiswa - DPM) trators is elected based on open and close re-
Students Representative Council is the high cruitment mechanism.
level body within the Universitas Indonesia
Student Society Association (IKM UI) which
possesses a legislative power. Members of
52
Student Activity Unit 4. Buddhist Student Society (Keluarga Maha-
(Unit Kegiatan Mahasiswa - UKM) siswa Budhis)
Student Activity Unit of Universitas Indonesia 5. Hindu Student Society (Keluarga Maha-
(UKM-UI) is a place of student activities and siswa Hindu)
creations in the Universitas Indonesia in one
FACILITIES AND
area of specialization, talent and religious e. Academic Group
CAMPUS LIFE
services at the university level. The Student 1. Eka Prasetya Student Study Group
Activity Unit consists of the Autonomy and (KSM EP)
Semi Autonomy Bodies. Universitas Indonesia 2. English Debating Society (EDS)
UKM Autonomy Body is a UKM in the university
level which is deemed qualified and valid by f. Entrepreneurship
the decree of the Student Forum into an au- 1. Student Voice
tonomic UKM UI Autonomy Body. While the 2. CEDS
Universitas Indonesia UKM Semi Autonomy 3. Student Radio (RTC UI FM) 107,9
Body is a place of student activities and cre-
ations in the Universitas Indonesia in one area g. Others
of specialization, talent and religious services 1. Wira Makara (Student Regiment)
at the university level under the coordination 2. Students Mountaineering Club (Mapala)
of the Students Representative Council.
chemical compounds in the plants, testing service which the student has done himself
FACILITIES AND
the efficacy of plant extracts, formulate mar- (case studies, field practice, community de-
keting techniques, a health survey of street velopment work, student creativity program,
children, teaching methods Balinese script in internships, and many other).
elementary school students, the rate of eco-
nomic growth in the craft center of Kasongan, Student Creativity Program Written Con-
superstition factor that characterizes the be- cept (PKM - GT)
havior of the Javanese community and other This program is a program of writing a scien-
activities that have such a purpose. tific article that originated from ideas or con-
cepts from a group of students. This written
Student Creativity Program - Technology Ap- idea refers to an actual problem that can be
plication (PKM-T) found in the community and require a smart
This program is a technology assistance pro- and realistic solution. In each area these pro-
gram (quality of raw materials, prototypes, grams are subdivided into seven groups of
models, equipment or production processes, fields of science, namely:
waste management, and quality assurance 1. Health field, including: Pharmacy, Nu-
systems and many other) or other micro-or trition, Obstetrics, Medicine, Dentistry,
small-scale industries (home industries, small Nursing, Public Health, and Psychology.
traders or cooperation) as needed by the po- 2. Agricultural field, include: Veterinary
tential partners in the program. PKMT require Medicine, Forestry, Maritime, Fisheries,
students to exchange ideas with their partner Agriculture, Animal Husbandry, and Agri-
in the program first, because the product is a cultural Technology.
solution of a problem which the PKMT partner 3. Mathematic and Natural Sciences field,
prioritizes. Thus, in the proposed program, including: Astronomy, Biology, Geography,
the student must attach a Statement of Will- Physics, Chemistry, and Mathematics.
ingness to Work Together with Partner on a 4. Technology and Engineering field, includ-
paper with Rp. 6000, - seal. ing: Information Technology, Engineering,
and Agricultural Technology.
Student Creativity Program Entrepreneur- 5. Social Economy field, including: Agribusi-
ship (PKM-K) ness (Agriculture), Economic, Social and
This program is the where students develop Political Sciences.
their skills in entrepreneurship and is a profit 6. Humanities field, including: Religion, Lan-
oriented program. Business commodities pro- guage, Philosophy, Literature, and Art.
duced can be in the form of goods or services 7. Education field, including: Education Sci-
which in turn are one of the basic capital stu- ences study program under the Faculty of
dents will need in entrepreneurship and to Education.
enter the market.
Submission deadline for PKM-K, PKM-M, and
Student Creativity Program Community PKM-P proposals are in October of each year,
Service (PKM-M) while deadline proposals for PKM-GT and
This program is an assistance program in sci- PKM-AI are in March of each year. Almost all
ence, technology, and arts in an effort to of these areas can be followed by students in
increase performance, build business skills, 12 faculties at UI. PIMNAS is a means to prove
structuring and improving the environment, the existence of UI as a research university
strengthening community institutions, the so- in Indonesia. Win the Adikarta Kertawidya
cialization of rational drug use, exposure to trophy and show the existence of UI as the
and understanding aspects of customary law, Research Campus.
relief efforts on illiterates in the society and For further information :
other community programs both for formal http://bem.ui.ac.id/
and non-formal societies. http://mahasiswa.ui.ac.id/info-pkm-2010.
html
54
17. BPMIGAS
3.9. SCHOLARSHIP 18. BRI
Universitas Indonesia currently manages ap- 19. BUMN
proximately 71 scholarships both from the 20. DIKNAS
government and the private sector. Informa- - Diknas (Excellent Activist Scholarship)
FACILITIES AND
tion about scholarships can be obtained at - Diknas (Excellent Master Scholarship)
CAMPUS LIFE
the Student Affairs Division of each faculty or - Diknas (Super Excellent Scholarship)
through the website of the Directorate of Stu- 21. Diknas 1 (BBM)
dent Affairs at www.mahasiswa.ui.ac.id. 22. Diknas 2 (PPA)
23. Djarum
There are two types of scholarship in UI: 24. Eka 2007 - 2008
UI Scholarship 25. Eka 2008 - 2009
Donor/Sponsor Scholarship 26. Eka CIpta (Uang Buku)
27. Exxon MOBIL (For Students from Aceh)
General requirement procedure for scholar- 28. Exxon MOBIL (For Students from Aceh)
ship application from Donor/Sponsor:
Submit application through the Faculty Thesis
Head with a recommendation from the 29. Indosat
Associate Dean of Student Affairs. 30. Karya Salemba 4 (KS 4)
Submit a photocopy of academic tran- 31. KORINDO
script stating a GPA corresponding with 32. LGE
the requirement given by the donor/ 33. MARUBENI
sponsor. 34. MC.DERMONT
Not a smoker. 35. Part TIme Job
Is not a receiver of similar other scholar- 36. Posco (Thesis Aid)
ship. 37. PPA/BBM Angkatan 2009
Other requirements as stated by the Do- - PPA/BBM DIII
nor/Sponsor. - PPA/BBM S1
38. PPE
LIST OF NAME OF SCHOLARSHIP DONOR/ 39. PT. BUMA Apparel Industry
SPONSOR FOR UNIVERSITAS INDONESIA STU- 40. PT. Coca Cola
DENTS 41. PT. Indocement
1. Bank BNI 46 42. PT. Accenture
2. Bank Central Asia 43. PT. Gudang Garam
3. Bank Indonesia 44. PT. Sun Life Indonesia
4. Bank KEB Indonesia 45. PT. Thiess
5. Bank Lippo 46. Qatar Charity
6. Bank Mandiri 47. Recapital
- Bank Mandiri 48. Rotary Club Jakarta Sudirman
- Bank Mandiri Prestasi 49. Salim
7. Bank Mayapada 50. Sampoerna Astro Asih
8. Bank Niaga 51. Sampoerna Foundation
9. Bank Permata 52. Sariboga
10. Bank Tabungan Negara 53. Shell (Extention Scheme)
11. Student Special Aid 54. Shell (New Scheme)
- Special Aid for Undergraduate Program 55. Sime Darby
Student 56. Sumitomo Bank (Supportive Scholarship)
- Special Aid for Vocational Program Stu- 57. Sumitomo Bank (Full Scholarship)
dent 58. Sumitomo Corporation Scholarship
12. BAZNAS 59. Supersemar
13. West Java Scholarship 60. Tanoto
14. BMU Scholarship 61. Tanoto S2
15. CIMB Niaga Excellent Scholarship 62. Total E & P
16. DKI Jakarta Scholarship 63. TPSDP (DIKTI)
- Jakarta Achievement Scholarship 64. UFJ Foundation / Mitsubishi
- Jakarta Thesis Scholarship 65. Unilever
55
66. Y. Asahi Glass (YAGI) For these insured students, they are allowed
67. Y. Toyota (REGULER) to submit an insurance claim in accordance
68. Yayasan IJARI with the following provisions:
69. Yayasan Goodwill Internasional Accidents included within the insurance
70. YAYASAN TIFICO claim are accidents which occurred dur-
CAMPUS LIFE
FACILITIES AND
UI Campus Salemba Student Faculty Directorate of
CAMPUS LIFE
Phone : +6221-330343, 3303455 Students Affairs
Fax : +6221-330343
Start
UI Campus Depok
Phone : +6221-7270020, 7270021, 7270022, Students
Experience an
7270023, 7863460
Accounted Peril
Firefighters : 116
Students file a
SAR : 55 021 report to UPT
PLK/Nearest
Police station
Ambulance
RSCM : 118
Accidents : 119, 334 130 Students
request a cover
Police (on duty) : 525011 letter from As-
sociate Dean of Associate Dean Directorate of
Student Affairs of Student Af- Student Affairs
Police station by providing: fairs submit the issues the cover-
Central Jakarta : 3909922 doctors letter, insurance claim ing letter to PT.
North Jakarta : 491 017 a proof of pay- to the Director- Jasa Raharja
ment, chrono- ate of Student Putra
South Jakarta : 7206011 logical report Affairs
West Jakarta : 5482371 of event and
East Jakarta : 8191478 report from UPT
PLK/Police
Depok : 7520014
Student files
his/her claim
to Jasa Raharja
Putra Mampang
Branch Office,
South Jakarta
Finish
57
Cause Condition Required Document 3.12. INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF
1. A notification letter from TECHNOLOGY
the Facultys Associate Dean International Journal of Technology (IJTech) is
of Student Affairs to the Di- bi-annual international referred journal with
CAMPUS LIFE
FACILITIES AND
ing the international access and exposure to its
CAMPUS LIFE
entire proud member.
59
60
61
4. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM
(REGULAR/PARALLEL/INTERNATIONAL)
PROGRAM
Program Specification
62
12. 13. Define key aspects of advanced technical specialization appropriate to civil engineering.
(ASCE 15)
14. Apply the rules of grammar and composition in verbal and written communications, properly
cite sources, and use appropriate graphical standards in preparing engineering drawings.
(ASCE 16)
UNDERGRADUATE
15. Discuss and explain key concepts and processes involved in public policy, business and public
PROGRAM
administration. (ASCE 17 and 18)
16. Organize, formulate, and solve engineering problems within a global context. (ASCE 19)
17. Apply leadership principles to direct the efforts of a small, homogenous group. (ASCE 20)
18. Explain attitudes supportive of the professional practice of civil engineering. (ASCE 22)
19. Demonstrate the ability for self-directed learning. (ASCE 23)
20. Analyze a situation involving multiple conflicting professional and ethical interests to deter-
mine an appropriate course of action. (ASCE 24)
21. Demonstrate integrity, critical thinking, creative mind, inovative and intelectual curiosity in
solving individual and group problems. (UI-a)
22. Propose alternative solutions of several problems occur in society, nation and country (UI-b)
23. Use knowledge of entrepreneurship to identify an independent business based on creativity
and professional ethics (UI-e)
13 Classification of Subjects
No. Classification Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
i University General Subjects 18 13 %
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 25 17 %
iii Core Subjects 45 31 %
iv Elective Subjects 45 31 %
v Internship, Seminar, ndergraduate 11 8%
Thesis, Project
Total 144 100 %
14. Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
63
64
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
Graduate Profile :
A Bachelor Engineer who is able to design and built green civil
engineering infrastructures with professional ethics
20. Analyze the results of experiments and evaluate the accuracy of the
results within the known boundaries of the tests and materials in or across
more than one of the technical areas of civil engineering
. (ASCE-7). 15. Apply the 14. Explain the impact
principles of of historical and
sustainability to the contemporary issues on
19. Analyze and solve problems in solid and fluid mechanics(ASCE-6).
design of traditional the identification,
and emergent formulation, and
engineering systems. solution of engineering
17. Develop problem statements andsolve 18. Use knowledge of (ASCE-10). problems and explain
well-defined fundamental civil engineering material sciences to solve the impact of
16. Organize, engineering solutions
problems by applying appropriate problem appropriate to
formulate, and solve on the economy,
techniques and tools. (ASCE-8 & UI-c). civil engineering(ASCE-5).
engineering problems environment, political
10. Demonstrate the ability 11. Analyze a situation within a global landscape, and society.
for self-directed learning involving multiple context.(ASCE-19) (ASCE-11).
4. Apply the rules of grammar and composition in verbal and written
(ASCE-23). conflicting professional
communications, properly cite sources, and use appropriate graphical 13.Develop solutions 12. Discuss and explain
and ethical interests to
9. Apply leadership standards in preparing engineering drawings(ASCE 16 & UI-d). to well-defined key concepts and
determine an appropriate
principles to direct the course of action project management processes involved in
efforts of a small, (ASCE-24). problems.(ASCE-13) public policy, business
homogenous group (ASCE-20). and public
administration
8. Explain attitudes
5. Analyze and solve problems 6. Apply the principles of probability 7. Solve problems in physics, chemistry and one additional (ASCE 17 & 18).
supportive of the
professional practice of civil in solid and fluid mechanics and statistics to solve problems area of natural sciences andapply this knowledge to the
engineering(ASCE-22). (ASCE-6). containing uncertainties(ASCE-12) solution of engineering problems. (ASCE-2).
1. Demonstrate integrity, critical thinking, creative 2. Propose alternative solutions of 3. Use knowledge of entrepreneurship to Can operate 4. Communicate effectively in Bahasa
mind, inovative and intelectual curiosity in solving several problems occur in society, identify an independent business based on ICT (UI-c & and English for academic and non
individual and group problems. (UI-a & ASCE-21) nation and country (UI-b; ASCE 3 & 4) creativity and professional ethics(UI-e) ASCE 8) academic purposes. (UI-d & ASCE 16).
Flow Diagram of Subjects at Regular and Parallel Program
Engineering
Courses
Sustainable Environment Etics &
Civil Engineering Construction
Built Impact Analysis
Courses Law
Civil Engineering Environment & ISO
Courses Design of Mechanical
Civil Engineering 2) Dynamics
Integrated Solid Earthworks &
Civil Engineering
Waste Process Heavy Elective Courses
Equipments
Concrete
Civil Structural
Material Concrete Struct.
Basic Chemistry Sport /Art Engineering Design 2 Capstone
Properties (2+1) Design 1
System Project
Steel Structural
Design 1
Introd. to Civil
Advanced Structural Health, Safety
English Religion Engineering Seminar
Chemistry Analysis & Environment
System
th th
1 st Semester 2nd Semester 3rd Semester 4th Semester 5th Semester 6th Semester 7 Semester 8 Semester
UNDERGRADUATE
65
PROGRAM
66
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Flow Diagram of Subjects at International Program
Semester 5 to 8 Continue
Double Degree Program Single Degree Program Engineering Civil Engineering University
to QUT or other Partner Courses Courses Courses
in UI Semester 1 to 8 in UI
Universities
Sustainable
Built Elective Courses
Environment
Road
Academic Writing Linear Algebra Statistic & Internship
Surveying (2+1) Pavement Design Geometric
Probabilistic
Design
1 st Semester 2nd Semester 3rd Semester 4th Semester 5th Semester 6th Semester 7th Semester 8th Semester
Course Structure of Undergraduate Program in Civil Engineering (Regular/Parallel)
CODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
Semester 1 1st Semester
UIGE 6 0 0004 MPKT B Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
UNDERGRADUATE
UIGE 6 0 0002 Bahasa Inggris English 3
PROGRAM
ENGE 6 0 0003 Fisika Dasar 1 Physics 1 4
ENGE 6 0 0001 Kalkulus Calculus 4
ENGE 6 0 0010 Kimia Dasar Basic Chemistry 2
Sub Total 19
Semester 2 2nd Semester
UIGE 6 0 0001 MPKT A Integrated Character Building Subject A 6
UIGE 6 0 0003 Olah Raga/Seni Sport/ Art 1
ENGE 6 0 0002 Aljabar Linear Linear Algebra 4
ENGE 6 0 0004 Fisika Dasar 2 Physics 2 4
UIGE 6 0 0005-9 Agama Religious Studies 2
ENGE 6 0 0006 Kalkulus Lanjut Advanced Calculus 3
Sub Total 20
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENGE 6 0 0005 Statistik dan Probabilistik Statistic and Probability 2
ENCV 6 0 0002 Pengantar Sistem Rekayasa Sipil Introduction to Civil Engineering System 3
ENCV 6 0 0003 Statika Statics 4
ENCV 6 0 0004 Mekanika Fluida Fluid Mechanics 3
ENCV 6 0 0005 Properti Material Material Properties 3
ENCV 6 0 0006 Konstruksi Bangunan Building Construction 4
Sub Total 19
Semester 4 4th Semester
ENGE 6 0 0007 Ekonomi Teknik Engineering Economics 3
ENCV 6 0 0007 Ilmu Ukur Tanah Surveying 3
ENCV 6 0 0008 Mekanika Benda Padat Solid Mechanics 4
ENCV 6 0 0009 Mekanika Tanah Dasar Basic Soil Mechanics 3
ENCV 6 0 0010 Sistem Rekayasa Sipil Civil Engineering System 3
ENCV 6 0 0011 Kimia Lanjut Advanced Chemistry 2
Mata Ajaran Pilihan Alam dan Sains Nature and Engineering Sciences Electives
Salah Satu dari : Choose one out of:
ENCV 6 0 0012 Lingkungan Berkelanjutan Sustainable Built Environment 2
ENCV 6 0 0013 Dinamika Dynamics 2
Sub Total 20
Semester 5 5th Semester
ENCV 6 0 0014 Manajemen Konstruksi Construction Management 3
ENCV 6 0 0015 Analisa Struktur Structural Analysis 3
Mata Kuliah Pilihan Teknik dan Perancangan Technical & Design Elective Core In Semester 5
Pada semester 5 & 6 mahasiswa wajib memilih & 6 (Choose minimum of 24 credits offered by
minimal 24 SKS dari minimal 4 peminatan: at least 4 specializations)
1. Struktur : 1. Structure :
ENCV 6 0 0101 Perancangan Struktur Beton 1 Concrete Structural Design 1 3
2. Geoteknik : 2. Geotechnics :
ENCV 6 0 0201 Mekanika Tanah Soil Mechanics 3
3. Tranportasi : 3. Transportation :
ENCV 6 0 0301 Perancangan Struktur Perkerasan Pavement Design 3
ENCV 6 0 0302 Sistim Transportasi Transportation System 3
4. Manajemen Sumber Daya Air 4. Water Resources Mangement
ENCV 6 0 0401 Perancangan Infrastruktur Keairan 1 Water Engineering 1 3
6. Lingkungan 6. Enviroment
ENEV 6 0 0009 Perancangan Pengolahan Limbah Padat Terpadu Design of Integrated Solid Waste Management 3
ENEV 6 0 0011 Amdal, Audit Lingkungan dan ISO Environment Impact Analysis and ISO 2
Sub Total 18
Semester 6 6th Semester
ENGE 6 0 0008 K3LL Health, Safety and Environmental Protection 2
ENCV 6 0 0016 Kapita Selekta Capita Selecta 2
67
CODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
Mata Kuliah Pilihan Teknik dan Perancangan Technical & Design Elective Core
Pada semester 5 & 6 mahasiswa wajib memilih (Choose minimum of 24 credits offered by at
minimal 24 SKS dari minimal 4 peminatan: least 4 specializations)
1. Struktur : 1. Structure :
PROGRAM
68
Mata Ajar Pilihan
UNDERGRADUATE
Semester Gasal
PROGRAM
Kelebihan SKS Mata Kuliah Pilihan disain Technical & Design Elective Courses more
pada semester 5 dan 6 diperhitungkan than 24 credits at 5th & 6th semester are
sebagai mata kuliah pilihan considered as elective courses
ENCV 6 0 0104 Analisa Struktur dengan Metode Kekakuan Structural Analysis with Stiffness Method 3
ENCV 6 0 0304 Teknik Transportasi Transportation Engineering 3
ENEV 6 0 0010 Permasalahan Lingkungan dalam isu global Environmental Global issues 2
ENCV 6 0 0403 Teknik Sungai River Engineering 3
ENCV 6 0 0404 Hidrolika Hydraulics 3
Semester Genap
Kelebihan SKS Mata Kuliah Pilihan disain Technical & Design Elective Courses more
pada semester 5 dan 6 diperhitungkan than 24 credits at 5 & 6 semester are consid-
sebagai mata kuliah pilihan ered as elective courses
Mata Kuliah Pilihan Lintas Departemen Elective courses offered by other Departe-
atau lintas Fakultas ments or other Faculty
ENCV 6 0 0105 Perancangan Struktur Kayu Wood Structural Design 3
ENCV 6 0 0106 Perancangan Struktur Baja 2 Steel Structural Design 2 3
ENCV 6 0 0203 Metode Konstruksi Geoteknik Construction Methods in Geotechnic 3
ENEV 6 0 0017 Pencegahan Pencemaran Pollution Prevention 2
ENCV 6 0 0405 Pengelolaan Limpasan Hujan Rain Management 3
ENCV 8 0 0602 Manajemen Sumber Daya dan komu- Human Resource and Project Communication
nikasi proyek Management 3
70
Course Structure of Undergraduate International Program in Civil Engineering
UNDERGRADUATE
UIGE 6 1 0002 Academic Writing 3 ENGE610002 Linear Algebra 4
PROGRAM
ENGE 6 1 0003 Physics 1 4 ENGE610004 Physics 2 4
Sub Total 18
Sub Total 18
Sub Total 17
Total 144
Structure Structure
Advanced Mechanics of
ENCV 8 0 0101 3 ENCV 8 0 0105 Finite Element Method 3
Material
Design of Prestressed Con- Design of Earthquake
ENCV 8 0 0102 3 ENCV 8 0 0106 3
crete Resistance Building
Dynamics of Structure Concrete Technology and
ENCV 8 0 0103 3 ENCV 8 0 0107 3
Adv. Reinforced Concrete
Geotechnics Geotechnics
Adv. Foundation Engineer-
ENCV 8 0 0201 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3 ENCV 8 0 0204 3
ing and Deep Excavation
Advanced Geotechnical Numerical Methods in
ENCV 8 0 0202 3 ENCV 8 0 0205 3
Investigation Geotechnical Engineering
Slope Stabilization and Soil Environmental Geotech-
ENCV 8 0 0203 3 ENCV 8 0 0206 3
Improvement nics
Transportation Transportation
Advanced Highway Geomet-
ENCV 8 0 0301 3 ENCV 8 0 0305 Freight Transportation 3
ric Design
Advanced Transportation Transport Network
ENCV 8 0 0302 3 ENCV 8 0 0306 3
System Analysis
Traffic Engineering and Advanced Highway Pave-
ENCV 8 0 0303 3 ENCV 8 0 0307
Control ment Engineering (***) 3
Transport Demand Analy-
ENCV 8 0 0304 Transport Planning and Policy 3 ENCV 8 0 0308
sis (***) 3
Water Resources
ENCV 8 0 0309 Transport Safety (***)
Management 3
ENCV 8 0 0401 Enviromental Chemistry 3 ENCV 8 0 0310 Transport Economics (***) 3
Railway Engineering and
ENCV 8 0 0402 Engineering Hydrology 3 ENCV 8 0 0311
Planning (***) 3
72
Port Planning and Man-
ENCV 8 0 0001 Engineering Math 3 ENCV 8 0 0312
agement (***) 3
ENCV 8 0 0313 Public Transport Planning 3
Construction Management
and Operation (***)
Engineering Project Manage- Selected Topics in Trans-
UNDERGRADUATE
ENCV 8 0 0501 3 ENCV 8 0 0314
ment portation (***) 3
PROGRAM
Engineering Economics and Water Resources
ENCV 8 0 0502 3
Management Management
Systems Engineering and Water Resources Manage-
ENCV 8 0 0503 3 ENCV 8 0 0403 3
Value Management ment
Construction Methods and
ENCV 8 0 0601 3 ENCV 8 0 0404 Qualitative Hydrology 3
Equipment
Surface Water Quality
ENCV 8 0 0405 3
Modeling
Ground Water Resources
ENCV 8 0 0406 3
Management
Construction
Management
Time and Cost Manage-
ENCV 8 0 0505 3
ment
Quality and Risk Manage-
ENCV 8 0 0506 3
ment
ENCV 8 0 0507 Procurement Manage-
ment, Contract and Claim 3
Administration
ENCV 8 0 0602 Human Resource and
Project Communication 3
Management
(***) Elective
Year 3 Semester 5 (QUT) July Credits Year 3 Semester 6 (QUT) July Credits
KODE Course Title KODE Course Title
ENB276 Structural Engineering 1 12 ENB275 Project Enginerring 1 12
ENB371 Geotechnical Engineering 2 12 ENB375 Structural Engineering 2 12
ENB280 Hydraulic Engineering 12 ENB376 Transport Engineering 12
MAB233 Engineering Mathematics 3 12 ENB377 Water and Waste Water Treat- 12
ment Engineering
subtotal 48
subtotal 48
73
Transition Policy from the 2008 to the 2012 Curriculum
74
CURRICULUM 2008 CURRICULUM 2012 Program
Remarks Reg/ Interna-
Code Subjects SKS Code Subjects SKS
Paralel tional
Changed from compul-
sory to elective courses
(see detail in Table of
UNDERGRADUATE
Curriculum) Students
Water Engineering 1 3 may choose a minimum
PROGRAM
of 24 credits offered by
at least 4 specializations.
To prevent incomplete
X
competency, for those
select Water Resources
CES310801 Water Engineering 5
as one of specializations,
should take both Water
Engineering 1 and 2.
Water Engineering 1 is
prerequisites for Water
Water Engineering 2 3
Engineering 2.
Those have not passed
water engineering
X
should take both water
engineering 1 and 2
Changed from compul-
sory to elective courses
CES310803 Soil Mechanics (2+1) 3 ENCV600009 Soil Mechanics 3 (see detail in Table of
Curriculum) Students
may choose a minimum
of 24 credits offered by
at least 4 specializations.
To prevent incomplete
competency, for those X
select Geotechnics as
Foundation Engi- Foundation Engi- one of specializations,
CES320804 3 ENCV600202 3 should take both Soil
neering neering
Mechanics and Founda-
tion Engineering. Soil
Mechanic is prerequisite
for Foundation Engi-
neering.
New compulsory subject
CES310803 Soil Mechanics (2+1) 3 ENCV600009 Soil Mechanics 3 for double degree X
students
CES310805 Compulsory subject X
Compulsory Subject X
75
CURRICULUM 2008 CURRICULUM 2012 Program
Remarks Reg/ Interna-
Code Subjects SKS Code Subjects SKS
Paralel tional
Changed from compul-
sory to elective courses
Concrete Structural (see detail in Table of
ENCV600101 3
Design 1 Curriculum) Students
PROGRAM
X
at least 4 specializations.
To prevent incomplete
competency, for those
select Structure as one
of specializations, should
CES320801 Structural Design 5 take both Concrete and
Steel Structural Design 1
Steel Structural
ENCV600102 3
Design 1 Steel structural design 1
is a new compulsory sub-
ject for double degree
students. Those have not
X
passed Structural Design
should take both steel
and concrete structural
design 1
Elective design courses,
yet compulsory for stu-
dents choose structure as
a major or those pursue
Concrete Structural Concrete Structural to Master Program with
3 ENCV600103 3 X
Design Design 2 Structure Specialization.
Concrete Structural
Design 1 is prerequisites
for Concrete Structural
Design 2.
Changed from compul-
sory to elective courses
Integrated Solid
ENEV600009 3 (see detail in Table of
Waste Management
Curriculum) Students
may choose a minimum
of 24 credits offered by
CES320803 at least 4 specializations. X
Sanitary Engineering 4 To prevent incomplete
Environment Impact competency, for those
2 select Environment as
Analysis & ISO
one of specializations,
should take both DISWP
and EIA&ISO.
Integrated Solid
CES320803I ENEV600009 3 Compulsory Subject X
Waste Management
Changed from compul-
CES320805I X
sory to elective courses
Mechanical Earth- Mechanical Earth-
Changed from compul-
works & Heavy 3 ENCV600501 works & Heavy 3
sory to elective courses
Equipments Equipments
CES320805 (see detail in Table of
Curriculum) Students
may choose a minimum
of 24 credits offered by
at least 4 specializations.
X
To prevent incomplete
Ethics & Construc- competency, for those
- - - ENCV600502 2 select Construction
tion Law
Management as one of
specializations, should
take both MEHE and Eth-
ics & Construction Law
Compulsory for batch
2010 onward. For batch
- - ENCV600016 Capita Selecta 2 2009, 2008 and 2007 it X
can be considered as
elective courses.
Content of Final Project
is different from fast
track and non fast track
CES400803 Final Project 4 ENEV600020 Final Project 4 X
students. Inform the
project supervisor the
track you choose.
Compulsory for non-fast
CES400804 Capstone Project 5 Capstone Project 3 X
track students.
76
Transition Policy from the 2008 to the 2012 b. AND, means: students must pass both
Curricullum Bachelor Program of Faculty of courses from the 2008 curriculum. If
Engineering Universitas Indonesia students fail in either one of these
courses, students must take an equal or
1. The 2012 curriculum will be applied substitute course from the 2012
UNDERGRADUATE
starting from Term I of Academic Year curriculum.
PROGRAM
2012/2013 (August 2012) and will end at 7. If a compulsory course from the 2008
Term II of Academic Year 2016/2017. curriculum is modified into an elective
2. Basically, once the 2012 curriculum is ap- course in the 2012 curriculum, the
plied, only courses contained within the following applies:
2012 curriculum will be available, while a. For students who have passed the
the courses within the 2008 curriculum compulsory course, they can include
will no longer be available. Starting in the cradit of the courses as calculated
Term I of academic year 2012/2013, the compulsory course within the 144
2012 curriculum for the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and credits requirement for completion of
7th semesters will be implemented in full the Bachelor Program.
for all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of b. For students who have not yet passed
Engineering Universitas Indonesia. The the compulsory course, they may take
same will be applied for Term II of aca- an equal or substitute course or a
demic year 2012/2013, where the 2012 new compulsory course from the 2012
curriculum for the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th curriculum.
semesters will be implemented in full for 8. If there is a change in the number of cred
all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of Engi- it load for a course, the number of credit
neering Universitas Indonesia. which will be calculated for completion of
3. There will be a one year transition pe- the Bachelor Program is the number of
riod, academic year 2012/2013. credit load applied during the time the
4. Students who have not yet passed the course was taken. Same or equal courses
compulsory courses in the 2008 curric- with different credit load, if taken as a
ulum are required to take the same or repeat course or newly taken course,
equal courses from the 2012 curriculum. will be listed with their new names and
Students can refer to the below equiva- will be calculated in accordance to their
lance table to look for equal courses. If new credit load (see below equivalence
courses from the 2008 curriculum are tables of courses).
not listed in the table, the courses do 9. During the transition period (academic
not change. They stil have the same year 2012/2013), On a special ocassion,
name and same credit load. courses which availability are modified
5. If a course from the 2008 curriculum is no from Term I to Term II (and vice versa)
longer available and there is no equal or in the 2012 curriculum will be available
substitute course listed within the 2012 for both semesters or several parallel
curriculum, the following policy applies: classes of these courses will be opened.
a. For students who have passed the 10. New compulsory courses from the 2012
compulsory courses, they can curriculum can be considered as elective
include the credits as calculated courses for students of class 2010 and
compulsory courses credits in order above.
to complete the 144 credits 11. The required minimum number of credits
requirement for completion of the for completion of the bachelor program
Bachelor Program. is 144 credits, with the following compo
b. For students who have not yet passed sition: 120 credits of compulsory courses
the compulsory courses, they may and a minimum of 24 credits for
take elective courses or new com elective courses. Shortage of credits due
pulsory courses from the 2012 to the change of curriculum can be
curriculum to complete the 144 compensated by taking elective courses
credits requirement for completion of or new compulsory courses from the 2012
the Bachelor Program. curriculum.
6. For courses integration, the following
policy applies:
a. OR, means: if students have passed
one of the courses from the 2008
curriculum, they are no longer required
to take the course from the 2012
curriculum. They may take electiv
course to cover the shortage of credits.
77
Description of Subjects (PBL), Collaborative Learning (CL) and Com-
puter mediated learning (CML)
UIGE600001 Prerequisite: -
UIGE610001 Handbook: Appropriated with topic
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A
PROGRAM
6 SKS UIGE600002
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
Minimum. Lagrange Methods. Integral folding Syllabus: Scale, kinematics of point objects,
PROGRAM
and its application. mechanics of point objects, law of conserva-
Prerequisite: - tion of linear momentum and energy, harmonic
Handbook: motion, gravity, dynamics and kinematics of
1. D.E.Vanberg and E.J, Purcell, Calculus rigid objects, Introduction and basic concept
with Analytic Geometry, 7th ed., Aplleton- (pressure, thermodynamic system, state of the
Cen-tury-Crofts, 1996. system, temperature), expansion, equilibrium
2. D.E.Vanberg, E.J Purcell, A.J Tromba, energy (thermal state equation), heat transfer,
Calcu-lus, 9th. Prentice-Hall, 2007. ideal gas, first law of thermodynamics, enthalpy
3. G.B Thomas & R.L Finney, Calculus & and entropy, The first law of thermodynamics
Analytic Geometry 9th ed., 1996, Addison- application for open and closed system, Second
Wesley law of thermodynamics, kinetic theory of ideal
gas. Practical of Mechanics: Measurement,
ENGE600010 Moment of inertia, Gravity acceleration, Fluid
ENGE610010 density, Scratch coefficient, Collision, Swing
BASIC CHEMISTRY torque, Viscosity of water, Youngs modulus,
2 SKS Viscosity of Newtonian fluid, Fluids surface
Learning Objectives: After attending this tension, Oscillation, Practical of Heat: Coef-
subject, students are capable of: ficient of linear expansion, Heat conductivity,
Solving quantitative chemistry problems and Thermocouple calibration, Calorimeter, Joule
identifying the reason clearly and able to inte- Constant, Laplace Constant, Heat Collector,
grate various ideas in problem solving. Determining of air Cp/Cv, Expansion of fluids
Explaining and modelling chemical and physi- and water anomaly. Notes: For Architecture
cal processes in term of molecule to define and Interior Architecture Program, practical
macroscopic characteristics. is not mandatory.
Classifying the element based on the condition Prerequisite: -
and bond characteristic by using table periodic Handbook:
as a reference. 1. Halliday.D, R Resnick, Fisika I, edisi ter-
Applying the important theory such as mo- jemahan P Silaban, Penerbit Erlangga
lecular kinetics or thermochemistry in solving 1986.
general chemistry problems. 2. Ganijanti AS, Mekanika, Penerbit Salemba
Syllabus: Matter and measurement; Atom, Mol- Teknik, 2000.
ecule, Ion, and Table Periodic; Stoichiometry: 3. Tipler PA, Fisika I, ed III, terjemahan Lea
Calculation with Chemical; Chemical Reac- Prasetio, Penerbit Erlangga, 1998.
tion in Solution and Stoichiometry Solution; 4. Giancoli D.C, General Physics, Prentice
Thermochemistry;Chemical Equilibrium; Acid Hall Inc, 1984.
and Base; Electrochemistry; Chemical Kinetics; 5. Sears-Salinger, Thermodynamics, Kinetic
Applied Chemistry. theory and statistical thermodynamics,
Prerequisite: - Wesley, 1975.
Handbook: 6. Giancoli, D.C, Physics: principles with ap-
1. Ralph H. Petrucci, General Chemistry: plications, Prentice Hall Inc, 2000
Principles and Modern Applications, 8th Ed.
Prentice Hall Inc. New York, 2001. ENGE600002
2. John McMurry, Robert C. Fay, Chemistry ENGE610002
(3rd Ed. ), Prentice Hall, 2001. LINEAR ALGEBRA
3. Raymond Chang, Williams College, Chem- 4 SKS
istry (7th Ed.), McGraw-Hill, 2003. Learning Objectives: Students can explain/
understand/apply linear algebra and associate
this subject with some other subjects.
ENGE600003 Syllabus: Introduction of elementary linear
ENGE610003 algebra, Matrix, Determinant, Vectors in R2
BASIC PHYSICS 1 and R3. Euclideas vector space, General vector
4 SKS 79
space, Review of vector space, Product space, General instructional objectives:
Value and diagonalization eigen vector, Linier 1. To help deliver students as intellectual
Transformation, Application on the system capital in implementing lifelong learn-
of differential equation, Application on the ing process to become scientists with
quadratic surface, Decomposition of LU, Least mature personality who uphold humanity
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
(Faith and piety, Divine Philosophy / Theol- / Dharma.
PROGRAM
ogy), Human (Human Nature, Human Dignity, Prerequisite(s): MPKT
Human Responsibility), Moral (Implementa- Textbooks: Adjusted to topics
tion of Faith and Piety in everyday life), Sci-
ence, Technology and Art (Faith, Science and ENGE600004
Charity as a unity, the Obligation to study ENGE610004
and practice what you are taught, Responsi- BASIC PHYSICS 2
bility for nature and environment), harmony 4 SKS
between religion (religion is a blessing for all Learning Objectives: Students understand the
mankind, the essence of the religious plural- concept and basic law of Magnet and Electricity
ity and togetherness), community (the role physics and apply it systematically and
of religious society in creating a prosperous scientifically in solving everyday magnet and
independent society , the responsibility of electricity physics problem, can understand
religious society in the realization of human the concepts and basic law of Optical and Wave
rights and democracy), Culture (the respon- physics and apply systematic and scientific
sibility of religious society in the realization problem solving in a natural wave phenomenon
of critical thinking (academic), work hard and or wave that arises due to technical, physical
fair), Politics (Religion contribution in the po- properties of light and geometric optics.
Syllabus: Electric charge and Coulomb law,
litical life of nation and country), Law (Raise
Electric field, Static and Gauss law, Electric
awareness to obey and follow Gods law, the potential, Capacitor, Direct electric current
role of religion in the formulation and en- and basic circuit analysis, Magnetic field,
forcement of law, the function of religion in Induction and electromagnetic, Faraday law
the legal profession) and inductance, Material magnetism properties,
Prerequisite(s): MPKT A series of transient, Alternating current,
Textbooks: Adjusted to topics Waves, Sounds, Polarization, Interference,
Diffraction, Optical geometry, Lighting
and photometry. Practical of Electricity:
UIGE600009
Electrolysis, Wheatstone bridge, Kirchhoff
UIGE610009 law, Earths magnetic field, Temperature
HINDU STUDY coefficient, Characteristic of series RLC
2 SKS circuit, Ohm law, Transformer. Practical of
Syllabus: Character, History (Character in Optics: Polarimeter, Lens, Photometry, Prisms
Hindu religion, Hindu history), Source and bias index, Spectrometer, Diffraction grid,
scope of Hinduism (the Veda as the source Newtons ring.
of Hindu religion teachings, the scope of the Prerequisite: -
teachings in Hindu religion), The concept of Handbook:
the God (Brahman) according to the Veda, 1. Halliday, D, R. Resnick, Fisika II,edisi
the Path to Brahman (Catur Marga Yoga, Man- terjema-han P. Silaban, Penerbit Erlangga,
tra and Japa), Human Nature (The purpose 1986.
2. Ganijanti AS, Gelombang dan Optik, ed III,
of human life, Humans duties, obligations,
Jurusan Fisika FMIPA UI, 1981.
and responsibilities both individually or col- 3. Tipler P.A, Fisika II, ed III terjemahan Bam-
lectively), Ethics and morality (Principles bang Sugiyono, Penerbit Erlangga, 2001.
teaching, self-control), in-depth understand- 4. D.C.Giancoli, General Physics, Prentice
ing of the scripture (deep understanding of Hall
the Bhagawadgita, deep understanding of the
Sarasamuschaya), The Role of Hinduism in sci- UIGE600003
ence, technology, and art (Hinduism benefits UIGE610003
in science and technology in accordance with SPORTS / ARTS
each department, benefit / the role of Hindu- 1 SKS
ism in the arts), Cohesion and communitys The Art subject discuss on how to develop
prosperity /independence (Benefits of unity the students participation and appreciation
in the religious plurality, independent com- to fully understand, develop awareness, have
aesthetic concerns, have imagination, have
munity (kerthajagathita) as a common goal,
creativity to create work of art and culture in 81
the form of art works such as: painting, batik,
photography, calligraphy, comic or in the form ENGE600008
of performance art such as: film appreciation, ENGE610008
Bali dance and music, Javanese music, theatre HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT
and traditional puppet performance. The Sport 2 SKS
PROGRAM
subject discuss the general knowledge of sport Learning Objectives: Able to identify various
(history, rules of the games and how to lead
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
5. C. Ray & C.B. Loise, Advanced Mathematical characteristics; calculating force resultants,
PROGRAM
Engineering, Mc Graw, 1998 composition of several forces, force analysis,
force balance using analysis and graphics;
ENCV 6 0 0002 Identification of various structure types; Definition
ENCV 6 1 0002 of force in a structure plane, analyzing and
INTRODUCTION TO CIVIL ENGINEERING SYSTEM calculating placement reactions and internal
3 SKS forces in statically determinate structures
Learning Objectives: Provide understandings (simple beams, cantilever beams, beams with
to students concerning civil engineering system changeable positions, Gerber beams, beam with
(and the environment), and introduce to student indirect loads, portals, three hinged portals,
concerning the process of engineering design, hanging structures and supports); Analyzing
including communicating the results. and calculating truss forces in beam structures
Syllabus: Engineering Analysis and Design, Design and beam framework spaces. Description of
Process, Design Documentation, and construction influential lines for statically determinate
technology by using the approach of Case Based structures; Analyzing and calculating influential
Programs, in the form of the urban settlement line equations for placement reactions and
environment (development of case examples of internal forces in a statically determinate
Eng. Drawing subjects). Content: civil infrastruc- structure plane, as well as calculating maximum
ture system; Transport, Drainage, Sanitation, value of forces in a structure plane caused by
Garbage, Clean Water, Energy & Telecommunica- moving loads acting upon them
tions, Fasos-Fasum (constructions and relevant Prerequisites: Physic, Advanced Kalkulus
facilities, example: education, religious services, Text Books :
entertainment, government), Open green areas, 1. Hibbeler, R.C., Engineering Mechanics
Commercial. Statics, Prentice Hall, 1998
Prerequisites: None 2. Hibbeler, R.C., Structural Analysis, Prentice
Text Books: Hall, 1998
1. R.S. Narayanan, A.W. Beeby, Introduction
to Design for Civil Engineers, Spon Press, ENCV 6 0 0004
2000 ENCV 6 1 0004
2. Bughardt, Introduction to Engineering Design FLUIDS MECHANICS (2+1)
and Problem Solving, McGraw Hill, New 3 SKS
Jersey, 1999 Learning Objectives:
3. Mario Salvadori, The Art of Construction: 1. Be able to analyze fluid pressure distribution
Projects and Principles for Beginning Engi- at a given static situation to be applied for
neers and Architects, Independent Publishers load calculation of structure stability of
Group, 1990 civil building
4. Augustine J. Fredrich, Sons of Martha: Civil 2. Be able to analyze fluid in motion to be
Engineering Readings in Modern Literature, applied for calculation of total flow and the
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE induced dynamic forces
Press), 1989 Syllabus : The most important basic science
5. Matthys Levy and Richard Panchyk, Engi- in civil engineering is mechanics knowledge.
neering the City, Independent Publishers This knowledge can be separated into material
Group, 1990 mechanics and fluid mechanics. The mechanics
of fluids lectures provide basic formulation of
ENCV 6 0 0003 motion and body forces that cannot be perceived
ENCV 6 1 0003 as a completely integrated fluid, such as wind
STATICS and water. This knowledge is the basis for all off
4 SKS subjects in water resources engineering; e.g.
Learning Objectives: advanced hydraulics, hydrology, Design of water
1. Students are expected to be able to understand infrastructure, ground water resources, water
the basics of mechanics concerning force, surface management and development, etc.
action, reaction, and internal force in various
statically determinate structures. Up to midterm test, the material will include
2. Able to calculate and construct internal force fluid statics covers definition of pressure, pres-
diagrams in various statically determinate sure distribution, as well as application of the
fundamental equation to determine the force 83
due to water pressure in various civil structure cesses; The introduction of drawing tools, draw-
engineering. In the next half semester, the topics ing paper format, standards, lettering, leader,
will discuss about fluids in motion, starting from and scale; Geometric Construction; Multi-View
conceptualization of eulerian motion and the ap- Drawings; Oblique projections; Section Views;
plication in mass conservation law, momentum, Dimensioning and Tolerance; Wood Construction
PROGRAM
and energy to calculate the magnitude of total (Roof and Bridge Construction, etc..); Structural
flow and dynamic force. The total flow and force Steel Drafting (Construction Roofing, Bridge and
UNDERGRADUATE
are the basic design for hydraulic structure or Factory); Concrete Construction (example: Foun-
civil building structure. dations, Building Construction, Rigid Pavement
Prerequisites : Fisika Dasar, Kalkulus Road and Bridges, Dams, etc..) Electrical Instal-
Text Books : lations; Welding; Piping and Plumbing Drawings;
1. Wiggert, D.C., Potter, M.C., Mechanics of Topographic Mapping; Understand the scope of
fluids, 2nd edition, (1997) disciplines of Civil Engineering and introducing
2. Bruce R. Munson, Donald F. Young, Theodore H. Civil Construction structures, understand and
Okiishi, Fundarmentals of Fluid Mechanics, draw the structure of simple building (two sto-
5th edition, (2005) ries), waterworks, sewage treatment building,
ground, foundation, retaining wall, the structure
ENCV 6 0 0005 of roads and bridges as well as calculating the
ENCV 6 1 0005 cost of construction.
MATERIAL PROPERTIES (2+1) Prerequisites :
3 SKS Text Books:
Learning Objectives : 1. Neufret, Ernst, Data Arsitek Jilid 1 dan 2,
Provide understandings concerning important Penerbit Erlangga, Jakarta, 1989
elementary and practical aspects of materials 2. Subarkah, Imam, Konstruksi Bangunan
in the civil engineering field Gedung, Penerbit Idea Dharma, Bandung,
Syllabus : Particulate Materials, Aggregates, 1988
Portland Cement and Portland Concrete Ce- 3. Sugiharjo, R., Gambar-Gambar Dasar Ilmu
ment, Structural Steel, Asphalt Cement and Bangunan Jilid 1 dan 2, Penerbit R. Sugi-
concrete asphalt, wood, plastic and polymer, hardjo B.A.E., Yogyakarta, 1975
4. Z., Zainal, Membangun Rumah: Rencana
Concrete Fibers
dan Bahan-Bahan yang Dipakai, Penerbit PT
Prerequisites :
Gramedia, Jakarta, 1980
Text Books :
5. Frick, Heinz, Ilmu Konstruksi Bangunan 1,
1. S. Young, Sidney, The Science and Technology
Penerbit Kanisius, Yogyakarta, 1980. ISBN
of Civil Engineering Materials, Prentice-Hall
979-413-190-3
International Inc., 1998
6. Frick, Heinz, Ilmu Konstruksi Bangunan 2,
2. Shan Somayaji, 2001, Civil Engineering Ma-
Penerbit Kanisius, Yogyakarta, 1980. ISBN
terials, Prentice Hall.
979-413-190-3
3. Robert D Kerbs, Richad D Walker, (1971)
7. Soemadi, R., Diktat Kuliah: Kontruksi Pem-
Highway Materials, Mc Graw-Hill
bangunan Gedung-Gedung Jilid 2, Penerbit
R. Soemadi, Bandung, 1977
ENCV 6 0 0006
8. Subarkah, Imam, Konstruksi Bangunan
ENCV 6 1 0006
Gedung, Penerbit Idea Dharma, Bandung,
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
1988
4 SKS
9. Supribadi, I Ketut, Ilmu Bangunan Gedung:
Learning Objectives:
Seri Praktis Bangunan Sipil A, Penerbit Ar-
1. Students understand the symbols of engineer-
mico, Bandung, 1986
ing drawing in Civil Engineering, have ability
10. Panduan Green Infrastructure, 2001
to draw the civil structures such as simple
11. Panduan dan Buku Pengetahuan Dasar Kom-
buildings (up to 2 stories), waterworks, sew-
puter
age treatment construction, geotechnical
12. Standar Nasional Indonesia (SNI) tentang
construction (foundation, retaining wall),
Konstruksi Bangunan
roads, and bridges.
13. Presentasi (MS Powerpoint) rangkuman dari
2. Students are able to calculate the building
dosen
quantity, the unit prices and cost estimate.
14. Referensi situs/laman terkait
3. Students are also able to present the image
and design of these buildings, both orally
ENCV 6 0 0007
and in writing
ENCV 6 1 0007
Syllabus : Introduction to SAP, Introduction to SURVEYING
Engineering Drawing, Functions and usefulness 3 SKS
of drawing in the design and production pro- Learning Objectives : Students are expected to
84
understand the use of soil parameters in rela- Text Books:
tion to the calculation the strength and stabil- 1. Hibbeler, R.C., Mechanics of Materials, 8/e,
ity of soil for building/simple civil engineering Pearson, 2011
construction mapping out survey results as well 2. Egor P. Popov (Author), Engineering Mechan-
as utilizing these methods in general civil engi- ics of Solids (2nd Edition), Prentice Hall,
UNDERGRADUATE
neering works 1998
PROGRAM
Can be able to use measuring instruments in 3. Beer, F. and Johnston, P., Mechanics of Ma-
the field during a practicum and implement a terials, 6/e. Mc Graw Hill, 2011
measurement map to the field in civil engineer- 4. Gere, J.M. and Timoshenko, S.P. ( 1997). Me-
ing activities chanics of Materials, 4th ed., PWS Publishing
Syllabus : Explanation of land surveying concept Co., Boston, Mass.
in civil engineering work and mistake theory; 5. Vable, M., Mechanics of Materials, http://
introduction to distance, angle and other measur- www.me.mtu.edu/~mavable/MoM2nd.htm
ing tools which are usually used in mapping and 6. JAMES M. GERE , MEKANIKA BAHAN 1 ed.4,
civil engineering work, description of horizontal Penerbit Erlangga, Kode Buku: 37-01-010-6
distance, vertical distance, and angle measure- Tahun: 2000
ment methods; description of basic concepts 7. JAMES M. GERE , MEKANIKA BAHAN 2 ed.4,
of mapping, width measurement, calculation Penerbit Erlangga, Kode Buku: 37-01-010-7
of volume. Usage of measuring tools, flat sipat Tahun: 2002
and Theodolite for field data acquirement and
implementation of measurement results to the ENCV 6 0 0009
field in civil engineering activities ENCV 6 1 0009
Prerequisites : BASIC SOIL MECHANICS (2+1)
Text Books: 3 SKS
1. Barry F. Kavanagh, Surveying: with Learning Objectives : Students are expected to
Construction Application, Prentice Hall, understand the use of soil parameters in rela-
New Jersey,1997 tion to the calculation the strength and stabil-
2. Russel C. Brinker, Paul R. Wolf , Elementary ity of soil for building/simple civil engineering
Surveying, Harper & Row. construction
3. Sinaga, Indra, Pengukuran dan Pemetaan Syllabus : Engineering geology and soil proper-
Pekerjaan Konstruksi, LP4, Pustaka Sinar ties ;Definition of the science of geology, geo-
Harapan, 1995 technical engineering with other disciplines/civil;
4. Irvine, William, Surveying for Construction, Topographic maps and geomorphology; Definition
McGraw-Hill and meaning of topographic units and equipment;
Method of reading and analysis of mineralogy,
ENCV 6 0 0008 types of rock, and stratigraphy, the introduction
ENCV 6 1 0008 of types of igneous rock-forming minerals; Kind
SOLID MECHANICS of structure of geology; Identification and influ-
4 SKS ence of coating, stocky, faults, inconsistency of
Learning Objectives: By the end of this subject- the construction; Weathering and soil movement;
student are expected to be able to calculate vari- Introduction of variety, processes, and identifica-
ous internal forces (axial, shear, flexural moments tion of weathering; Explanation of the classifica-
and torsional forces), stress and strains occurred tion process; Geological and Geotechnical maps;
due to internal forces of cross sections of simple Analysis of basic topography map; Criteria of geo-
elastic member by considering the characteristics technical and geological map; Soil properties;
and laws of mechanical materials and its combi- Soil as a three-phase material; Physical char-
nation and be able to calculate beam deflections acterization of soil; Atterberg limit; Theory of
and column elastic buckling columns compaction and CBR; Permeability and introduc-
Syllabus : Material properties; stress and axial tion to seepage, flow line; Theory of stress and
deformation of statically determined structures; effective stress; Effective stress reactions due
stress and axial deformation of statically indeter- to changes in total stress in fully saturated soil;
mined structures, flexural stress of beam; stress Soil shear strength test in the laboratory between
and torsional deformation of statically indeter- sand and clay; Consolidation theory and its test;
mine structures; analysis and design of elastic Critical state of soil mechanics.
stress due to loads combinations; stress and strain Prerequisites : Engineering Geology and Soil
transformation; yield criteria and failure criteria Property
of elastic buckling; beam deflection; understand- Text Books :
ing elastic buckling theory and can be able to use 1. Muni Budhu, Soil Mechanic& Foundations,
it in steel column design 2. AASHTO: Guide for Design of Pavement
Prerequisites : Static and Physic Structures, 1993
85
3. Yoder, EJ, Witczak M.W: Principles of Pave- able development to civil engineering including
ment Design, second ed. John Willey to design Civil Buildings with the concept of green
building and sustainability
ENCV 6 0 0010 Syllabus : Principles of natural environmental
ENCV 6 1 0010 systems and life cycle (cycle of matter and energy,
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
project hand over. mined structural responses of truss, beams and
PROGRAM
2. I d e n t i f y t h e p l a n n i n g p r o c e s s a n d frame affected by external loads, temperature
implementation of project management change and degradation of placement. Influence
techniques in terms of cost, time, and quality lines of statically indetermined structures.
of the project. Syllabus : Introduction, beam deflection,statically
3. Understand the construction law and legal indetermined structural analyses of truss, beam
aspect of construction project and frame using the Consistent Deformation
Syllabus : Construction project knowledge in- method, Three Moment Equation method, Slope
clulding: Project Planning; Bidding documents Deflection method, Moment Distribution method
preparation; Legal aspect and contract ad- and Slope Deflection method
ministation; Construction planning; Construction Prerequisites : Static, Material Property and
execution; Monitoring & Controlling; Material Solid Mechanics
Management; Quality Management; Project Cost Text Books :
Management; Time Management; Health, Safety, 1. Hibbeler,R.C., Structural Analysis, Prenice
and Environmental Management; Resource Man- Hall, 1998
agement; Project Organization and Stakeholder 2. Aslam Kassimali, Structural Analysis, Third
Management Edition, Thomson, 2005
Prerequisites : 3. Ghali A., A.M. Neville, Structural Analysis
Text Books: : A unified Classical and Matrix Approach,
1. Harold Kerzner phD (1997), Sixth Edition, 4th ed., Thompson pub., 1997
Project Management A System Approach to 4. West, H.H., L.F. Geschwindner,
Planning, Scheduling , and Controlling Fundamental of Structural Analysis , John
2. PMBOK Guide, A Guide to The Project Man- Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993
agement Body Of Knowledge, PMI. 5. Chu Kia Wang , Statically Indeterminate
3. European Construction Institute, Total Proj- Structures, McGraw-Hill Book Co.
ect Management of Construction Safety, International Edition, New Jersey, 1952
Health and Environment, Thomas Telford,
London,1995 ENCV 6 0 0101
4. Clough, R. H., Sears, G. A. and Sears, S. K., ENCV 6 1 0101
Construction Project Management, 4th ed., CONCRETE STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1
John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 2000 3 SKS
5. Holroyd, T. M., Site Management for Engi- Learning Objectives: After attending this
neers, Thomas Telford, London, 1999 class, students will understand about design
6. Michael T. Callahan, Daniel G. Quakenbush, concepts,load applied on structures, structural
and James E. Rowing, Construction Plan- systems and be able to design structural members
ning and Scheduling, McGraw-Hill Inc., New from reinforced concrete according to procedures
York, 1992. and design standards.
7. Ritz, G., J. (1994). Total Construction Project Syllabus: Introduction to structural system
Management, McGraw-Hill, Inc analysis and design, design steps, LRFD, reduction
8. Ahuja, H. N., Successful Construction Cost factor and allowable stress; Loads and Loading:
Control. New York, John Wiley and Sons. Load Forms, load types, location of loads, load
9. Gould, F. E. (1997). Managing the Construc- distribution, load factor and load combination;
tion Process (Estimating, Scheduling and Structural systems for concrete structures; Mate-
Project Control). New Jersey, Prentice rials and cutting properties of reinforced
Hall.
Prerequisites :
10. Halpin, D., W. (1998). Construction Manage-
Text Books:
ment. USA, John Wiley and Sons, Inc 1. ________________, Tata Cara Penghitungan
11. Hendrickson, C., Project Management for Struktur Beton untuk Bangunan Gedung,
Construction. Fundamental Concepts for SKSNI T-15-1991-03, Yayasan Lembaga
Owners, Engineer, Architects, and Builders. Penyelidikan Masalah Bangunan, Bandung,
Singapore, Prentice Hall. Dep. Pekerjaan Umum ,1991.
2. ________________, Tata Cara Perencanaan
Struktur Beton untuk Bangunan Gedung,
Draft Standar, SKSNI-03-xxxx-2001, Badan
Standarisasi Indonesia, 2001
3. Mac Gregor, J.G., Reinforced Concrete: 87
Mechanics and design, 3rd edition, Prentice type of distresses, method of observation of dis-
Hall, 1997 tress types; type of maintenance and repair
4. Wahyudi , Syahril A.Rahim, Struktur Prerequisites :
BetonBertulang, Penerbit Gramedia, 1997 Text Books:
1. J.G. Schoon (1993) : Geometric Design
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Estimation, Water Availability Assessment, water Prerequisites :
PROGRAM
Demand Estimation and water balance Text Books :
Prerequisites : 1. _________________, Tata Cara Perencanan
Text Books: Struktur Baja untuk Bangunan Gedung, Stan-
1. Bedient, P. B. and Huber, W. C.: Hydrology dar, SNI-03-1729-2021, Badan Standarisasi
and Floodplain Analysis, 2nd ed., Addison- Indonesia, 2002
Wesley Publishing Company, 1992. 2. Segui,William T., LRFD Steel Design, ITP-
2. Chow, ven Te, et al.: Applied Hydrology, PWSPublishing Co., Boston, 2003
McGraw Hill International Editions, Civil 3. Manual of Steel Construction, Load Resis-
Engineering Series, 1988. tance Factor Design, Structural Members,
3. USACE, Water Resources Support Center, Spesification & Codes Volume 1
Institute for Water Resources: Guidelines for 4. Manual of Steel Construction, Load Resis-
Risk and Uncertainty Analysis in Water Re- tance Factor Design, Structural Members,
sources Planning, Volume I Principles With Spesification & Codes Volume 2
Technical Appendices. The Greeley-Polhemus 5. Steel Design Hand Book, LRFD Method, Akbar
Group, Inc., 1992. R Tamboli, Mc Graw Hill, 1997
4. Davis, C.V., et al.: Handbook of Applied Hy-
draulics, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill International ENCV 6 0 0103
Student Edition, 1952. ENCV 6 1 0103
5. Potter, Merle C. and Wiggert, David C.: Me- CONCRETE STRUCTURAL DESIGN 2
chanics of Fluids, Prentice-Hall International 3 SKS
Inc., 1997 Learning Objectives: Students should be able to
6. Jurnal-Jurnal Pengairan understand flexural and non-flexural behaviours
and combination of compression and biaxial
ENEV 6 0 0009 bending of structures and slabs, shear walls,
ENEV 6 1 0009 high beams, reinforced concrete foundations and
DESIGN OF INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE retaining walls and to able to design structures
MANAGEMENT using ultimate strength based on SNI (Indonesian
3 SKS National Standards).
Refer to 108 Syllabus : Material behaviours; flexural and non-
flexural behaviours; strut-and-tie modeling, shear,
ENEV 6 0 0011 torsion, bond and bond length: Continuous beam
ENEV 6 1 0011 design, Slab and floor system: two-way slabs
ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ANALYSIS & ISO with or without beams, direct design and portal
2 SKS equivalent, Yield Line Analysis: Column Designs:
Refer to 109 interaction diagram of square and circular col-
umn, biaxial bending, slender frame and column
ENCV 6 0 0102 (braced and unbraced), moment magnification
ENCV 6 1 0102 factor and P- effect analysis, shear on columns;
STEEL STRUCTURAL DESIGN 1 shear walls and high beams; Frame design analy-
3 SKS sis, detailing, beam-column connection, corbel
Learning Objectives: After attending this and bearing; Foundations and footings; Durability
class, students will understand about design and fire resistance; Introduction to pre-stressed
concepts,load applied on structures, structural concretes.
systems and be able to design structural members Prerequisites:
from steel according to procedures and design Text Books :
standards. 1. Mac Gregor, J.G., Reinforced Concrete :
Syllabus: Introduction to structural system Mechanics and design, 3rd edition, Prentice
analysis and design, design steps, LRFD, reduction Hall, 1997
factor and allowable stress; Loads and Loading: 2. Warner RF, Rangan BV., Hall, AS., Faulkes,
Load Forms, load types, location of loads, load KA., Concrete Structures, Addison Wesley
distribution, load factor and load combination; Longman. 1998
Structural systems for steel structures; Materials 3. Nawi, E.G., Reinforced Concrete : A
and cutting properties of steel,work load tension, Fundamental Approach. 3rd edition, Prentice-
serviceability structures; Behavior of structural Hall, 1996
member with LRFD towards tension, bending and 4. ------------------, Tata Cara Perencanaan
89
Struktur Beton untuk Bangunan Gedung, chanics
Draft Standar, SKSNI-03-xxxx-2001, Badan 2) Canadian geotechnical journal
Standarisasi Indonesia, 2001
5. Lin., T.Y. & Burns, H.H., Design of Presstressed ENCV 6 0 0303
Concrte Structures, Third Edition, John Wiley ENCV 6 1 0303
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Wesley Publishing Company, 1992. planning; Construction execution; Observation
PROGRAM
2. Chow, ven Te, et al.: Applied Hydrology, and operation; Management Materials; Safety,
McGraw Hill International Editions, Civil Health and Environment; Construction Labor
Engineering Series, 1988. Prerequisites :
3. USACE, Water Resources Support Center, Text Books:
Institute for Water Resources: Guidelines for 1. Andy Kirana, M.S.A, Etika Bisnis Konstruksi,
Risk and Uncertainty Analysis in Water Re- 1996
sources Planning, Volume I Principles With 2. Wallers S. Poage, AIA, CCS, Plans, Specs and
Technical Appendices. The Greeley-Polhemus Contracs for Building Professionals, 1987
Group, Inc., 1992. 3. Robby I. Chandra, Etika Dunia Bisnin,
4. Davis, C.V., et al.: Handbook of Applied Hy- Kanisius, 1995
draulics, 2nd ed., McGraw Hill International
Student Edition, 1952. ENCV600016
5. Potter, Merle C. and Wiggert, David C.: Me- CAPITA SELECTA (2 SKS)
chanics of Fluids, Prentice-Hall International Course Objective:
Inc., 1997 Able to understand industrial development and
6. Jurnal-Jurnal Pengairan
its problems.
Syllabus:
ENCV 6 0 0501
Special topics in industries which are not cov-
ENCV 6 1 0501
MECHANICAL EARTHWORKS AND HEAVY ered in other courses.
EQUIPMENTS Requirement:-
3 SKS References: -
Learning Objectives:
1. Student know and capable in calculating ENCV 6 0 0017
capacity and production cost of heavy ENCV 6 1 0017
equipment, capable in analysis characteristics, INTERNSHIP
type and volume of work 3 SKS
2. Student capable in calculating and planning Learning Objectives: Internship is intended to
earth moving by using heavy equipment students learn in the real world of works based
Syllabus : Definition of mechanical earth moving, on interest field in civil and environmental en-
characteristic, type of soil and soil volume, opera- gineering
tion of heavy equipment, capacity and production Syllabus : Specify the job objectives in the pro-
cost of heavy equipment, designing to combing posal; Implement an internship at a site that has
equipment for optimalization times and cost; been approved and in accordance with its speci-
Calculate production of heavy equipment, the ficity; Study and describe the process of techni-
way to work of each heavy equipment, the way to cal work, quality control, project management,
planning project, some way to calculate volume project specifications, engineering drawings
of cut and fill, construction method, calculation and other aspects; Identify the problem related
of the work schedule and related cost. to the technical work, quality control, project
Prerequisites : Ilmu Ukur Tanah management, project specifications, engineering
Text Books: drawings and other aspects; Conduct problems
1. Imam Sugoto. 1980. Mempersiapkan that occur at each stage of the project; Deter-
Lapisan Dasar Konstruksi Jilid 1. Jakarta: mine ways or solutions to overcome the problems
Departemen Pekerjaan Umum. associated with the project learned; Prepare a
2. Imam Sugoto. 1980. Mempersiapkan final report includes project description, existing
Lapisan Dasar Konstruksi Jilid 2. Jakarta: problems and problem solving
Departemen Pekerjaan Umum Prerequisites :
The student is able to start to do an internship
ENCV 6 0 0502 if:
ENCV 6 1 0502 1. Already got at least 75 credits (SKS) and
ETHICS AND CONSTRUCTION LAW already pass 6th semesters
2 SKS 2. Registered and fill out IRS for Internship
Learning Objectives: Provides knowledge and Special Course, and expresses him/her-
understandings as well as basic ability in project self to the Internship Coordinator in the
construction management, beginning from bid- Department of Civil Engineering 91
3. Students choose a project and / or Students are able to (1) prepare a research pro-
object of selected activities at intern- posal based on good understanding of research
ships site and location that has been methodology, (2) prepare a well-written research
contacted previously report (in Bahasa Indonesia), and (3) present and
4. Students must complete and submit the defend research results.
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
fluid mechanics. Hydrostatics; formulation of dot
PROGRAM
ENEV 6 0 0010 and surface pressure equations as well as their
ENEV 6 1 0010 application. flowing fluid; stream classification;
ENVIRONMENTAL GLOBAL ISSUES Lagrangian and Eulerian concepts, flux and control
3 SKS volume. General formulation of conservation laws
Refer to 109 of mass, first law of thermodynamics, Newtons
second law, moment from momentum with the ap-
ENCV 6 0 0403 proach of volume control in the form of integrals
ENCV 6 1 0403 and differentials. Internal flow; formulation of
RIVER ENGINEERING speed profile and loss.
3 SKS Prerequisites : Fisika Mekanika & Panas,
Learning Objectives: Understand the sources Kalkulus
and properties of surface runoff and sediment Text Books : Mechanics of Fluids, Potter, M.C.,
transport in river as well as effect of the changes and D.C Wiggert
to river stability (equilibrium/regime), Able to
calculate surface runoff and sediment transport, ENCV 6 0 0105
also the relation with technical works of water WOOD STRUCTURAL DESIGN
structure and river control structure Learning Objectives : After attending this
Syllabus : Definition of river system (DAS), class, students will understand about design
utilization and river conservation, river concepts,load applied on structures, structural
characteristics and watershed; River hydrology: systems and be able to design structural members
variation and effect of various variable in river from wood according to procedures and design
flow, model statistic and deterministic of river standards.
flow; River hydraulics: various type of river flow Syllabus: Introduction to structural system
from the view point of flow pattern, mathematic analysis and design, design steps, LRFD, reduction
model and river flow physics, River morphology: factor and allowable stress; Loads and Loading:
sources and transport sediment mechanism. Load Forms, load types, location of loads, load
Mathematic model of river morphology; Effect distribution, load factor and load combination;
of interaction between various hydrological, Structural systems for wood structures; Materials
hydraulics, and morphological factors to river and cutting properties of wood, work load tension,
behavior; River control structure serviceability structures; Behavior of structural
Prerequisites : member with LRFD towards tension, bending and
Text Books: compression forces, and combination of bend-
1. Doelhomid Srimoerni W S, Sungai, Diktat ing and tension forces (beam-column, uniaxial)
Kuliah (tidak dipublikasikan), IMS-FTUI combination of bending and compression for wood
Jakarta structures, according to standards which apply;
2. Breussers, 19xx, Sediment Transport, Connections.
Lecture Notes (unpublished), International Prerequisites :
Institute for Hydraulic Engineering, Delft, Text Books :
1. K.H. Felix Yap, Konstruksi Kayu, Penerbit :
the Netherlands
Bina Cipta, Maret 1984
3. Prins A, 19xx, Rivers, Lecture Notes
2. Suwarno Wityomartono, Konstruksi Kayu,
(unpublished), International Institute
Penerbit Fakultas Teknik UGM, 1971
for Hydraulics Engineering, Delft, the
3. H.J. Blass et al, Timber Engineering Step
Netherlands 1 and 2, Centrum Hout, The Netherlands,
1995
ENCV 6 0 0404
ENCV 6 1 0404 ENCV 6 0 0106
HYDRAULICS ENCV 6 1 0106
3 SKS STEEL STRUCTURAL DESIGN 2
Learning Objectives : Have the basic ability to Learning Objectives : Students should be able
understand basic behavior and laws which apply to design and calculate advanced joints, beam
in fluids especially as well as know the basic law structures, girder plates, portal and composite
concepts as well as its application structures of low-rise buildings and students
Syllabus : Relationship between fluid mechanics
and hydraulics in civil engineering; definition of
93
should be able to use elastic and plastic methods behavior; River control structure.
for the design. Syllabus : Introduction: explanation of the
Syllabus : Calculation of continuous beams using fundamental differences between conventionally-
plastic method; Beamn-Column; Plate girder based rainwater management (drainage system
theory and analysis for buildings; Advanced and flood control) and environmentally-based
PROGRAM
joints engineering; portal and gable frame rainwater management (integrated rainwater
design; Structural analysis; steel-steel composite management system); Explanation of the gaps
UNDERGRADUATE
structures and steel-concrete composite structures between state of the art and state of the
in low-strorey buildings; Concrete-prestressed practice rainwater management; Drainage System
steel composite structures and application of and flood control: definition, aim and target;
preflex system for buildings; Cold form section/ drainage system component and flood control;
Light Gage Members Hydrology and hydraulics analysis; Determining
Prerequisites : type and dimension of conveyor channel, control
Text Books: and storage; Integrated rainwater management
1. Salmon C.G dan Johnson J.E., Steel system: definition, aim and target; Component
Structure : Design and Behavoir, Fourth of integrated rainwater management system;
Edition, Harper Collins Publisher, 1996 Hydrology and hydraulics analysis; Determining
2. Bresler B., Lin T.Y, Scalzi J.B, Design type and dimension of conveyor channel, control
of Steel Structures, John Wiley & Sons- and storage; Case study in a catchment area:
Toppan Co., 1968 evaluating the existing drainage system and
3. Segui William T., LRFD Steel Design, ITP- flood control; designing integrated rainwater
PWS Publishing CO, Boston, 1994 management system for that catchment area.
Prerequisites : Introduction to Civil Engineering
ENCV 6 0 0203 Text Books :
CONSTRUCTION METHODS IN GEOTECHNIC 1. Walesh, S.G. : Urban Surface Management,
3 SKS John Wiley & Sons, Inc
Learning Objectives : Students can learn the 2. Joint Task Force of the Water Environment
methods of implementation of the foundation Federation and the American Society of
in, get to know some of geotextile material, Civil Engineers : Urban Runoff Quality
and case studies in the field Management. WEF and ASCE, 1998
Syllabus : The introduction of geotextile material 3. Center for WATERSHED Protection and
in an effort to strengthen the soil and soil Maryland Department of the Environment :
stabilization, as well as field case studies.Franky 2000 Maryland Storm water design Manual,
Pile and its method of implementation case Volume I & II. Maryland Department of the
studies in the field.Types of drilling in the ground. Environment and Maryland Department of
Foundation in the methods of implementation Natural Resources Coastal Zone Management
Prerequisites : Program, 2000
Text Books : 4. Iowa Statewide Urban Standard Specifications
for Public Improvements Manual : Urban
ENEV 6 0 0017 Design Standards Manual. Chapter 2 Storm
ENEV 6 1 0017 Water Management and Drainage, Iowa
POLLUTION PREVENTION State University, Center for Transportation
3 SKS Research and Education. 2003
Refer to Page 111
ELECTIVE COURSE FROM MASTER PROGRAM
ENCV 6 0 0405
RAIN MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE STREAM
3 SKS (Odd Semester)
Learning Objectives : Definition of river system
(DAS), utilization and river conservation, river ENCV 8 0 0101
characteristics and watershed; River hydrology: ADVANCED MECHANICS OF MATERIAL
variation and effect of various variable in river 3 SKS
flow, model statistic and deterministic of river Refer to Page 379
flow; River hydraulics: various type of river flow
from the view point of flow pattern, mathematic ENCV 8 0 0102
model and river flow physics, River morphology: DESIGN OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
sources and transport sediment mechanism. 3 SKS
Mathematic model of river morphology; Effect Refer to Page 379
of interaction between various hydrological,
hydraulics, and morphological factors to river
94
ENCV 8 0 0103
DYNAMICS OF STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT STREAM
3 SKS (Odd Semester)
Refer to Page 379
ENCV 8 0 0501
UNDERGRADUATE
GEOTECHNIC STREAM ENGINEERING PROJECT MANAGEMENT
PROGRAM
(Odd Semester) 3 SKS
Refer to Page 384
ENCV 8 0 0201
ADVANCED SOIL MECHANICS ENCV 8 0 0502
3 SKS ENGINEERING ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT
Refer to Page 380 3 SKS
Refer to Page 384
ENCV 8 0 0202
ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION ENCV 8 0 0503
3 SKS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING AND VALUE MANAGE-
Refer to Page 380 MENT
3 SKS
ENCV 8 0 0203 Refer to Page 384
SLOPE STABILIZATION AND SOIL IMPROVEMENT
3 SKS ENCV 8 0 0601
Refer to Page 380 CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
3 SKS
TRANSPORTATION STREAM Refer to Page 385
(Odd Semester)
STRUCTURE STREAM
ENCV 8 0 0301 (Even Semester)
ADVANCED HIGHWAY GEOMETRIC DESIGN
3 SKS ENCV 8 0 0105
Refer to Page 381 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
3 SKS
ENCV 8 0 0302 Refer to Page 386
ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
3 SKS
Refer to Page 381 ENCV 8 0 0106
DESIGN OF EARTHQUAKE RESISTANCE BUILD-
ENCV 8 0 0303 ING
TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND CONTROL 3 SKS
3 SKS Refer to Page 386
Refer to Page 382
ENCV 8 0 0107
ENCV 8 0 0304 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY AND ADV. REINFORCED
TRANSPORT PLANNING AND POLICY CONCRETE
3 SKS 3 SKS
Refer to Page 382 Refer to Page 386
3 SKS
TRANSPORTATION STREAM Refer to Page 391
UNDERGRADUATE
(Even Semester)
ENCV 8 0 0404
ENCV 8 0 0305 QUALITATIVE HYDROLOGY
FREIGHT TRANSPORTATION 3 SKS
3 SKS Refer to Page
Refer to Page 389
ENCV 8 0 0405
ENCV 8 0 0306 SURFACE WATER QUALITY MODELING
TRANSPORT NETWORK ANALYSIS 3 SKS
3 SKS Refer to Page 392
Refer to Page 389
ENCV 8 0 0406
ENCV 8 0 0307 GROUND WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
ADVANCED HIGHWAY PAVEMENT ENGINEERING 3 SKS
3 SKS Refer to Page 392
Refer to Page 389
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
ENCV 8 0 0312
PORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
3 SKS
Refer to Page 391
ENCV 8 0 0313
PUBLIC TRANSPORT PLANNING AND OPERA-
TION
3 SKS
Refer to Page 391
ENCV 8 0 0314
SELECTED TOPICS IN TRANSPORTATION
3 SKS
Refer to Page 401
96
4.2. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Program Specification
UNDERGRADUATE
1. Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia
PROGRAM
2. Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
3. Programme Tittle Undergraduate Program in Environmental Engineering
4. Class Regular
5. Final Award Sarjana Teknik (S.T)
6. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: B Accredited AUN-QA
7. Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English
8. Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Full Time
Time)
9. Entry High school /equivalent AND pass the entrance exam.
Requirements
10. Study Duration Designed for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of Semester Number of weeks / semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
11. Graduate Profiles:
A bachelor engineering who is able to design system and infrastructure of environmental engineer-
ing in order to improve environmental quality and to protect humans from environmental degrada-
tion
12. Expected Learning Outcomes:
1. Apply Basic Environmental Math & Science (BEMS) Knowledge, mass, energy, momentum con-
servation and transport principles to solve environmental engineering problems (EE1)
2. Design and conduct experiments necessary to gather data and create information for use in
analysis and design systems, unit, process and infrastructure related to environmental engi-
neering (EE-2)
3. Choose and use modern engineering tools necessary to solve environment engineering prob-
lems (EE-3 & UI-C)
4. Apply advanced knowledge and essential skills of environment engineering for professional
practice of environmental engineering(EE-4)
5. Apply uncertainty and reliability principles in design engineered systems , built or operated to
protect the environment and the public health, welfare and safety (EE5)
6. Formulate problem and analysis it based on proper environmental engineering background
knowledge (EE-6).
7. Design of a system, component or process to meet desired needs related to a problem appro-
priate to environmental engineering (EE7)
8. Integrate the principles of sustainability into the analysis and design of engineered systems
(EE-8)
9. Apply BEMS to predict and determine fate and transport of substances in and among air, water
and soil as well as in engineered systems (EE-9)
10. Discuss and explain societal impact of public policy affecting environmental engineering issues
and solutions (EE-10)
11. Analyze and propose solutions for globalization and other contemporary issues vital to envi-
ronmental engineering (EE-11)
12. Apply professional and ethical issues in environmental engineering (EE-13)
13. Apply leadership principles to direct the efforts of a small, homogenous group to achieve goals
(EE-18)
14. Show life-long learning skill to enhanced skills, awareness of technology, regulatory, industrial,
and public concerns and current issues (EE-15)
15. Apply principles of project management relevant to environmental engineering (EE-16)
97
12. 16. Apply business knowledge and communication skills necessary to the administration of both
private and public organizations (EE-17)
17. Use knowledge of material sciences to solve problem appropriate to civil engineering (ASCE 5)
18. Analyze and solve problems in solid and fluid mechanics (ASCE 6)
19. Demonstrate integrity, critical thinking, creative mind, inovative and intelectual curiosity in
PROGRAM
Career Prospects
a. Educational Sector ranging from continuing citizen and professional education provided by com-
munity colleges to graduate instruction provided by research universities.
b. Public Service ranging from operational management of water, wastewater or solid waste utili-
ties at the city or regional level to administration of environmental regulations at the state and
federal level, to environmental research.
c. Industry manufacturing, construction, and energy industrial sectors which have responsibility for
treatment facility operation and minor design.
d. Consulting Engineering Service as facility design and can be expanded to include more emphasis
on Brownfield investigations, pollutant transport, regulatory guidance, sustainability, and facility
operation.
98
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
Graduate Profile :
Bachelor Engineering who is able to design system and infrastructure of environmental
engineering in order to improve environmental quality and to protect humans
from environmental degradation
21. Design and conduct experiments necessary 22. Apply advanced knowledge and
to gather data and create information for use in essential skills of environment
analysis and design systems, unit, process and engineering for professional
infrastructure related to environmental practice of environmental
engineering (EE-2) engineering(EE-4)
18. Analyze and 19. Analyze and propose 20. Design of a system,
solve problems solutions for globalization and component or process to meet
in solid and other contemporary issues vital desired needs related to a
fluid mechanics to environmental engineering problem appropriate to
(ASCE 6) (EE-11 ) environmental engineering(EE7)
16. Use knowledge of material sciences 17. Formulate problem and analysis it
to solve problem appropriate to civil based on proper environmental
engineering(ASCE-5). engineering background knowledge(EE-6).
8. 9. Apply leadership principles to 6. Apply Basic Environmental Math& Science 7. Apply uncertainty and reliability principles
11. Discuss and explain societal impact of
direct the efforts of a small, (BEMS) Knowledge, mass, energy, momentum in design engineered systems, built or
public policy affecting environmental
homogenous group to achieve goals conservation and transport principles to solve operated to protect the environment and the
engineering issues and solutions. (EE-10 )
(EE-18) environmental engineering problems(EE1) public health, welfare and safety (EE5)
1. Demonstrate integrity, critical 2. Propose alternative 4. Communicate effectively in 5. Use knowledge of entrepreneurship
3. Can operate Bahasa and English for academic to identify an independent business
thinking, creative mind, inovative and solutions of several problems
ICT and non academic purposes. UI-D & based on creativity and professional
intelectual curiosity in solving individual occur in society, nation and
(UI-C & EE3). EE14) ethics (UI-E)
and group problems. (UI-A/EE-21). country (UI-B).
UNDERGRADUATE
99
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
100
PROGRAM
Flow Diagram of Subjects
Integrtd
Intgrtd Character
Character Build.
Build. Course A
Course B Thermodinamics
Kapita Selekta
Physical
English Healhty, Safety (Techno
Education/Arts
& Env. prenuership)
Statistic &
Religion
Probabilistic
Structural
Project Man. &
Surveying Analysis
Eng. Economics
Introduction to
Env. Eng
Pollution
Mathematic Prevention
Env. Chemistry EIA & ISO
Natural Science
Humanities
Env. Microbiology
Social Science
In-depth Skill &
Knowledge
Technically
Breadth
Design & Final
Project
UNDERGRADUATE
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
PROGRAM
Semester 1 1st Semester
UIGE600004 MPKT B Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
UIGE600002 Bahasa Inggris English 3
ENGE600003 Fisika Dasar 1 Physics 1 4
ENGE600001 Kalkulus Calculus 4
ENGE600010 Kimia Dasar Basic Chemistry 2
Sub Total 19
Semester 2 2nd Semester
UIGE600001 MPKT A Integrated Character Building Subject A 6
UIGE600003 Olah Raga/Seni Sport/ Art 1
ENGE600002 Aljabar Linear Linear Algebra 4
ENGE600004 Fisika Dasar 2 Physics 2 4
UIGE600005-9 Agama Religious Studies 2
ENCV 6 0 0001 Kalkulus Lanjut Advanced Calculus 3
Sub Total 20
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENGE600005 Statistik dan Probabilistik Statistic and Probability 2
ENCV 6 0 0003 Statika Statics 4
ENCV 6 0 0004 Mekanika Fluida Fluid Mechanics 3
ENCV 6 0 0006 Konstruksi Bangunan Building Construction 4
ENEV 6 0 0001 Teori Properti Material Theory of Material Properties 2
Introduction to Enviromental Engineering
ENEV 6 0 0002 Pengantar Sistem Rekayasa Lingkungan 2
System
ENEV 6 0 0003 Kimia Lingkungan (2+1) Environmental Chemistry (2+1) 3
Sub Total 20
Semester 4 4th Semester
ENCV 6 0 0007 Ilmu Ukur Tanah Surveying 3
ENCV 6 0 0008 Mekanika Benda Padat Solid Mechanics 4
ENEV 6 0 0004 Termodinamika Thermodynamics 2
ENEV 6 0 0005 Unit Operasi dan proses Unit Operations and Processes 3
ENEV 6 0 0006 Hidrolika Teknik Lingkungan Environmental Engineering Hydraulics 2
ENEV 6 0 0007 Laboratorium Lingkungan (2+1) Environmental Laboratory (2+1) 3
Sub Total 17
Semester 5 5th Semester
ENGE600008 K3LL Health, Safety and Environment 2
ENCV 6 0 0009 Mekanika Tanah Dasar (2+1) Basic Soil Mechanics 3
ENCV 6 0 0015 Analisa Struktur Structural Analysis 3
ENEV 6 0 0008 Hidrologi dan drainase Hydrology and Drainage 2
ENEV 6 0 0009 Perancangan Pengelolaan Limbah Padat Terpadu Design of Integrated Solid Waste Management 3
ENEV 6 0 0010 Permasalahan Lingkungan dalam isu global Environmental Global issues 2
ENEV 6 0 0011 Amdal, Audit Lingkungan dan ISO Environment Impact Analysis and ISO 2
ENEV 6 0 0012 Mikrobiologi Lingkungan (1+1) Environmental Microbiology (1+1) 2
Sub Total 19
Semester 6 6th Semester
ENCV 6 0 0016 Kapita Selekta Capita Selecta 2
ENEV 6 0 0013 Manajemen Proyek dan Ekonomi Teknik Project management and Engineering Economics 3
Structural Design of Environmental Engineering
ENEV 6 0 0014 Peranc. Struktur Bang. Teknik Lingkungan 4
Facilities
Perancangan Jaringan Pengumpul dan Bangunan Design of Collection System and Domestic
ENEV 6 0 0015 3
Pengolahan Air Limbah Domestik Wastewater Treatment Plants
Perancangan Bangunan Pengolahan dan Distri- Design of Water Treatment Plants and Distribu-
ENEV 6 0 0016 3
busi Air Bersih tion System
ENEV 6 0 0017 Pencegahan Pencemaran Pollution Prevention 2
Sub Total 17 101
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
Semester 7 7th Semester
ENEV 6 0 0018 Kerja Praktek Internship 3
ENEV 6 0 0019 Seminar Seminar 1
Pilihan (*) Electives (*) 12
PROGRAM
Sub Total 16
UNDERGRADUATE
4. For students pursue to Master Degree Program through fast track mechanism; at semester 7th and 8th, choose
maximum of 18 credits from compulsary or elective courses at master degree program.
UNDERGRADUATE
ENCV 8 0 0808 Praktek Rekayasa dan Teknologi Limbah Padat Engineering Practice and Solid Waste Technol- 3
PROGRAM
(**) ogy (**)
ENCV 8 0 0809 Kontaminasi dan Remediasi Tanah (**) Contamination and Soil Remediation (**) 3
Semester Genap
ENCV 8 0 0804 Kontrol Emisi Pada Instalasi Pengolahan Limbah Emision Control on Solid Waste Treatment Unit 3
Padat
ENCV 8 0 0805 Teknologi Pengolahan Limbah Padat: Operasio- Technology of Solid Waste Treatment ; Opera- 3
nal dan Desain tion and Design
ENCV 8 0 0806 Pengelolaan Limbah Industri dan B3 (**) Hazardous and Industrial Waste Management 3
ENCV 8 0 0406 Pengelolaan Sumber Daya Air Tanah Ground Water Resources Management 3
(**) Bukan mata Kuliah Wajib kekhususan Ling- (**) Not a compulsory course of Environmental
kungan pada Jenjnag S2 Concentration at Master Program
103
Curriculum 2008 Curriculum 2012
Remarks
Code Subjects Sem SKS Code Subjects Sem SKS
onward. It can be
- - - - Thermodynamic 4 2
considered as elective
UNDERGRADUATE
104
Transition Policy from the 2008 to the 2012 b. AND, means: students must pass both
Curricullum Bachelor Program of Faculty of courses from the 2008 curriculum. If
Engineering Universitas Indonesia students fail in either one of these
courses, students must take an equal or
1. The 2012 curriculum will be applied substitute course from the 2012
UNDERGRADUATE
starting from Term I of Academic Year curriculum.
PROGRAM
2012/2013 (August 2012) and will end at 7. If a compulsory course from the 2008
Term II of Academic Year 2016/2017. curriculum is modified into an elective
2. Basically, once the 2012 curriculum is ap- course in the 2012 curriculum, the
plied, only courses contained within the following applies:
2012 curriculum will be available, while a. For students who have passed the
the courses within the 2008 curriculum compulsory course, they can include
will no longer be available. Starting in the cradit of the courses as calculated
Term I of academic year 2012/2013, the compulsory course within the 144
2012 curriculum for the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and credits requirement for completion of
7th semesters will be implemented in full the Bachelor Program.
for all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of b. For students who have not yet passed
Engineering Universitas Indonesia. The the compulsory course, they may take
same will be applied for Term II of aca- an equal or substitute course or a
demic year 2012/2013, where the 2012 new compulsory course from the 2012
curriculum for the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th curriculum.
semesters will be implemented in full for 8. If there is a change in the number of cred
all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of Engi- it load for a course, the number of credit
neering Universitas Indonesia. which will be calculated for completion of
3. There will be a one year transition pe- the Bachelor Program is the number of
riod, academic year 2012/2013. credit load applied during the time the
4. Students who have not yet passed the course was taken. Same or equal courses
compulsory courses in the 2008 curric- with different credit load, if taken as a
ulum are required to take the same or repeat course or newly taken course,
equal courses from the 2012 curriculum. will be listed with their new names and
Students can refer to the below equiva- will be calculated in accordance to their
lance table to look for equal courses. If new credit load (see below equivalence
courses from the 2008 curriculum are tables of courses).
not listed in the table, the courses do 9. During the transition period (academic
not change. They stil have the same year 2012/2013), On a special ocassion,
name and same credit load. courses which availability are modified
5. If a course from the 2008 curriculum is no from Term I to Term II (and vice versa)
longer available and there is no equal or in the 2012 curriculum will be available
substitute course listed within the 2012 for both semesters or several parallel
curriculum, the following policy applies: classes of these courses will be opened.
a. For students who have passed the 10. New compulsory courses from the 2012
compulsory courses, they can curriculum can be considered as elective
include the credits as calculated courses for students of class 2010 and
compulsory courses credits in order above.
to complete the 144 credits 11. The required minimum number of credits
requirement for completion of the for completion of the bachelor program
Bachelor Program. is 144 credits, with the following compo
b. For students who have not yet passed sition: 120 credits of compulsory courses
the compulsory courses, they may and a minimum of 24 credits for
take elective courses or new com elective courses. Shortage of credits due
pulsory courses from the 2012 to the change of curriculum can be
curriculum to complete the 144 compensated by taking elective courses
credits requirement for completion of or new compulsory courses from the 2012
the Bachelor Program. curriculum.
6. For courses integration, the following
policy applies:
a. OR, means: if students have passed
one of the courses from the 2008
curriculum, they are no longer required
to take the course from the 2012
curriculum. They may take electiv
course to cover the shortage of credits.
105
Description of Subjects STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY
2 SKS
UIGE600001 Refer to Page 82
UIGE610001
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A ENCV 6 0 0001
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
supply treatment plant and water distribution,
PROGRAM
waste water characteristics & its identifications, ENCV 6 0 0008
domestic waste water treatment plant and sewer- SOLID MECHANICS
age, domestic solid waste and hazardous waste 4 SKS
& air emission, soil, water & air contamination Refer to Page 85
by waste, major source of energy, renewable
& non-renewable resources, energy efficiency ENEV 6 0 0004
& green energy, national and international THERMODINAMICS
regulation 2 SKS
Prerequisites : Learning Objectives : This subject deals with
Text Books : both chemical thermodynamics and chemical
1. Kevin,T., Jonathan, P., Jeremy C. 2003. kinetics and their application in the environment.
Urban Sanitation: A Guide to Strategic Plan- The material that will be covered in this subject
ning. GHK International Ltd, London. is intended to provide you with the tools and
2. Gleynn Henry, J & Gary W. Heinke 2007. En- understanding to handle basic problems involv-
vironmental Science & Engineering, Prentice ing chemical systems at equilibrium and rates of
Hall, Inc, New Jersey 1996 simple chemical reactions in the environment
3. Soemirat, J. 1994. Kesehatan Lingkungan. Syllabus : Element and energy cycle in the en-
Gajahmada University Press,Yogyakarta. vironment; State of a system, 0thlaw, equation
4. Mc Ghee, T.J. 1991. Water Supply and Sewer- of state; Work, heat, first law; Internal energy,
age. McGraww Hill, New York. expansion work; Enthalpy; Adiabatic changes;
5. Salvato, Joseph A. Environmental Engineer- Thermochemistry; Calorimetry; Second law; En-
ing & Sanitation, John Wiley & Son Inc. tropy and irreversibility; Fundamental equation,
Canada. absolute S, third law; Criteria for spontaneous
change; Gibbs free energy; Multicomponent sys-
ENEV 6 0 0003 tems, chemical potential; Chemical equilibrium;
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY Temperature, pressure and Kp; Phase equilibria;
3 SKS Partition function; ; Model systems; Applications:
Learning Objectives : chemical and phase equilibria; Introduction to
1. Students able to explain the chemical reaction kinetics; Complex reactions and mecha-
processes occurring in the physical nisms; Steady-state and equilibrium approxima-
environment (water, soil and air) tions; Chain reactions; Temperature dependence,
2. Students able to analyze physical, chemical/ Ea, catalysis; Enzyme catalysis; Autocatalysis and
biochemical, natural water and contaminated oscillators
water quality Prerequisites :
Syllabus : Basic Principles of Environmental Chem- Text Books :
istry; Basic Principles of Environmental Physical
Chemistry; Basic Principles of Environmental ENEV 6 0 0005
Balance Chemistry; Interaction between Chemi- UNIT OPERATIONS & PROCESSES
cal Parameters & Physical Environment. Natural 3 SKS
water physical parameters; Turbidity color, solid Learning Objectives: Students able to conduct
substances, Chemical parameters of natural/ fluid transportation analysis through channel,
contaminated water, pH, acidity, permangan- analysis of sedimentation process, filtration,
ate, sulfate, dissolved oxygen, nitrite, chloride; floatation, aeration gas transfer, heat transfer.
Biochemical parameters of natural water; Chemi- Students able to use basic technical principles for
cal Oxygen Demand (COD); Biochemical Oxygen calculations of toxic and hazardous substances
Demand (BOD) treatment processes, i.e. physical-chemical pro-
Prerequisites : cesses, biological, stabilization, thermal and soil
Text Books : disposal methods
1. Manahan, S.E. (2005). Environmental Syllabus : Fluid transport through closed conduit;
Chemistry. Washington: CRC. Fluid transport through open channel; Mixing;
2. Sawyer, McCarty, and Parkin. (2003). Sedimentation; Flotation and Aerosol Separation;
Chemistry for Environmental Engineering Flow through Particle Media; Vacuum Filtra-
and Science. Singapore: McGrawHill tion; Gas Transfer and Aeration; Heat/Thermal
Transfer
Prerequisites : Basic Chemistry, Basic Physics, 107
And Environmental Microbiology
Text Books: ENCV 6 0 0009
1. Tom D. Reynolds and Paul Richards, Unit BASIC SOIL MECHANICS (2+1)
Operations and Process in Environmental 3 SKS
Engineering Pws Series in Engineering; Refer to Page 85
PROGRAM
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
ENEV 6 0 0006 3 SKS
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING HYDRAULICS Refer to Page 87
2 SKS
Learning Objectives: Having basic capability ENEV 6 0 0008
to understand fundamental concept of water HYDROLOGY AND DRAINAGE
flow behavior in closed and open channel, also 2 SKS
understand the basic concept simplification for Learning Objectives : Understand how to develop
application use. Knowing the utilization method a drainage system design for various interest and
of the concept in various main water structure implementing construction as well as monitoring.
Syllabus : Inflow (entrance) and generated flow Able to design a drainage system that appropriate
(developed); Theory of energy losses in developed with the usage
flow; equation of minor and major losses. Flow Syllabus : Purposes and definition of drain-
in pipes system; Utilization of EGL (Energy Grade age. Understand the basic concept of drainage
Line) for pipe system solution: series, parallel and technology based on hydrology and hydraulics
bifurcation; pipes network analysis. Open channel knowledge. Rainfall Analysis covers distribution,
flow; Equation for open channel; Losses in open duration, intensity and rainfall return period.
channel; Concept of energy (specific energy and Rainfall network system, type and material that
critical energy) significant in steady uniform rap- can be used, as well as method for calculat-
idly varied flow; Concept of momentum in open ing rainfall design, time concentration, runoff
channel flow. Various main water structure; weir, coefficient, storage efficiency. Calculation and
intake, conveyor channel, etc. design of channel dimension also hydraulics
Prerequisites : Basic Physics, Calculus, Fluids characteristic using various wide used method.
Mechanics Drainage channel structures and recharge struc-
Text Books : Mechanics of Fluids, Potter, M.C., ture. Relation between micro drainage and macro
and D.C. Wiggert drainage. Technical Specification, operation and
maintenance, required equipment and drainage
ENEV 6 0 0007 management institution
ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY Prerequisites : fluids mechanics
3 SKS Text Books :
Learning Objectives : Students are able to ap- 1. James N. Luthin, Drainase Engineering, Wil-
ply the unit operation and process principals in ley Eastern Private Ltd. Publisher, 1970.
designing and operating water and waste water 2. Ben Urbanos, Peter Stahre. Stormwater: Best
treatment plant in laboratory scale Management Practices and Detention for Wa-
Syllabus : Application of the principles of unit ter Quality, Drainage, and CSO Management.
operation and process in water and wastewater Englewood Cliffs, NJ: PTR Prentice-Hall,
treatment plant in laboratory scale. 1993. ISBN 0-13-847492-3.
Prerequisites : 3. Hormoz Pazwash, Urban Storm Water Man-
Text Books : agement, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group.
1. Standard Methods, Examination of Water & 2011, ISBN: 978-3-4398-1035-4.
Wastewater, 20th Edition 4. Phillip B. Bedient, Wayne C. Huber. Hydrology
2. Rich, Linvil G : Unit Operation for Sanitary and Floodplain Analysis. 2nd ed. Addison-
Engineering. Unit Operations and Process Wesley Publishing Company, Inc. 1992. New
in Environmental Engineering (Pws Series York. ISBN 0-201-51711-6.
in Engineering; Tom D. Reynolds and Paul
Richards ENEV 6 0 0009
3. Sawyer, McCarty, and Perkin. 2003. Chemistry ENEV 6 1 0009
Environmental Engineering Science. McGraw DESIGN OF INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE
Hill MANAGEMENT
3 SKS
ENGE600008 Learning Objectives: students are able to fully
ENGE610008 understand and plan for an Integrated Solid Waste
HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT Management (ISWM) as a tool to effectively pro-
108 2 SKS tect human health and the environment
Refer to Page 82
Syllabus : Students are expected to explain the 1. Major Environmental Issues Facing the 21st
properties and problems arising from solid waste Century, Mary & Louis Theodore, Prentice
materials as well as the development and selec- Hall PTR (1996);
tion of management alternatives in accordance 2. Environmental Science: A Global Concern,
with local conditions;Essence of ISWM (prevention Cunningham &Saigo, McGraw-Hill
UNDERGRADUATE
or reduction of waste through recycling, compost- Publishing Co. (2011);
PROGRAM
ing, and destruction of waste as well as safe final 3. Multi-Purpose Deep Tunnel, Firdaus Ali,
disposal practice);Components of ISWM; Source, Global Enviro (2007); ENEP Year Book 2011:
type and composition of solid waste material; Emerging Issues in Our Global Environment,
Generation of solid waste materials; Collection, UNEP (2011);
removal and transport of SW; Final disposal and 4. Cities-People-Planet: Urban Development
processing of SW;Some crucial aspects in the and Climate Change, Herbert Girardet,
SWMsuch as the organization, financing, regula- John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. (2008); Plan B
tory, and aspects of public participation in the 2.0: Rescuing a Planet Under Stress and a
management of SW;Concept of designing ISWM Civilization in Trouble, Lester R. Brown,
system;ISWM management systems; Regulations Environmentalist and Earth Policy Institute
in the management of SWM, and ISWM manage- (2006).
ment method
Prerequisites : ENEV 6 0 0011
Text Books: ENEV 6 1 0011
1. Introduction to the Principles of Hazardous ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ANALYSIS & ISO
Waste Management,Firdaus Ali, Global Enviro. 2 SKS
2011.; Learning Objectives: Students are expected
2. Standard Handbook of Hazardous Waste to apply the methods of EIA and environmental
Treatment and Disposal, Harry M. Freeman, audit of the business plan as an input protection
McGraw-Hill. 1988: of human and natural resources
3. Basic Hazardous Wastes Management, William Syllabus : Understanding the EIA; the EIA process
C. J. Lewis Publisher. 2001: and the benefits; Rules and regulations as well
4. Hazardous Waste Management, LaGrega- as the procedure of EIA;initial environmental
Buckingham-Evans, McGraw-Hill. 1994, condition and setting;Appraisal of environmental
Handbook of Industrial and Hazardous Wastes impact;Environmental impact of physical and
Treatment, Lawrence K Wang, et al. Marcel chemical, biological, social, economic, social and
Dekker. 2004 cultural; EIA methods; Methods and techniques of
identification, prediction, evaluation and inter-
ENEV 6 0 0010 pretation of the EIA;Environmental Management
ENEV 6 1 0010 Plan (RKL); Environmental Monitoring Plan (RPL);
ENVIRONMENTAL GLOBAL ISSUES Environmental Permit (Government Regulation
3 SKS 27/2012) and its principles; and Environmental
Learning Objectives: Students can fully Audit and Environmental Management System
understand and explain systematically some (ISO 14.000).
environmental issues of global concern that Prerequisites :
requires international cooperation in handling Text Books:
and management. 1. Canter, L.W., Environmental Impact
Syllabus : The explosion in population and Assesment, New York, McGraw-Hill, 1996.
the challenge of civilization: the problem of 2. Soemarwoto, Otto., Analisis Mengenai
scarcity and water security, food, and energy; Dampak Lingkungan, Yogyakarta, Gadjah
addressing global warming and adaptation to Mada University Press, 2007.
climate change: carbon footprint and ecological 3. Suratmo F. Gunarwan, Analisis Mengenai
footprint; loss of biodiversity and soil fertility; Dampak Lingkungan, Yogyakarta, Gajah
depletion of ozone layer; genetic engineering Mada University Press, 1991.
between challenges and opportunities; intensive 4. Kuhre W. Lee., Sistem Manajemen Lingkun-
farming and their impacts; water balance, gan, Jakarta, Prenhallindo, 1996.
reservoir and its environmental problems; 5. ISO 14000 Sistem Manajemen Lingkungan
nanotechnology; environmental biotechnology; by Brian Rotherry (1996)
pandemic and emerging diseases; nuclear energy
and its challenges; urban sprawl; hazardous ENEV 6 0 0012
waste management and cross-country mobility ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY
issues; policies and strategies for water savings 2 SKS
and energy. Learning Objectives:
Prerequisites : Student able to explain microbiology system and
Text Books: its relation to the transformation and mineral- 109
ization of organic waste, along with pertaining Reference Book :
issues in controlling the microbiology processes 1. Duffield, C.F and Trigunarsyah, B., Manajemen
in waste treatment Proyek dari Konsepsi sampai Penyelesaian,
Syllabus : Types of microbes, growth and kinetic Engineering Education Australia, Melbourne,
growth, analysis of microbe activities, biodegrad- 1999
PROGRAM
ability, inhibitor and toxicity, engineering factors, 2. Europen Construction Institute, Total Project
quality analysis of water microbiology (planktons, Management of Construction Safety, Health
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
Hall, 1997. 2. Cheremisinof. Handbook of Water and
PROGRAM
5. Segui, William T., LRFD Steel Design, ITPPWS Waste Water Technology, 1995
Publishing Co., Boston, 1994 3. Water Supply and Sewerage, Terence J.
6. Wahyudi & Syahril A.R., Struktur Beton Mc.Ghee, 1991
Bertulang, Gramedia, 1997. 4. Metcalf and Eddy, Waste Water Engineer-
7. JF. Seidensticker and ES Hoffman, Sanitary ing Treatment and Disposal, Reuse, Singa-
Structures-Tanks and Reservoirs, Handbook pour, McGraw-Hill Inc, 2004.
of Concrete Engineering, Second Edition, 5. Qasim, Syeed, R, Wastewater Treatment
Edited by Mark Fintel, Van Nostrand Reinhold Plants, Planning, Design and Operations,
Company, 1985, New York New York, CBS Collin Publishing,2000
8. A C I C o m m i t t e e 3 5 0 , E n v i r o n m e n t a l
Engineering Concrete Structures, ACI 350R- ENEV 6 0 0016
89, in ACI Manual of Concrete Practice 1993, DESIGN OF WATER TREATMENT PLANT & DISTRI-
Part 4, ACI, 1993 BUTION SYSTEM
9. Rectangular Concrete Tanks, Information 3 SKS
Sheet IS003 D, Portland Cement Assn., Learning Objectives: Students are expected to
Skokie, 1981 be able to plan building system and dimensions
10. Underground Concrete Tanks, Information in water treatment plant of a city, design/plan
Sheet IS071.03 D, Portland Cement Assn., pipe network
Skokie, 1981 Syllabus : Water sources and demand, Quality,
11. AW. Domel, AB Gogate, Circular Concrete
Quantity and Continuity. Water intake building.
Tanks without Prestressing , ISBN 0-89312-
Aeration, Mixing, Coagulation, Flocculation, Sedi-
125-8, Portland Cement Assn., Skokie, 1993
mentation, Filtration, reservoir, Hydraulic profile,
12. ACI Committee 344, Design and Construction
Oxidation and Disinfections. Pipe Distribution
of Circular Prestressed Concrete Structures,
network, Pump and its accessories, Operation
ACI 344R-70
and maintenance
13. ACI Committee 344, Design and Construction
Prerequisites : Unit Operations & Processes,
of Circular Prestressed Concrete Structures
with Circumferential Tendons, ACI 344-88 Water Engineering, Fluids Mechanics
14. ACI Committee 344, Design and Construction Text Books :
of Circular Wire and Strand Wrapped 1. Water Works Enginering, Planning, Design
Prestressed Concrete Structures, ACI 344- & Operation , Syed R. Qasim, 2000
88 2. Water Treatment Principles and design, J.
M. Montgomery, 1985
ENEV 6 0 0015 3. Element of Water Supply and Wastewater
DESIGN OF DOMESTIC WASTEWATER TREATMENT Disposal, Fair and Geyer, 1971
PLANT & COLLECTION SYSTEM 4. Water and Wastewater Technology, Mark J.
3 SKS Hammer, 1996
Learning Objectives: Students are expected to 5. Cheremisinof. Handbook of Water and Waste
able to plan building system and dimensions of Water Technology, 1995
domestic wastewater treatment plant. 6. Water Supply and Sewerage, Terence J.
Syllabus : Purpose of domestic wastewater treat- Mc.Ghee, 1991
ment and effluent standard and stream standard;
calculation of domestic wastewater projection ENEV 6 0 0017
production and design capacity; domestic waste- ENEV 6 1 0017
water treatment method (physical treatment POLLUTION PREVENTION
method, chemical treatment method, biological 3 SKS
treatment method); Domestic wastewater treat- Learning Objectives : The undergraduate en-
ment flow diagram; Treatment unit calculation gineer is introduced to the need for reliable
and design (design and physical treatment unit waste tracking and accountability utilizing the
calculation, design and chemical treatment unit cradle-to-cradle approach. The waste hierarchy
calculation, biological treatment unit calcula- is presented in terms of the basics of production
tion); Sludge treatment method; Design and processes. Clean industrial production is exam-
calculation of sludge treatment unit; Layout and ined utilizing concrete Indonesian case histories.
profile, membrane technology, Attached Growth, Basic principles of product design, composition,
Suspended Growth, Biofilter and packaging are examined. Tools are presented
for understanding, communicating, and managing 111
industrial manufacturing process using a complete Special Course, and expresses him/herself to
materials balance, full life-cycle analysis the Internship Coordinator in the Department
Syllabus : Course objective: To e q u i p e a c h of Civil Engineering
student with a fundamental understanding of 3. Students choose a project and / or object of
industrial pollution prevention and cleaner selected activities at internships site and lo-
PROGRAM
production as it applies within Indonesia, includ- cation that has been contacted previously
ing: the principles of toxic use reduction, waste 4. Students must complete and submit the
UNDERGRADUATE
ENCV 8 0 0802
CLIMATE CHANGED AND ENVIRONMENTAL EN-
GINEERING
3 SKS
Refer to Page 383
ENCV 8 0 0803
ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT
3 SKS
Refer to Page 383
ENCV 8 0 0001
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
3 SKS
Refer to Page 382
ENCV 8 0 0807
TECHNOLOGY OF RESOURCES EFFICIENCY -
LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS (LCA) AND INTEGRATED
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
3 SKS
Refer to Page
ENCV 8 0 0808
ENGINEERING PRACTICE AND SOLID WASTE
TECHNOLOGY
3 SKS
Refer to Page
ENCV 8 0 0809
CONTAMINATION AND SOIL REMEDIATION
3 SKS
Refer to Page 399
ENCV 8 0 0804
EMISION CONTROL ON SOLID WASTE TREAT-
MENT UNIT
3 SKS
Refer to Page 392
ENCV 8 0 0805
TECHNOLOGY OF SOLID WASTE TREATMENT:
OPERATION AND DESIGN
3 SKS
Refer to Page
114
4.3. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Program Specification
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
1. Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia
Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and Partner University
2. Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and Partner University
3. Programme Tittle Undergraduate Program in Mechanical Engineering
4. Class Regular, Parallel and International
5. Final Award Sarjana Teknik (S.T)
Double Degree: Sarjana Teknik (S.T) and
Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng)
6. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: A Accredited - AUN-QA
7. Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English
8. Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Full Time
Time)
9. Entry High school /equivalent, or D3 / Polytechnique / equivalent,
Requirements AND pass the entrance exam.
10. Study Duration Designed for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of Semester Number of weeks / semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
11. Graduate Profiles:
Bachelor of Engineering who have leadership characters and excellence in scholarship and profes-
sionalism in the field of Mechanical Engineering
12. List of Graduates Competency:
1. Capable to understand and apply basic knowledge of mathematics, numerical methods, statis-
tical analysis and the basic sciences (physics and chemistry) required to achieve competence
in the discipline of Mechanical Engineering.
2. Capable of describing the problems with carrying out scientific research and report the results
of experiments, including analysis of statistical data obtained.
3. Capable to solve technical problems in the field of thermo-fluid systems and mechanical
design.
4. Able to carry out product design innovations, including the identification of needs for prod-
ucts, preparation of product specifications, developing design concepts, selection of design,
engineering calculations and economic analysis, detail designand design aggregate compo-
nents, and design drawings.
5. Able to design components, operate and manage the systems engineering-related aspects tak-
ing into account energy conservation, manufacturing, cost, safety, and sustainability.
6. Able to utilize the methods, skills, and modern engineering equipment that suit the needs of
engineering work.
7. Able to perform the selection of materials, processes, and automation systems that suit the
needs of engineering work.
8. Capable of supervising, and able to make decisions.
9. Able to utilize and develop systems and computer-aided mechanical design.
10. Professional responsibility and commitment.
11. Able to identify entrepreneurial efforts, characterized by innovation.
12. Able to work effectively both individually and in multi-disciplinary or multi-cultural teams.
13. Explain the social and contemporary issues, such as social diversity and culturalappreciation,
communicate with various segments of society, the strategic benefits of lobbying, negotiation
and mediation.
14. Able to communicate effectively both in visual, written or verbal, including proficiency in a
foreign language.
15. Able to carry out the lifelong learning process.
115
13 Classification of Subjects
No. Classification Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
i University General Subjects 18 12,5 %
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 27 18,75 %
PROGRAM
Career Prospects
Graduates of Mechanical Engineering has devoted itself in various fields, including automotive industry,
oil and gas, heavy machinery, educational institutions, research institutions and other industries
116
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
Graduates Profile
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Capable Able to carry
Have the commitment in ethic &
of supervising , and out the lifelong
profession also responsibility and
able to make learning process .
professional commitment
decisions .
Capable to understand and apply basic knowledge of mathematics , numerical methods , statistical analysis and the
basic sciences (physics and chemistry ) required to achieve competence in the discipline of Mechanical Engineering .
Explain
Able to communicate
Able to work effectively both the social and contemporary issues, such
Able to effectively both
individually and in multi- as social diversity and cultural
identify entrepreneurial efforts, in visual, written
disciplinary or multi-cultural appreciation , communicate with various s
characterized by innovation . or verbal , including proficiency
teams egments of society , the strategic benefits
in a foreign language .
of lobbying , negotiation and mediation .
117
Flow Diagram of Subjects
Internship
On The Job Training , Design Project ,
University Courses Undergraduate Thesis (12 Credit Units )
UNDERGRADUATE
that the learning process can produce well com-
PROGRAM
petent graduates with the characteristic accord-
ing to the education purpose, which are:
1. Have a strong engineering knowledge.
2. The ability to design and conduct the re-
search and also the ability to analyze the
data.
3. The ability to identify, formulate and solve
the problems in mechanical engineering
field according to the study of new cases.
4. The ability to design a system, component
or process of a mechanical system to fulfill
the requirement with considering and ap-
plying the economical aspect.
5. Leadership knowledge, a good communica-
tion skill, teamwork, knowledge and self
improvement.
119
UNDERGRADUATE
120
PROGRAM
The groups of the courses can be seen according to the characteristic and the education purposes that are
expected as shown in figure below.
Engineering
Calculus Linear Algebra HSE
Mathematics
Electrical,
Heat & Mechanic Statistics and Engineering
Magnetic, Wave
Physic Probability Ethics
& Optical Physic
Introduction to Metrology and Elective 2 Elective 4
Computer Measurement
Basic Chemistry
Engineering
Drawing Material
Selection and Heat and Mass On the Job Undergraduate
Manufacturing Transfer Design Project Internship
MPKT B Training Thesis
Process
Industrial
Seminar
Maintenance
Basic Kinematics and Mechanical
and Condition
Sports and Arts Thermodynamic Dynamics Vibration
MPKT A Monitoring
Technopreneurship
1st SEMESTER 2 nd SEMESTER 3 rd SEMESTER 4th SEMESTER 5th SEMESTER 6th SEMESTER 7th SEMESTER 8th SEMESTER
Course Structire Undergraduate Program in Mechanical Engineering Regullar and Parallel
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
UIGE 6 0 0004 MPK Terintegrasi B Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
Pilihan 1 Elective 1 4
UNDERGRADUATE
Pilihan 2 Elective 2 4
Subtotal 14
Semester 8 8 th Semester
ENME 6 0 0023 Skripsi Final Project 6
Pilihan 3 Elective 3 4
Pilihan 4 Elective 4 4
Subtotal 14
Electives can be taken from other department or selected from the Master Program, please
see the following table. Fast Track students must take electives from a particular stream only
ENME 8 0 0111 Rekayasa Penukar Kalor dan Massa Heat and Mass Transfer Engineering 4
ENME 8 0 0202 Sistem Mekanikal dan Elektrikal Gedung Building Mechanical and Electrical System 4
ENME 8 0 0211 Sistem Ventilasi dan Tata Udara Air Conditioning and Ventilation System 4
ENME 8 0 0212 Perancangan Sistem Utilitas Bangunan Building Utility System Design 4
122
3. Design and Product Manufacturing Stream
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Microfabrication and precision manufac-
ENME 8 0 0314 Fabrikasi Mikro dan Manufaktur Presisi 4
turing
ENME 8 0 0317 Finite Element dan Multiphysics Finite Element and Multiphysics 4
123
For students who are willing and capable to continue the education program to pursue Masters in
Engineering through the Fast track program, credit transfer can be performed as many as 20 credits.
The numbers of credits that can be transferred consist of: 4 credits from Engineering Mathematic
course, 8 credits from 2 Mandatory Core Courses and 8 credits from 2 Elective Core Courses.
PROGRAM
Terms and conditions to become the participant of Fast Track program are:
UNDERGRADUATE
1. Expressed a desire to follow the Fast Track Program, by writing an application to the Head of
the Department of Mechanical Engineering with Study Plan includes a plan-making subjects in
Semester 6 to 8 (in the Bachelor of Engineering) and subject Semester 1 to 4 (the Master of
Engineering Program) in accordance with the Master of Engineering Program Specialisation, no
later than the end of 5th Semester the undergraduate program.
2. Have an excellent academic record, with 3.0 GPA until 5th semester and have passed all the
basic courses.
3. The students that follow the Fast Track program expressed their willingness to join this program
on full time basis.
4. If the application of the fast track program can be approved by the Head of Department / Study
Program, the student will be discussed along with the Academic Advisor for the finalization of
the study plan in undergraduate and graduate program.
The students from the undergraduate program that have the aggrement to join the fast track pro-
gram have to reschedule their study in 7th and 8th semester to get along with their 1st and 2nd
semester in graduate program.
The international program of mechanical engineering study is divided into two phase which are the first
will be done at University of Indonesia and the other phase will be completed at partner universities
in Australia. There will be option to continue the second phase at UI. A student at the Department of
Mechanical Engineering - Univesity of Indonesia must complete and pass 72 - 74credits over 4 semester
before continuing to partner universities. The courses are classified into General courses (7 credits);
Basic courses (65 credits) that consist of Basic Engineering courses (28 credits) and Basic Mechanical
Engineering courses (37credits).
124
SUBJECT
CODE SKS
1 st Semester
UIGE 6 1 0002 Academic Writing 3
UNDERGRADUATE
ENGE 6 1 0001 Calculus 4
PROGRAM
ENGE 6 1 0010 Basic Chemistry 2
ENGE 6 1 0009 Engineering Drawing 2
ENGE 6 1 0003 Basic Physics 1 (Mechanic & Heat) 4
ENGE 6 1 0005 Statistics and Probability 2
ENME 6 1 0024 Ethics Engineering 2
Subtotal 19
2 nd Semester
ENGE 6 1 0002 Liniear Algebra 4
ENGE 6 1 0004 Basic Physics 1 (Elec, Magnet, Wave, and Optic) 4
ENME 6 1 0001 Mechanical Visualization and Modelling 3
ENME 6 1 0003 Material Engineering 4
ENME 6 1 0026 Fundamental of Mechanical Engineering 2
Sports/Arts 1
Subtotal 18
3 rd Semester
ENME 6 1 0002 Engineering Matematics 4
ENME 6 1 0004 Basic Thermodynamics 4
ENME 6 1 0010 Mechanical Design 4
ENME 6 1 0008 Kinematics and Dynamics 4
ENEE 61 0017 Electrical Power Engineering 2
Subtotal 18
4 th Semester
UIGE 6 1 0005-9 Religious Studies 2
ENGE 6 1 0008 Healthy, Safety and Enviroment 2
ENME 6 1 0006 Engineering Computation 2
ENME 6 1 0007 Material Selection and Manuf. Process 6
ENME 6 1 0009 Basic Fluid Mechanics 4
ENME 6 1 0011 Mechanical Vibration 2
Subtotal 18
5 th Semester
UIGE 6 1 0001 Integrated Character Building Subject A 6
ENME 6 1 0012 Metrology and Measurement 3
ENME 6 1 0013 Heat and Mass Transfer 4
ENME 6 1 0015 System Control 4
ENME 6 1 0016 Fluid System 3
Subtotal 20
6 th Semester
UIGE 6 1 0004 Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
ENME 6 1 0017 Maintenence and Condition Monitoring 3
125
SUBJECT
CODE SKS
6th Semester
ENME 6 1 0019 Mechatronics 4
ENME 6 1 0021 Teknoprneurship 2
PROGRAM
Subtotal 19
7 th Semester
ENME 6 1 0025 Capita Selecta 2
ENME 6 1 0018 Energy Conversion and Conservation 4
ENME 6 1 0022 Internship 2
Elective 1 4
Elective 2 4
Subtotal 16
8 th Semester
ENME 6 1 0023 Final Project 6
Elective 3 4
Elective 4 4
Subtotal 14
ELECTIVES
ENME 8 0 0411 CAD/CAM 4
ENME 8 0 0113 Power Generation 4
126
Table 6. Course Structure of Mechanical Engineering at QUT + Semester 5 s/d 8
UNDERGRADUATE
ENB222 Thermodynamics 1 12 ENB215 Fundamentals of 12
PROGRAM
ENB231 Materials and Manufacturing 1 12 ENB321 Mechanical Design Flu- 12
ENB311 Stress Analysis 12 ids Dynamics
MAB233 Engineering Mathematics 3, 12 ENB331 Materials and Manufac- 12
or Electives turing 2 12
Elective / Minor
subtotal 48 subtotal 48
127
List of Electives at UQ (is called Part B Electives)
B2 - Advanced Electives
B3 - Other Electives
Code Course Title Credits
MATH1050 Mathematical Foundations [6] 2
SCIE1010 Introduction to Research Practices - The Big Issues 2
128
Year 4 Semester 7 (Curtin) July Year 4 Semester 8 (Curtin) March
Credits Credits
KODE Course Title KODE Course Title
5051 Mechanical Project 25 308821 Mechanical Project 37.5
Optional Unit 25 310544 Professional Practice 12.5
UNDERGRADUATE
Optional Unit 25 Optional Unit 25
PROGRAM
Optional Unit 25 Optional Unit 25
129
Course Description 2 SKS
UIGE600001 Refer to Page 80-81
UIGE610001
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A ENGE600005
6 SKS ENGE610005
PROGRAM
2 SKS
UIGE600004 Refer to Page 82
UIGE610004
MPKT B / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING B ENGE600008
6 SKS ENGE610008
Refer to Page 78 HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT
2 SKS
UIGE600002 Refer to Page 82
ENGLISH
UIGE610002 ENGE600009
ACADEMIC WRITING ENGE610009
3 SKS ENGINEERING DRAWING (2 SKS)
Refer to Page 78 Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
able to transfer geometric component by drawing
UIGE600003 according to standard draw which is recognized
UIGE610003 by International Standard Organization (ISO).
SPORTS / ARTS Students understand the theory and procedure
1 SKS of engineering drawing based on ISO standard.
Refer to Page 81 Students are able to read, interpret, and transfer
2D/3D geometric draw from component or con-
ENGE600001 struction. Students are able to draw the orthogo-
ENGE610001 nal projection based on ISO standard.
CALCULUS Syllabus: Illustration: Function and benefit of
4 SKS Engineering Drawing; SAP; Measurement and
Refer to Page 78 Evaluation; Introduction to drawing equipment;
Basic definition of geometric, paper format,
draw regulation, line, field, line configuration,
ENGE600010 basic geometric form; Visualization geometric:
ENGE610010 Skew projection and isometric, function and line
BASIC CHEMISTRY types, configuration geometric form; Orthogonal
Refer to Page 79 Projection: Projection standard, viewing concept,
width display principle; Advanced orthogonal
ENGE600003 projection: Circle region concept, special region
concept, trimming concept, display width, refrac-
ENGE610003
tion.
BASIC PHYSICS 1
Pre-requisite(s): -
4 SKS Text Book(s):
Refer to Page 79 1. ISO 1101, Technical Drawings, International
Organization for Standardization.
ENGE600004 2. A.W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing , McGraw-
BASIC PHYSICS 2 Hill Book Company
4 SKS 3. Colin Simmons & Dennis Maguire, Manual of
Refer to Page 81 Engineering Drawing, Edward Arnold
4. Warren J. Luzadder, Fundamentals of Engi-
ENGE600002 neering Drawing, Prentice-Hall, Inc.
ENGE610002 5. Giesecke-Mitchell-Spencer-Hill-Dygdon-No-
LINEAR ALGEBRA vak, Technical Drawing, Prentice Hall Inc.
4 SKS
Refer to Page 79
UIGE600005-9
UIGE610005-9
130 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
ENME600001 integral.
ENME610001 Requirement: Calculus, Linear Algebra
MECHANICAL VISUALIZATION AND MODELLING References:
(3 SKS) 1. Croft, A, et.al, Mathematics for Engineers,
Course Objective: 3rd Edition, 2008, Prentice Hall
UNDERGRADUATE
Students have the basic ability to visualize 2. Chapra S.C., Canale, Numerical Methods
PROGRAM
the information content of one component for Engineer, 6th Edition, 2010, Mc Graw
effectively, capable to create a model for 2D Hill
3. Kreyszig, E, Advanced Engineering
and 3D visualization with utilize the software
Mathematics 10th Edition, John Wiley
and interprete the subject into a drawing that and Sons
can be used as working guidance and can be
understand clearly by the user. ENME600003
Syllabus: ENME610003
The purpose and the advantage of the drawing ENGINEERING MATERIALS (4 SKS)
in the design and manufacturing process, sur- Course Objective:
face working quality and tolerance, standard Engineering materials are one of the basic
and marking classification of working quality, knowledge in field of design, especially in
standard and marking classification of working mechanical engineering. From the discussion
tolerance, Welding construction, standard and of the behavior of several materials, the stu-
marking of kampuh (seam?) and welding, line dents are expected to have the overview about
diagram, 2D and 3D representation method, several thing that has to be the concern related
introduction to modeling software interface, to the working process or the specific need.
modeling, manipulation and 2D & 3D visual- The students are expected to have the basic
ization. ability to identify and explain the nature and
Requirement: Engineering Drawing behavior of materials related to the treatment
References: in working process and specific need.
1. A.W. Boundy, Engineering Drawing,
Syllabus:
McGraw-Hill Book Company
2. Colin Simmons & Dennis Maguire, Manual Introduction to the importance of the engineer-
of Engineering Drawing 4th edition 2012, ing material science in mechanical engineering,
Elsevier. atomic structure, crystalic material, metal and
3. ISO 1101, Mechanical Engineering non metal material, process, phase diagram
Drawings, International Organization for and solidificatiom, heat treatment process,
Standardization. mechanical behavior of crystalic material,
4. Japanese Industrial Standard, Technical elastic material, plastic deformation, crystal
Drawing for Mechanical Engineering, plasticity, method of material mechanical
Japanese Standards Association. testing, dislocation, strengthening, failure
5. Warren J. Luzadder, Fundamentals of and remaining lifetime of material, introduc-
Engineering Drawing, Prentice-Hall, Inc.. tion to mechanical crack and steel mechanical
structure behavior, material structure degrada-
ENME600002 tion, corrosion process, corrosion prevention,
ENME610002 Oxidation, wear and erotion, concrete mate-
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS (4 SKS) rial behavior, wood, cement and its structure
Course Objective: behavior.
Complete students anylitical ability. Students Requirement: -
understand and able to use the advances References:
mathematical concepts in order to solve the 1. Kalpakjian, Manufacturing Engineering and
engineering problems. Technology, Addison Wesley- 2008
Syllabus: 2. Thomas H. Courtney, Mechanical Behavior
Introduction to differential equation, 1st order of Materials, 2nd Edition McGraw-Hill Book
differential equation, 2nd order differential Co. - 2005
equation, higher order differential equation, 3. R.A. Higgins, Property of Engineering
vector analysis, vector differential, grad opera- Materials, Edward Arnold - 1994
tion, divergence and culr, vector integration, 4. Flinn & Trojan, Engineering Materials and
laplace transform, laplace transform to solve Their Applications, John Wiley & Sons,
the differential equation, fourrier transform, Inc.- 1995
5. James A. Jacobs & Thomas F. Kilduff,
convulsion, numerical method, root of equa-
Engineering Material Technology, Prentice-
tion, numerical differentiation, numerical Hall, Inc. - 2001
131
FEM in design, Final Assignment : Application of
ENME600004 calculation and FEM in simple axis design.
ENME610004 Requirements: Mechanical Visualization and
BASIC THERMODYNAMICS (4 SKS) Modeling ; Engineering Materials
Course Objective: References:
PROGRAM
This course introduces the basic concept of 1. Beer, Ferdinand P, Mechanics for Engineers:
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
3. John A. Schey, Introduction to Manufacturing fluid mechanics.
PROGRAM
Processes, McGraw Hill, 1999
Syllabus:
4. Degarmo, E. Paul, Materials and Processes
in Manufacturing, Prentice Hall Int. Inc, Fluid and its nature, fluid statics, the relative
8th edition, 2005 balance, concept and basic equations of fluid
5. Kalpakjian, S, Manufacturing Engineering flow, dynamic of flow, the equation of fluid
and Technology, McGraw Hill 4th edition, motion (Newton, Euler, Navierstokes), Basic
2001. Equation of Fluid Dynamics (Continiuty, Energy
6. Buku Panduan Praktikum Proses Produksi, and momentum), dimentional analysist and
Departemen Teknik Mesin FTUI. hydraulic similarity, ideal fluid flow, viscous
flow, viscous flow: transition from laminar
ENME600008 into turbulent flow, fully developed turbulent
ENME610008 flow, flow around submerged objects, general
KINEMATICS and DYNAMICS (4 SKS) characteristic of outside flow, concept and
Course Objective: characteristic of layer in closed flow, mea-
The students have the ability to understand surement and visualization of flow, pressure
the key concept of kinematics and dynamics measurement concept, flow and capacity, flow
of mechanical system and capable to analyse measurement devices ( Pitot tube, Venturi,
the movement, velocity, acceleration forca orifice, Nozzel, HWA, LDV), Flow visualization
and equilibrium. method.
Syllabus: Requirement: -
Vector velocity analysis, free body diagram, References:
linier motion, velocity polygon, 2D motion, 1. Munson, B.R., Fundamentals of Fluid
rectangular coordinates, N-T and pole, rela- Mecha-nics 4th Ed, John Wiley & Sons,
tive motioan and velocity of 2 coincide/relate Inc. 2000
point, Coriolis acceleration and stiff body 2. Smits, A.J., A, Physical Introduction to
kinematics, Inertia Force, Statics, particle Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
system, works, energy, impuls, linear-angular 2000
3. Kumar, K.L., Engineering Fluid Mechanics,
momentum, stiff body motion, works and en-
Eurasia Publishing House Ltd., 2000
ergy, relative motion, rotating mass balancing
and back & forth motion, cam dynamics and
ENME600010
Giroscope.
ENME610010
Requirements:
MECHANICAL DESIGN (4 SKS)
Mechanical visalization and modeling, Fun-
Course Objectives:
damental of Mechanical Design, Mechanical
Give the understanding about the application
Design
of engineering mechanic science and material
References:
strength in machine element. The students
1. Meriam & Kraige, Engineering Mechanics.
Vol-2, Wiley New York.4th, 1998. have the basic competence to design the ma-
2. Holowenko, Dynamics of Machinery, John chine element.
Wiley, 1995. Syllabus:
3. Beer & Johnston, Mechanics for Engineer, Basic mechanical design review, design of joint
Dynamics, Mc Graw-Hill, 1976. : welding, solder, adhesive bonding, rivet, pin,
bolt, nut, thread, axel, shaft, hub, roller &
ENME600009 lauch bearing, lubrication, wear and friction,
ENME610009 spring, break, fixed and unfixed clutch, chain,
BASIC FLUID MECHANICS (4 SKS) belt, basic of gear, straight & tilt bearing, Fi-
Course Objective: nal Assignment : Design process consist of the
Fluid meachanic are one of the applied me- understanding of purpose, load and calculation
chanical science branch that will be used to of machine element.
investigate, analyse, and learn the nature Requirement:
and the behavior of fluids. Fluid that will be Mechanical Visualization and Modeling; Engi-
explored could be a moving or stationary fluid. neering Materials; Fundamental of Mechanical
Fluid Mechanics course intends to complement Design.
133
References: team in all aspects of the laboratory exercises,
1. Hamrock, Fundamental of Machine including set-up, data collection, analysis and
Element, Mc Graw-Hill, 2004 report writing
2. Shigley, Joseph Edward, Mechanical Syllabus:
Engineering Design, McGrawHill., 2003 the basic concept of measurement and metrol-
PROGRAM
3. Sularso, Dasar Perencanaan & Pemilihan ogy, measurement terminology and systems,
Elemen Mesin, Pradnya Paramita, 1994
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 9th, Mc Graw 2. Francis H, Raven., Automatic Control
PROGRAM
Hill, 2003. Engineering. McGraw-Hill,1987.
3. Koestoer, RA, Perpindahan Kalor untuk 3. Cheng, David K., Analysis of Linear System,
Mahasiswa Teknik, Salemba Teknika, AddisonWesley P. C., Inc.
2003.
4. Welty R James, Wicks Charless, Wilson ENME600016
Robert, Fundamentals of Momentum, ENME610016
Heat, and Mass Transfer, 3rd Ed. John FLUID SYSTEM (3 SKS)
Wiley & Sons, 1996, New York
Fluid system is applied science and engineering
5. Cengel, Yunus, Heat Transfer a Practical
Approach, 2nd Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003, of basic fluid science which studies the utiliza-
Singapore. tion of characteristic, behavior and properties
6. Kreith Frank, Bohn Mark, Principles of Heat of fluid and its flow behavior in various fluid
Transfer, 6th Ed. Brooks/cole, 2001, USA machines i.e. rotodynamics, reciprocating,
hydraulic and pneumatic system. The course
ENEE600017 is intended to equip student to understand
ENEE610017 characteristic of turbo fluid machines, hydrau-
ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING (2 SKS) lic and pneumatic system and to be able to
Refer to Page 179 calculate and design a fluid system.
Syllabus:
ENME600015 Basic Thermo fluid in a Fluid System; Energy
ENME610015 Transfer from Fluid to Rotor; Lagrangian and
SYSTEM CONTROL (4 SKS) Eularian Approach; Energy Transfer Compo-
Course Objective: nents; Impulse and Reaction; Turbo machinery
System control is one of the sciences discussed Analysis with Flow; Operational Aspects of
about the method to control the value of pa- Rotodynamic Machinery; Hydraulic Similarities
rameters within a system. Parameters within on Fluid Machinery; Reciprocating Machinery:
the system in this course are base on physic Classification, Main Component and Operating;
that could be position, velocity, rotation, Discharge and Coefficient Discharge; Work and
pressure, acceleration flow rate, tempera- Power; Basic Hydraulic Machines; Hydraulic
ture and other variables. This course aims for Machines; Hydraulic Accumulator; Hydraulic
students to understand the basics, analysis, Intensifier, Hydraulic Press; Hydraulic Crane;
and engineering design and control system Hydraulic lift; Pneumatic System: Basic Laws,
compensation techniques, and be able to Pressure Drop Losses, Basic Control Valve of
choose a control system (controller) is right Pneumatic Circuit.
for a mechanical system. Prerequisite: Basic Thermodynamics, Basic
Syllabus: Fluid Mechanics
Introduction to system control, laplace trans- References:
form, reverse laplace transform, solution for 5. D i x o n , S . L , F l u i d M e c h a n i c s a n d
linier ordinary differential equation, math- Thermodynamics of Turbo machinery, 4th
ematical modeling I-IV, control action, PID Edition, Pergamon Press, 2005
6. Esposito, A., Fluid Power with Application,
controller, electronic controller, pneumatic and
5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2003
hydraulic control, transient response analysis 7. Mobley, R.K, Fluid Power Dynamics,
I and II, root place analysis, design of system Newnes Butterworth-Heinemann, 1999
control with root place analysis method, fre- 8. Giles, R.V, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics,
quency response analysis, stability analysis, 2nd Edition Schaums Outline Series, Mc-
MATLAB laboratory activity, design of control Graw-Hill, 1994
system with response frequency method, dis-
crete time system and Z-Transform, PID con- ENME600017
trol and introduction to robust control, space ENME610017
condition analysis I-II, design of control system MAINTENANCE AND CONDITION MONITORING
within space condition, liapunove stability (3 SKS)
analysis and omptimum square control. Course Objective:
Requirements: Physic 1(mechanical and heat), This course gives the understanding and the 135
ability to analyze a system and design a system needs), basic concept of energy conversion
for maintenance and its procedure to improve system, power resources and classification
the efficiency and reliability within a system. of energy conversion engine, fuel in energy
To give the understanding and competence conversion, renewable energy, non-renewable
to develop and implementation of vibration energy, classification of combustion engine,
PROGRAM
monitoring and engine condition so that the calculation for internal combustion engine per-
UNDERGRADUATE
mechanical system reach the optimum per- formance, steam power plant, fluid machinery,
formance. cooling engine classification, thermodynamic
Syllabus: cycle of cooling engine, energy conversion
Quality, Reliability and Maintainability, main- method in vehicle, industry and building,
tenance system strategy, failure analysis, laboratory activity.
design of maintenance system and scheduling, Requirements: Basic Thermodynamics, Basic
maintenance system organization, condition Fluid Mechanics, Heat and Mass Transfer
monitoring and condition based maintenance, Referencess:
computer based maintenance system, total 1. Kreith, F, Goswami, DY, Energy Conversion
productive maintenance (TPM) and its imple- (Mechanical Engineering), CNC Press,
mentation, the effectiveness measurement of 2007
total productive maintenance, reliability based 2. Kreith, F, Goswami, DY, Energy management
maintenance system, planning;measurement and Conservation Handbook, CNC Press,
2007
and standardization of maintenance work,
3. Patrick, D.R., et.al, Energy Conservation
quality of maintenance system, basic theory of Guidebook, 2nd, 2007
vibration and engine condition, basic of engine 4. Dincer, I., Rosen, Thermal Energy Storage:
condition monitoring, vibration monitoring de- Systems and Applications, John Wiley,
vice in several mechanical systems and engine 2002
condition analysis. 5. Panduan Praktikum Prestasi Mesin Konversi
Requirements: - energi, Departemen Teknik Mesin versi
References: 2003. Depok 2003.
1. Niebel, B.W., Engineering Maintenance
Management, Marcel Dekker, Inc. 1994 ENME600019
2. Higgin, L.R., Maintenance Planning and ENME610019
control, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, MECHATRONICS (4 SKS)
1998 Course Objective:
3. Mishra, R.C., and K. Pathak, Maintenance This course provides the ability to design
Engineering and Management, PHI, 2002
electrical-mechanical that properly meet the
4. Bruel & Kjaer. Handbook of Vibration &
Condition Monitoring needs of a process specification and a design
that given in a laboratory scale with the me-
ENME600018 chanical, electrical theory and automation
ENME610018 control.
ENERGY CONVERSION AND CONSERVASION Syllabus:
(4 SKS) Mechatronics concept and theory, electronics
Course Objectives: analog system, electronis analog components,
This course discusses about the energy resourc- electronics digital system, analog and digital
es, type and classification of energy, energy interface, sensors and actuators (electric
conversion, energy consumption, basic concept motor, pneumatic, hydraulic), principles of
of energy conversion, power resources and microprocessor and microcontroller, micro-
classification of energy conversion enginess. controller based control system theory, C/
The students understand the energy source, C++ programming for electrical-mechanical for
type of energy conversion engine, conversion control, programmable logic controller (PLC),
and conservasion of energy system, and also ca- Laboratory activity.
pable to perform a basic calculation of energy Requirements: Physic 1(Mechanical and
conversion engine performance and critical Heat), Physics (electrical, magneticm wave
consideration of energy conversion. and optic)
Syllabus: References:
1. Smaili A. dan Mrad F., Applied Mechatronics,
Definition of energy and energy resources, type
Oxford University Press, 2007
and energy classification, law and equation in 2. Sabri Cetinkunt, Mechatronics, Wiley,
energy conversion, energy profile (resources, 2006
reserves and the worlds and Indonesias energy 3. Histand, M.B., & Alciatore, D.G.,
136
Introduction to Mechatronics and for gaining experience in industries and apply-
Measurement System, McGraw-Hill, ing mechanical engineering knowledge. Able to
Singapore, 1999. perform management tasks and engineering
4. Fraser, C. dan Milne, J, Electromechanical technique according to field of interest.
Engineering, An Introduction, IEEE Press, Syllabus:
UNDERGRADUATE
McGraw-Hill, New York, 1994. Management and Engineering according to the
PROGRAM
5. Gandjar K, Hand-out Mekatronika, DTMUI,
field of interest. Presentation of on the job
2007
training results and report.
Requirement: Passed 95 SKS and GPA > 2.00
ENME600020
ENME610020
ENME600021
DESIGN ASSIGNMENT (4 SKS)
ENME610021
Course Objective:
TECHNOPRENEURSHIP (2 SKS)
The students have the ability to design a
Course Objective:
mechanical system or product by using the
To give insight in increasing students ability
knowledge and skills that previously obtained.
who has not only high comptency in Mechanical
The students capable to work in a team, com-
Engineering but also enterpreneurship spirit,
municate, report and defend and presenting
hence achieving excellence among their com-
the final project.
petitors and also dare to initiate new ideas as
Syllabus:
enterpreneurs. The student is expected to be
Fundamental of problems and mechanical
able to develop commercial business for him-
design process, teamwork in design, design
self and others in order to be excellent and has
process planning, understand the problem and
broader choices in teh real world.
develop engineering specifications, concept
Syllabi:
generation, evaluation and selection, product
Business: Enterpreneurship; Business and
design phase, product generation, evalua-
Ethics; Introduction on Business Fields. Man-
tion and performance, product evaluation or
agement: Corporate Leadership; Innovative
mechanical system for cost, manufacture,
Product-based Company, Innovative Product-
assembling and others.
based Business Administration. Financing:
Requirements: Engineering Materials, Me-
Introduction on Capital and Financing, Practical
chanical System, Material Selection and Manu-
Accounting for Non-Accountant; Financing Man-
facturing Process.
agement; Introduction on Pricing Technique;
References:
1. David G.Ullman. The mechanical design Bankable- Business Proposal Development.
process. Mc.Graw Hill.1997. Syllabus: Basic Mechanical Design; Manufac-
2. George Dieter. Engineering Design: A ture and Material Selection Processes; Design
Material and Processing Approach.2000. Assignment.
3. G.Pahl and W.Beitz. Engineering Design: References:
A Systematic Approach. Springer 1. Richard C. Dorf, Thomas H. Byers, Tech-
Verlag.1991. nology Ventures, from idea to enterprise,
McGraw Hill, 2008
ENME600025 2. Robert G. Cooper, Winning at New Prod-
ENME610025 ucts, latest edition, Basic Books-Perseus
CAPITA SELECTA (2 SKS) Group, 2003
Course Objective: 3. Arman H.N., Bustanul A.N., M. Suef, Mem-
Able to understand industrial development and bangun Spirit Teknopreneurship, penerbit
its problems. Andi, Yogyakarta, 2007
Syllabus: 4. Arman H.N., Indung S., Lantip T., Mana-
Special topics in industries which are not cov- jemen Pemasaran untuk Engineering,
ered in other courses. penerbit Andi, Yogyakarta, 2006
Requirement:-
References: - ENME 6 0 0023
ENME 6 1 0023
ENME600022 FINAL PROJECT
ENME610022 4 SKS
INTERNSHIP (2 SKS) Learning Objectives:
Students are able to (1) prepare a research pro-
Course Objective:
posal based on good understanding of research
The course is intended to provide opportunity
methodology, (2) prepare a well-written research
137
report (in Bahasa Indonesia), and (3) present and ENME800113
defend research results. POWER GENERATION (4 SKS)
Syllabus : Synthesizing various lectures taken Refer to Page 414
by students to design or to solve engineering
problems. Preparing a written report of the BUILDING UTILITY SYSTEM AND FIRE SAFETY
PROGRAM
synthesis. STREAM
Prerequisites : Passing 128 credits with GPA >=
UNDERGRADUATE
138
ENME800311
DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY
(4 SKS)
Refer to Page 420
UNDERGRADUATE
ENME800312
PROGRAM
MECHANICAL FAILURE (4 SKS)
Refer to Page 420
ENMEB00313
NOISE AND VIBRATION
Refer to Page 421
ENME800413
SYSTEM MACHINE VISION (4 SKS)
Refer to Page 423
ENME800414
QUALITY AND PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM (4 SKS)
Refer to Page 421
ENME800411
CAD/CAM (4 SKS)
Refer to Page 423
ENME800412
MANUFACTURING PERFORMANCE ASSESMENT
(4 SKS)
Refer to Page 423
ENME800402
AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS (4 SKS)
Refer to Page 428
ENME800513
MODERN VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY (4 SKS)
Refer to Page 425
ENME800514
OIL AND GAS DRILLING EQUIPMENT (4 SKS)
Refer to Page 426
ENME800511
RAILWAY VEHICLE ENGINEERING (4 SKS)
Refer to Page 424
ENME800512
HANDLING AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
(4 SKS)
Refer to Page 424
139
4.4. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN MARINE ENGINEERING
Program Specification
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
140
13 Classification of Subjects
No. Classification Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
i University General Subjects 18 12.5 %
UNDERGRADUATE
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 24 16.67 %
PROGRAM
iii Core Subjects 74 51.39 %
iv Elective Subjects 12 8.33 %
v Internship, Seminar, Undergraduate 16 11.11 %
Thesis, Project
Total 144 100 %
14. Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
141
4. The ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs by considering and
implementing aspects of the economy,
5. Knowledge of leadership, ability to communicate well, work together in teams, and develop themselves
and their knowledge
142
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
MARINE ENGINEERING
Engineering Statistic and
Calculus (4)
Liniear Algebra Probability
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPT
Matematics
(4) (2) FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
(4)
UNIVERSITY OF INDONESIA
Basic Physics 2 Engineering Healthy, Safety University of
Engineering Basic Physics 1 (Elec, Magnet, Indonesia
Drawing (Mechanic & Computation and Enviroment
Wave, and (2) (2) Faculty of
(2) Heat) (4) Optic) (4) Engineering
Mechanical
Material Engineering Dept
Basic Kinematics and
Basic Chemistry Selection and Ship Vibration
Thermodynamic Dynamics Marine
(2) Manuf. Process (2)
(4) (4) Engineering
(6)
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
143
Course Structure Marine Engineering Program (Reguler / Paralel)
Mata Kuliah SUBJECT
CODE SKS Credits
Semester 1 1 st Semester
UIGE 6 0 0004 MPKT B 6 Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
UIGE 6 0 0002 Bahasa Inggris 3 English 3
PROGRAM
ENME 6 0 0007 Proses Manufaktur dan Pemi- 6 Material Selection and Manuf. Process 6
lihan Material
ENMR 6 0 0006 Konstruksi Kapal 4 Ship Construction 4
ENMR 6 0 0007 Termofluida 4 Thermofluid 4
ENMR 6 0 0008 Permesinan Kapal 2 2 Ship Machinery 2 2
ENMR 6 0 0009 Tugas Merancang 1 2 Design Assignment 1 2
Subtotal 20 Subtotal 20
Semester 5 5 th Semester
ENME 6 0 0008 Kinematika dan Dinamika 4 Kinematics and Dynamics 4
ENMR 6 0 0010 Sistem fluida dan Perpipaan 4 Fluid and Piping System of Ship 4
Kapal
ENMR 6 0 0011 Sistem Kelistrikan dan Elek- 2 Electrical and Electronic System of 2
tronika Kapal 1 Ships 1
ENMR 6 0 0012 Hambatan dan Propulsi 3 Ship Resistance and Propulsion 3
Kapal
ENMR 6 0 0013 Permesinan Kapal 3 4 Ship Machinery 3 4
ENMR 6 0 0014 Tugas Merancang 2 2 Design Assignment 2 2
Subtotal 19 Subtotal 19
144
Semester 6 6 th Semester
ENGE 6 0 0005 Statistika dan Probablitas 2 Statistic and Probability 2
ENGE 6 0 0008 K3LL 2 Healthy, Safety and Enviroment 2
ENMR 6 0 0015 Getaran Kapal 2 Ship Vibration 2
UNDERGRADUATE
ENMR 6 0 0016 Pemeliharaa Kapal 2 Ship Maintenance 2
PROGRAM
ENMR 6 0 0017 Sistem Kelistrikan dan Elek- 2 Electrical and Electronic System of 2
tronika Kapal 2 Ships 1
ENMR 6 0 0018 Permesinan Kapal 4 4 Ship Machinery 4 4
ENMR 6 0 0019 Tugas Merancang 3 4 Design Assignment 3 4
Subtotal 18 Subtotal 18
Semester 7 7 th Semester
ENME 6 0 0025 Kapita Selekta 2 Capita Selecta 2
ENMR 6 0 0020 Sistem Tata Udara dan 4 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration 4
Refrigerasi Kapal System of Ship
ENMR 6 0 0021 Survei dan inspeksi Kapal 2 Survey and Inspection of Ship 2
ENMR 6 0 0022 Kerja Praktik 2 Internship 2
------- Pilihan 1 4 Elective 1 4
Subtotal 14 Subtotal 14
Semester 8 8 th Semester
ENMR 6 0 0023 Tugas Akhir 6 Final Project 6
------- Pilihan 2 4 Elective 2 4
------- Pilihan 3 4 Elective 3 4
Subtotal 14 Subtotal 14
Courses are offered options for specailization of Master of Engineering, Maritime Resources and
Technology and can be selected by maritime engineering undergraduates
7 th Semester Sks
ENME 8 0 0615 Marine and Offshore Structure 4
ENME 8 0 1616 Sea Transportation and Port Management 4
ENME 8 0 1617 Maritime Law and regulation 4
8 th Semester
ENME 8 0 0611 Ship Production Management* 4
ENME 8 0 0612 Special Ship Project 4
ENME 8 0 0613 Welding Engineering* 4
ENME 8 0 0102 Energy Optimization System 4
For students who are willing and capable to continue the education program to pursue Masters in
Engineering through the Fast track program, credit transfer can be performed as many as 20 SKS.
The numbers of credits that can be transferred consist of: 4 SKS from Engineering Mathematic
course, 8 SKS from 2 Mandatory Core Courses and 8 credits from 2 Elective Core Courses.
145
TRANSITION CURRICULUM 2008 TO 2012
Terms and conditions to become the participant 1. 2012 Curriculum will be started from
of Fast Track program are: first semester in 2012/2013 until
1. Expressed a desire to follow the Fast Track second semester in 2016/2017
Program, by writing an application to the 2. For the students who have not passed
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
The shortage of credit number due
to the transition will be compensate
PROGRAM
by taking a new mandatory course
or elective course from the new cur-
riculum.
EQUALITY TABEL
Kurikulum 2008 Kurikulum 2012
Information
Courses Credit Courses Credit
Integrated Character Building Integrated Character Building
6 6
Subject Subject A
Compulsory for the
Integrated Character Building
- 6 2012 students and
Subject B
onward
Compulsory for the
- Basic Chemistry 2 2012 students and
onward
Basic Computation 3 Computation Engineering 2
Compulsory for the
- Basic Thermodinamics 4 2011 students and
onward
Introduction Marine
Introduction Ship Building 2 2
Engineering
Ship Building Theory 1 3 AND: Kedua mata ajar
di Kurikulum 2008
harus lulus. Bila salah
Ship Building Theory 3 satu MA di kurikulum
Ship Building Theory 2 3 2008 tidak lulus harus
mengambil mata ajar
Kurikulum 2012.
Ship Design 2 Ship Machinery 1 2
Ship Assignment 1 2 Design Assignment 1 2
Ship Machinery System 4 Ship Machinery 2 2
Fluid and Piping System of
Fluid System 3 4
Ship
Electrical and Electronika System Electrical and Electronika
2 2
of Ship System of Ship 1
Ship Assignment 2 2 Design Assignment 2 2
System and Equipment of Ship 4 Ship Machinery 3 4
Mecahnical Vibration 2 Ship Vibration 2
Electrical and Electronika
- 2
System of Ship 2 Compulsory for the
2010 students and
- Design Assignment 3 4
onward
- Ship Machinery 4 4
Ship Manitenance Managment 2 Ship Maintenance 2
Industrial Seminar 2 Industrial Seminar 2
Air Conditioning System Air Conditioning and
4 4
(Elective) Refrigeration of Ship
147
Compulsory for the
Survey and Inspection of
2 2009 students and
Ship
onward
Material Engineering 4 deleted
PROGRAM
148
Course Description UIGE600005-9
UIGE610005-9
UIGE600001 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
UIGE610001 2 SKS
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A Refer to Page 80-81
UNDERGRADUATE
6 SKS
PROGRAM
Refer to Page 78 ENGE600005
ENGE610005
UIGE600004 STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY
UIGE610004 2 SKS
MPKT B / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING B Refer to Page 82
6 SKS
Refer to Page 78 ENGE600008
ENGE610008
UIGE600002 HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT
ENGLISH 2 SKS
UIGE610002 Refer to Page 82
ACADEMIC WRITING
3 SKS ENGE600009
Refer to Page 78 ENGINEERING DRAWING (2 SKS)
Refer to Page 130
UIGE600003
UIGE610003 ENMR600001
SPORTS / ARTS INTRODUCTION TO MARINE ENGINEERING
1 SKS (2 SKS)
Refer to Page 81 Course Objective :
Provide basic competence of Ships Machinery
ENGE600001 System andapproachtodesign.
ENGE610001 Syllabus :
CALCULUS History of Ship Building; Types of water bulding:
4 SKS the Classification Societyandthe International-
Refer to Page 78 Agency; Ship Building and Construction; main
dimension: Ship Motion; Ship Design Process;
ENGE600010 Stability: resistance and Propulsion; Tonnage;
ENGE610010 Ship building method. Historical of ship ma-
BASIC CHEMISTRY chinery, main engines, auxiliary engines, the
Refer to Page 79 enginer oom layout.
Requirement :-
ENGE600003 References:
ENGE610003 1. GM Kok, A.C. Nierich., Bangunan Kapal
, MARTECH
BASIC PHYSICS 1
2. D A Taylor, Introduction to Marine
4 SKS Engineering.1996
Refer to Page 79
ENMR 6 0 0002
ENGE600004 SHIPS VISUALIZATION AND MODELING
BASIC PHYSICS 2 (3 SKS)
4 SKS Course Objective :
Refer to Page 81 Provide and understanding the principles of-
ships design using CAD (Computer Aided Design)
ENGE600002 software
ENGE610002 Syllabus:
LINEAR ALGEBRA Optimization of Main Dimensions; Ship Com-
4 SKS parison Methode:Design procedure: Basics of
Refer to Page 79 economic calculation; Finance Analysis; Terms
and Conditions and Type of ships: Optimiza-
tion of Machine Selection: The selection of
149
propulsion system; Classification and Regu-
lations statutory Rules; Ship Specifications. ENMR 6 0 0004
CAD(Computer Aided Design) SHIPS MATERIALS AND STRENGTH (3 SKS)
Requirement :- Course Objective :
References : Provide and understanding for calculating
PROGRAM
1. Tupper E.C., Basic Ship Theory, Butterworth transversal and longintudinal constructions,
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
construction on the ship sstructure and com- Requirement :Ships Machinery 1
PROGRAM
petence to design ship structures References :
Syllabus : 1. D A Taylor, Introduction to Marine
Bottom Structure: Ship hull and section system; Engineering.1996
Bulk head and girder; deck, Coaming and super
structure: fore peak and after peak construc- ENMR 6 0 0009
tion: Construction of Tankers; Gas Carrier DESIGN ASSIGNMENT 1 (2 SKS)
Ship Construction: Doors and Windows; Fire Course Objective :
Protection; Cabin Construction: Construction Undestanding of ship design procedures and
of loading and unloading Equipments; Painting monitoring.
and Corrosion Prevention. Syllabus :
Requirement : Ship Strength Design Analysis (owner requirement based);
References : study literature; initial finding: Displacement,
1. D. J. Eyres, Ship Construction, 5th edition. main dimension, and shape of ship,finding
Butterworth-Heinemann. 2011 power driven; linesplan skecth and monitong
2. D. Taylor, Merchant Ship Construction, of calculation CSA(Curve of Sectional Area);
Prentice Hall general plan sketch(GA); initial assessment
3. Biro Klasifikasi Indonesia payload and unloading space, stability, hull
4. Lloyds Register Rules and Regulations arise, trim; free and unloading space esti-
mates; watertight bulkhead positioning for
ENMR 6 0 0007 passenger ships.
TERMOFLUIDS (4 SKS) Requirement :Ship vizualisation and Model-
Course Objective : ling
Provide and understanding about termofluids References :
system of ship 1. B . B a x t e r, Te a c h Yo u r s e l f N a v a l
Syllabus : Architecture, The English Universities
Principles of FluidDynamics: Pressure distribu- Press. Signifi cant Ships, RINA
tion of fluid flow, integral flow analysis, def- 2. M.A Talahatu, Teori Merancang Kapal.
frensial flow analysis. Viscous flow, drag and lift FTUI 1998.
force for floating and moving objects. Laminar
and turbulent flow; Boundary Layer; Losses ENME600008
in Fluid Flow. Heat Transfer;one-dimensional KINEMATICS and DYNAMICS (4 SKS)
steady state; Stedi dimensional conduction Refer to Page
state; Convection principles; empirical for-
mulas and practical for forced convection and ENMR 6 0 0010
heat transfer.;natural convection System,heat FLUID AND PIPING SYSTEM OF SHIP (4 SKS)
exchangers. Course Objective :
Requirement :- Understanding types of fluid system, piping sys-
References : tem, and practically on the Ship Construction
1. J.P. Holman, Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill, Syllabus :
2. Govinda, Fluid Flow Machines, McGraw- Positive displacement of fluid engines, hydrolic
Hill system,pneumatic power systems. Experimen-
tal of water piping system, air piping system,
ENMR 6 0 0008 pump impeller, Pelton turbine. Piping systems
SHIP MACHINERY 2 (2 SKS) on ships and marine construction, type of
Course Objective : pipe material, pipe fittings, valves, tanks,
Undestanding concept and types of air condi- sea-chest, standards and methods of drawing
tioning system, auxiliary system, tribology and systems, bilga systems, ballast systems, fire
cooling system of ships engine. extinguish system,supporting system (auxil-
Syllabus : iary motor), fuel system, lubrication system,
Basic prinsiple of Diesel engine: combustion cooling system, compressed air systems, do-
concept, 4 and 2 stroke teory, parameters, mestic systems, tanker loading and unloading
types of engine, diesel engine performance, systems.
151
Requirement : Termofluid
References : equirement :Ship Building Theory
1. A.Keith Escoe. Piping and Pipeline References :
Assesment Guide. Elsevier Inc. 2006 1. J. P. Ghos e, R. P. Gokarn, Basic Ship
2. D i x o n , S . L , F l u i d M e c h a n i c s a n d Propulsion, 2004
Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery, 4th 2. Dave Ger r, The Propeller Handbook,
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Syllabus : automation and control applications in the
PROGRAM
Engine vibration system: free vibration, damp- shipbuilding
ing, transient vibrations, forced vibrations, Syllabus :
vibrations with two degrees of freedom, tor- Introduction to automation systems engineer-
sional vibration, lateral and longitudinal in ship ing; proportional plus integral plus derivative
propulsion system; Experimental measurement control; Application of mathematical model-
of vibration ing to determine the performance of control
Requirement :Kinematics and Dynamics system. Response system signalsI and OrderII:
References : Analysis of transient response of the system
1. L.C. Burrill, Ship vibration: simple methods order I and order II: Introduction to process
of estimating critical frequencies, North control in shipbuilding applications; computer
East Coast Institution of Engineers and simulations and laboratory-scale models; In-
Shipbuilders. 1935 troduction of hydraulic and pneumatic control
2. Meriam & Kraige. Engineering Mechanics. systems.Instruments for UMS classification
Vol-2, Dynamics. Wiley New York.4th Requirement :Electrical and Electronics Sys-
eds.1998. tem of Ships 1
3. Holowenko. Dynamics of Machinery.John References :
Wiley.1995. 1. E. Hughes, Electrical Technology, IBS
4. William T.Thomson. Theory of Vibration with 2. John Bird, Electrical & Electronic Principle
application. Prentice Hall India.1972. and Technology. Jhon Bird.2003
5. Beer & Johnston.Mechanics for Engineer- 3. John C Payne, The Marine Electronical &
Dynamics.Mc-Graw-Hill.1976. Electronics Bible, John Pyne.1993
layout of the marine cable; load analysis and cal & Genset survey; Seatrial procedure.
UNDERGRADUATE
Program Specification
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
1. Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia
Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and partner university
2. Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
Double Degree: Universitas Indonesia and partner university
3. Programme Tittle Undergraduate Program in Electrical Engineering
4. Class Regular, Parallel, International
5. Final Award Sarjana Teknik (S.T)
Double Degree: Sarjana Teknik (S.T) and Bachelor of Engineer-
ing (B.Eng)
6. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: A - accredited
AUN-QA
7. Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English
8. Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Full Time
Time)
9. Entry High school /equivalent, or D3 / Polytechnique / equivalent,
Requirements AND pass the entrance exam.
10. Study Duration Designed for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of Semester Number of weeks / semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
11. Graduate Profiles:
Bachelor of engineering who is able to design in electric engineering field based on technological
advancement in accordance with professional ethics.
12. Expected Learning Outcomes:
Able to design software or hardware and always follow technological advancement.
Propose logical, systematic, and practical solution supported with appropiate methods.
Able to analyze general and specific problems in electrical engineering field
Able to follow recent developments in electronics and photonics field
Able to design various electronic and photonic circuits and devices and micro electro mechanical
systems
Able to characterize and integrate electronic circuits and devices
Able to follow and implement telecommunication engineering advancement
Able to design various sub systems of radio wave communication system
Able to design communication network system
Able to evaluate communication system performance on different media
Able to evaluate various processes of information signal processing
Able to follow and implement recent advancement of control system methods
Able to implement real time control algorithm design
Able to analyze system transient response and stability
Able to model control system based on physical system and experimental data
Able to follow energy and electrical engineerin/g advancement
Able to plan, analyze, design, and combine energy engineering and electrical power engineering
Able to implement electrical power phenomenon
Able to identify electric power system and power electronic component needs
Able to implement renewable and conventional energy conversion
Able to use microcontroller in electrical engineering problems
Able to implement entrepreunership concept
155
12. Able to analyze various electric power engineering sets
Able to use probability sciences and stochastic process to support engineering science
Able to analyze simple electrical circuits by utilizing electrical basic components
Able to calculate electrical and magnetical field and electromagnetic wave parameters
Able to analyze system and signal in frequency and time domain
PROGRAM
Able to implement mathematic, physic, and statistic basic principal in electrical engineering
problem solving
Able to think critical, creative, and innovative and has intellectual curosity to solve problems at
level of individual and group
Able to utilize communication information technology
Able to identify variety entrepreneurial effort characterized by innovation and independence
based on ethics
Able to use spoken and written language in Indonesian and English language well to support aca-
demic and non academic activites
Able to give alternative problem solutions to any problem that arise in environment, society, na-
tion, and state
13 Classification of Subjects
No. Classification Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
i University General Subjects 18 12,5 %
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 20 13,89 %
iii Core Subjects 62 40,06 %
iv Elective Subjects 21 14,58 %
v Internship, Seminar, Undergradu- 8 5,56 %
ate Thesis, Project
Total 144 100 %
14. Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
Career Prospects
156
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
Bachelor of engineering who is able to design in electric engineering field based on technological advancement in accordance with professional ethics
[2,3,10, 11] 1
Able to design software or hardware and always follow technological advancement
Propose logical, systematic, and practical solution supported with appropiate methods[1,8]. 2
Able to follow and implement Able to follow and implement recent Able to follow energy and electrical engineering
Able to follow recent developments in telecommunication engineering advancement advancement
electronics and photonics field advancement of control system methods
Able to design various sub systems of radio wave Able to plan, analyze, design, and combine energy
communication system Able to implement real time control engineering and electrical power engineering
Able to design various electronic and algorithm design
photonic circuits and devices and micro Able to design communication network system
electro mechanical systems
Able to analyze system transient Able to
Able to evaluate communication system response and stability Able to
Able to identify implement
performance on different media implement
electric power system renewable and
electrical
Able to characterize and integrate and power electronic conventional
power
electronic circuits and devices Able to evaluate various processes of information Able to model control system based on component needs energy
phenomenon
signal processing physical system and experimental data conversion
Able to use Able to calculate Able to use control Able to analyze analog
Able to Able to analyze Able to analyze Able to analyze simple Able to analyze
microcontroller in electrical and system as and digital electronic
implement various electric various electric electrical circuits by system and signal
electrical magnetical field and supporting science circuit by utilizing
entrepreuners power engineering power engineering utilizing electrical in frequency and in advance electronic basic
engineering electromagnetic wave
hip concept sets sets basic components time domain
problems parameters technology field components
Able to implement mathematic, physic, and statistic basic principal in electrical engineering problem solving
Able to think critical, creative, and Able to identify variety Able to give alternative problem
Able to use spoken and written language in
innovative and has intellectual curosity Able to utilize communication entrepreneurial effort characterized solutions to any problem that arise
Indonesian and English language well to in environment, society, nation, and
to solve problems at level of individual information technology by innovation and independence
support academic and non academic activites
and group based on ethics state
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
157
UNDERGRADUATE
158
PROGRAM
Flow Diagram of Subjects
1st Semester 2nd Semester 3rd Semester 4th Semester 5th Semester 6th Semester 7th Semester 8th Semester
M
Engineering Engineering Telecommunication
Calculus Linier Algebra Engineering
Mathematics 1 Mathematics 2
Laboratory
Fundamental of M
Electrical Power Electrical
Electrical Electric Circuit
Engineering Measurements
Engineering
Probability and
M M Elective Elective
Stochastic process M
Electronic Circuits
Laboratory
M
Legend
Signals and Algorithm and
Systems Control System s M
Programming
University General Subjects
English Religion
UNDERGRADUATE
Semester 1 1st Semester
PROGRAM
UIGE600004 MPK Terintegrasi B Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
Subtotal 20
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENGE600004 Fisika Dasar 2 Basic Physics 2 4
ENEE600004 Rangkaian Listrik Electric Circuit 3
ENEE600005 Praktikum Rangkaian Listrik Electric Circuit Laboratory 1
ENEE600006 Matematika Teknik 1 Engineering Mathematics 1 3
ENEE600007 Divais Elektronika Electronic Devices 2
ENEE600008 Dasar Komputer Basic Computer 3
ENEE600009 Praktikum Dasar Komputer Basic Computer Laboratory 1
Subtotal 17
Semester 4 4th Semester
ENEE600010 Probabilitas dan Proses Stokastik Probability and Stochastic Process 3
ENEE600011 Matematika Teknik 2 Engineering Mathematics 2 3
ENEE600012 Rangkaian Elektronika Electronic Circuits 3
ENEE600013 Praktikum Rangkaian Elektronika Electronic Circuits Laboratory 1
ENEE600014 Elektromagnetika Electromagnetic 3
ENEE600015 Sinyal and Sistem Signals and Systems 3
ENEE600016 Material Teknik Listrik Electrical Materials 2
Subtotal 18
159
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
160
Table 2. Majoring Course
UNDERGRADUATE
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
PROGRAM
Semester 6 6th Semester
ENEE600023 Kerja Praktek Internship 2
ENEE600024 Teknik Telekomunikasi Telecommunication Engineering 3
Praktikum Teknik Telekomu-
ENEE600025 nikasi Telecommunication Engineering Laboratory 1
ENEE600026 Algoritma dan Pemrograman Algorithm and Programming 3
ENEE600027 Pengukuran Besaran Listrik Electrical Measurements 2
ENEE600028 Praktikum Pengukuran Besaran Electrical Measurements Laboratory 1
Listrik
Komunikasi Multimedia Pita
ENEE600101 Lebar Broadband Multimedia Communications 3
ENEE600102 Jaringan Komunikasi Communication Networks 3
Subtotal 18
Subtotal 19
Subtotal 19
Semester 6 6 Semester
th
ENEE600023 Kerja Praktek Internship 2
ENEE600024 Teknik Telekomunikasi Telecommunication Engineering 3
Praktikum Teknik Telekomu-
ENEE600025 nikasi Telecommunication Engineering Laboratory 1
ENEE600026 Algoritma dan Pemrograman Algorithm and Programming 3
161
ENEE600027 Pengukuran Besaran Listrik Electrical Measurements 2
ENEE600028 Praktikum Pengukuran Besaran Electrical Measurements Laboratory 1
Listrik
Elektronika Daya dan Prak-
PROGRAM
Subtotal 18
Subtotal 19
Subtotal 19
Semester 6 6 Semester
th
ENEE600023 Kerja Praktek Internship 2
ENEE600024 Teknik Telekomunikasi Telecommunication Engineering 3
Praktikum Teknik Telekomu-
Telecommunication Engineering Laboratory
ENEE600025 nikasi 1
ENEE600026 Algoritma dan Pemrograman Algorithm and Programming 3
ENEE600027 Pengukuran Besaran Listrik Electrical Measurements 2
ENEE600028 Praktikum Pengukuran Besaran Electrical Measurements Laboratory 1
Listrik
ENEE600301 Desain CMOS Analog CMOS Analog Design 3
Teknologi Proses dan Prak-
ENEE600302 tikum Processing Technology and Laboratory 3
Subtotal 18
162
Semester 7 7th Semester
ENEE600029 Seminar Seminar 2
ENCE601023 Rekayasa dan kewirausahaan Engineering Entrepreneurship 2
UNDERGRADUATE
Pilihan Elective 6
PROGRAM
Divais Fotonik dan Praktikum
ENEE600303 Photonic Devices and Optional Laboratory 3
Pilihan
ENEE600304 VLSI VLSI 3
ENEE600305 Dasar Nanoelektronika Fundamental of Nanoelectronics 3
Subtotal 19
Subtotal 19
Subtotal 18
Subtotal 19
163
Semester 8 8th Semester
ENEE600030 Skripsi Final Project 4
Pilihan Elective 9
PROGRAM
Subtotal 19
To complete both S1 and S2 program in Fast Track Program, students should attain 170 SKS in 5
years, instead of 144 SKS for S1 and 41 SKS for S2 in regular program.
164
Fast-Track (S1 and S2) Electrical Engineering Program Curriculum
UNDERGRADUATE
No Courses (CREDIT) Courses (CREDIT)
ter ter
PROGRAM
Advanced Mobile Broadband System
Elective (6) (3)
Radar Systems (3)
Seminar (2)
7 Engineering Entrepreneurship (2) 1
1. Coding and Modulation Tech-
niques (3)
Antenna and Propagation (3)
Optical Communications (3)
Total CREDIT (19) Total CREDIT (6)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (19)
Advanced Communication Systems (3)
Elective (9) Optical Communication Networks (3)
Advanced Antenna (3)
8 2
Final Project (4)
2.
Wireless Communication (3)
Communication System Device
(3)
Total CREDIT (19) Total CREDIT (9)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (19)
Applied Mathematics (3)
Digital Signal Processing (3)
Wireless Medical Engineering (3) 3
3.
Advanced RF Engineering (3)
Pre-Thesis (3)
Total CREDIT (15)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (14)
Modeling and System Engineering (3)
4
Thesis (8)
4.
Total CREDIT (11)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (11)
Elective (3)
8 2
Final Project (4)
2.
Electric Power Transmission and
Distribution (3)
Electric Power System Protection
(3)
Total CREDIT (19) Total CREDIT (9)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (19)
Applied Mathematics (3)
New and Renewable Energy (3)
Electrical Power System Planning (3) 3
3.
Elective (3)
Pre-Thesis (3)
Total CREDIT (15)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (15)
Modeling and System Engineering (3)
4
Thesis (8)
4.
Total CREDIT (11)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (11)
166
Applied Mathematics (3)
Integrated Circuit Theory (3)
UNDERGRADUATE
Elective (3) 3
3.
PROGRAM
Elective (3)
Pre-Thesis (3)
Total CREDIT (15)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (14)
Modeling and System Engineering (3)
4
Thesis (8)
4.
Total CREDIT (11)
Total CREDIT for Fast-track Program (11)
167
Course Structure of Undergraduate Programme in Electrical Engineering (International)
Year 1 Semester 1 UI Year 1 Semester 2 UI
CODE Subject Credit CODE Subject Credit
ENGE610003 Basic Physics 1 4 ENGE610004 Basic Physics 2 4
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
ENEE610029 Seminar 2 ENEE610030 Final Project 4
PROGRAM
ENCE611023 Engineering Entrepre- 2 ENEE610305 Fundamental of Nano 3
neurship Electronics
ENEE610303 Photonic Devices and 3 ENEE610105 Optical Communications 3
Optional Laboratory
ENEE610102 Communication Net- 3 ENEE610405 Modelling and System 3
works Identification
ENEE610402 Process Control Sys- 3
tems
ENEE610206 Electric Power Trans- 3
mission and Distribu-
tion
Subtotal 16 Subtotal 13
Transition Policy from the 2008 to the 2012 Curricullum Bachelor Program of Faculty of Engineering
Universitas Indonesia
1. The 2012 curriculum will be applied starting from Term I of Academic Year 2012/2013 (August
2012) and will end at Term II of Academic Year 2016/2017.
2. Basically, once the 2012 curriculum is applied, only courses contained within the 2012 cur-
riculum will be available, while the courses within the 2008 curriculum will no longer be
available. Starting in Term I of academic year 2012/2013, the 2012 curriculum for the 1st,
3rd, 5th, and 7th semesters will be implemented in full for all Bachelor Programs in Faculty
of Engineering Universitas Indonesia. The same will be applied for Term II of academic year
2012/2013, where the 2012 curriculum for the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th semesters will be imple-
mented in full for all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia.
3. There will be a one year transition period, academic year 2012/2013.
4. Students who have not yet passed the compulsory courses in the 2008 curriculum are re-
quired to take the same or equal courses from the 2012 curriculum. Students can refer to
the below equivalance table to look for equal courses. If courses from the 2008 curriculum
are not listed in the table, the courses do not change. They stil have the same name and
same credit load.
5. If a course from the 2008 curriculum is no longer available and there is no equal or substitute
course listed within the 2012 curriculum, the following policy applies:
For students who have passed the compulsory courses, they can include the credits as
calculated compulsory courses credits in order to complete the 144 credits require-
ment for completion of the Bachelor Program.
For students who have not yet passed the compulsory courses, they may take elec-
tive courses or new compulsory courses from the 2012 curriculum to complete the 144
credits requirement for completion of the Bachelor Program.
6. For courses integration, the following policy applies:
OR, means: if students have passed one of the courses from the 2008 curriculum, they
are no longer required to take the course from the 2012 curriculum. They may take
elective course to cover the shortage of credits.
AND, means: students must pass both courses from the 2008 curriculum. If students
fail in either one of these courses, students must take an equal or substitute course
from the 2012 curriculum.
7. If a compulsory course from the 2008 curriculum is modified into an elective course in the
2012 curriculum, the following applies:
For students who have passed the compulsory course, they can include the cradit of
the courses as calculated compulsory course within the 144 credits requirement for
completion of the Bachelor Program.
169
For students who have not yet passed the compulsory course, they may take an
equal or substitute course or a new compulsory course from the 2012 curricu-
lum.
8. If there is a change in the number of credit load for a course, the number of credit which
will be calculated for completion of the Bachelor Program is the number of credit load ap-
PROGRAM
plied during the time the course was taken. Same or equal courses with different credit
load, if taken as a repeat course or newly taken course, will be listed with their new
UNDERGRADUATE
names and will be calculated in accordance to their new credit load (see below equiva-
lence tables of courses).
9. During the transition period (academic year 2012/2013), On a special ocassion, courses
which availability are modified from Term I to Term II (and vice versa) in the 2012 curricu-
lum will be available for both semesters or several parallel classes of these courses will be
opened.
10. New compulsory courses from the 2012 curriculum can be considered as elective courses for
students of class 2010 and above.
11. The required minimum number of credits for completion of the bachelor program is 144
credits, with the following composition: 120 credits of compulsory courses and a minimum
of 24 credits for elective courses. Shortage of credits due to the change of curriculum can
be compensated by taking elective courses or new compulsory courses from the 2012 cur-
riculum.
170
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Course Structure of Electrical Engineering at QUT
For July Intake
171
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
B3 - Coverage Electives
Code Course Title Credit
COMP2303 Network & Operating Systems Principles 2
COMP2304 Programming for Engineering Systems 2
COMP4702 Machine Learning 2
COMS3200 Computer Networks I 2
CSSE2002 Programming in the Large 2
ELEC3401 Medical & Industrial Instrumentation 2
ELEC3601 Introduction to Image Formation 2
ELEC4302 Power System Protection 2
ELEC4320 Modern Asset Management and Condition Monitoring in Power System 2
ELEC4601 Medical Imaging 2
ENGG4000 Introduction to Systems Engineering 2
ENGG4800 Project Management 2
B4 - Other Electives
Code Course Title Credit
MATH1050 Mathematical Foundations 2
172
Course Structure of Electrical Engineering at Curtin University
Curtin provides 3 streams to choose: (i) Electrical Power Engineering, (ii) Electronics and Communication Engineering,
(iii) Computer Engineering. There will be slight change in the structure of curriculum of the first 2 years at UI for
students who are interested to continue to Curtin.
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
308711 Electrical Power Engineering Stream
Elective List II (Curtin, Electrical Power Engineering) Elective List I (Curtin, Electrical Power Engineering)
Year 4 Semester 7 (Curtin) July Year 4 Semester 8 (Curtin) Feb
Code Course Title Credit Code Course Title Credit
12861 Renewable Energy Systems 25 302915 Electric Utility Engineering 25
12834 Digital Signal Processing 25 12856 Microprocessors 25
173
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Elective List II
(Curtin, Computer Systems Engineering )
Year 4 Semester 7 (Curtin) July
Code Course Title Credit
302497 Advanced Computer Engi- 25
neering
12845 Instrumentation and Control 25
174
Description of Subjects UIGE600005-9
UIGE610005-9
UIGE600001 RELIGIOUS STUDIES
UIGE610001 2 SKS
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A Refer to Page 80-81
UNDERGRADUATE
6 SKS
PROGRAM
Refer to Page 78 ENGE600008
ENGE610008
UIGE600004 HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT
UIGE610004 2 SKS
MPKT B / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING B Refer to Page 82
6 SKS
Refer to Page 78 ENEE600001
ENEE610001
UIGE600002 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SYSTEM
ENGLISH 2 SKS
UIGE610002 Learning Objectives: This courses is intended
ACADEMIC WRITING to make students to understand various levels of
digital system design and implementation either
3 SKS
using simple logic gates to utilizing Programmable
Refer to Page 78
Logic Devices. This course includes several
laboratory practices in design, implementation
UIGE600003
and verification of digital logic circuits. Tools
UIGE610003
such as Xilinx and other digital circuit simulation
SPORTS / ARTS
software will be used.
1 SKS
Syllabus: Introduction to logic gates AND, OR
Refer to Page 81
and NOT; Multiple combinational switches, Com-
binational Logics with Multiplexers and Decoder:
ENGE600001 Full Adder, binary memory unit: SR latch, D
ENGE610001 and JK flip-flops: Ripple Counter, Register and
CALCULUS Counter: Universal Shift register, Ring counter
4 SKS and BCD counter, VHDL, design, simulation and
Refer to Page 78 implementation of integrated digital circuit using
programmable logic devices.
ENGE600010 Prerequisites: None
ENGE610010 Text Books:
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Design, 4th Edition
BASIC CHEMISTRY
(International Edition), Prentice-Hall, 2007
Refer to Page 79
2. Robert Dueck, Digital Design with CPLD Ap-
plications and VHDL, Delmar Cengage Learn-
ENGE600003 ing; 2nd Edition, 2004, ISBN-10: 1401840302,
ENGE610003 ISBN-13: 978-1401840303
BASIC PHYSICS 1 3. M.M. Mano and C.R. Kime, Logic and Com-
4 SKS puter Design Fundamentals, 3 rd Edition
Refer to Page 79 (International Edition), Prentice-Hall, 2004
ENGE600004 ENEE600002
BASIC PHYSICS 2 ENEE610002
4 SKS I N T R O D U C T I O N TO D I G I TA L S Y S T E M
Refer to Page 81 LABORATORY
1 SKS
ENGE600002 Learnig Objectives: the completion of the
ENGE610002 subject, students are expected to be able
LINEAR ALGEBRA to design a finite state machine and able to
4 SKS implement a simple digital circuit design.
Syllabus: Boolean algebra and logic gates. De-
Refer to Page 79
coder, Encoder, Multiplexer, and Demultiplexer.
Digital Arithmetic (Half Adder, Full Adder, and
Comparator. Flip-Flop and Counter. Register and
Serial/Parallel Operations. 175
Prerequisites: None Prerequisites: Fundamental of Electrical Engi-
Text Books: neering.
1. Introduction to Digital System Laboratory Text Books:
Workbook Digital Laboratory 1. James W. Nilsson, Susan A. Riedel, Electric
2. M. Morris Mano, Digital Design, 4th Edition Circuits, 6th Edition, Prentice Hall Interna-
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
course, students are expected to be able to un- and software, basic programming, introduction
PROGRAM
derstand principle of electronic devices. to computer network trouble shooting.
Syllabus: Modelling microelectronic devices, Prerequisites: Introduction to Digital System
basic microelectronic device analysis and design, Text Books:
phisical electronics of semiconductor junction dan Basic Computer Laboratory Workbook Digital
MOS devices, relation of electrical behaviour to Laboratory
internal physical process, and understand the uses
and limitations of various models. The course uses ENEE600010
incremental and large signal techniques to ana- ENEE610010
lyze and design bipolar and field effect transistor. PROBABILITY AND STOCHASTIC PROCESS
Semiconductor physics, Semiconductor devices. 3 SKS
Physics-based models. Learning Objectives: Students are expected to
Prerequisites: None be able to elaborate the probability and stochastic
Text Books: concepts; to use probability and stochastic con-
1. Howe, R. T., and C. G. Sodini, Microelec- cepts to solve engineering problems in general and
tronics: An Integrated Approach. Upper electrical engineering problems in specific.
Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1996 Syllabus: Probability concepts, random variable
2. Fonstad, C. G. Microelectronic Devices and probability distributions, mathematical ex-
and Circuits, New York, NY: McGraw-Hill, pectation, probability distribution function, prob-
1994 ability transforms, stochastic process concepts,
random walk, spectrum, mean square estimation,
ENEE600008 entropy, Markov process, central limit theorem.
BASIC COMPUTER Prerequisites: None
3 SKS Text Books:
Learning Objectives: At the completion of this 1. Guojun Lu, Communication and Computing
course, students are expected to be able to for Distributed Multimedia Systems, John
explain computer either its utilization or dan- Wiley and Sons
ger, software or hardware, also benefit of use 2. Luis Correia, Mobile Broadband Multimedia
of computer network includes internet, able to Networks, Elsevier, UK, 2006
design simple algorithm in flowchart and able
to implement the algorithm in program by using ENEE600011
programming language. ENEE610011
Syllabus: Introduction to computer, introduction ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2
to computer hardware, introduction to com- 3 SKS
puter software, introduction to basic computer Learning Objectives: At the completion of the
network, algorithm, flowchart, introduction to C subject, students are expected to be able to ap-
language, program control in C language, struc- ply Green theorem, divergence Gauss and Stoke
tured program in C language. for line and surface integral, to determine the
Prerequisites: Introduction to Digital System convergence of series, to convert a function into
Text Books: Taylor MacLaurint and Fourier series, and use for
1. Alan Evans, Kendall Martin, Mary Anne Poatsy, function linearization, to use Laplace, Fourier
Technology in Action (TiA), 2nd Edition, and Z transform.
Prentice-Hall, 2006 Syllabus: The use and operation of vector, De-
2. Gary B. Shelly and Misty E. Vermaat, Dis- rivative, del, gradient, divergence and curl of
covering Computers 2011: Living in a Digital vector, line and surface integral, divergence
World, Course Technology, Cengage Learn- Gauss, Stoke, and Green theorem, the use in
ing, 2011 electromagnetic field, definition of order, series
3. Deitel And Deitel, C How to Program, 5th and series type, series test, ratio test, integral
Edition, Pearson Education, 2007 test, comparison test, root test, Raabe test, Gauss
test, Taylor and Maclaurin series, Fourier and
ENEE600009 Fourier series in complex form, Laplace, Fourier
BASIC COMPUTER LABORATORY and Z transform.
1 SKS Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics 1.
Learning Objectives: At the completion of this
course, students are expected to be able to
177
Text Books: transmission, matching impedance, radiation.
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Math- Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics 1
ematics 9th Edition, Wiley Publisher 2006 Text Books:
2. Glyn James, Advanced Modern Engineer- 1. Stuart M. Wentworth, Fundamentals of Elec-
ing Mathematics, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall tromagnetics with Engineering Applications,
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Rudy Setiabudy, Material Teknik Listrik, UI ENEE600019
PROGRAM
Press, 2007 ENEE610019
CONTROL SYSTEMS
ENEE600031 3 SKS
ENEE610031 Learning Objectives: The course is intended
NUMERICAL COMPUTATION to make students to sketch static or dynamic
3 SKS response of first, second, or higher order system,
Learning Objective: Able to solve problem with determine pole and zero system, and dominant
computational method. pole of higer order system, explain Routh-Hur-
Syllabus: Binary computing system, Computer witz, Nyquist diagram, TKA, and creating Bode
memory, Algorithm and system efficiency, dy- diagram.
namic and MonteCarlo, Stocastic and random, Syllabus: Continue system characteristic order
Error and error reduction. 1, 2, and approximation for higher order, linear
Prerequisite: - continue system stability analysis methods.
Text Books: Prerequisites: Signals and Systems
Text Books:
1. N. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, 4th
ENEE600017 Edition, Wiley, 2005
ENEE610017 2. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineer-
ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING ing 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: The course is intended to ENEE600020
make students to be able to identify basic concept ENEE610020
of electrical power system, use power system CONTROL SYSTEMS LABORATORY
component in electric power system analysis, and 1 SKS
able to implement power and frequency control Learning Objectives: The laboratory is intended
concept, voltage and reactive power control con- to introduce control system concept to electrical
cept, power flow methods, and stability method engineering students : Analyze control system
in electric power system. performance.
Syllabus: Energy and electric power problem Syllabus: Frequency response of first, second, and
phenomenon, speial and new topic of energy higher order system. Root-locus, Nyquist, Bode
and electric ppower problem, power electronic and polar plots. Modelling & solving of electric
problem, data processing that is used in design, system by using differential equations. Basic con-
control system, in energy and electric power. trol components. System design with given speci-
Prerequisites: Electric Circuit fications. Stability and Routh-Hurwitz criterion.
Text Books: Control system of pressure process rig 3814 with
S. J. Chapman, Electric Machinery and Power root locus. Control design of coupled-tank control
System Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill Science/ apparatus PP-100 by using Bode diagram.
Engineering/Math, 2001. Prerequisites: Signals and Systems
Text Books:
ENEE600018 Control System Laboratory Workbook - Control
ENEE610018 Laboratory.
ELECTRICAL POWER ENGINEERING LABORA-
TORY ENEE600021
1 SKS ENEE610021
Learning Objectives: The laboratory is intended MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
to introduce electric power basic concept to elec- 4 SKS
trical engineering students : motor and generator Learning Objectives: In this course, students
includes DC or AC transformator. learn the microprocessor and microcontroller
Syllabus: Watt meter, volt meter, amp meter and technology. After completing this course, students
transformer. Motor & generators DC. Reading of are expected to be able to program 16 bits and 32
3 phase circuit power either with balanced or bits Intel Microprocessor and 8051 Microcontroller
unbalanced load. One and three pahase circuit (8 bits) using low level language and also able
testing for Y & . Power Transformer, solving to design microcontroler 8051 based embedded
by using open loop and closed loop circuit test. system.
Autotransformer. Syllabus: Microprocessor: Introduction to Micro- 179
processor, Microprocessor Hardware Specification,
Microprocessor Internal Architecture, Address- ENEE600023
ing Modes, Assembly Language Programming, ENEE610023
Data Movement Instruction, Arithmetic and INTERNSHIP
Logic Instruction, Program Control Instruction, 2 SKS
PROGRAM
Programming the Microprocessor, Memory and Learning Objectives: In this course, students will
do internship work in a computer engineering
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
analysis of signalling, switching and transmission Basic Computer (Control): basic computer instruc-
PROGRAM
basic tools. tion to control ADC and DAC, relevant computer
Syllabus: A series of experiments and a project basic programming. Data acquisition system: ADC
demonstrating the fundamentals of modern component needed, comparison and selection
electronic communication systems, microphone, of DAS.
transmission line, including amplitude, single- Prerequisites: Electronic Circuits
sideband, frequency, pulse modulation, frequency Text Books:
and time division multiplexing. Spectral & noise 1. Rudy Setiabudy, Pengukuran Besaran
analysis, digital modulation. Baseband transmis- Listrik, LP-FEUI, 2007
sion & bandpass modulation. Transmission system: 2. Klaas B. Klaassen, Electronic Measure-
wire cable, optical cable and wireless. Antenna ment and Instrumentation, Cambridge
& wave propagation. University Press, 1996
Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics 2
Text Books: ENEE600028
Telecommunication Engineering Laboratory ENEE610028
WorkbookTelecommunication Engineering Labo- ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS LABORATORY
ratory. 1 SKS
Learning Objectives: The laboratory is intended
ENEE600026 to make students to be able to use measurement
ENEE610026 tools to measure frequency, votage, current, and
ALGORITHM AND PROGRAMMING wave form of a electric power device, analyze
3 SKS transient respon and frequency, use precise
Learning Objectives: The course is intended to operational instrumentation : oscilloscope and
make students to implement basic and advanced multivibrator.
algorithm into programming language. Syllabus: Analog instrumentation: PMMC (move-
Silabus: Function, data structure introduction, ment), DC current, DC voltage, and resistance
modular pemrograman, array, searching and sort- measurement, bridges for DC and AC measure-
ing, stack and queue, link list and recursion. ment, oscilloscope, signal conditioning, elektronic
Prerequisites: Basic Computer measurement. Sensors/Transducers: transducers
Text Books : basic characteristic, selected example of trans-
1. Deitel & Deitel, C How to Program, 5th Edi- ducers (temperature, pressure, etc.). Analog-to-
tion, Pearson International Edition, 2007 Digital (ADC) conversion and basic sampling : digi-
2. Robert Kruse, C. L. Tondo & Bruce Leung, tal vs analog processing, Digital-to-Analog (DAC)
Data Structure & Program Design in C, 2nd conversion techniques and the problem. Sampling
Edition, Prentice Hall, 1997 theory element, ADC selected technique, speed
vs hardware trade off. Digital instrumentation.
ENEE600027 Basic Computer (Control): basic computer instruc-
ENEE610027 tion to control ADC and DAC, relevant computer
ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS basic programming. Data acquisition system: ADC
2 SKS component needed, comparison and selection
Learning Objectives: The course is intended of DAS.
to make students to be able to identify analog Prerequisites: Electronic Circuits
instrument measurement, sensor / transducer Text Books:
basic measurement, ADC and sampling system, Electrical Measurements Laboratory Workbook
sampling theory elements, digital instrumenta- High Voltage And Electrical Measurement Labo-
tion measurement, able to design simple coding ratory.
instruction for ADC / DAC, able to identify data
acquisition system.
ENEE600029
Syllabus: Analog instrumentation: PMMC (move-
ENEE610029
ment), DC current, DC voltage, and resistance
SEMINAR
measurement, bridges for DC and AC measure-
2 SKS
ment, oscilloscope, signal conditioning, elektronic
Learning Objectives: In this course, students are
measurement. Sensors/Transducers: transducers
directed to apply previously learned knowledge
basic characteristic, selected example of trans-
into a fully guided research by a lecturer. After
ducers (temperature, pressure, etc.). Analog-to-
completing this course, students are expected to
181
be able to design and analyze under a supervised to be able to elaborate multimedia concepts,
research, and able to write their research broadband networks, and QoS and its mechanism;
findings in a systematic scientific writing in form to analyze the performance of broadband multi-
of seminar book. Students are also expected to media systems.
present their research findings in front of their Syllabus: Multimedia concepts, TC/IP technolo-
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
multicarrier). Signal design for band-limited ENEE600106
PROGRAM
channel. WIRELESS COMMUNICATION
Prerequisites: Telecommunication Engineering 3 SKS
Text Books: Learning Objectives: Students are able to
1. Bernard Sklar, Digital Communications, Fun- explain the principles of cellular and satellite
damentals and Applications: Second Edition, communications; to analyze the performance of
Prentice Hall International, Inc. 2001 mobile terrestrial and satellite communication
2. Tommy Oberg, Modulation, Detection, and technologies.
Coding, John Wiley & Sons, LTD, 2001. Timo- Syllabus: Wireless technologies, propagation and
thy Pratt, Charles Bostia, and Jeremy Allnutt, channel models, cellular concepts, capacity of
Satellite Communications: Second edition, cellular systems, digital modulation techniques
John Wiley & Sons, 2003 for cellular communications, coding (error-
control) techniques for cellular communications,
ENEE600104 multiple access technologies, link budget,
ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION satellite communications: satellite orbit, satellite
3 SKS devices, earth stations, digital coding techniques,
Learning Objectives: Students are expected to multiple access techniques, link budget, and
be able to elaborate the wave propagations and applications.
transmission systems and also its implications Prerequisites: Telecommunication Engineering
to the performance of communication systems; Text Books:
to elaborate types of antenna as a device to 1. T h e o d o r e S . R a p p a p o r t , W i r e l e s s
transmit signals. Communications, Principles and Practice,
Syllabus: Radio wave propagations (surface, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002
ionosphere, microwave, and millimeter waves, 2. Dennis Roddy, Satellite Communications:
etc.), concepts of fading, radiation from small Third edition, McGraw Hill, 1989
antennas, linear antenna characteristics, arrays of
antenna, impedance concepts and measurements, ENEE600107
matching impedance, multi-frequencies antennas, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DEVICE
aperture antennas. 3 SKS
Prerequisites: Electromagnetic Learning Objectives: Students are able to
Text Books: elaborate and analyze communication system sub-
1. Constantine A. Balanis, Antenna Theory, devices based on passive and active components;
Analysis and Design, Second Edition, John to design the radio wave communication sub-
Willey and Son, Inc., 1997. system based on passive/microstrip and active
2. Saunders R Simon, Antennas and Propagation components.
for Wireless Communication Systems, 1st Edi- Syllabus: Basic components of microwave systems
tion, John Wiley and Son, Inc., 1999. including amplifier, oscillator, mixer, detector,
and electronics switches, system performances
of microwave system, design LNA, amplifier,
ENEE600105 oscillator, design of planar passive components
ENEE610105 and their applications, design mixer, filter, and
OPTICAL COMMUNICATIONS detector, design simple antenna. Electronic
3 SKS components, communication sub-system devices
Learning Objectives: Students are expected to be and their working principles, amplifier design,
able to explain the wired/optical fiber transmission oscillator design, active-component based mixer
media and their working principles; to analyze the design, active filter design, PLL design, AGC
performance of optical communication systems. design.
Syllabus: Structure and waveguide optical Prerequisites: Electronic Circuits, Telecommuni-
fiber, signal degradation in optical fibers, optical cation Engineering
source, optical components, coherent optical Text Books:
fiber communications, advanced systems and 1. D. M. Pozar, Microwave Engineering,
techniques, coding theory and techniques, Addison-Wesley, 1998
characterizing, measuring, and calculating 2. Cotter W Sayre, Complete Wireless Design,
performance of optical communications. 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2008
Prerequisites: Telecommunication Engineering
Text Books: ENEE600108
1. Govind P. Agrawal, Fiber-Optic Communication SPECIAL COURSE (TELECOMMUNICATION 1) 183
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students are expected to be ENEE600202
able to keep updating the latest telecommunication ENGINEERING ECONOMY AND MANAGEMENT
technologies, businesses, and regulations. 3 SKS
Syllabus: Latest issues in telecommunication Learning Objectives: This one semester course is
PROGRAM
technology, application, business, and intended to teach final year Electrical Engineering
regulatory aspects. students to rationally select an engineering design
UNDERGRADUATE
Prerequisites: None with the most favorable economic results, also the
Text Books: None possible management aspects encountered by an
engineering professional.
ENEE600109 Syllabus:
SPECIAL COURSE (TELECOMMUNICATION 2) Book No.1) Engineering Economy
3 SKS Introduction, Cost Concepts and Design Econom-
Learning Objectives: Students are expected ics, Cost Estimation Techniques, Money-Time
to be able to keep updating the latest Relationships and Equivalence, Applications of
telecommunication technologies, businesses, Money-Time Relationships, Comparing Alterna-
and regulations. tives, Depreciation and Income Taxes, Price
Syllabus: Latest issues in telecommunication Changes and Exchange Rates, Replacement Analy-
technology, application, business, and regulatory sis, Dealing with Uncertainty, Evaluating Projects
aspects. with the Benefit-Cost Ratio Method, Probability
Prerequisites: None Risk Analysis, Capital Financing and Allocation,
Text Books: None Dealing with Multi attributed Decisions.
Book No.2) Engineering Management
Business Basics, Management of Quality, Materials
MAJOR Management, Managing Design and New Product
ELECTRICAL POWER Development, Human Resource Management,
Maintenance Management, Project Management,
ENGINEERING Inventory Management, Management of the Sup-
ply System.
ENEE600201
Prerequisites: None
ENEE610201
Text Books:
POWER ELECTRONICS AND LABORATORY
1. William G. Sullivan, Elin M. Wicks, James
3 SKS
T.Luxhoj, Engineering Economy, 13 th
Learning Objectives: This one semester course is
Edition, Pearson Education International,
intended to teach power electronics fundamen-
2006.
tals for applications and design of power elec-
2. Andrew C. Paine, John V. Chelsom, Lawrence
tronic devices for final year Electrical Engineering
R.P. Reavill, Management for Engineers,
students. A huge market for power electronic
John Wiley and Sons, 1996.
equipment exits and the demand for engineers
with knowledge in power electronics is likely to
ENEE600203
exist. Laboratory practice: to provide Electrical
ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS AND LABORATORY
Engineering students the knowledge of Power
3 SKS
Electronics used in Electric Motor Drives.
Learning Objectives: This one semester course
Syllabus: Introduction. Power Semiconductor
is intended to teach the basic essentials of power
diode. Diode Circuit & Rectifier. Thyristors. Con-
system operation and analysis for final year Elec-
trolled rectifier. AC Voltage Controllers. Thyristor
trical Engineering students. The emphasis is on
Commutation Techniques. Power Transistors.
the consideration of the system as a whole rather
DC Choppers. PWM Inverters. Resonant Pulse
than on the engineering details of its constituents,
Converters. Static Switches. Power Supplies.
and the treatment presented is aimed at practical
DC Drives. AC Drives. Protection of Devices and
conditions and situations rather than theoretical
Circuits. Laboratory practice: Provide Electrical
nicety. Laboratory practice: to provide Electri-
Engineering students the knowledge of Power
cal Engineering students an introduction to basic
Electronics used in Electric Motor Drives.
Electrical Power Systems concepts. Understand
Prerequisites: Electronic Devices, Electrical
power flow of three phase system, protection,
Power Engineering
power system dynamics and capable of fault cur-
Text Books:
rent calculations.
1. Muhammad H. Rashid, Power Electronics
Circuit, Devices and Applications, Prentice Syllabus: Introduction, Basic Concepts, Compo-
Hall 2nd Edition, 1993 nents of a Power System, Control of Power and
2. Power Electronics Laboratory Workbook - Frequency, Control of Voltage and Reactive Power,
Electrical Energy Conversion Laboratory Load Flows, Fault Analysis, System Stability.
184 Laboratory practice: Fundamental Components
of a Power System, Basic Power System Simula- testing of D.C. High Voltages, testing of liquid
tor Operation, Systems Protection, Joints and isolators, testing of Voltage Wave Shapes in Air
Circuit Breakers, Relays Override, Test Points, Breakdowns.
Transducers and Instrumentations, Relays Remote Generation of High Voltages, Measurements of
Access. High Voltages, Electrostatic Fields and Field
UNDERGRADUATE
Prerequisites: Engineering Mathematics Stress Control, Electrical Breakdown in Gases,
PROGRAM
Text Books: Solids and Liquids, NonDestructive Insulation
1. B.M. Weedy, B.J. Cory, Electric Power Test Techniques, Over voltages and Insulation
Systems, John Wiley and Sons, 4th Edition, Coordination.
Reprinted Nov. 2001 Prerequisites: Electromagnetic
2. Electric Power Systems Laboratory Workbook Text Books:
- Power System Laboratory 1. Artono Arismunandar, Teknik Tegangan
Tinggi, Pradnya Paramita, Jakarta, Cetakan
ENEE600204 ke-7, 1994
ENEE610204 2. E. Kuffel, W.S. Zaengl, High Voltage En-
ELECTRIC ENERGY CONVERSION gineering Fundamentals, Pergamon Press,
3 SKS 1984
Learning Objectives: This one semester course is 3. High Voltage and Current Engineering Labora-
intended to teach Electrical Engineering students tory Workbook High Voltage and Electrical
Electric Power Generation in various fossil or non Measurement Laboratory.
fossil Power Plants.
Syllabus: ENEE600206
Book No.1): Introduction, Electric Power Genera- ENEE610206
tion Plant Installations, Operation problems at ELECTRIC POWER TRANSMISSION AND DISTRI-
Electric Power Generation Plants, Generation BUTION
at Interconnected Systems, Electric Power Gen- 3 SKS
eration Development, Electric Power Generation Learning Objectives: This one semester course is
Management. intended to teach Electrical Engineering Students
Book No.2): General, Electric Power Generation Electric Power Transmission and Distribution in
Plant types, Main Electric Power Equipment, a practical, down to earth manner. The Design
Electric Power Generation Plants Operation, of Electric Power Transmission and Distribution
Protection. Equipments, are also given in this course, thereby
Prerequisites: Electrical Power Engineering preparing students at their work as an electrical
Text Books: power engineer.
1. Djiteng Marsudi, Pembangkitan Energi List- Syllabus: Introduction, Basic Concepts, Three
rik, Penerbit Erlangga, 2005 Phase and Per Unit, Basic Considerations and
2. Abdul Kadir, Pembangkitan Tenaga Listrik, Distribution Systems Layout, Distribution Trans-
Penerbit UI, 1996 formers, Distribution Equipment, Distribution Line
Construction, Transmission Systems Overview,
ENEE600205 Transmission Line Parameters, Transmission Line
HIGH VOLTAGE AND CURRENT ENGINEERING AND Fault Current Calculation, Protection and Bulk
LABORATORY Power Substations.
3 SKS Prerequisites: High Voltage and Current Engi-
Learning Objectives: This one semester course is neering
intended to teach Electrical Engineering Students Text Books:
High Voltage (and Current) Technology which ap- 1. Luces M. Faulkenberry, Walter Coffer, Elec-
plications are intimately linked to electric power tric Power Distribution and Transmission,
utilities and industrial practice. Laboratory prac- Prentice Hall, 1996
tice: to provide Electrical Engineering students 2. Iwa Garniwa, Perancangan Peralatan
basic concept of high voltage and currents usually Distribusi (dan Transmisi) Tenaga Listrik,
encountered in electrical power system. PenerbitLaboratorium Tegangan Tinggi
Syllabus: Generating Techniques & Testing for dan Pengukuran Listrik, Departemen Teknik
Low Frequency of Alternating Voltage. Gener- Elektro, FTUI, 2008
ating Techniques & Testing for Impulse of High
Voltage. Generating Techniques & Testing for ENEE600207
High Frequency of Alternating Voltage. Isolation ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION
Techniques of testing without damage. Testing of 3 SKS
Electrical Equipment High Voltage. Coordinating Learning Objectives: This one semester course is
Isolation. Isolation materials. Problems on High intended to teach Electrical Engineering Students
Voltage. Laboratory practice: Generating and the importance of Electrical Faults Protection in
testing of A.C. High Voltage, Generation and Power Generating, Transmission and Distribution 185
Systems. In this course the use of static relays,
static protection schemes and new developed
switch gears will also be emphasized. ENEE600210
Syllabus: Transmission Network Protection, Power SPECIAL COURSE (ELECTRICAL POWER)
Transformer Protection, Generator Protection, In- 3 SKS
PROGRAM
duction Motor Protection, Substation Protection, Learning Objectives: This course is intended to
Distribution Network Protection, Load Shedding, broaden the knowledge of student and introduce
UNDERGRADUATE
New Trends in Power System Protection. the development of power system technology
Prerequisites: Electric Power Systems, High Volt- nowadays and its application in daily life.
age and Current Engineering Syllabus: the topics are adjusted with up to date
Text Books: issue discussed in the world, and could be deliv-
Pr o t e c t i v e Re l a y s A p p l i c a t i o n G u i d e , ered by invited lecturer.
G.E.C.Alsthom, U.K., 1987 Prerequisites: None
Text Books: None
ENEE600208
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM QUALITY MAJOR
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: This one semester course is ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
intended to teach Electrical Engineering students
how to analyze operation of Electric Power by ENEE600301
observe the requirement to maintenance stability CMOS ANALOG DESIGN
and quality of electrical power system. 3 SKS
Syllabus: Transients, Overvoltage, Undervoltage, Learning Objectives: This course gives general
Interruptions, Sags, Swells, Voltage Imbalance, overview of CMOS technology and its design char-
Voltage Fluctuations, Waveform Distortion, acteristics.
Power Frequency Variations, Harmonic distor- Syllabus: Intoduction to CMOS Design. The Well.
tion, Voltage vs Current Distortion, Harmonics vs The Metal Layers. The Active and Poly Layers. Re-
Transients, Controlling Harmonics, Filter Design, sistors, Capacitors, MOSFETs. MOSFET Operation.
Power Quality Benchmarking, Distributed Genera- CMOS Fabrication by Jeff Jessing. Electrical Noise
tion and Power Quality, Wiring and Grounding, : An Overview. Models for Analog Design. Current
Power Quality Monitoring. Mirrors. Amplifiers. Differential Amplifiers. Volt-
Prerequisites: Electromagnetics, Electric Power age References. Operational Amplifiers 1. Dynamic
Engineering. Analog Circuits. Operational Amplifiers II.
Text Books: Prerequisites: Electronic Circuits
Roger C. Dugan, Mark F.Mc. Granaghan, Surya Text Books:
Santoso, H. Wayne Beaty, Electrical Power System 1. R. Jacob Baker, CMOS : Circuit Design,
Quality, 2nd ed., Mc. Graw Hill, 2002. Layout, and Simulation, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc. 2nd Edition. 2005
ENEE600209 2. Paul R. Gray, Paul J. Hurst, Stephen H. Lewis,
ELECTRIC POWER UTILIZATION and Robert J. Meyer, Analysis and Design
3 SKS of Analog Integrated Circuits, McGraw Hill,
Learning Objectives: This one semester course is 2001
intended to teach Electrical Engineering students
Electric Power Utilization in buildings, industries ENEE600302
and other facilities, like traction. PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY AND LABORATORY
Syllabus: Industrial Drives. Traction. Illumination. 3 SKS
Industrial Heating & Miscellaneous utilities. Single Learning Objectives: This course introduces the
phase and Special purposes motors. Refrigerator theory and technology of micro/nano fabrication.
and Air conditioning. Electronic Control of Com- Lectures and laboratory sessions focus on basic
mutator and Non Commutator Type Machines. processing techniques such as diffusion, oxida-
Control Applications of Electric Motors the non tion, photolithography, chemical vapor deposi-
classic motors. The electric automobile. Electri- tion, and more. Through team lab assignments,
cal Equipment and Systems. Electrical Design & students are expected to gain an understanding
Wiring Considerations. of these processing techniques, and how they are
Prerequisites: Electric Power Engineering applied in concert to device fabrication. Labora-
Text Books: tory practice: to give the expertise and hands
1. William K.Y.Tao, Richard R. Janis, Mechani- on experience, on device fabrication mainly on
cal and Electrical Systems in Buildings, silicon based.
Prentice Hall Inc., 1997 Syllabus: Overview/Safety/Lab Assignment. IC
2. R.K. Garg, Electric Power Utilization, LabOverview. Diffusion. Implantation. Vacuum
Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 1991 System. CVD. Sputtering. Evaporation. Lithogra-
186
phy. Soft Lithography. Etching. Laboratory prac- 2. D. Griffiths, Introduction to Quantum
tice: The software consists of auto-cad, BCID, and Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Upper Saddle River,
Supreme. Step of fabrication: cleaning wafer, oxi- NJ: Prentice Hall, 1995, ISBN: 0131118927.
dation, etching, deposition, and metallization. 3. Optional Laboratory Workbook - Electronics
Prerequisites: Electronic Devices Laboratory
UNDERGRADUATE
Text Books:
PROGRAM
1. Peter Van Zant, Microchip Fabrication, ENEE600304
5th Edition, International Edition, McGraw- VLSI
Hill, 2000 3 SKS
2. Plummer, James, Michael Deal, and Peter Learning Objectives: To give students the basic of
Griffin, Silicon VLSI Technology: Funda- design integrated circuit based on CMOS technol-
mentals, Practice, and Modeling, Upper ogy and to develop a function/computation.
Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 2000, ISBN: Syllabus: Introduction to VLSI, Scaling, Transistor
9780130850379 Fabrication, Design Rules/Layout/Extraction,
3. Processing Technology Workbook Laboratory Logic, Micro Polygon Rendering, Properties of
Electronics Laboratory Logic: Area-Power-Delay, Timing Optimization,
Sequential Machines, Validation, Coding for Syn-
ENEE600303 thesis, Regular VLSI structures, High-level Design
ENEE610303 Optimization, Asynchrony, Packaging / IO, Design
PHOTONIC DEVICES AND OPTIONAL LABORA- for Manufacturing / Fault Modeling / Test, Scaling
TORY and the Future.
3 SKS Prerequisites: Introduction to Digital System,
Learning Objectives: This course explores the Electronic Circuits
fundamentals of optical and optoelectronic Text Books:
phenomena and devices based on classical and N. Weiste & Kamran Eshraghian, Principles of
quantum properties of radiation and matter CMOS VLSI Design: A perspective, 2nd Edition,
culminating in lasers and applications. Fundamen- Addison Wesley 2002
tals include: Maxwells electromagnetic waves,
resonators and beams, classical ray optics and ENEE600305
optical systems, quantum theory of light, matter ENEE610305
and its interaction, classical and quantum noise, FUNDAMENTAL OF NANOELECTRONICS
lasers and laser dynamics, continuous wave and 3 SKS
short pulse generation, light modulation; ex- Learning Objectives: The goal of this course is
amples from integrated optics and semiconductor to give an update of the current state of the art
optoelectronics and nonlinear optics. Optional in the field of silicon nanoelectronics. This course
laboratory practice: to provide experience and is a compact reference source for students in vari-
knowledge to students within fiber optics metro ous fields including electron devices, solidstate
technology duplex and improvement of SDFA as physics and nanotechnology.
well as damping of noise Syllabus: Small MOSFETs. Practical CMOS Scal-
Syllabus: Introduction. Maxwells Equations of ing. The Scaling Limit of MOSFETs due to Direct
Isotropic Media (Review). Electromagnetic Waves Source-Drain Tunneling. 3.2 EJ-MOSFETs. Quantum
and Interfaces I (Review). Electromagnetic Waves Effects in Silicon Nanodevices. Ballistic Transport
and Interfaces. Mirrors, Interferometers and Thin- in Silicon Nanostructures. Resonant Tunneling in
Film Structures. Gaussian Beams and Paraxial Si Nanodevices. Silicon Single-Electron Transistor
Wave Equation. Ray Optics and Optical Systems. and Memory. Silicon Memories Using Quantum and
Optical Resonators. Integrated Optics: Wave- Single-Electron Effects. Few Electron Devices and
guides. Integrated Optics: Coupled Mode Theory. Memory Circuits. Single-Electron Logic Devices
Optical Fibers. Anisotropic Media: Crystal Optics Prerequisites: Electronic Devices
and Polarization. Quantum Nature of Light and Text Books:
Matter. Coherent States. Rate Equations, Disper- Shunri Oda and David Ferry, Silicon Nanoelec-
sion, Absorption and Gain. Optical Amplifiers and tronics, Taylor & Francis Group, LLC, 2006
Lasers. Homogenous and In-homogenous Broad-
ening and Related Effects. Optional laboratory ENEE600306
practice: experiment in fiber optic metro duplex SOLAR CELL
communication and EDFA experiment as well as 3 SKS
noise damping. Learning Objectives: This course gives student
Prerequisites: Electronic Devices general overview of solar cell technology and it
Text Books: fabrication.
1. B.E.A. Saleh and M.C. Teich, Fundamentals Syllabus: Introduction to Photovoltaic. Properties
of Photonics, New York, NY: John Wiley and of Sunlight. Semiconductors and P-N Junctions.
Sons, 1991. ISBN: 0471839655. 187
Efficiency Limits, Losses, and Measurement. So- Learning Objectives: On completion of class,
lar cell Operation. Design of Silicon Solar Cells. the student will be able to design a simple
Manufacturing Silicon Solar Cells. Other Device transceiver with standar fabrication technology
Structures. Other Semiconductor Materials. of MOSFET.
Prerequisites: Electronic Circuits Syllabus: Introduction to RF. Modulation and De-
PROGRAM
ciples, Technology and System Applications, Amplifiers and Mixers. Oscillators. Frequency
UNSW, 1998. Synthezisers. Power Amplifiers.
Prerequisites: Electronic Circuits, Algorithm and
ENEE600307 Programming, Telecommunication Engineering
ENEE610307 Text Books:
MEMS AND MICROSENSORS 1. Behzad Razawi. RF Microelectronics. New
3 SKS Jersey : Prentice Hall. 1998.
Learning Objectives: This course gives student
general overview development of technology in MAJOR
microelectronics including MEMS, broaden the
knowledge to understand fabrication process of CONTROL ENGINEERING
MEMS dan Microsensor, beside provide information
to understand the principal of microsensor and ENEE600401
smart device working process. ENEE610401
Syllabus: introduction and development of MEMS, DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM
electronics devices and its fabrication, MEMS de- 3 SKS
vice and its fabrication, standard microelectronics Learning Objectives: To introduce basic concept
technology, bulk silicon micromachining, surface of digital control system and to analysis, simulate
silicon micromachining, microstereolithografi and design for digital control system.
MEMS, micro sensor, SAW devices, SAW on solid Syllabus: Data Acquisition, A/D conversion,
state, parameter measurement of IDT micro sen- sample/hold, Z Transform, Solution of Difference
sor, IDT micro sensor fabrication, IDT Micro sensor, Equations, Signal reconstruction, Discrete time
smart sensor and MEMS. transfer functions, Realization of discrete time
Prerequisites: Electronic Circuits control systems, Mapping between s plane and z
Text Books: plane, Testing for absolute stability in the z plane,
Julian W Gardner, Vijay K. Varadan, and Osama O. Transient and steady state response, root locus in
Awadelkarim. Microsensors MEMS and Smart De- the z plane, Root locus based design, Frequency
vices. West Sussex : PO191UD, England, 2001 response methods, State space representation,
Discrete time state equations, Canonical forms,
ENEE600308 Solution of the State Equations, Controllability,
OPTICAL ENGINEERING AND LABORATORY Observability, Transformations to observable and
3 SKS controllable canonical forms, Controller design by
Learning Objectives: This course gives student pole placement, Design of state observers.
general overview and provide a foundation for Prerequisites: Control Systems
analyzing and designing both optoelectronics Text Books:
devices and optoelectronics measurement. Ogata, K. Discrete Time Control Systems, Pren-
Laboratory practice: An introduction to basic tice Hall, 2002
optical phenomena, understand laser and optical
fiber properties. ENEE600402
Syllabus: General principle of optics, optics ENEE610402
phenomenon, laser, fiber optics and laser PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
application. Laboratory practice: Diffraction, 3 SKS
interference, laser and fiber optics properties. Learning Objectives: To give students knowing on
Prerequisites: None the application system in chemical industries in-
Text Books: cluding their instrumentation & equipments used.
1. Wa r r e n J S m i t h , M o d e r n O p t i c a l Control system and its tuning. Tuning system and
Engineering, Mc. Graw-Hill its problem including how to solve its problems
2. E. Heelers, Optics, Addison Wesley in multivariable systems.
3. Optical Engineering Laboratory Workbook - Syllabus: Introduction to chemical industrial
Electrotechnics Laboratory process. Process characteristic and its prob-
lems. Method of process measurement, sensor
ENEE600309 and transmitter, signal conditioning and its
RFIC DESIGN installation. Final control element and actua-
3 SKS tor. PID Controller, controllers parameter tuning
188
method, disturbance problem in process, For- 1998
ward Control System, Cascade control system.
Multivariable system concept. State equation ENEE600405
description and Transfer matrix. Method for ENEE610405
decoupling of multivariable system. MODELING AND SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION
UNDERGRADUATE
Prerequisites: Control Systems 3 SKS
PROGRAM
Text Books: Learning Objectives: Students are able to derive
1. Curtis D. Johnson, Process Control and dynamic models based on physical knowledge of
Instrumentations, 5th Edition, Prentice the real system; stressed on the internal system
Hall Inc. 1997 energy balance and experiment data.
2. Carlos A.Smith and Armando B.Corripio, Syllabus: Physical modeling, dynamic system
Principles and Practice of Automatic Process description, non-parametric model identifica-
Control, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1985 tion, identification test design and data pre-pro-
cessing, prediction error identification method:
ENEE600403 least-square method, extended least-squares,
ROBOTICS generalized least-squares method, instrumental
3 SKS variable method; real-time identification, system
Learning Objectives: Introducing the robotics and simulation, model validation, non-linear model
automation concept and the application of control identification: Hammerstein and Wiener model,
system basic principles in an automation process application in channel equalization, interference
and robotics using program simulation OpenGL cancellation, object and voice recognition, self-
based on C-programming language. tuned system.
Syllabus: Introduction to automation and robot- Prerequisites: Control Systems
ics, control system in robotics, robotics design Text Books:
technique, motor/actuator, sensor, robotics 1. R. Johansson, System Modeling and Identi-
control system principles, position and speed fication, Prentice Hall, 1993
control, active force control, robot low-level 2. Yucai Zhu, Multivariable System Identifica-
programming and OpenGL simulation. High-level tion for Process Control, Pergamon Press,
robotics control, Kinematics, dynamic, Jacobian, 2001
2-axle planar robot.
Prerequisites: Control System, Algorithm & ENEE600406
Programming. MECHATRONICS
Text Books: 3 SKS
1. Endra Pitowarno, Robotika: Desain, Kon- Learning Objectives: Introducing the mecha-
trol, dan Kecerdasan Buatan, Penerbit tronic concept and its application in advanced
Andi, 2006 motion control on automation and robotics both
2. John Craig, Introduction to Robotics: Me- using simulation and the real robots.
chanics and Control, 2nd Edition, 1989 Syllabus: Introduction to mechatronics, mecha-
tronics design, interface system, instrumentation
ENEE600404 and control system, control system in embedded
ELECTRIC DRIVE CONTROL SYSTEM system, elektromechanic system modeling, sen-
3 SKS sor, actuator and their characteristics, design and
Learning Objectives: Understand how to control development an application software. Compliant
an electric drive system, power transfer circuit (3 control, Telerobotics, Bilateral control.
phase PWM Inverter), servo motor DC brushless, Prerequisites: Control System, Algorithm &
position and speed control, speed sensorless Programming.
control, creating a software in electric drive Text Books:
system. Robert Bishop, Mechatronics and Introduction,
Syllabus: Electric drive system, power transfer 2006
circuit (3 phase PWM inverter), servo motor DC
brushless, position and speed control, speed ENEE600407
sensorless control, software in electric drive KNOWLEDGE BASED SYSTEM
system. 3 SKS
Prerequisites: Control Systems Learning Objectives: This course will discuss
Text Books: how to solve a problem using non-conventional
1. Peter Vas, Electrical Machines and Drives: method based on an exact mathematical values.
A Space-Vector Theory Approach, Oxford The method discussed covers algorithms which
University Press UK, 1993 tolerant to imprecision, uncertainty, and
2. Peter Vas, Sensorless Vector and Direct limited knowledge about the system. The goal is
Torque Control, Oxford University Press, to achieve a system which works effectively using
189
the expert knowledge trained in the system.
Syllabus: Introduction to artificial intelligence
system, concept and definition of fuzzy logic,
fuzzy sets, fuzzy relations, fuzzy number opera-
tion, linguistic description, fuzzy inference and
PROGRAM
ENEE600408
ADAPTIVE AND PREDICTIVE CONTROL SYSTEM
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students are able to under-
stand basic concept of adaptive control system,
design adaptive controller based on the combi-
nation of parameter estimation and controller
synthesis, and understand the characteristics of
non-linear system and analysis.
Syllabus: Discrete system model, recursive
parameter estimation, pole-position method,
minimum variance method, dynamic matrix con-
trol, algorithmic control model, generalization of
prediction control, application of self-tuned con-
troller, non-linear system characteristics, phase
controller analysis, Lyapunov stability analysis.
Prerequisites: Control Systems
Text Books:
1. P.E. Wellstead and M.B. Zarrop, Self-tuning
Systems: Control and Signal Processing,
John Wiley and Sons, 1991
2. J.J.E. Slotine and W. Li, Applied Non-linear
Control, Prentice Hall, 1991
3. A. Subiantoro, Diktat Sistem Kendali Adap-
tif, Departemen Teknik Elektro FTUI, 2003
ENEE600409
SPECIAL COURSE (CONTROL ENGINEERING)
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: to broaden the knowledge
of student and introduce the development of
control technology nowadays and its application
in society and industry.
Syllabus: the topics are adjusted with up to date
issue discussed in the world, and could be deliv-
ered by invited lecturer.
Prerequisites: None
Text Books: None
190
4.6. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Program Specification
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
1. Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia
2. Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
3. Programme Tittle Undergraduate Program in Computer Engineering
4. Class Regular
5. Final Award Sarjana Teknik (S.T)
6. Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: B - accredited
AUN-QA
7. Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English
8. Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Time) Full Time
9. Entry High school /equivalent AND pass the entrance exam.
Requirements
10. Study Duration Designed for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of Semester Number of weeks / semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
11. Graduate Profiles:
Bachelor of Engineering who has the capability to engineer information networks and embedded
systems with the support of telecommunication technology and to conduct research in the corre-
sponding fields in a systematic and practical way, based on technology advancement and comply to
professional ethics.
12. Expected Learning Outcomes:
Able to implement managerial and marketing concept of IT projects
Able to describe professionalism and ethics concept in engineering field
Able to apply knowledge through a guided research
Able to create information communication infrastructures
Able to create embedded systems
Able to transform and process digital information
Able to implement digital system design
Able to design an algorithm and implement it to a specific programming language
Able to describe hardware and software functions and components of an information network
Able to describe hardware and software functions and components of a computer system
Able to implement mathematic, physic, and statistic basic principal in electrical engineering
problem solving
Able to give alternative problem solutions to any problem that arise in environment, society,
nation, and state
Able to use spoken and written language in Indonesian and English language well to support
academic and non academic activities
Able to identify variety entrepreneurial effort characterized by innovation and independence
based on ethics
Able to utilize communication information technology
Able to think critical, creative, and innovative and has intellectual curiosity to solve problems at
level of individual and group
191
13 Classification of Subjects
No. Classification Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
i University General Subjects 18 12,50 %
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 19 13,19 %
PROGRAM
Career Prospects
192
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Bachelor of Engineering who has the capability to engineer information networks and embedded systems with the
support of telecommunication technology and to conduct research in the corresponding fields in a systematic and
practical way, based on technology advancement and comply to professional ethics
Able to
Able to design an algorithm and implement it to a implement
specific programming language managerial and
marketing
concept of IT
projects
Able to describe hardware and Able to describe hardware and
software functions and software functions and
components of a computer components of an information
system network
Able to implement mathematic, physic, and statistic basic principal in computer engineering problem solving
Able to think Able to utilize Able to identify Able to use spoken Able to give
critical, creative, and communication variety and written language alternative problem
innovative and has information entrepreneurial in Indonesian and solutions to any
intellectual curosity technology effort English language well problem that arise in
to solve problems at characterized by to support academic environment,
level of individual innovation and and non academic society, nation, and
and group independence activities state
based on ethics
UI Competence
FT Competence
CE UI Competence
CE UI Core Competence
CE UI Supporting Competence
193
UNDERGRADUATE
194
PROGRAM
Flow Diagram of Subjects
1st Semester 2nd Semester 3rd Sesmeter 4th Semester 5th Semester 6th Semester 7th Semester 8th Semester
Integerated Integerated
Character Character Object Oriented Engineering
Basic Physics 2 Engineering Signal and IT Project
Building Building Programming Entrepreneur-
Mathematics 2 System Management
Subject A Subject B and Laboratory ship
Computer Telecommuni-
Networks and Discrete Database Seminar
Sports/Arts Linear Algebra cation
Laboratory Structures System and Engineering
Laboratory Laboratory Elective 2
Operating Elective 1
Fundamental of Design and
Calculus Basic Physics Electrical System Software Management of
Engineering Engineering Computer Final Project
Networks and
Laboratory Image
Advanced Processing
Programming
Fundamental of Introduction to
Digital Logic Computer Microprocessor Multimedia
Basic Electronic
Laboratory Engineering and Technology
Circuits Human and
Laboratory Microcontroller
Internship Computer
Computer
Organization Interaction
VLSI Design
Course Structure of Undergraduate Programme in Computer Engineering (Regular/Parallel)
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
Semester 1 1st Semester
UIGE600004 MPKT-B Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
UNDERGRADUATE
UIGE600002 Bahasa Inggris English 3
PROGRAM
UIGE600003 Olahraga / Seni Sports/Arts 1
UIGE600004 Kalkulus Calculus 4
ENCE600001 Teknik Dijital Fundamentals of Digital Logic 3
ENCE600002 Praktikum Teknik Dijital Fundamentals of Digital Logic Laboratory 1
Sub Total 18
Semester 2 2nd Semester
UIGE600001 MPKT-A Integrated Character Building Subject A 6
UIGE600006-9 Agama Religious Studies 2
ENGE600001 Aljabar Linier Linear Algebra 4
ENGE600002 Fisika Dasar 1 Basic Physics 1 4
ENCE600003 Pengantar Teknik Komputer Introduction to Computer Engineering 2
ENCE600004 Introduction to Computer Engineering 1
Praktikum Pengantar Teknik Komputer
Laboratory
Sub Total 19
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENGE600003 Fisika Dasar 2 Basic Physics 2 4
ENCE600005 Jaringan Komputer dan Praktikum Computer Networks and Laboratory 4
ENCE600006 Dasar Rangkaian Elektronika Basic Electronic Circuits 2
ENCE600007 Perancangan Sistem Dijital Digital System Design 2
ENEE600003 Dasar Teknik Elektro Fundamental of Electrical Engineering 3
ENEE600006 Matematika Teknik 1 Engineering Mathematics 1 3
Sub Total 18
Semester 4 4th Semester
ENGE600004 Statistik dan Probabilitas Statistics and Probability 3
ENCE600008 Organisasi dan Arsitektur Komputer Computer Organization and Architecture 3
ENCE600009 Sistem Operasi Operating System 3
ENEE600011 Matematika Teknik 2 Engineering Mathematics 2 3
ENCE600010 Pemrograman Lanjut Advanced Programming 3
ENCE600011 Struktur Diskrit Discrete Structures 2
Sub Total 17
Semester 5 5th Semester
ENEE600021 Mikroprosesor dan Mikrokontroler Microprocessor and Microcontroller 4
ENEE600022 Praktikum Mikroprosesor dan Mik- Microprocessor and Microcontroller Labora-
1
rokontroler tory
ENCE600012 Sistem Basis Data dan Praktikum Database System and Laboratory 3
ENCE600013 Rekayasa Perangkat Lunak Software Engineering 3
ENEE600015 Sinyal dan Sistem Signal and Systems 3
Keamanan Jaringan Komputer dan Computer Network Security and Labora-
ENCE600014 3
Praktikum tory
Sub Total 17
195
Semester 6 6th Semester
ENCE600015 Pemrograman Berorientasi Objek dan Object Oriented Programming and Labora-
3
Praktikum tory
ENCE600016 Perancangan VLSI VLSI Design 2
PROGRAM
This program integrates the S1 and S2 for 5 years. In the 4th year of their study (7th and 8th semes-
ter), students are able to choose the fast track subjects in S2 semester 1 and 2 as the electives.
While in 5th year, students can concentrate on completing S2 subjects and ends with the thesis.
In Universitas Indonesia, especially in the Department of Electrical Engineering, for the academic
year 2012/2013, this program has been in its 2nd year of implementation.
To complete both S1 and S2 program in Fast Track Program, students should attain 170 SKS in 5
years, instead of 144 SKS for S1 and 41 SKS for S2 in regular program.
196
Fast-Track (S1 and S2) Computer Engineering Program Curriculum
Kurikulum S1 Kurikulum S2
Semes- Semes-
No Mata Ajar (SKS) Mata Ajar (SKS)
ter ter
UNDERGRADUATE
Rekayasa Perangkat Lunak Berorientasi
PROGRAM
Pilihan (6) Objek (3)
Arsitektur Komputer Lanjut (3)
Seminar (2)
7 1
Rekayasa dan Kewirausahaan (2)
1.
Interaksi Manusia dan Komputer (3)
Pengolahan Citra (3)
Teknologi Nirkabel (3)
Total SKS (19) Total SKS (6)
Subtotal SKS for Fast Track Program 19 SKS (6 SKS taken from S2)
Komputasi Multimedia (3)
Pilihan (9) Sistem Embedded (3)
Pemodelan dan Simulasi Lanjut (3)
Skripsi (4)
8 Manajemen Proyek Teknologi Infor- 2
2. masi (3)
Profesionalisme dan Etika dalam
Teknologi Informasi (2)
Teknologi Multimedia (2)
Total SKS (19) Total SKS (9)
Subtotal SKS for Fast Track Program 19 SKS (9 SKS taken from S2)
Matematika Terapan (3)
Jaringan Informasi Lanjut (3)
Keamanan dan Kehandalan Pada Jarin-
3
3. gan (3)
Pilihan (3)
Seminar (3)
Total SKS (15)
Subtotal SKS for Fast Track Program 15 SKS
Simulasi Jaringan Berbasis Komputer (3)
4
Tesis (8)
4.
Total SKS (11)
Subtotal SKS for Fast Track Program 11 SKS
Total SKS for Fast Track Program 144 SKS + 26 SKS = 170 SKS
197
Transition Policy from the 2008 to the 2012
Curriculum
1. New Curriculum 2012 will be fully imposed 10. When there is an alteration in the course
for students in class of 2011 and 2012. credits, the number of credits counted in the
PROGRAM
2. Students from class of 2011 do not have to final calculation for graduation is the number
take MPKT-B course in the curriculum 2012. of credits when the course was taken. Same
UNDERGRADUATE
3. For students from class of 2010 and earlier, or equivalent courses which are equated with
transition policy will be applied. different credits, if retaken, or just taken
4. New Curriculum 2012 will be imposed starting will be acknowledged under a new name and
from odd semester 2012/2013 (August 2012) credits (see course equivalence table).
until even semester 2016/2017. 11. For subjects with shifted semester (from
5. Generally, after curriculum 2012 started, even to odd, or vice versa), if necessary,
only new subjects in the new curriculum will be opened in both semesters, or
will be offered. Starting from odd semester expanded into several classes or parallel
2012/2013, all courses in the 1st, 3rd, 5th and during the transition period (academic year
7th semesters will be opened. In the even 2012/2013).
semester, all courses in the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 12. New compulsory subjects in the curriculum
8th will be opened. 2012 may be taken as electives for students
6. A one year transitional period will be from year 2010 and earlier.
introduced, which is during academic year
of 2012/2013.
7. Students who have not passed the compulsory
courses in Curriculum 2008 are required to
take the same course or its equivalent in
Curriculum 2012. Equivalent courses can
be seen in the table below. Courses in
the Curriculum 2008 which are not listed
in equivalence table means they are not
changed, both in names and credits.
8. When a compulsory subject in the curriculum
2008 is deleted and there is no equivalence
in the Curriculum 2012:
1. For students who have passed
the subject, the achieved credits
will be counted as compulsory
subject in the final calculation for
graduation of 144 credits.
2. For students who did not pass
the course, they can take a new
compulsory course or choose
elective subjects in the Curriculum
2012 to complete 144 credits.
9. When a compulsory subject in the Curriculum
2008 is changed to elective subject in the
Curriculum 2012 then:
1. For students who have passed
the subject, the credits that
are achieved will be counted as
compulsory subject in the final
calculation for graduation of 144
credits.
2. For students who did not pass these
courses, they can take equivalent
courses or choose new compulsory
subjects in the curriculum 2012 to
complete 144 credits.
198
Course Equivalence Table for Computer Engineering Program
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Integrated Character Building
- 6
Subject-B Compulsory for
- Wireless technology 3 class of 2012
students and
Engineering Mathematics 2 (elec-
Engineering Mathematics 2 3 after
tive)
Algorithm and Programming
3 Advanced Programming 3
(elective)
Integrated Character Building Integrated Character Building
6 6
Subject Subject-A
Microprocessor and Microcon-
Microprosesor 4 4
troller
Microprocessor and Microcon-
Microprocessor Laboratory 1 1
troller Laboratory
VLSI Design (+L) 4 VLSI Design 2
Electronic Circuits 3 Basic Electronic Circuits 2
Fundamental of Electrical Engi- Fundamental of Electrical
4 3
neering Engineering
Probability and Statistic 3 Probability and Statistic 2
Web and Multimedia Technology 2 Multimedia Technology 2
Electronic Device 4 -
Electronic Circuits Laboratory 1 - Substitutes
Knowledge Based System 3 - with Electives
Broadband Networks 3 -
Description of Subjects
ENGE600001
UIGE600001 ENGE610001
UIGE610001 CALCULUS
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A 4 SKS
6 SKS Refer to Page 78
Refer to Page 78
ENGE600010
UIGE600004 ENGE610010
UIGE610004 BASIC CHEMISTRY
MPKT B / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING B Refer to Page 79
6 SKS
Refer to Page 78
ENGE600003
UIGE600002 ENGE610003
ENGLISH BASIC PHYSICS 1
UIGE610002 4 SKS
ACADEMIC WRITING Refer to Page 79
3 SKS
Refer to Page 78 ENGE600004
BASIC PHYSICS 2
UIGE600003 4 SKS
UIGE610003 Refer to Page 81
SPORTS / ARTS
1 SKS 199
Refer to Page 81
ENGE600002 ENCE600002
ENGE610002 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC LABORA-
LINEAR ALGEBRA TORY
4 SKS 1 SKS
Refer to Page 79 Learning Objectives: At the completion of the
PROGRAM
UIGE600005-9
a simple digital circuit design.
UIGE610005-9
Syllabus: 1: Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates
RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Elementary, 2: Decoder, Encoder, Multiplexer,
2 SKS and Demultiplexer, 3: Digital Arithmetic (Half
Refer to Page 80-81 Adder, Full Adder and Comparator), 4: Flip-Flop
and Counter, 5: Register and Operation Serial /
ENGE600005 Parallel.
ENGE610005 Prerequisites: None
STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY Text Books:
2 SKS 1. Digital Laboratory, Fundamental of Digital
Refer to Page 82 Logic Laboratory Modules
2. M. Mano and C. R. Kime, Logic and Computer
Design Fundamentals, 4nd Ed. (International
ENGE600008
Ed.), Prentice-Hall, 2008
ENGE610008
3. M. Mano , Digital Design, 4nd Ed.
HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT (International Ed.), Prentice-Hall, 2007
2 SKS 4. R. Dueck, Digital Design with CPLD
Refer to Page 82 Applications and VHDL, Delmar/Thomson
Learning
ENCE600001
FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL LOGIC ENCE600003
3 SKS ENCE610003
Learning Objectives:In this course, students will INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ENGINEERING
learn all phases of design and implementation of 2 SKS
digital systems. Students expected to analyze and Learning Objectives: At the completion of the
design a circuit system using digital components. subject, students are expected to be able to ex-
Students will learn how to implement the design plain computer hardware and software, as well
by using a PLD (Programmable Logic Devices). This as designing a simple algorithm in pseudocode
course also involves some practical activities in and able to implement it into a program using a
the laboratory to perform the design, implemen- particular programming language.
tation and verification of digital logical system. Syllabus: Introduction to computer, Introduction
Some software like Xilinx and simulation software to computer hardware, Introduction to computer
for digital circuits will be used. software, Algorithm, Pseudocode, Introduction
Syllabus: Introduction to the gates AND, OR and to C, Program control in C, Structured program
NOT; Control Lights with switch-many, Combina- development in C.
tional Logic with Multiplexers and Decoders: Full Prerequisites: None
Adder circuit, binary memory unit: SR latch, D and Text Books:
JK flip-flops: Ripple Counter, and Counter Register: 1. A. Evans, K. Martin, and M. A. Poatsy, Tech-
Universal shift registers, ring counter and the BCD nology in Action (TiA), 2nd Edition, Prentice-
counters, VHDL, design, simulation and implemen- Hall, 2006.
tation of complete digital systems using program- 2. G. B. Shelly and M. E. Vermaat, Discovering
mable logic devices (programmable logic devices). Computers 2011: Living in a Digital World,
Prerequisites: None Course Technology, Cengage Learning,
Text Books: 2011.
1. M. Mano and C. R. Kime, Logic and 3. Deitel & Deitel, C How to Program, 5th
Computer Design Fundamentals, 4nd Ed.
(International Ed.), Prentice-Hall, 2008 Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. M. Mano , Digital Design, 4nd Ed.
(International Ed.), Prentice-Hall, 2007 ENCE600004
3. R. Dueck, Digital Design with CPLD ENCE610004
Applications and VHDL, Delmar/Thomson INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER ENGINEERING
Learning LABORATORY
1 SKS
Learning Objectives: In this course, students are
200 expected to be able to explain the functionality
and operate multiple operating systems and ENCE600006
popular applications in computer laboratory. BASIC ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS
Syllabus: Popular basic operating systems 2 SKS
(Microsoft Windows, Unix/Linux), Software Learning Objectives: In this course, students
application. learn the components and the basic circuitry
UNDERGRADUATE
Prerequisites: Fundamental of Digital Logics of electronics. After completing this course,
PROGRAM
Text Books: students are expected to able to explain the
1. Digital Laboratory, Introduction To Computer function of diode and transistor in an electronic
Engineering Laboratory Modules circuit, explaining the working principle of
2. A. Evans, K. Martin, and M. A. Poatsy, Tech- FET, JFET, MOSFET, VMOS, CMOS, and MESFET.
nology in Action (TiA), 2nd Edition, Prentice- Students are also expected to be able to explain
Hall, 2006. the uniqueness and the application of the Zenner
3. G. B. Shelly and M. E. Vermaat, Discovering diodes and LEDs, capable of analyzing the design
Computers 2011: Living in a Digital World, of the diode applications in an electronic device
Course Technology, Cengage Learning, and circuit current and voltage amplifier.
2011. Syllabus: Introduction to electronic circuit with
4. Deitel & Deitel, C How to Program, 5th diodes and transistors, The basic principle of FET,
JFET, MOSFET, MESFET, VMOS, and CMOS, Zenner
Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
diodes and LED, Application of diode circuits,
Voltage and current amplifier circuitry.
ENCE600005
Prerequisites: None
COMPUTER NETWORKS AND LABORATORY
Text Books:
4 SKS
R. Boylestad, L.Nashhelsky, Electronic Devices
Learning Objectives: In this course students
and Circuit Theory, 9th Edition, Prentice Hall,
learn topics on computer networks which are
2006
discussed in a comprehensive manner from layer 1
to layer 7. After completing this course, students
are expected to be able to outline the benefits
ENCE600007
of computer networks, explain 7 OSI layer,
DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
identifying the difference between OSI and TCP/
2 SKS
IP, explaining the function of each layer of the OSI
Learning Objectives: In this course student
and TCP/IP, design a simple network with subnets,
learns how to digital circuit design based on
describe Ethernet technology, outlines wiring
timing and state diagram using simulator soft-
on a network, describes the existing protocols
ware. After completing this course students are
in TCP/IP including routing algorithms, network
expected to be able describe the fungction of
design with the addressing scheme and VLSM /
timing and state diagram, be able to make sys-
CIDR, and be able to outline the role of QoS in
tem documentation, illustrate timing and state
Internet networks.
diagram and analyze timing and state diagram
Syllabus: Computer Network Model (OSI & TCP
from simple system.
/ IP): application layer, presentation, session,
Syllabus:
transport, data link, physical, IP addressing and
Device programming by using several methods,
subnetting scheme, the Ethernet Technology,
programming based on timing and state dia-
Standard cabling and media networking, TCP /
gram, programming using VHDL, Emulator use
IP protocols and basic routing, Variable-length
to analyze the program.
subnet masking (VLSM) / classless inter domain
Text Books:
routing (CIDR), the Transport layer and application
1. J.F. Wakerly, Digital Design, Principles &
layer services, including issues related to QoS.
Practices, Prentice Hall, 1997
Prerequisites: Introduction to Computer
2. M.D. Ciletti, Advanced Digital Design with
Engineering
the Verilog HDL, Prentice Hall of India,
Text Books:
2005.
1. CISCO Networking Academy Program:
Network Fundamentals, CCNA-Exploration
ENEE600003
ver 4, http://cisco.netacad.net
FUNDAMENTAL OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
2. CISCO Networking Academy Program:
2 SKS
Routing Protocols and Concepts, CCNA-
Refer to Page 176
Exploration 2, ver 4, http://cisco.netacad.
net
ENEE600006
3. A. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks,
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 1
Prentice Hall, Fourth Eds, 2003
3 SKS
Refer to Page 176
201
ENCE600008 learns high level language programming. After
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITEC- completing this course students are expected
TURE to describe the function of programming lan-
3 SKS guage, describe the data type on programming
Learning Objectives : In this course students language, making simple modular programming
PROGRAM
ed to describe instruction design influence to CPU Syllabus : The function, data structure introduc-
performance dan programming simplification, tion, modular programming, array, searching and
outlines the kind of addresing and the impact to sorting, stack and queue, link list and recursive
speed of instruction execution, and outlines the Prerequisites : Introduction of Computer Engi-
concept of pipelining and the problems. neering
Syllabus : Instruction Set, Addressing Mode, Pipe- Text Books :
lining, Pipelining Optimization 1. Deitel & Deitel, C How to Program, 5th
Prerequisites: Introduction to Computer Engi- Edition, Pearson International Edition, 2007
neering 2. R. Kruse, C.L. Tondo & B. Leung, Data
Textbooks: Structure & Program Design in C, 2nd Edi-
1. W. Stallings, Computer Organization tion, Prentice Hal, 2007
and Architecture, 7th edition, Pearson
International ENCE600011
DISCRETE STRUCTURES
ENCE600009 2 SKS
OPERATING SYSTEMS Learning Objectives: In this course, students
3 SKS will learn about basic principles of discrete
Learning Objectives: In this course students mathematic and its application in computer
learns basic principles of earlier and the latest engineering. At the completion of the subject,
Operating System. After completing this course students will be able to describe the basic
students are expected to describe basic principles principles of discrete mathematics and to be
of Operating System in managing process and able to use them to inspect and study modern
thread on computer system, Memory Manage- computation techniques and to build foundation
ment, and input/output device management. to analyze problem in computer engineering and
Syllabus: The Function of Operating System, develop solutions.
Operating system main component, interrupt, Syllabus: Basic mathematical notation for set,
design principle of operating system, introduction relation, and function. Logical operation, logical
of process and thread togheter with the security, proposition, truth table, equivalence and limits.
Application Programming Interface, Concurency Predicate logic, relevance with the contexts in
and Mutex: deadlock, semaphores, monitors, computer engineering and proof techniques.
condition variable, Producer Consumer program Inference, Mathematical Induction, recursion,
and synchronization, Multiprocessor problem, Pre- program correctness. Algorithm analysis: Big-O,
emptive and non-preemptive schedulling, Memory Big-Theta. Mathematical concepts of graphs and
Management, Virtual Memory : Placement and trees. Combinatorics and discrete probability.
Replacement policy, thrashing, caching. Prerequisites: None
Prerequisites : Introduction to Computer Engi- Text Books:
neering 1. K. H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and
Text Books: Its Applications, McGraw-Hill Science/
1. W. Stallings, Operating Systems: Internal Engineering/Math; 6th Edition (July 26,
Design Principles, Prentice Hall Interna- 2006), ISBN-10: 0073229725, ISBN-13: 978-
tional, Fourth Edition 2004 0073229720
2. R. Johnsonbaugh, Discrete Mathematics,
2. Tanenbaum, Operating Systems: Design
7th Edition, Pearson Intl. Edition, Prentice-
and Implementation, Prentice Hall, Third Hall, NJ, 2009
Edition, 2006
ENEE600021
ENEE600011 MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 2 4 SKS
3 SKS Refer to Page 179
Refer to Page 177
ENEE600022
ENCE600010
ADVANCE PROGRAMMING MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
3 SKS LABORATORY
Learning Objectives: In this course students 1 SKS
202 Learning Objectives: : In this course, students
learn microprocessor and microcontroller ENCE600013
technology in a practical way. After completing SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
this course, students are expected to be able to 3 SKS
program the 16 bit and 32 bit Intel Microprocessor Learning Objectives: In this course, students
and 8051 Microcontrollers and able to design will learn about object oriented software design
UNDERGRADUATE
simple Microcontroller 8051 based embedded and software life cycle. At the completion of
PROGRAM
systems. the subject, students are expected to be able
Syllabus: Assembly Programming for 8086/8088 to design a software using UML diagram and
Intel Microprocessor, Assembly Programming and implement the software life cycle in creating an
Interfacing Microcontroller to LED, Switch, LCD, embedded system.
Keypad, Assembly Programming and Interfac- Syllabus: Software design for object oriented
ing Microcontroller Stepper Motor. UTS Project: analysis principle, Software architecture para-
Development of Assembly Language Program for digm, Mastering Unified Modeling Language,
Microprocessors 8086/8088. UAS Project: De- Software process model including waterfall
velopment of Microcontroller Based Embedded approach, prototyping, incremental, evolution-
Systems 8051 ary development and other various alternative
Prerequisites: Introduction to Computer models. Software Project management: schedul-
Engineering, Basic Electronic Circuits ing, cost estimation, configuration management,
Text Books: metric usage. Software Requirements Engineer-
1. Digital Laboratory, Microprocessor and ing: analysis, definition and specification, design
Microcontroller Laboratory Modules for reusability, adaptability and maintainability.
2. B.B. Brey, The Intel Microprocessors Implementation: working onwards from design to
8086/8088, 80186/80188, 80286, 80386, coding, verification methods, testing plan, test-
80486, Pentium, Pentium Pro Processor, Pen- ing/evaluation process.
tium II, Pentium III, Pentium IV Architecture, Prerequisites: Introduction to Computer Engi-
Programming, and Interfacing, 7th Edition, neering.
PHI Inc, USA, 2006. Text Books:
3. M.A. Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and 1. R. Pressman, SoftwareEngineering: a
Embedded Systems, Second Edition, Pren- Practitioners Approach, McGraw-Hill, 7th
tice Hall, 2006. Eds, 2009.
2. Sommerville, Software Engineering,
ENCE600012 Addison Wesley, 9th Ed, 2010
DATABASE SYSTEMS AND LABORATORY 3. Harvey & Paul Deitel, Java How to Program,
3 SKS 7th Edition, Prentice Hall Inc, 2007.
Learning Objectives: In this course, students 4. Sponsored Curriculum by Sun Microsystems and
will learn about database systems concepts and Cisco Networking Academy, Fundamentals
application. At the completion of the subject, of Java Programming.
students are expected to be able to describe 5. Sun Microsystems, The Java 2 API
database systems concepts, able to design and Docummentation.
implement them in application.
Syllabus: Relational database modeling: algebra, ENEE600015
calculus, entity relation diagram and table SIGNAL AND SYSTEMS
normalization techniques. Design of logical 3 SKS
database and physical database. Concept Refer to Page 178
implementation with DBMS application and
SQL introduction. Referential integrity, data ENCE600014
transaction, object locking, and synchronization. COMPUTER NETWORK SECURITY AND
Administration and security on database. Database LABORATORY
implementation. Working in groups to implement 3 Credits
a web based database application project. Learning Objectives: Able to elaborate basic
Prerequisites: Discrete Structure and Object security concepts, threat, vulnerability and at-
Oriented Programming. tack in computer network; encrypt and decrypt
Text Books: data; utilize cryptography software for public
1. A. Silberschatz et al., Database System key infrastructure (PKI) and digital signature;
Concepts, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2005 implement security using SSL and TLS; elaborate
2. Hoffer, Prescott & McFadden, Modern Da- and implement authentication; elaborate secure
tabase Management, 7th Edition, Prentice- email and web technologies; elaborate how
Hall, 2005 intrusion detection and recovery works; secur-
ing virtual private network; elaborate function
and mechanism of firewall; elaborate operating
system security issues in Windows and UNIX; 203
implement wireless network security. and characteristic of power transistor circuit
Syllabus: Introduction to network security, basic and digital CMOS, and explain high-level design
concept of security, threats, weaknesses and at- optimization techniques.
tacks, encryption, cryptography systems: public Syllabus: Processing technology in CMOS, rule of
key infrastructure and digital signature, IP net- design: scale of lambda, characteristic and per-
PROGRAM
work security, SSL and TLS, authentication, email formance estimation of power transistor circuit,
and web security, policy, intrusion detection and high-level design optimization.
UNDERGRADUATE
recovery, virtual private networks, frewalls, oper- Prerequisites: Fundamental of Digital Logic
ating system security (Windows & UNIX), wireless Text Books:
network security. 1. N. Weiste & K.Eshraghian, Principles of
Prerequisites: Computer Networks CMOS VLSI Design: A perspective, 2nd Eds,
Text Books: Addison Wesley 2002
1. W. Stallings, Network Security Essentials:
Application and Standards, Prentice Hall, ENEE600024
2000. TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
2. J.E.Canavan, Fundamental of Network 3 SKS
Security, Artech House, 2001. Refer to Page 180
3. S. Garfnkel and G. Spafford, Practical UNIX
and Internet Security, OReilly & Assoc. ENEE600025
Inc., 1996. TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING LABORA-
TORY
ENCE600015 1 SKS
OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING AND Refer to Page 180
LABORATORY
3 Credits ENCE600017
Learning Objectives: Able to elaborate DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT OF COMPUTER
object-oriented programming concepts; design NETWORK AND LABORATORY
object-based application; analyze object- 4 Credits
oriented application design; explain the concept Learning Objectives: Able to implement
of incremental programming, type-safety, appropriate routing protocol; understand
polymorphism, encapsulation and abstraction; basic principle of link state routing protocol;
able to use Java language to create object- analyze routing issues such as routing loop,
oriented application especially for embedded summary address and autonomous system (AS);
system; understand and implement multithread troubleshooting network based on OSI/TCP-IP
concept; use object-oriented approach for reference model; interpreting network topology
handling input/output especially in embedded (both physical and logical); elaborate maintenance
system. and upgrading procedures of the operating system
Syllabus: object-oriented programming concept; (IOS); configure wireless LAN, access point and
object-oriented analysis and design technique; access router; implement security, DHCP and
incemental programming; type-safety; polymor- DNS on router; computer network verification
phism, encapsulation and abstraction; imple- and monitoring and preventive maintenance;
menting object-oriented programming in Java implement network policy and access control
programming language; multithreaded program- list (ACL).
ming; I/O handling. Syllabus: Router configuration concept; distance
Prerequisites: Advanced Programming, Software vector routing protocol: RIPv1, RIPv2, EIGRP; Link-
Engineering state routing protocol: OSPF; routing protocol
Text Books: issues: routing loop, summary address, and au-
1. Deitel & Deitel, Java How to Program, 7th tonomous systems (AS); network troubleshooting
Edition, Prentice Hall Inc., 2007 based on OSI/TCP-IP reference model; interpret-
2. Fundamentals of Java Programming, Spon- ing network topology (both physical and logical);
sored Curriculum by Sun Microsystems and elaborate maintenance and upgrading procedures
Cisco Networking Academy of the operating system (IOS); configure wireless
3. The Java 2 API Docummentation, Sun LAN, access point and access router; implement
microsystems security, DHCP and DNS on router; computer
network verification and monitoring and preven-
ENCE600016 tive maintenance; implement network policy and
VLSI DESIGN access control list (ACL).
2 Credits Lab. Practice: based on laboratory module
Learning Objectives: Able to explain and from Cisco Networking Academy - Exploration 3
elaborate the process of CMOS design, implement
204 scale of Lambda into design, evaluate performance
Project: designing computer network for an shall begin with administrative process in the
enterprise. Department of Electrical Engineering.
Prerequisites: Computer Networks Text Books: None
Text Books:
1. CCNA-Exploration 3, CISCO Networking ENCE600020
UNDERGRADUATE
Academy Program: LAN Switching dan Wire- HUMAN AND COMPUTER INTERACTION
PROGRAM
less, Version 4, http://cisco.netacad.net 3 SKS
2. James D. McCabe, Analisis Jaringan, Ar- Learning Objectives: In this course, students
sitektur dan Desain, 2nd Edition, Morgan will learn and apply an analytical approach and
Kaufmann, 2003 able to use HCI theory in producing a high qual-
ity, effective and efficient HCI prototype. At the
ENCE600018 completion of the subject, students will be able
EMBEDDED SYSTEM to design, create and evaluate an interactive
2 SKS computer system in order to be userfriendly.
Learning Objectives: In this course, students will Syllabus: Introduction to Human and Computer
learn to implement the applications of embed- Interaction, Computer, Interaction, Basic of Inter-
ded system. At the completion of the subject, action Design, Design Rules, Human and Computer
students will be able to describe the concept of Interaction in Software Life Cycle, Design Style,
embedded system development and implement Evaluation Technique, Universal Design, User
embedded system application using programming Support, HCI Project.
languages such as assembly, C, and other program- Prerequisites: Software Engineering, Database
ming language. System.
Syllabus: Embedded Systems Specification and Text Books:
Modelling, Sensor and Actuator, Programming 1. A.J. Dix, J.E. Finlay, G.D. Abowd and R.
Language for Embedded Systems, Operating Sys- Beale, Human-Computer Interaction, Third
tem for Embedded Systems, Embedded Systems Edition, Prentice Hall, USA, 2003
Evaluation and Validation, Embedded Systems 2. B. Shneiderman and C. Plaisant, Designing
Evaluation and Optimization. The User Interface: Strategies for Effective
Prerequisites: Microprocessor and Microcon- Human Interaction, Fifth Edition, Pearson-
troller, Microprocessor and Microcontroller Labo- Addison Weasley, 2010
ratory, Software Engineering.
Text Books: ENCE600021
1. J. Liu, Real-time Systems , Prentice Hall, IMAGE PROCESSING
2000. 3 SKS
2. P. A. Laplante, Real-Time Systems Design Learning Objectives: This course is intended to
and AnalysisAn Engineers Handbook, Sec- introduce the students about image processing
ond Edition, IEEE Press, 1997. basic processes and using MATLABTM for image
processing. After completing this course, students
ENCE600019 are expected to be able to describe the basics of
INTERNSHIP digital image processing and able to utilize MAT-
2 SKS LABTM to perform basic image processing simula-
Learning Objectives: In this course, students will tion and familiar with the functions in MATLABTM
do internship work in a computer engineering image processing toolbox.
related industry, institution or lab. After Syllabus: Introduction, visual and digital image,
completing this course, students are expected image transformation, color representation,
to be able to combine and implement their image enhancement (spatial domain), image en-
previously learned technical knowledge with hancement (frequency domain), convolution and
the new knowledge given by their supervisor. correlation, image segmentation, object property
Students are also expected to be able to feature, image compression, pattern recognition,
show professional conduct such as teamwork, image restoration, image morphology, Wavelet
discipline, responsible, initiative & interest, transformation.
leadership, commendable attitude/behavior, and Prerequisites: Advanced Programming.
improvement prospect. Text Books:
Syllabus: None 1. R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Im-
Prerequisites: Earned 90 SKS. The internship age Processing, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall,
place is a computer engineering related industry, 2002
institution or lab which has a supervisor or a 2. R.C. Gonzalez, R.E. Woods, and S.L. Eddins,
responsible person who can supervise students Digital Image Processing using MATLAB, 2nd
on a daily basis. Selection of company or lab Edition, Gatesmark Publishing, 2009.
205
ENCE600022 writing in form of seminar book. Students are
WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY also expected to present their research design
3 SKS in front of their lecturer.
Learning Objectives: In this course, students Syllabus: None
will learn about basic of wireless technology Prerequisites: Completing 90 SKS
PROGRAM
completion of the subject, students will be able sia Students Final Project
to describe wireless technology basics, various 2. IEEE Citation Reference
techniques in wireless network, IEEE 802.11, 3. IEEE Transactions on Parallel And Distrib-
802.15 and 802.16 technology standard and future uted Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2, February
wireless technology projection. 2010, How To Write Research Articles in
Syllabus: Wireless technology standardization, Computing and Engineering Disciplines
radio transmission, SIR and SNR, modulation and
coding, Multiplexing, Medium access control, IEEE ENCE600025
802: 802.11, 802.15, 802.16, Mobility handover, IT PROJECT MANAGEMENT
future technology of wireless network, policy and 3 SKS
ethics in frequency spectrum use. Objective: Introduction to the project manage-
Prerequisites: Telecommunication Engineering, ment with IT context principles, tools and tech-
Telecommunication Engineering Laboratory. niques. Conceptual material given in the course is
Text Books: enriched with practical application related to IT
1. B.H. Walke, S. Mangold, IEEE 802 Wireless context oriented software development project.
System, Wiley The project will be defined using a set of modeling
procedures and going through a series of evalua-
ENCE601023 tion phases of analysis and development as a real
ENGINEERING ENTREPRENEURSHIP framework to represent time, cost and expenses
2 SKS on the consumed resources.
Learning Objectives: In this course, students Syllabus: IT project introduction, make a great
learn the basic concepts of project management team software builder, technology innovation
and marketing specific to the field of Information management, Information System Software, the
Technology. After completing this course, students roles of project management, developments in
are expected to be able to outline the concept the project, IT product closing and marketing.
of marketing IT products, IT organizations Prerequisites : None
according to business concepts, explaining the Text Books:
concept of accounting and financial management 1. K. Schwalbe, Information Technology
in the IT organization, and be able to perform Project Management, 3rd Edition, Course
the analysis in an IT project. Students are Technology, 2004
also expected to describe the concept of 2. W.S. Humphrey, Introduction to the Team
entrepreneurship, marketing and analyze the Software Process, Addison Wesley 2000
risks in an IT project. 3. H.T.Tavani, Ethics & Technology: Ethical
Syllabus: Introduction to basic concepts of Issues in an Age of Information and Com-
marketing, Business organization, Accounting munication Technology, John Wiley & Sons,
management, Business Finance, Business Analysis 2004.
for new project proposals, Introduction of the
concept of entrepreneurship, Marketing risk ENCE601026
analysis. PROFESSIONAL AND ETHIC ISSUES IN IT
Prerequisites: None 2 SKS
Text Book: None (Lecture presented by Learning Objectives: In this course, students
professionals in the field of Information will learn about professional and ethic concepts
Technology) in information technology. At the completion of
the subject, students are expected to be able
ENCE600024 to describe professional and ethic concepts in
SEMINAR information technology, crime in IT, intellectual
2 SKS property rights in IT and able to describe ideas
Learning Objectives: In this course, students are for developing ethics required in new profession
directed to apply previously learned knowledge in IT field.
into a fully guided research by a lecturer. After Syllabus: Introduction to professionalism ethic
completing this course, students are expected in engineering field. Ethic. History of computer
to be able to design and analyze under a fully ethic. Job, profession and professional. Profession
supervised research, and able to write their
206 research findings in a systematic scientific
in IT. Organization and professional code of ethic. Engineering 2.
Ethic in cyber world. E-commerce and business Syllabus:Specialtopicsin thefield ofcomput-
ethic. Intellectual property rights in computer ernetworks, will be defined later
programs. Unlicensed software. Internet crime. Prerequisites: None
Prerequisites: None Text Books: None (will be defined later)
UNDERGRADUATE
Text Books:
PROGRAM
1. R. Ayres, The Essence of Professional Issues ENCE600030
in Computing, Prentice Hall, 1999. SPECIAL TOPIC IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING 2
2. R. Dejoie, et al., Ethical Issues in Informa- 3 SKS
tion Systems, Boyd & Fraser, 1991 . Learning Objectives: In this course students will
3. F. Bott, et al., Professional Issues in Soft- learn the latest topics in computer engineering
ware Engineering, 3rd Edition, Pitman 2000, industry. After completing this course students
UCL, 1995. are expected to follow and understand specific
4. D.G. Johnson, H. Nissenbaum, Comput- topic in computer engineering industry and the
ers, Ethics & Social Values, Prentice Hall, problems it faces in general. The material
1995. discussed in this subject is different from the
material discussed in Special Topics Computer
ENEE600027 Engineering 1.
MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY Syllabus:Specialtopicsin thefield ofcomput-
2 SKS ernetworks, will be defined later
Refer to Page Prerequisites: None
Text Books: None (will be defined later)
ENCE600028
FINAL PROJECT
4 SKS
Learning Objectives: In this course, students are
directed to apply previously learned knowledge
into a fully guided research by a lecturer. After
completing this course, Students are expected to
be able to make a research concept by applying
existing theories. Under full supervision from the
lecturer, students are expected to integrate and
implement their concept, and write their research
findings in a systematic scientific writing in the
form of undergraduate theses book. Students
are also expected to present and defend their
concepts and findings in front of examiner in the
final defense council.
Syllabus: None
Prerequisites: Completing 120 SKS
Text Books:
1. Technical Guidance for Universitas Indone-
sia Students Final Project
2. IEEE Citation Reference
3. IEEE Transactions on Parallel And Distrib-
uted Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2, February
2010, How To Write Research Articles in
Computing and Engineering Disciplines
ENCE600029
SPECIAL TOPIC IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING 1
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: In this course students will
learn the latest topics in computer engineering
industry. After completing this course students
are expected to follow and understand specific
topic in computer engineering industry and the
problems it faces in general. The material
discussed in this subject is different from the
material discussed in Special Topics Computer
207
4.7. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN METALLURGY & MATERIALS ENGINEERING
Program Specification
universities
2 Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
Double degree : Universitas Indonesia & partner
universities
3 Programme Title Undergraduate Program in Metallurgy and
Materials Engineering
4 Class Regular, Parallel, International
5 Final Award Sarjana Teknik (S.T)
Double Degree : Sarjana Teknik (S.T) and
Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng)
6 Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT : A Grade
AUN-QA : A Grade
7 Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English
8 Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Time) Full Time
9 Entry Requirements High school /equivalent, or D3 / Polytechnique /
equivalent, AND pass the entrance exam.
10 Study Duration Designed for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of semester Number of weeks /semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
11 Graduate Profiles:
Engineers who are able in applying science and technology of metallurgical processes and
materials, able to analyze material failure due to its use, as well as active and dynamic in
national and global societal needs.
12 Expected Learning Outcomes :
1. Able in applying basic science, basic engineering science and knowledge in the field of
metallurgy and materials
2. Have ability to identify problems, design, analysis, and problem solving through research
activities.
3. Having the ability to communicate effectively in the community clumps similar science,
multidisciplinary, and the general public.
4. Understand the responsibility and professional ethics, resourceful and have the
leadership.
5. Have the capability of lifelong learning to the development of science and technology and
its application in society
208
13 Classification of Subjects
No Classification Credit Hours Percentage
(SKS)
i University General Subjects 18 13 %
UNDERGRADUATE
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 25 17 %
PROGRAM
iii Core Subjects 82 57 %
iv Elective Subjects 12 8%
v Internship, Seminar, Undergraduate 7 5%
Thesis, Project
Total 144 100 %
14 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
Employment Prospects
Bachelor of Metallurgy and Materials Engineering graduates can work in various sectors, both private
and government, like industry, automotive, manufacturing, heavy equipment, mining, material
consultant, oil and gas, research and development institutions, academia, and others both within
and abroad.
209
Networks of Competence
The following chart describe the profile of graduates of Department Metallurgy & Materials.
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
PROGRAM
PROFILE OF GRADUATES: Engineers who are able in applying science and technology
of metallurgical processes and materials, able to analyze material failure due to its
UNDERGRADUATE
use, as well as active and dynamic in national and global societal needs.
14.Abletoidentifyvarietyof 16.Abletoprovide
entrepreneurialeffortwhich alternativesolutionsto
ischaracterizedbyinnovation variousproblemsthat
andindependenceofethics ariseinthecommunity,
grounded nationandstateof
Indonesia
Legenda:
Key Supporting Other
Competence Competence Competence
210
Flow Diagram of Subjects.
Network of Courses
st nd rd th th th th th
1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8 Semester
Techof Capita
IntegratedCharac IntegratedCharac Thermodynamics Testingof Numerical Microstructural Selecta
BuildB BuildA ofMaterials Materials+Lab Method Elective34
Analysis+Lab
IntrotoMaterials Transport Materials Materials SeminarofFinal
Physics1 Physics2 Phenomena Engineeringof Joining
Engineering ProjectProposal
Polymer
Basic
GeneralSubjects BasicEngineering Skill Skill Elective FinalStage
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
211
List of Competencies b) Supporting Competencies
1. Able to apply principles of environmen-
a) Key Competencies tal management and occupational safety
1. Being able to understand the principles and health systems
of mineral processing methods and 2. Able to apply general principles of
PROGRAM
The significances between competencies and courses are shown in the table below :
Competencies
No. Courses
Key Supporting Other
1st Semester
1 Integrated Character Building Subject B (MPKT B) 6
2 English 2
3 Calculus 6
4 Engineering Drawing 6
5 Introduction to Engineering Material 2, 6
6 Basic Chemistry 6
7 Basic Chemistry Laboratory 6
2nd Semester
1 Integrated Character Building Subject A (MPKT A) 1, 3
2 Religious Studies 1, 3
3 Sport / Art 3
4 Linear Algebra 6
5 Basic Physics 1 6
6 Analytical Chemistry 6
7 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 6
3rd Semester
1 Basic Physics 2 6
2 Health, Safety & Environment 1
3 Statistics and Probability 6
4 Static & Mechanic of Materials 6
5 Thermodynamics of Materials 1
212 6 Physical Metallurgy 1 2
4th Semester
1 Testing of Materials 2, 5
UNDERGRADUATE
2 Testing of Materials Laboratory 2, 5
PROGRAM
3 Polymer Chemistry 6
4 Electro-Chemistry 4
5 Transport Phenomena 2
6 Physical Metallurgy 2 2
7 Mineral Processing 1
5th Semester
1 Numerical Computation 3, 6
2 Industrial Project Management 2
3 Corrosion & Degradation of Materials 4
4 Corrosion & Degradation of Materials Lab 4
5 Extractive Metallurgy 1
6 Extractive Metallurgy Lab 1
7 Heat Treatment and Surface Eng. 3
8 Polymer Technology 2
6th Semester
1 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis 2, 5
2 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis Lab 2
3 Composite Materials 2
4 Ceramic Technology 2
5 Iron & Steel Making Process 3
6 Metal Forming 3
7 Metal Forming Laboratory 3
8 Materials Joining 3
7th Semester
1 Capita Selecta 3, 4
2 Engineering Design of Product 2
3 Fracture Mechanics & Failure Analysis 5
4 Internship (KP) * 2, 3 1, 2, 3
5 Seminar of Final Project Proposal * 4 1, 2, 3
6 Elective 1
7 Elective 2
8th Semester
1 Final Project * 3 1, 2, 3
2 Elective 3
3 Elective 4
Elective Courses
Special Steels & Super Alloys 2
Nanotechnology 3
Additive & Adhesive Materials 3
Quality Management System 2
Industrial Mechanic Equipment 3
Advanced Extractive Metallurgy 1
High Temperature Corrosion 4
213
COURSE STRUCTURE OF UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN METALLURGY AND MATERIALS
ENGINEERING (REGULAR & PARALLEL)
PROGRAM
Sub Total 20
Semester 2 2nd Semester
UIGE 6 0 0001 MPK Terintegrasi A Integrated Character Building Subject A 6
UIGE 6 0 0006-9 Agama Religious Studies 2
UIGE 6 0 0003 Olah Raga / Seni Sports / Arts 1
ENGE 6 0 0002 Aljabar linier Linear Algebra 4
ENGE 6 0 0003 Fisika Dasar 1 Basic Physics 1 4
ENMT 6 0 0002 Kimia Analitik Analytical Chemistry 2
ENMT 6 0 0003 Praktikum Kimia Analitik Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 1
Sub Total 20
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENGE 6 0 0004 Fisika Dasar 2 Basic Physics 2 4
Kesehatan, Keselamatan Kerja &
ENGE 6 0 0008 Health, Safety & Environment 2
Lindung Lingkungan
ENGE 6 0 0005 Statistik dan Probabilitas Statistics and Probability 2
ENMT 6 0 0004 Statika & Mekanika Material Static & Mechanic of Materials 3
ENMT 6 0 0005 Termodinamika Material Thermodynamics of Materials 3
ENMT 6 0 0006 Metalurgi Fisik 1 Physical Metallurgy 1 4
Sub Total 18
Semester 4 4th Semester
ENMT 6 0 0007 Pengujian Material Testing of Materials 2
ENMT 6 0 0008 Prakt. Pengujian Material Testing of Materials Laboratory 1
ENMT 6 0 0009 Kimia Polimer Polymer Chemistry 4
ENMT 6 0 0010 Elektrokimia Electro-Chemistry 3
ENCH 6 0 0009 Peristiwa Perpindahan Transport Phenomena 3
ENMT 6 0 0012 Metalurgi Fisik 2 Physical Metallurgy 2 3
ENMT 6 0 0013 Pengolahan Mineral Mineral Processing 4
Sub Total 20
214
Semester 5 5th Semester
ENEE 6 0 0031 Permodelan Numerik Numerical Computation 2
ENIE 6 0 0020 Manajemen Proyek Industri Industrial Project Management 2
UNDERGRADUATE
ENMT 6 0 0016 Korosi dan Degradasi Material Corrosion & Degradation of Materials 3
PROGRAM
Corrosion & Degradation of Materials
ENMT 6 0 0017 Praktikum Korosi 1
Lab
ENMT 6 0 0018 Metalurgi Ekstraksi Extractive Metallurgy 3
ENMT 6 0 0019 Praktikum Metalurgi Ekstraksi Extractive Metallurgy Lab 1
Perlakuan Panas & Rekayasa
ENMT 6 0 0020 Heat Treatment and Surface Eng. 3
Permukaan
ENMT 6 0 0021 Teknologi Polimer Polymer Technology 4
Sub Total 19
Semester 6 6th Semester
ENMT 6 0 0022 Analisis Struktur Material Tech. of Microstructural Analysis 2
Praktikum Analisis Struktur Mate-
ENMT 6 0 0023 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis Lab 1
rial
ENMT 6 0 0024 Material Komposit Composite Materials 2
ENMT 6 0 0025 Teknologi Keramik Ceramic Technology 4
ENMT 6 0 0026 Proses Pembuatan Besi Baja Iron & Steel Making Process 2
ENMT 6 0 0027 Pembentukan Logam Metal Forming 4
ENMT 6 0 0028 Praktikum Pembentukan Logam Metal Forming Laboratory 2
ENMT 6 0 0029 Penyambungan Material Materials Joining 3
Sub Total 20
Semester 7 7th Semester
ENMT 6 0 0030 Kapita selekta Capita Selecta 2
ENMT 6 0 0031 Disain Rekayasa Produk Engineering Design of Product 2
Mekanika Perpatahan & Analisis
ENMT 6 0 0032 Fracture Mechanics & Failure Analysis 4
Kegagalan
ENMT 6 0 0033 Kerja Praktek (KP)* Internship * 2
ENMT 6 0 0034 Seminar * Seminar of Final Project Proposal * 1
Pilihan 1 Elective 1 3
Pilihan 2 Elective 2 3
Sub Total 17
Semester 8 8th Semester
ENMT 6 0 0035 Skripsi (Tugas Akhir)* Final Project * 4
Pilihan 3 Elective 3 3
Pilihan 4 Elective 4 3
Sub Total 10
Total 144
Note *) : Special Courses are available in both semesters (Odd & Even)
215
Elective Courses
NO. KETERANGAN REMARKS SKS
Dapat Diambil dari MK Pilihan Prog. S2 DTMM it can be taken from Elective Subject - S2
1 FTUI Prog. DTMM UI
12
PROGRAM
Dapat Diambil dari Lintas Departemen/Fakultas it can be taken from across Depts /
2 di UI Faculty at UI
UNDERGRADUATE
Elective Courses can be taken from the elective courses at Master Degree programs or from other
department
Fast Track Program is available for high-achiever students to directly continue to Master Program
in Metallurgy and Materials Engineering. At their 7th and 8th semesters, Fast Track students
should take electives from the compulsory or elective subjects of the Master Program. The Bach-
elor and Master Program should be completed in 10 semesters (5 years).
216
COURSE STRUCTURE OF UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN METALLURGY AND MATERIALS
ENGINEERING (INTERNATIONAL)
CODE SUBJECT CP
1st Semester
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
ENGE 6 1 0001 Calculus 4
UIGE 6 1 0002 Academic Writing 3
ENGE 6 1 0003 Basic Physics 1 4
ENGE 6 1 0010 Basic Chemistry 2
ENMT 6 1 0036 Basic Chemistry Laboratory 1
ENEE 6 0 0031 Numerical Computation 2
ENGE 6 1 0009 Engineering Drawing 2
ENMT 6 1 0001 Introduction to Engineering Materials 2
Sub Total 20
2nd Semester
ENGE 6 1 0002 Linear Algebra 4
ENGE 6 1 0004 Basic Physics 2 4
ENMT 6 1 0010 Electro-chemistry 3
ENGE 6 1 0008 Health, Safety & Environment 2
ENMT 6 1 0009 Polymer Chemistry 4
ENMT 6 1 0002 Analytical Chemistry 2
ENMT 6 1 0003 Analytical Chemistry Laboratory 1
Sub Total 20
3rd Semester
ENGE 6 1 0005 Statistics and Probability 2
ENCH 6 0 0009 Transport Phenomenon 3
ENMT 6 1 0004 Static & Mechanic of Materials 3
ENMT 6 1 0005 Thermodynamics Materials 3
ENMT 6 1 0006 Physical Metallurgy 1 4
ENMT 6 1 0021 Polymer Technology 4
Sub Total 19
4th Semester
ENIE 6 0 0020 Industrial Project Management 2
ENMT 6 1 0007 Testing of Materials 2
ENMT 6 1 0008 Testing of Materials Lab. 1
ENMT 6 1 0012 Physical Metallurgy 2 3
ENMT 6 1 0022 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis 2
ENMT 6 1 0023 Tech. of Microstructural Analysis Laboratory 1
ENMT 6 1 0020 Heat Treatment and Surface Eng. 3
ENMT 6 1 0013 Mineral Processing 4
ENMT 6 1 0026 Iron & Steel Making Process 2
Sub Total 20
217
5th Semester
UIGE 6 1 0004 Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
ENMT 6 1 0024 Composite Materials 2
PROGRAM
Sub Total 20
6th Semester
UIGE 6 1 0001 Integrated Character Building Subject A 6
UIGE 6 1 0005 Religious Studies 2
UIGE 6 1 0003 Sport & Art 1
ENMT 6 1 0029 Materials Joining 3
ENMT 6 1 0031 Engineering Design of Product 2
ENMT 6 1 0027 Metal Forming 4
ENMT 6 1 0028 Metal Forming Laboratory 2
Sub Total 20
7th Semester
ENMT 6 1 0030 Capita Selecta 2
ENMT 6 1 0033 Internship 2
ENMT 6 1 0034 Seminar of Final Project Proposal * 1
ENMT 6 1 0032 Fracture Mechanics & Failure Analysis 4
Elective 1 3
Elective 2 3
Sub Total 15
8th Semester
ENMT 6 1 0035 Final Project * 4
Elective 3 3
Elective 4 3
Sub Total 10
Total 144
*) Special Subjects are opened at all semester
ELECTIVE COURSES
CODE REMARKS CP
it can be taken from other Dept under Eng. Faculty or 3
it can be taken from Elective Subject - S2 Prog. DTMM UI 3
2 Courses are offered to other Dept under Faculty of Eng.
ENMT811004 High Temperature Corrosion (Odd semester) 3
ENMT811012 Nano Technology (Even Semester) 3
218
Total 12
Curriculum Structure of Bachelor Program Metallurgy & Materials Engineering in Partner
Universities
UNDERGRADUATE
CODE Subject
Year 3 Semester 5 (Monash) July
PROGRAM
Code Course Title Credit
MTE3541 Materials Durability 6
Functional materials and
MTE3545 6
devices
Microstructural Design in
MTE3546 Polymers and ceramics II 6 MTE3542 6
Structural Materials
Materials characterisation and Microstructure to applica-
MTE3547 6
modelling MTE3543 tions: the mechanics of 6
materials
Elective 6
Subtotal 24 Management and practice in
MTE3544 6
materials engineering
Year 4 Semester 7 (Monash) Credits
subtotal 24
CODE Subject
subtotal 24 Elective 6
Elective 6
subtotal 24
Year 4
Code Course Title Credit
ENG4700 Engineering technology for biomedical imaging and sensing 6
ENG4616 Schools technology studies project 6
MTE4526 Project II 6
MTE4592 Advanced ceramics and applications 6
MTE4593 Materials and the environment 6
MTE4594 Engineering alloys processing, design and selection 6
MTE4595 Corrosion-mechanisms and protection methods 6
MTE4596 Biomaterials 6
MTE3590/4590 Modelling of materials 6
MTE3591 /4591 Composites, thermosets and elastomers 6
MTE4597 Nanomaterials 6
219
Course Structure at University of Queensland (UQ)
Fracture Mechanics
MECH3600 Engineering Management and 2
Communication
Subtotal 8
Subtotal 8
220
Transition of Curriculum of 2008 to Curriculum of 2012
UNDERGRADUATE
Remarks
Course Name SKS Course Name SKS
PROGRAM
MPKT 6 MPKT A 6
6 Compulsory for Student 2012 and
- MPKT B
after
Organic Chemistry 3 Chemistry of Polymer 4
3 Physical Metallurgy 1 4
Physical Metallurgy 1
(+Crystallography)
3 Mineral Processing 4
Mineral Processing
(+Mineralogy)
Material 3 3
Testing of Materials
characterization 1
Material 1 3
Testing of Materials Lab
characterization 1 Lab
Material 2 Tech of Microstructural 2
characterization 2 Analysis
Material 2 Tech of Microstructural 1
characterization 2 Lab Analysis Lab
2 If one course in curriculum 2008
Polymers Materials
Materials & Technology failed, then compulsory
4
3 of Polymer Take course Materials & Technology
Technology of Polymer
of Polymer
2 If one course in curriculum 2008
Ceramics Materials
Materials & Technology failed, then compulsory
4
3 of Ceramic Take course Materials & Technology
Technology of Ceramic
of Ceramic
Mineralogy & Credit deficiency due to removed
2 Removed 0
Crystallography course can be completed by taking
elective course/compulsory course in
Basic Computer 2 Removed 0 curriculum 2012
221
Physical Metallurgy 1 The same course name, but SKS is
Physical Metallurgy 3 4
(+Crystallography) different as before
Materials & Technology Change in course name, but SKS is
Polymers Materials 2 4
of Polymer different as before
Change in course name, but SKS is
PROGRAM
Course Description
ENGE600010
UIGE600001 ENGE610010
UIGE610001 BASIC CHEMISTRY
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A Refer to Page 79
6 SKS
Refer to Page 78 ENGE600003
ENGE610003
UIGE600004 BASIC PHYSICS 1
UIGE610004 4 SKS
MPKT B / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING B Refer to Page 79
6 SKS
Refer to Page 78 ENGE600004
BASIC PHYSICS 2
UIGE600002 4 SKS
ENGLISH Refer to Page 81
UIGE610002
ACADEMIC WRITING ENGE600002
3 SKS ENGE610002
Refer to Page 78 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 SKS
UIGE600003 Refer to Page 79
UIGE610003
SPORTS / ARTS
UIGE600005-9
1 SKS
UIGE610005-9
Refer to Page 81
RELIGIOUS STUDIES
2 SKS
ENGE600001
Refer to Page 80-81
ENGE610001
CALCULUS
4 SKS
222 Refer to Page 78
ENGE600005 Identification of alkali metal ions, alkaline earth,
ENGE610005 ammonium, sulfate, iodid, bromide and nitrate;
STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY acid-base titration; metal and acid reaction;
2 SKS Water crystals.
Refer to Page 82 Prerequisite : -
UNDERGRADUATE
Textbooks :
PROGRAM
1. Buku Panduan Praktikum Kimia Dasar, TGP
ENGE600008 FTUI.
ENGE610008 2. M.R. Abraham and M.J.Pavelich, Inquires
HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT into Chemistry, Illionis, Waveland Press
2 SKS Inc., 1999.
Refer to Page 82 3. Brown, T.L., H. E. LeMay, B. E. Bursten,
Chemistry: The Central Science, 9th ed.,
ENGE600009 Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 2002.
ENGE610009
ENGINEERING DRAWING ENMT600002
2 SKS ENMT610002
Refer to Page 130 Analytical Chemistry
2 SKS
ENMT600001 Objective : Students are able to explain and
ENMT610001 apply the concept of analysis and to choose the
INTRODUCTION TO ENGINERING MATERIALS appropriate method in solving a chemical com-
2 SKS position problem of a substance qualitatively and
Objective : Students are expected to understand quantitatively.
the processing, characteristics and application Syllabus : Classification of analytical chemistry
of engineering materials. structure and bonding involving qualitative and quantitative analysis,
in materials, material processing for all types of anionic and cationic analysis, basics of quantita-
engineering materials as well as basic concept in tive chemistry, quantitative analysis method,
materials testing. titrimeti, electro analysis, spectrophotometry
Syllabus : (1) Types of engineering materials and Prerequisite : -
their applications; (2) Structures of engineering Textbooks :
materials; (3) Properties of material; (4) Manu- 1. Daniel C. Harris, Quantitative Chemical
facturing and Processing of Metallic Materials; analysis, Seventh Edition, W.H. Freeman and
(5) Steel and iron: production and properties; (6) Company, New York, 2007
Aluminium: production and properties;(7) Other 2. R.A. Day, Jr & A.L. Underwood, Quantitative
non-ferrous alloys: production and properties; (8) Analysis, 6th ed, Prentice Hall Inc., 1998
Polymer: processing and properties; (9) Ceramic: 3. G. Svehla, Buku Teks Analisis Anorganik Kua-
processing and properties; (10) Composite: pro- litatif Makro dan Semimikro, Kalman Media
cessing and properties Utama, Jakarta, 1990
Prerequisite : -
Textbooks : ENMT600003
1. Bondan T. Sofyan, Pengantar Material Teknik, ENMT610003
Penerbit Salemba Teknika, 2010 Analytical Chemistry Lab
2. W.D. Callister, Materials Science and Engi- 1 SKS
neering: An Introduction, 6th ed., John Wiley & Objective : Students are able to explain and
Sons, 2003 analyze a substance qualitatively and quantita-
3. William F. Smith, Introduction to Materials Sci- tively by using the appropriate method and to do
ence and Engineering correct and appropriate calculation
Syllabus : Inorganic qualitative analysis, inorganic
ENMT600036 quantitative analysis using titrimetry method
ENMT610036 Prerequisite : -
BASIC CHEMISTRY LAB Textbooks
1 SKS 1. Analytical Chemistry Laboratory Guide
Objective : The students able to apply the prin- Book
ciples of basic chemistry derived from a lecture 2. Daniel C. Harris, Quantitative Chemical
to the experiments in laboratory, able to analyze analysis, Seventh Edition, W.H. Freeman and
as well as explain the phenomena that occur in Company, New York, 2007
laboratory experiments. 3. R.A. Day, Jr & A.L. Underwood, Quantitative
Syllabus : Physical and chemical properties; Analysis, 6th ed, Prentice Hall Inc., 1998
Separation and purification of the substance; 4. G. Svehla, Buku Teks Analisis Anorganik Kua-
litatif Makro dan Semimikro, Kalman Media 223
Utama, Jakarta, 1990
ENMT600004 Based on that, then students are expected to
ENMT610004 understand concept of imperfection in crystal and
Static & Mechanic of Materials to be able to manipulate the imperfection in order
3 SKS to strengthen materials as required.
Objective : After completing this subject, stu- Syllabus : (1) Definition of crystal; (2) Crystal
PROGRAM
dents are expected to understand the theory and lattice(3) Unit cell; (4) Bravais lattice; (5) Miller
applications of engineering mechanic properties index for planes and direction; (6) Stereographic
UNDERGRADUATE
(static) and able to design and to analyze various projection; (7) Crystal symmetry; (8) Forma-
load - bearing structures tion of crystal; (9) Identification of crystal;
Syllabus : General principle of mechanics, (10) Crystal defects: point defects, line defects
Vector and forces, Equilibrium points, Resultant (dislocations), edge dislocations, screw disloca-
of forces, Structure analysis, Center of gravity tions, burgers vector, movement of dislocations,
and centroid, Moment inertia, Internal forces, energy of dislocation, dislocations in FCC, BCC
Friction. The concept of stress strain, Relation of and HCP structures, planar defects; (11) Fatigue
stress and strain in axial loading, Twisting, Buck- and Fracture of Materials; (12) Creep of Materi-
ling, Transversals loading, Stress analysis, Design als; (13) Strengthening Mechanism: strain (work)
of shaft and beam, Beam deflection, Structural hardening, grain boundary strengthening, solid
joints, Column and thick cylinder, Energy met- solution strengthening, precipitation (two-phase)
hod. strengthening, steel alloys strengthening, com-
Prerequisite : - posite strengthening, study case in materials
Textbooks : strengthening.
1. Hibbeler, Russel C., Engineering mechanics, Prerequisite: Introduction to Eng Mat (EN-
statics, 8th Ed., Macmillan Publishing Com- MT600001)
pany, Inc. Textbooks
2. Hibbeler, Russel C., Mechanical of Materials, 1. Borchardt - Ott, W., Crystallography, Springer,
Prentice Hall International Inc., 1997 1995
3. Ferdinant L. Singer, Ilmu Kekuatan Bahan, 2. McKie, D., and C. McKie, Essential of Crystal-
Penerbit Erlangga, 1981 lography, Blackwell Scientific, 1986
4. Beer, F.P. and Johston, E.R., Mechanics of 3. Abbaschian, R and Reed-Hill, R.E, Physical Met-
Materials, McGraw-Hill, 1983 allurgy Principles, 4th ed, Brooks Cole, 2008.
ENMT600005 ENMT600007
ENMT610005 ENMT610007
Thermodynamics of Materials Testing of Materials
3 SKS 2 SKS
Objective : Students are able to explain the Objective : After completing this course, students
concepts of thermodynamics and its application should be able to understand the theoretical
in materials engineering concepts of materials testing and to apply them
Syllabus: Definition of thermodynamics, first, for practical needs in design of machinery com-
second, and third law of thermodynamics, sta- ponents and structural construction.
tistical interpretation of entropy, auxiliary func- Syllabus : Introduction to material testing, Re-
tions, heat capacity, enthalpy and entropy, phase view of mechanical behavior of materials, Data
equilibrium in a component, gas and solution analysis and presentation of test results, Testing
behavior, free energy, binary system composi- procedures, Testing machine and instruments,
tion, reaction of pure condensation phase and Standardization of materials testing, Destructive
gas phase, equilibrium reaction of a system in a testing (tensile, compression, shear, fatigue,
solution component stress relaxation, and wear), Non-destructive
Prerequisite : - (visual, penetrant, ultrasonic, radiography, eddy
Textbooks : D.R. Gaskell, Introduction to the current and magnetic particle)
Thermodynamics of Materials, 3rd ed., Taylor Prerequisite : -
and Francis, 1995 Textbooks :
1. Davis, H.E., Troxell G.E. and Hauck, G. F.
ENMT600006 W., The Testing of Engineering Materials,
ENMT610006 McGraw Hill, 1982.
PHYSICAL METALLURGY 1 2. ASM, Mechanical Testing of Metals 10th Ed.,
4 SKS ASM, 2000
Objective: Students establishes essential knowl- 3. B. Raj, T. Jaykumar, and M. Thavasimuthu,
edge of crystallography of materials, in particular Practical Non-Destructive Testing, 2nd Ed.
in developing the ability to interpret and manipu- ASM International
late the Miller index and Miller Bravais notation
224 for planes and directions in crystalline solids.
ENMT600008 electrode,Construction Pourbaix diagram and its
ENMT610008 application. Electrochemical kinetics, electrode
Testing of Materials Lab reaction speed, mixed potential theory, Evans-
1 SKS diagram, the mixed-potential diagram
Objective : Students mastering the techniques Prerequisite : -
UNDERGRADUATE
for destructive testing of materials, including the Textbooks :
PROGRAM
standard and data analysis to be able to interpret 1. J O M. Bockris and AKN Reddy, Modern
mechanical properties of materials. ElectroChemistry, vol 1,2 Plennum Rosseta
Syllabus: Tensile test, Compressive test, Micro and Edition,1997
Macro Hardness test, Impact Test, Wear Test 2. Bard, Faulkner and Larry R, Electrochemical
Prerequisite : - Metods FundaMentals and Application, Wil-
Textbooks : ley, 1980
Davis, Harmer E; Teoxell, George Earl; Hauck, 3. Piron. The Electrochemistry of Corrosion,
George F.W, The Testing of Engineering Materials, NACE, 1991
4th edition, McGraw Hill, Inc, New-York 1982.
ENCH600009
ENMT600009 ENCH610009
ENMT610009 Transport Phenomena
POLYMER CHEMISTRY 3 SKS
4 SKS Refer to Page 308
Objective : Students are able to explain and
understand the concepts of organic chemistry is ENMT600012
built on the idea of organic material including ENMT610012
knowing sufat physical and chemical properties PHYSICAL METALLURGY 2
of a material. 3 SKS
Syllabus : Fundamentals of organic chemistry Objective : Students are expected to compre-
(bonding atom and molecule, polar molecules, hend and be able to apply the basic principles
free radicals, the nomenclature of organic com- governing phase transformations in material
pounds, isomer, conjugation and resonance). systems in order to select materials and to design
Reaction types of organic compounds, addition processes that yield desired microstructures and
reactions, nucleophilic and electrophilic substi- properties.
tution, elimination, rearrangement, and radical Syllabus : (1) Concept of Equilibrium: single
reaction mechanism. Basic Properties of Polymer component system, binary component system, the
Chemistry phase rule, binary phase diagrams; (2) Fe-Fe3C
Prerequisite : - Phase Diagram; (3) Ternary Equilibrium: ternary
Textbooks : system representation, ternary system contain-
1. T.W.Graham Solomons, Organic Chemistry, ing 2 phase, ternary system containing 3 phase;
Eighth Edition, John Wiley & Sons.Inc, 2004 (4) Diffusion in Materials: atomic mechanism of
2. Mc Mury,J., Organic Chemistry, 5th ed, diffusion, interstitial diffusion, substitutional dif-
Brooks Cole, Toronto, 2000 fusion; (5) Crystal Interfaces and Microstructure:
3. Fessenden R.J. and Fessenden K.S., Oganic interfacial free energy, grain boundary, interphase
Chemistry, 5th ed., Brooks Cole, California, interfaces in solids, interface migration; (6) So-
1994 lidification: nucleation in pure metals, growth of a
pure solid, solidification of alloy, solidification of
ENMT600010 ingots and castings, solidification of fusion welds,
ENMT610010 rapid solidification; (7) Diffusional Transformation
ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY in Solids: homogeneous and heterogeneous nucle-
3 SKS ation in solids, precipitate growth, transforma-
Objective : able to explain the basic concepts tion kinetics, eutectoid transformation, ordering
of electrochemistry to further understanding of transformation; (8) Diffusionless Transformation
the science of corrosion and metal protection, in Solids: theories of martensite nucleation, mar-
as well as the science of iron ore processing with tensite growth, tempering of ferrous martensite,
extraction methods, such as electrowinning and martensite transformation in nonferrous metals,
electrorefining case study in diffusionless transformation
Syllabus : Basic concepts and applications of elec- Prerequisite : Physical Metallurgy 1 (EN-
trochemistry, and conductivity solution, Faradays MT600006)
law, and their application.Elektrode electroche- Textbooks :
mical cell (definition, potential, equation Nerst, 1. Porter, D. A and Easterling, K.E, Phase Trans-
electrical double layer, the polarization, the me- formation in Metals and Alloys, 3rd. ed., CRC
asurement of potential, free energy and electrode Press, 2009.
potential, equilibrium potential), the reference 2. Rhines, F. N., Phase Diagram in Metallurgy, 225
McGraw-Hill, 1956. tests, forms of corrosion, high temperature cor-
3. West. D. R. T., Ternary Equilibrium Diagram, rosion, cathodic protection, anodic protection,
2nd ed., Chapman and Hall, London, 1992. coating, inhibition, materials selection and
design, monitoring and inspection, analysis of
ENMT600013 corrosion driven-damage, standards related to
PROGRAM
ENMT610013 corrosion
MINERAL PROCESSING Prerequisite : -
UNDERGRADUATE
3 SKS Textbooks:
Objective : Students are able to explain the 1. Jones, DA, Principles & Prevention of Cor-
properties of minerals and their application, to rosion, McMillan Pubs. Co, 1992
know and understand the processes of processing 2. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, 3rd ed.,
of mineral / ore and equipment. 1992
Syllabus : Understanding mineralogy, classifi- 3. Roberge, Pierre R, Handbook of Corrosion
cation of minerals, mineral properties, mineral Engineering, McGraw-Hill Handbook, 1999.
that has economic value. Terminology and basic
concepts of processing mineral / ore, potential ENMT600017
sources of mineral / ore that can be processed ENMT610017
in a technically and economically, the processes Corrosion & Degradation of Materials
of size reduction (comminution): The process of Lab
crushing, screening process, grinding process, the 3 SKS
classification process, process of separation / con- Objective : Students are able to conduct (i) prin-
centration: Gravity concentration: Concentration ciples of corrosion, (ii) measurement of corrosion
Heavy Jigging Flowing Film, Media Separation, potential, (iii) cathodic protection, (iv) metal
Flotation process, Magnetic Separation, High protection technique.
Tension Separation, Dewatering and Thickening Syllabus: C orrosion cells, corrosion potential
process measurement of selected metals, polarization
Prerequisite : - of stainless steel, cathodic protection, surface
Textbooks : treatment.
1. Sorell. The Rocks and Minerals of the World, Prerequisite : -
Collins, 1982 Textbooks :
2. Hulburt, Jr. Manual of Mineralogy, John Wil- Corrosion Lab Module, Laboratory of Corrosion -
ley and Sons, 1979 Dept of Metallurgical and Materials, FTUI
3. B.A. Wills, Mineral Processing Technology,
4th ed., Pergamon Press, 1988 ENMT600018
4. Gilchrist J.D., Extraction Metallurgy, Perga- ENMT610018
mon Press, London, 1980 Extractive Metallurgy
5. Gill C.B., Non Ferrous Extractive Metallurgy, 3 SKS
John Wiley and Sons Inc., 1980 Objective : Students are able to understand the
fundamentals and extractive methods of ferrous
ENEE600031 and non ferrous metals especially in Indonesia,
Numerical Method such as but not limited to Al, Cu, Ni, Sn, Pb, Au,
2 SKS and their respective alloys, also their application
Refer to Page 179 and developments
Syllabus : Basic principles of extractive metal-
ENIE600020 lurgy (pyrometallurgy, hydrometallurgy and
ENIE610020 electrometallurgy). Process/treatment process
INDUSTRIAL project MANAGEMENT of ore to be extracted. Leaching method of oxide
2 SKS and sulfide ores, Bayer process, Al, Au leaching
Refer to Page 359 by cyanidation (Leaching; precipitation techni-
ques; ion exchange; solvent extraction; reverse
ENMT600016 osmosis). Electrometallurgy (Electro winning and
ENMT610016 electro refining). Molten salt electro winning. Hall
Corrosion & Degradation of Materials process. Electro winning of Mg, Ti. Secondary me-
3 SKS tals. Obtaining metals from scrap and secondary
Objective : Students are able to understand the sources by using pyro-, hydro-, and electrometal-
effect of the damage of metals due to corrosion lurgy. Pyrometallurgy, mineral separation, slag,
and degradation of metals and how it can be blast furnace, raw materials, reactions, material
prevented balance, iron ore, roasting, smelting, refining of
Syllabus : Principles of corrosion, kinetics of cor- Sn, Ni, Cu, Zn, Pb.
rosion, polarization, passivation, measurement of Prerequisite : -
226 corrosion rate, metallurgical aspects, corrosion
Textbooks : ENMT600021
1. Pehlke, Robert D., Unit Processes in Extrac- ENMT610021
tive Metallurgy, Elsevier Pub., New York, POLYMER TECHNOLOGY
1973 4 SKS
2. J. J. Moore., Chemical Metallurgy, Butter- Objective : Students are able to explain the
UNDERGRADUATE
worth-Heinemann, London, 1981 specification of a polymer product, raw materials
PROGRAM
3. J. D. Gilchrist., Extractive Metallurgy, Per- and fabrication processes. Syllabus: Review of
gamon., 2nd ed., Oxford, Pergamon Press, the polymer material; relation to the behavior
1980 of the polymer crystallinity, morphology, thermal
4. W. H. Dennis., Metallurgy of the Non-ferrous properties, mechanical and rheological; polymer
Metals, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons Ltd., London, rheology; mechanical behavior of polymers:
1954 structure, properties and applications Termoplast,
5. B. A. Wills, Mineral Processing Technology - Thermosets and Elastomers; polymer recycling
An Introduction to The Practical Aspects of and ecology; Polymer Processing: Processing of
Ore Treatment and Mineral Recovery, 5th Polymers specifically on the application: Packa-
ed - Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1992 ging; Automotive, and Electronics; along with
downstream polymer industry visits.
ENMT600019 Syllabus :
ENMT610019 Prerequisite : Polymer Chemistry
Extractive Metallurgy Lab Textbooks :
1 SKS 1. Fundamentals of polymer engineering Arie
Objective : Students are able to understand Ram Plenum press 1997
selected extractive methods of metals & elec- 2. Handbook of Thermoset Plastics 2nd, Sidney
trometallurgy H. Goodman 1998 Noyes Publisher
Syllabus : Metals extraction test and electrome- 3. Handbook of Modern Plastics, Charles A Har-
tallurgy (e.g. Electroplating, froth flotation) per McGraw-Hill 2000
Prerequisite : - 4. An Introduction to Rubber Technology, A
Textbooks : Extractive Metallurgy Lab Module, Ciesielski, 1999, Rapra Tech, LTD.
Laboratory of Corrosion - Dept. of Metallurgical 5. PVC Handbook, C.E. Wilkes et al,
and Materials Engineering 6. Recycling of plastic materials Francesco
Paolo La Mantia Chem Tech Publisher 1993
ENMT600020
ENMT610020 ENMT600022
Heat Treatment and Surface Engineering ENMT610022
3 SKS Technology of Microstructural Analy-
Objective : Students are able to explain various sis
heat treatment process and determine the app- 2 SKS
ropriate process for a certain metal/material to Objective: On completion of this subject, stu-
obtain micro and mechanical properties needed, dents are expected to understand the techniques
and to be able to analyze heat-treatment behavior for observing the microstructures of materials,
of material including the optical and electron microscope
Syllabus : Definition of heat treatment, phase and to be able to correlate the microstructures
transformation and microstructure, TTT and CCT of materials with their properties
diagram, the influence of heating and cooling Syllabus : Techniques of microstructure analy-
rate, stable and metastable microstructure, sis, Phase formation and general characteristic
hardenability, the influence of alloying element, of material structures, Microstructure of steel;
hardening, softening, temper brittleness, dis- stable and metastable phases and the formation
tortion and its prevention, carburization, nitro- and mechanism, Microstructure of non-ferrous
carburizing, nitriding, boronizing, non-ferrous alloys; aluminum, copper, titanium, Macrostruc-
heat treatment, various heat-treating furnace ture, Sampling techniques, Samples preparation,
and its atmosphere, deviation in heat treatment Observation techniques with optical and electron
process, special heat treatment, case study of microscopes, Special measurements; micro-hard-
heat treatment and surface engineering ness, coating thickness, roughness, Quantitative
Prerequisite : - metallography; grain size, volume fraction of
Textbooks : phases and precipitates.
1. Bill Bryson, Heat Treatment, Selection and Prerequisite:-
Application of Tool Steel, Hanser-Gardner Textbooks
Publication, Germany, 1997 1. Der Voort, V., Metallography Principles and
2. ASM, ASM Handbook Vol. 4: Heat Treating, Practice, McGraw Hill, 1984
ASM, International, Ohio, USA, 1991 2. Wojnar, Leszek, image Analysis, Application
3. ASM, Practical Heat Treating, ASM Interna- in Material Eng., CRC Press LLC, 1999 227
tional, 2006.
ENMT600023 ceramics for various applications in the fields of
ENMT610023 engineering, ceramic refractory, manufacturing
Technology of Microstructural Analysis technology and its use.
LAB Syllabus : Introduction to ceramics (general),
1 SKS crystal structure, glass structure, phase diagrams,
PROGRAM
Objective : Students are able to master the phase transformations. Properties of ceramics:
techniques of metallographic testing and to report thermal, optical, mechanical, electrical and mag-
UNDERGRADUATE
the results of a systematic testing in accordance netic fields, as well as the nature dielektris. Ma-
with the applicable standards nufacture of ceramic technology and applications:
Syllabus : Metallographic sample preparation conventional ceramic (aluminum-silicate; clay,
(techniques of cutting, grinding, polishing and glaze); cement and concrete; glass and advanced
etching), micro-structural analysis techniques of ceramics (advanced ceramics). The processes
metal (ferrous and non-ferrous) with an optical for modern ceramics, ceramic thin film, ceramic
microscope for field application of mechanical, electronic,
Prerequisite : - optical and magnetic. -Based ceramic matrix
Textbooks : composites. Refractory ceramics. Refractory
1. Modul Praktikum Metalografi, Laboratorium raw materials, types of refractories: refractory
Metalografi & Heat Treatment, Departemen system Alumininum - silica, silica refractories,
Teknik Metalurgi dan Material FTUI. refractory magnesite, chromite refractories,
2. Der Voort, V., Metallography Principles and refractory carbon, special refractories. Manufac-
Practice, McGraw Hill, 1984 ture of refractories, the use of refractory metals
3. Wojnar, Leszek., Image Analysis, Application in the industry and others, as well as the failure
in Materials Engineering, CRC Press LLC, mechanism of refractory.
1999 Prerequisite : -
Textbooks :
ENMT600024 1. Kingery, Bowen and Uhlmann, Introduction
ENMT610024 to Ceramics, 2nd ed., John Wiley and Sons,
COMPOSITE MATERIALS 1976.
2 SKS 2. Richerson, Modern Ceramic Engineering
Objective : Students are able to explain the Properties, Processing and Use in Design,
composite material, the development and app- Marcel Dekker, 1982.
lication and be able to calculate the mechanical 3. Noboru Icinose, Introduction to Ceramic
and physical properties of composites by using Engineering, John Wolley, 1987.
rule of mixture 4. Bambang Suharno, Refraktori, Diktat Kuliah,
Syllabus : The concept, definition and clarifica- Departemen Metalurgi dan Material FTUI,
tion of the composite, matrix and reinforcement 2007
type for composites, metal matrix composite, 5. Refractories Handbook, The Technical Asso-
polymer matrix composite, ceramic matrix com- ciation of Refractories, Japan, 1998
posite, fiber composite nature. Reinforced fibers 6. D.N. Nandi, Handbook on Refractories, Mc
and Whiskers, the rule of mixtures, the interface Graw-Hill 1987
in composite materials, interfacial area, Interfa- 7. Subrata Banerjee, Monolithic Refractories, A
cial Wettability, interfacial bonding Comprehensive Handbook, World Scientific
Prerequisite : - Publishing, 1998
Textbooks : 8. J.D. Gilchrist, Fuels, Furnace and Refracto-
1. Hull, D., An Introdution to composite Mate- ries, Pergamon Press, 1977
rials, Cambridge Uni. Press, 1981 9. M. Barsoum, Fundamentals of Ceramics,
2. Mattew, F.L. and R.D. Rawlings, Composite Taylor & Francis, 2002
Materials: Engineering and Science, Chapman 10. Advanced Ceramic Processing & Technology,
Hall, 1993 Noyes Pub., 1990
3. Bryan Harris, Engineering Composites Ma-
terials, 2nd Eddtion, Institute of Materials ENMT600026
Communication Ltd, 1999 ENMT610026
Iron & Steel Making process
ENMT600025 2 SKS
ENMT610025 Objective : Students are able to explain the pro-
CERAMICS TECHNOLOGY cess of iron and steel making, and the equipment
4 SKS needed: starting from the raw materials prepara-
Objective : Students are able to explain the basic tion to the semi-finished products
concepts of ceramic material, manufacturing Syllabus : Statistics, classification and the deve-
technology and its applications in engineering; as lopment of steel (iron ores, reductor, etc.) and
228 well as understand and explain the processes of their preparatory process, thermodynamics and
kinetics of iron and steel making process, blast
furnace reduction of iron ores, direct reduction 4. John Campbell, Castings Practice: The Ten
(hylsa, midrex, rotary kiln SL-RN, rotary hearth), Rules of Castings, Elsevier Butterworth-
smelting reduction, desulfurization, deoxidation, Heinemann, 2005
dephosphorisation, degassing, steel making in 5. Hosford, W. F and Robert M. Caddel., Metal
EAF (Electric Arc Furnace) and BOF (Basic Oxygen Forming: Mechanic and Metallurgy, Prentice-
UNDERGRADUATE
Furnace), secondary metallurgy process, conti- Hall Inc., 1983
PROGRAM
nuous casting, hot and cold rolling, special steel 6. Harris, J. N., Mechanical Working of Metals.
making. Theory and Practice, Pergamon Press, 1983
Prerequisite : - 7. Dieter, G. F., Mechanical Metallurgy, McGraw
Textbooks : Hill, 1976
1. A. K., Biswas, Principles of Blast Furnace Iron 8. Lenel, Powder Metallurgy, Principles and
Making, Cootha Pub., Australia, 1981 Application, MPIF, 1980
2. Robert L. Stephenson and Ralph M. Smailer, 9. German, R. M., Powder Metallurgy Science,
Direct Reduced Iron Technology and Econo- 1987
mics of Production and Use, The Iron and 10. Alan Lawley, Atomization: The Production
Steel Society of AIME, USA, 1980 of Metal Powders, Metal Powder Industry
3. R. H. Tupkary, Introduction to Modern Steel Federation, New Jersey, 2003
Making, Khanna Publisher, Delhi, 1989 11. C. Suryanarayana, Mechanical Alloying and
4. E. T. Turdogan, Fundamentals of Steel Ma- Milling, Marcel Dekker, New York, 2004
king, Institute of Metals, 1996
ENMT600028
ENMT600027 ENMT610028
ENMT610027 Metal Forming Lab
Metal Forming 2 SKS
4 SKS Objective : Students are able to apply the
Objective : Students are able to explain the theories of metal forming through solidification
principles, phenomena, basic mechanisms and and plastic deformation to solve realistic metal
metal forming technique through liquid, solid forming process problems in laboratory scale,
and powder phase, and able to analyze and de- qualitatively and quantitatively
termine the process needed to produce a product Syllabus (1) Sand particle size distribution,
of good quality water content calculation, additive substance
Syllabus : The forming of metals as a part of (bentonite) content in mould, sand flowablity,
design process and manufacture; fundamentals relation of water and additive content in sand
of metal casting (mould, molten metal, solidifi- with permeability, shear and compressive strength
cation), mould (sand, ceramic, metal), pouring of sand, (2) utilization of simulation software in
system (pattern, riser, pressure and unpressure, calculation and design of casting, (3) Design of
chill) and its simulation, solidification of cast inlet and riser, mould making from patterns, ma-
iron and aluminum, liquid treatment for ferrous king of the core of the mould, melting and pouring
metals (inoculation, Mg treatment) and non- of molten metal to the mould, analysis of casting
ferrous (modifier, grain refiner), various methods defect, analysis of casting product related to the
of casting, casting defect; common principle of alloying element and casting process.
solid forming of a metal, techniques of metal Prerequisite : -
forming through: pressing, forging, rolling, Textbooks :
extrusion, wire drawing, sheet metal forming; Metal Forming Lab Module, Laboratory of Metal
thermo-mechanical processing (TMP). General Forming - Dept of Metallurgical and Materials,
principle of powder metallurgy, powder fabrica- FTUI
tion and mechanism of powder forming, powder
characteristics and characterization, mechanical ENMT600029
alloying, pre-compaction process, compaction, ENMT610029
precursor characteristic, sintering and powder Materials Joining
consolidation, full density processing, sintering 3 SKS
equipment and related aspects, application of Objective : Students are able to explain and
powder metallurgy products choose the appropriate procedure and methods
Prerequisite : - of joining for a given application that the product
Textbooks : obtained has a good joint
1. Heine, R. W. et.al., Principles of Metal Cas- Syllabus : Principles of various material joining
ting, McGraw-Hill Pub., New Delhi, 1986 and its classification, adhesive bonding, mecha-
2. Surdia, T. Teknologi Pengecoran Logam, P. nical joining, methods of welding: fusion welding
Paramita, 1985 (electric arc), electrical resistance welding, pres-
3. John Campbell, Castings, Second Edition, sure welding (solid state welding), other welding
Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann, 2004 process (EBW, laser welding, thermit welding, 229
underwater welding), soldering and brazing, 2. Hurst, Kenneth S., Engineering Design Prin-
design of joint and welding symbol, welding ciples, 1st Ed., Arnold, New York, 1999
metallurgy: carbon steel, low alloy steel, stain- 3. Pugh, Stuart, Total Design, Integrated Met-
less steel, concrete steel, non ferrous, WPS and hods for Successful Product Engineering.,
welding standards and code, weld defect and its Addison-Wesley Publisher Ltd., Edinburgh
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Textbooks Refer to Page 465
PROGRAM
1. Relevant reference in relation to the job
training subject ENMT801002
2. Job Training Guidelines, Dept. of Metallurgi- ADDITIVE & DERIVATIVE OF POLYMERS
cal & Materials Engineering, FTUI 3 SKS
Refer to Page 465
ENMT600034
ENMT610034 ENMT800003
Seminar INDUSTRIAL MECHANIC EQUIPMENT
1 SKS 3 SKS
Objective : Students are able to define problems Refer to Page 465
for a final assignment research, to conduct lite-
racy study, to construct research methodology and ENMT801004
to present in the form of scientific paper. HIGH TEMPERATURE CORROSION
Syllabus : Final assignment writing guide including 3 SKS
initial research, abstract writing guide, research Refer to Page 465
methodology, type of references, discussion, also
conclusion. To make scientific paper from existing ENMT800005
final report which then be presented according to QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
certain journal term or final assignment proposal 3 SKS
presentation. Refer to Page 466
Prerequisite : -
Textbooks : ENMT800006
1. Related Books to research topic ADVANCED MATERIAL
2. Felicia N. Utorodewo, Lucy R. Montolalu, L. 3 SKS
Pamela Kawira, Bahasa Indonesia Sebuah Refer to Page 466
Pengantar Penulisan Ilmiah (Bahasa Indone-
sia 3. An Introduction to Scientific Writing), ENMT801007
Program PDPT UI, 2004 MACHINING & POLYMER RECYCLING TECHNO-
LOGY
ENMT600035 3 SKS
ENMT610035 Refer to Page 466
Final Project
4 SKS ENMT801008
Objective : Students are able to accomplish a ADVANCED SURFACE ENGINEERING
final assignment research, to conduct literacy 3 SKS
study, to construct research methodology and to Refer to Page 466
produce final report according to the theme and
scope approved by the counselor. ENMT800009
Syllabus : Implementation/application of various ADVANCED EXTRACTIVE METALLURGY
lectures taken by students on integration in a 3 SKS
research to solve a problem in metallurgy and Refer to Page 467
material engineering field. The research result
is presented in a form of scientific report and ENMT800010
presented in front of the judging lecturers. ADVANCED POLYMER PRODUCT PROCESSING
Prerequisite : - 3 SKS
Textbooks : Refer to Page 467
1. Related Books to research topic
2. Panduan Skripsi (Final Project Guidelines), ENMT800011
Engineering Faculty Universitas Indonesia PROJECT MANAGEMENT
3 SKS
Refer to Page 467
ENMT800011
NANOTECHNOLOGY
3 SKS 231
Refer to Page 468
4.8. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN ARCHITECTURE
Program Specification
Universities
UNDERGRADUATE
232
C. Bidang Ilmu
C1. Budaya dan Studi Artistik
6. Mampu bertindak dengan pengetahuan tentang preseden sejarah dan budaya dalam
arsitektur lokal dan dunia.
7. Mampu merancang dan menerapkan pengetahuan tentang seni rupa dan pengaruhnya
UNDERGRADUATE
terhadap kualitas desain arsitektur.
PROGRAM
8. Menguraikanisu-isu tentang pusaka budaya di lingkungan binaan.
9. Mengidentifikasi kaitan antara arsitektur dan disiplin kreatif lainnya.
C2. Ilmu Sosial
10. Mampu bertindak dengan pengetahuan masyarakat, dan untuk bekerja dengan klien dan
pengguna yang mewakili kebutuhan masyarakat.
11. Mampu menyusun KAK proyek melalui definisi dari kebutuhan pengguna masyarakat dan
klien, dan untuk meneliti dan menetapkan persyaratan kontekstual dan fungsional untuk
berbagai jenis lingkungan binaan.
12. Merumuskan konteks sosial di mana lingkungan binaan berada, persyaratan ergonomis
dan ruang dan isu kesetaraan dan akses.
13. Mengidentifikasi peraturan yang relevan, pedoman teknis dan standar untuk
perencanaan, desain, konstruksi, kesehatan, keselamatan dan penggunaan lingkungan
binaan.
C3. Studi Lingkungan Hidup
14. Mampu bertindak dengan pengetahuan tentangsistemalamdanlingkungandibangun.
15. Merumuskan isu-isu konservasi dan pengelolaan limbah.
16. Merumuskan aspek daur ulang bahan, isu keberlanjutan ekologis, dampak lingkungan,
desain untuk pengurangan penggunaan energi, serta sistem pasif & pengelolaan energi.
17. Mengidentifikasi sejarah dan praktek arsitektur lansekap, rancang kota, serta
perencanaan wilayah dan nasional dan hubungannya dengan demografi lokal dan
global dan sumber daya.
18. Mengidentifikasi pengelolaan sistem alam yang menjadi risiko bencana alam.
C4. Studi Teknis
19. Mengidentifikasi aspek teknis struktur, bahan, dan konstruksi.
20. Merumuskan proses desain teknis dan integrasi struktur, teknologi konstruksi dan
sistem utilitas menjadi kesatuan fungsional yang efektif.
21. Merumuskan sistem utilitas serta sistem transportasi, komunikasi, perawatan
dan keselamatan bangunan.
22. Menyadari peran dokumentasi teknis dan spesifikasi dalam pelaksanaan desain, dan
proses konstruksi, perencanaan biaya, dan kontrol.
23. Mampu bertindak dengan kompetensi teknis yang inovatif dalam penggunaan teknik
bangunan dan pemahaman evolusi mereka.
C5 Studi Perancangan
24. Mengidentifikasi teoridan metoda merancang.
25. Merumuskan prosedur dan proses desain.
26. Mengidentifikasi preseden desain dan kritik arsitektur.
C6 Studi Profesional
27. Mampu bertindak dengan pengetahuan tentang konteks profesional, bisnis, keuangan
dan hukum.
28. Mampu menjabarkan berbagai bentukpengadaan jasa arsitek.
29. Menyadari tata kerja industri konstruksi dan pembangunan, dinamikakeuangan,
investasi real estat, dan manajemen fasilitas.
30. Menyadari potensi peran arsitek di kegiatan konvensional maupun kegiatan bidang
baru, serta dalam konteks internasional.
31. Mengidentifikasi prinsip-prinsip bisnis dan aplikasinya pada pengembangan
lingkungan binaan, manajemen proyek dan fungsi konsultan profesional.
D. Penguasaan Keterampilan
32. Mampu bertindak dan mengkomunikasikan ide-ide melalui kolaborasi, berbicara,
berhitung, menulis, menggambar, pemodelandanevaluasi.
33. Mampu menggunakan manual, elektronik, grafis danmodel membuat kemampuan
untuk mengeksplorasi, mengembangkan, menetapkan dan mengkomunikasikan
proposal desain.
233
34. Mampu mempelajari sistem evaluasi, yang menggunakan manualdan/atau cara
elektronik untuk penilaian kinerja lingkungan dibangun.
35. Mampu menyusun tulisan ilmiah
E. Perilaku Berkarya
36. Mampu menghayati etika profesional dan kode etik seperti yang diterapkan pada
PROGRAM
praktek arsitektur dan tanggung jawab hukum arsitek di tempat arsitek terdaftar
UNDERGRADUATE
atau berpraktek.
37. Melaksanakan etika akademis
F. Kehidupan Bermasyarakat
38. Melaksanakan peran sebagai warganegara, dan mampu menggunakan bahasa nasional
dan internasional.
13 Course Composition
No Type of Course Credits Percentage
i General Course of University 18 12,5
ii General Course of Engineering 12 8,33
Faculty
iii Skill Course 81 56,25
iv Optional Course 25 17,36
v Internship , Seminar, Final Project, 8 5,56
Project
Type of Course 144 100 %
14 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
234
Jejaring Kompetensi
Jejaring Kompetensi
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Sarjana arsitektur yang mampu merancang karya arsitektur sesuai dengan konteks dan kebutuhan setempat berdasarkan
penerapan teori dasar, pengetahuan dalam arsitektur.
Mampu merancang arsitektur secara imajinatif, kreatif, dan inovatif melalui kemampuan analitis, berpikir tiga
dimensi, serta kemampuan merekonsiliasi berbagai faktor desain.
Mampu menerapkan prinsip dasar matematika dan fisika dalam menyelesaikan permasalahan rancangan arsitektur
Mampu Mampu
Mampu berpikir Mampu menggunakan memberikan
kritis, kreatif, mengidentifikasi bahasa lisan dan alternatif
dan inovatif serta Mampu ragam upaya tulisan dalam pemecahan masalah
memiliki memanfaatkan wirausaha yang Bahasa Indonesia terhadap beragam
keingintahuan teknologi bercirikan inovasi dan Bahasa Inggris masalah yang
intelektual untuk informasi dan kemandirian dengan baik untuk timbul di
memecahkan komunikasi yang kegiatan akademik lingkungan
masalah pada berlandaskan maupun non masyarakat, bangsa,
tingkat individual etika akademik dan negara
dan kelompok
235
KBK FTUI
Jejaring Mata Ajar
Jejaring Mata Ajar
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
236
Struktur Kurikulum Program Sarjana Arsitektur Reguler / Paralel
UNDERGRADUATE
Semester 1 1st Semester
PROGRAM
UIGE600004 MPK Terintegrasi B Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
Sub Total 19
Sub Total 20
237
Semester 5 5th Semester 19
Pilihan Elective 3
Sub Total 18
Pilihan Elective 3
Pilihan Elective 3
Sub Total 18
UNDERGRADUATE
ENAR600032 Perencanaan Kota dan Wilayah Urban and Regional Planning 3
PROGRAM
ENAR600033 Psikologi Arsitektur Architectural Psychology 3
ENAR600034 Real Estate Real Estate 3
ENAR600035 Sejarah Arsitektur Lanjut Advanced History of Architecture 3
ENAR600036 Struktur dan Konstruksi Lanjut Advanced Building Technology 3
ENAR600037 Studi Kelayakan Proyek Project Feasibility Study 3
ENAR600038 Tata Cahaya Lighting Design 3
ENAR600039 Teori Perumahan Kota Urban Housing Theories 3
ENAR600040 Utilitas Bangunan Lanjut Advanced Building Utility 3
ENAR600041 2D Komunikasi Desain Digital 2D Digital Design Communication 3
ENAR600042 3D Komunikasi Desain Digital 3D Digital Design Communication 3
ENAR600043 Kapita Selekta Capita Selecta 3
ENAR600044 Kajian Mandiri Independent Study 3
ENAR600045 Kerja Praktek/KKN Internship 3
*) Mahasiswa wajib mengambil minimal 2 mata ajaran di luar departemen arsitektur sebagai mata
ajar pilihan
Semester 7 Semester 1
Pilihan S1 Studio/Workshop 5
Semester 8 Semester 2
Pilihan S1 Studio/Workshop 5
Pilihan S1 Pilihan 3
Semester 9 Semester 3
Seminar Thesis 3
Pilihan 3
Pilihan 3
Semester 10 Semester 4
Thesis 8
TOTAL 40
239
Struktur Kurikulum Program Sarjana Arsitektur Internasional
CODE COURSES CREDITS
1 SEMESTER
st
ENGE610003 Basic Physics 1 4
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Elective 3
PROGRAM
Sub Total 18
8th SEMESTER
ENAR610017 Undergraduate Thesis 8
UIGE610003 Sports/ Arts 1
Elective* 2
Elective* 3
Sub Total 14
Total 144
241
Aturan Transisi Kurikulum 2008 ke Kurikulum berubah menjadi mata ajar pilihan di
2012 Kurikulum 2012:
Maka bagi mahasiswa yang sudah lulus
1. Kurikulum 2012 diberlakukan mulai Semester mata ajar tersebut, tetap dihitung sebagai
Gasal 2012/2013 (Agustus 2012 hingga
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
MPKT 6 MPKT A 6
Wajib untuk Angkatan
- MPKT B 6
2012 dan sesudahnya
Perancangan Arsitektur 1 7 Bila mahasiswa belum
lulus mata ajar Kurikulum
Perancangan Arsitektur 1 10 2008, wajib mengambil
Teknologi Bangunan 1 3 kedua mata ajar Kuriku-
lum 2012
Perancangan Arsitektur 2 7 Bila mahasiswa belum
lulus mata ajar Kurikulum
Perancangan Arsitektur 2
10 2008, wajib mengambil
Teknologi Bangunan 2 3 kedua mata ajar Kuriku-
lum 2012
Perancangan Arsitektur 3 9 Bila mahasiswa belum
lulus mata ajar Kurikulum
Perancangan Arsitektur 3
12 2008, wajib mengambil
Pengantar Konteks Perkotaan 3 kedua mata ajar Kuriku-
lum 2012
Perancangan Arsitektur 4 9 Bila mahasiswa belum
lulus mata ajar Kurikulum
Perancangan Arsitektur 4
12 2008, wajib mengambil
Teknologi Bangunan 3 3 kedua mata ajar Kuriku-
lum 2012
Skripsi 8 Bila mahasiswa 2009 yang
belum lulus mata ajar
Skripsi 10 Kurikulum 2008, mengam-
Independent study 3 bil kedua mata ajar
Kurikulum 2012
Mahasiswa Angkatan 2011
dan sesudahnya wajib
mengambil 2 mata ajar
Mata ajar pilihan Mata ajar pilihan
pilihan DI LUAR mata
ajar pilihan Departemen
Arsitektur
243
Deskripsi Mata Ajar ENAR600001
ENAR610014
UIGE600001 PENGANTAR ARSITEKTUR
UIGE610001 3 SKS
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A Tujuan Pembelajaran: membekali mahasiswa
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Filsafatnya Beserta Contoh-contoh Praktis. ENAR610009
PROGRAM
Jakarta, Gramedia, 1988. TEKNIK KOMUNIKASI ARSITEKTUR
10.Moore, Charles dan Gerald Allen. Dimen- 6 SKS
sions, Space, Shape, and Scale in Architecture. Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa dapat
New York: Architecture Books, 1975. menjelaskan gagasan arsitektural dengan
11.Pevsner, Nikolaus. An Outline of European menggunakan berbagai media komunikasi
Architecture.(Edisi ke 7) Middlesex, 1985. yang tepat
12.Raskin, Eugine. Architecture and People. Silabus: Pengantar berbagai teknik komunikasi
Englewood Cliff. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, yang dapat digunakan untuk menyampaikan
1974. gagasan arsitektur dengan mengutamakan
13.Sullivan, Louis. Kindergarten Chat. New pengetahuan apa yang perlu dikomunikasikan,
York: Dover, 1960. teknik apa yang tepat. Dasar-dasar komunikasi
14.Tuan, I-Fu. Space and Place: An Experiencial arsitektur, beragam media komunikasi (verbal,
Perspectives. Mineapolis: University of Min grafis, model dan media lain), mengkomuni-
nesota Press, 1980. kasikan wujud visual benda dan ruang, meng-
15.Van de Ven, Cornelis. Space in Architecture: komunikasikan benda dan ruang untuk tujuan
The Evolution of a new idea in the Theory dan audience yang berbeda, mengkomunikasi-
and History of Modern Movement. Assen: Van kan ruang kegiatan manusia.
Gorcum, 1980. Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti Mata Ajaran Seni
16.Venturi, Robert. Complexity and Contradic Rupa
tion in Architecture. New York: Museum of Buku Ajar:
Modern Art Paper Series, 1966, 1977. 1. Frank D.K.Ching, Drawing & Perceiving A
17.Vitruvius, M.P. Ten Books of Architecture. Visual Dictionary of Architecture. John Wiley
Terjemahan: M.Viadon dan G. Caffee. Chicago: & Sons, 1996
University of Chicago Press, 1960. 2.Frank D.K.Ching, Architectural Graphics, 2nd
Ed. John Wiley & Sons, 2002
ENAR600010 3. Francis DK Ching, Drawing: A Creative Pro
ENAR610016 cess, Wiley, 1989
SENI RUPA 4. Paul Laseau and Norman Crewe, Visual Notes
4 SKS for Architects and Designers, Wiley 1986
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu men- 5. Tom Porter and Sue Goodman, Manual of
guasai pengetahuan mengenai elemen-elemen Graphic Techniques, Scribner, 1991
dasar visual, prinsip-prinsip dasar estetika,
komposisi, dimensi, dan craftmanship. ENAR600008
Silabus: Pengetahuan elemen dasar visual. ENAR610012
Pengetahuan prinsip dasar estetika: beauty, SEJARAH ARSITEKTUR I
ugly; order, disorder. Pengetahuan komposisi: 3 SKS
formasi obyek (titik, garis, bidang, ruang, Tujuan Pembelajaran: Memperkenalkan karya-
massa). Dimensi: dwimatra, trimatra. Ke- karya arsitektur modern di dunia khususnya
bebasan berekspresi. Makna desain: from barat
nothing to something. Craftmanship (bahan, Silabus: Definisi dan deskripsi Arsitektur mo-
perlakuan bahan). dern, Neo-Klasik, Tata kota dan perancangan
Prasyarat: - lingkungan urban, Ilmu pengetahuan dan tek-
Buku Ajar: nologi, Arts & Crafts dan Art Arsitektur modern,
1.Frank D.K.Ching, Architecture Form, Space Arsitektur modern akhir dan pasca modern
& Order, John Wiley & Sons, 1997 Prasyarat: -
2. Hideaku Chijiiwa, Color Harmony, Rockport Buku Ajar:
Publisher, 1992 1.Spiro Kostof, A History of Architecture: Set-
3. Bride M. Whelan, Color Harmony-2, Rockport ting and Rituals, 2nd edition, Oxford University
Publisher, 1994 Press, USA, 1985
4. H. Harvard Anarson, History of Modern Art: 2.Leonardo Benevolo, History of Modern Ar-
Painting, Sculpture, Architecture & Photog 245
chitecture, MIT Press, 1977
ENAR600016
ENAR600015 ENAR610011
ENAR610010 TEORI & METODE PERANCANGAN LING-
TEORI & METODE PERANCANGAN ARSITEK- KUNGAN
PROGRAM
TUR 3 SKS
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
-Proyek Perancangan 2 merupakan integrasi kasi Arsitektur
PROGRAM
dari Perancangan Arsitektur 2 dan Teknologi Pernah atau sedang mengikuti mata ajaran
Bangunan 2 Teknologi Bangunan 1
-Proyek Perancangan 3 merupakan integrasi Tugas:
dari Perancangan Arsitektur 3 dan Pengantar Merancang ruang diri sederhana yang diimple-
Perkotaan mentasikan melalui model skala 1:1; Meran-
-Proyek Perancangan 4 merupakan integrasi cang ruang untuk sebuah episode kehidupan
dari Perancangan Arsitektur 4 dan Teknologi manusia.
Bangunan 3 Buku Ajar:
Secara bertahap pumpunan pengetahuan dan 1. Bruno Zevi, Architecture as Space:
kemampuan akan dijabarkan ke dalam tahap How to Look at Architecture, 1993.
pembelajaran Perancangan Arsitektur di tiap 2. Donlyn Lyndon and Charles W. Moore,
semester. Chambers For A Memory Palace, MIT
Press, 1994
PROYEK PERANCANGAN 1 3. Edward T. Hall, The Hidden Dimension,
Proyek Perancangan 1 merupakan kegiatan Peter Smith Publications, 1992
perancangan ruang diri manusia. Proyek Peran- 4. Francis DK Ching, Architecture: Form,
cangan 1 merupakan integrasi dari penerapan Space and Order, Wiley, 1996.
pengetahuan perancangan ruang melalui pen- 5. Karen Franck & Bianca Lepori,
dekatan pemahaman keterkaitan diri manusia Architecture Inside Out, Academy
dan ruang, penerapan logika dasar keberdirian Press, 2000.
dan penerapan prinsip-prinsip dasar kenya- 6. Michael Pollan, A Place of My Own.
manan lingkungan dalam rancangan ruang. Penguin Press, 2008.
Proyek Perancangan 1 terdiri dari kegiatan 7. Steen Eiler Rasmussen, Experiencing
pembelajaran dalam dua mata ajaran yang Architecture, MIT Press, 1959.
saling mendukung yaitu Perancangan Arsitektur 8. Yi-Fu Tuan, Space and Place: The
1 dan Teknologi Bangunan 1. Perspective of Experience, University
of Minnesota Press, 1981
ENAR600003
ENAR610001 ENAR600012
PERANCANGAN ARSITEKTUR 1 ENAR610006
Tujuan Pembelajaran: TEKNOLOGI BANGUNAN 1
Merancang ruang diri melalui pendekatan 3 SKS
pemahaman keterkaitan diri manusia dan Tujuan Pembelajaran:
ruang. Mahasiswa dapat menjelaskan prinsip dasar
Silabus: berbagai sistem struktur bangunan serta
Perancangan Arsitektur 1 merupakan tahap cara-cara mengkonstruksinya, prinsip dasar
awal dan kritikal untuk memperkenalkan ma- sistim pengudaraan dan pencahayaan dalam
hasiswa pada disiplin arsitektur secara nyata bangunan.
melalui perancangan ruang yang imajinatif, Silabus:
kreatif dan inovatif, Pengetahuan arsitektur Logika sistem struktur dan konstruksi (kuat,
mencakup pemahaman awal mengenai makna kaku, kokoh, stabil), mekanika teknik se-
dan pengalaman ruang pribadi, interaksi an- derhana, gaya (aksi-reaksi, momen), sifat
tara tubuh manusia dan kualitas ruang, serta pembebanan (beban mati, hidup, dinamis),
pemahaman konteks tapak dan lingkungan sambungan konstruksi (tarik, tekan), karakte-
sebagaimana dialami oleh tubuh manusia. ristik dan penggunaan bahan bangunan secara
Kegiatan perancangan terdiri dari rangkaian umum (kayu, bambu, batu, bata, besi dan
aktivitas mulai dari mengumpulkan informasi, adukan/spesi), dan sistem konstruksi untuk
mendefinisikan problem, menganalisis, dan keterbangunan. Pengetahuan dasar menge-
memberikan putusan kritis untuk memfor- nai prinsip utilitas serta fisika bangunan terkait
mulasikan strategi tindakan terhadap ruang iklim (passive cooling, pencahayaan alami).
247
Prasyarat: - mencakup pemahaman pengertian dwelling,
Tugas: observasi dan analisis terhadap sebuah KSI,
Berupa gambar struktur/ konstruksi, utilitas pemahaman terhadap konteks fisik dan konteks
dan fisika bangunan dari rancangan ruang diri sosial budaya dari rancangan, pengembangan
yang sesuai dengan tugas Proyek Perancangan gagasan kualitas ruang secara kreatif, peru-
PROGRAM
ENAR600013
248
ENAR610007 PERANCANGAN ARSITEKTUR 3
TEKNOLOGI BANGUNAN 2 Tujuan Pembelajaran:
3 SKS Merancang sebuah tempat publik melalui pen-
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu dekatan tipe arsitektur, dan perancangan ber-
menganalisis dan merancang sistem struktur basis isu (issue-based), serta eksplorasi gagasan
UNDERGRADUATE
dan konstruksi bangunan bertingkat rendah form dan kualitas ruang secara kreatif.
PROGRAM
(low-rise), lengkap dengan utilitas di dalam Silabus:
dan di luar bangunan, kaidah fisika bangunan Perancangan Arsitektur 3 mengajukan persoa-
(passive cooling) untuk kenyamanan serta lan kritikal ruang kehidupan manusia dengan
aplikasi keterbangunan dari sistem struktur kompleksitas sosial budaya pada setting urban
yang dipilih. dan/atau sub urban dengan pendekatan eks-
Silabus: Aplikasi keterbangunan dari sistem plorasi gagasan form dan pendekatan berbasis
struktur yang dipilih pada bangunan bertingkat isu (issue-based). Pengetahuan perancangan
rendah (low-rise), spesifikasi bahan dan esti- mencakup penjelasan pengertian publik, uraian
masi biaya (RAB). Kaidah penerapan utilitas tipe fungsional, organisasi dan program ruang,
serta fisika bangunan (passive cooling) untuk pengembangan kata kunci, konsep bangunan
kenyamanan termal dan pencahayaan. institusi dan jabarannya dalam rancangan ru-
Prasyarat: ang; perumusan initial statement yang berbasis
Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Teknologi Ban- isu, pengembangan program dan jabarannya
gunan 1. dalam rancangan ruang. Pengetahuan tapak
Tugas: dan lingkungan mencakup penjelasan konteks
Berupa gambar dan model struktur/konstruksi dari rancangan melalui pemahaman kondisi
serta utilitas dan fisika bangunan dari rancan- fisik tapak dan konteks perkotaan serta per-
gan ruang kelompok sosial inti yang sesuai timbangan keberlanjutan.
dengan tugas Proyek Perancangan 2. Prasyarat:
Buku Ajar: Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Perancangan
1. Mario Salvadori, Why Buildings Stand Arsitektur 2
Up, WW Norton Company, New York, Pernah atau sedang mengikuti mata ajaran
1990 Pengantar Konteks Perkotaan
2. Matthys Levy & Mario Salvadori, Why Tugas:
Buildings Fall Down, WW Norton Merancang ruang dalam konteks lingkungan
Company, New York, 2002 sosial dengan hubungan kekerabatan yang
3. Durham, Theory and Practice of masih kental; Merancang ruang dalam konteks
Reinforced Concrete lingkungan urban yang lebih kompleks.
4. Barrie DS, Professional Construction Buku Ajar:
Management 1. Adrian Forty, Words and Buildings: A
5. Hartono Poerbo, Utilitas Bangunan, Vaocabulary of Modern Architecture,
Penerbit Djambatan, 1992 Thames & Hudson, 2000, Chapter
6. Norbert Lechner, Heating, Lighting, Space, hal. 256-275
Cooling, edisi ke 2, PT Raja Grafindo 2. Yi-Fu Tuan, Space and Place: The
Persada, 2007 Perspective of Experience, University
of Minnesota Press, 1981
PROYEK PERANCANGAN 3 3. Henri Lefebvre, The Production of
Proyek Perancangan 3 merupakan kegiatan Space, Blackwell, 1991
perancangan ruang publik. Proyek perancan- 4. Jeremy Till, Architecture Depends,
gan ini merupakan integrasi dari penerapan MIT Press, 2009
pengetahuan perancangan melalui pendekatan 5. Karen Franck & Bianca Lepori,
tipe arsitektur, perancangan berbasis isu (issue- Architecture Inside Out, Academy
based), dan pengetahuan dasar perkotaan. Press, 2000
Proyek Perancangan 3 terdiri dari kegiatan 6. Giulio Carlo Argan, On the Typology of
pembelajaran dalam dua mata ajaran yang Architecture, in Nesbitt, Theorizing
saling mendukung yaitu Perancangan Arsitektur a New Agenda for Architecture,
3 dan Pengantar Konteks Perkotaan. Princeton Architectural Press, 1996,
hal. 240-246
ENAR600005 7. Jonathan D. Sime, Creating Places
ENAR610003 or Designing Spaces, Journal of
249
Environmental Psychology, Vol 6, London: Routledge.
1986, hal. 49-63 5. Mumford, Lewis. 1968. The Urban
8. A n d r e w B a l l a n t y n e , W h a t i s Prospect. New York: Harvest Book
Architecture? Routledge, 2002
9. A a r o n B e t s k y & E r i k A d i g a r d , PROYEK PERANCANGAN 4
PROGRAM
for the Future of Architecture, perancangan ruang dengan fokus pada aspek
Gingko Press, 2001 keterbangunan dan kompleksitas struktur
10. Robert Venturi & Denise Brown, bangunan. Proyek Perancangan 4 merupa-
Learning from Las Vegas, MIT Press, kan integrasi dari pengetahuan perancangan
1977 melalui pendekatan teknologi, penerapan
11. Jane Jacobs, The Death and Life prinsip-prinsip struktur dan konstruksi bangu-
of Great American Cities, Random nan portabel, bangunan bentang lebar (wide
House, 1961 span) dan/atau bertingkat banyak (high rise),
12. Bernard Tschumi, Architecture and serta sistem-sistem bangunan pendukungnya.
Limits I-III, in Nesbitt, Theorizing Proyek Perancangan 4 terdiri dari kegiatan
a New Agenda for Architecture, pembelajaran dalam dua mata ajaran yang
Princeton Architectural Press, 1996, saling mendukung yaitu Perancangan Arsitektur
hal. 150-167 4 dan Teknologi Bangunan 3.
13. Bauman Lyons Architects, How to
be a Happy Architect, Black Dog ENAR600006
Publishing, 2008 ENAR610004
PERANCANGAN ARSITEKTUR 4
ENAR600002 9 SKS
ENAR610015 Tujuan Pembelajaran:
PENGANTAR KONTEKS PERKOTAAN Merancang sebuah bangunan melalui pendeka-
3 SKS tan pengembangan gagasan teknologi.
TujuanPembelajaran: Silabus:
Mengetahui dan memahami pengetahuan da- Perancangan Arsitektur 4 mengajukan per-
sar mengenai wujud fisik kawasan kota, serta soalan kritikal ruang kehidupan manusia
mampu menerapkan aturan pembangunan dengan fokus pada aspek keterbangunan dan
dalam merancang arsitektur bangunan dan kompleksitas struktur bangunan. Pengeta-
arsitektur kota. huan perancangan mencakup pengembangan
Silabus: gagasan portable architecture sebagai respon
Prinsip dan permasalahan dasar dari wujud fisik terhadap kondisi bencana atau kondisi khusus
kota: Kota dan bagaimana kota tumbuh dan lain, serta pengembangan gagasan iconic de-
berkembang, wujud fisik dan pertumbuhan sign dalam konteks urban. Pengetahuan tapak
fisik kota, arsitektur kota yang terencana dan dan lingkungan mencakup penjelasan konteks
tidak terencana, dan site planning (perenca- dari rancangan melalui pemahaman kondisi
naan dan perancangan tapak/kapling). fisik tapak dan konteks perkotaan serta per-
Prasyarat: timbangan keberlanjutan.
Telah mengikuti mata ajaran Perancangan Prasyarat:
Arsitektur 2. Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Perancangan
Buku Ajar: Arsitektur 3
1. Journal of the American Planning Pernah atau sedang mengikuti mata ajaran
Association (edisi disesuaikan dengan Teknologi Bangunan 3
topik yang akan dibahas) Tugas:
2. Jacobs, Jane. 1961. The Death and Merancang portable architecture sebagai
Life of Great American Cities. New respon terhadap kondisi bencana atau kondisi
York: Random House. khusus lain; Merancang bangunan umum yang
3. Ko s t o f , S p i r o . 1 9 9 2 . T h e C i t y merupakan intervensi iconic dalam konteks
Assembled: The Elements of Urban urban.
Form Through History. London: Buku Ajar:
Thames and Hudson 1. Ro b e r t K r o n e n b e r g , P o r t a b l e
4. LeGates, Richard T and Frederic Architecture, Architectural Press,
Stout (eds.). 2003. The City Reader. 2003.
250
2. Rem Koolhaas, S, M, L, XL, Monacelli 2010
Press, 1997. 5. Sophia Vyzoviti, Folding Architecture,
3. Rem Koolhaas, Delirious New York: A Page One, Singapore, 2003
Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan, 6. Aste rios An g kath id is, Modular
Monacelli Press, 1997. Structures, Page One Singapore,
UNDERGRADUATE
4. Chris Abel, Architecture, Technology 2009
PROGRAM
and Process, Architectural Press, 7. Jane Burry and Mark Burry, The New
2004. Mathematics of Architecture, Thames
5. Journal of Architectural Education, and Hudson, New York, 2010
Sustainability Issue, Volume 60, No 8. Fashid Mousavi, The Function of
4, May 2007. Form, Harvard University Graduate
School.
ENAR600014 9. K e n Ye a n g , T h e S k y s c r a p e r
ENAR610008 Bioclimatically Considered, Academy
TEKNOLOGI BANGUNAN 3 Press, 1998
3 SKS 10. M c G u i n e s s , S t e i n , Re y n o l d s ,
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
Mahasiswa mampu merancang struktur/ For Building
konstruksi bangunan portabel, serta mampu 11. Norbert Lechner, Heating, Lighting,
merancang bangunan dengan pendekatan Cooling, edisi ke 2, PT Raja Grafindo
teknologi bangunan dengan menggunakan Persada, 2007
sistem struktur bentang lebar (wide span) atau
bertingkat tinggi (high rise) yang mempunyai ENAR600007
kompleksitas rumit, berikut sistem utilitas dan ENAR610005
fisika bangunan pendukungnya. PERANCANGAN ARSITEKTUR 5
Silabus: 12 SKS
Aplikasi keterbangunan dari sistem struktur Tujuan Pembelajaran:
yang dipilih pada bangunan bentang lebar Merancang ruang dengan mengintegrasikan
(wide-span) atau bertingkat tinggi (high-rise), pengetahuan untuk memecahkan problem de-
Sistem membangun, kaidah penerapan utilitas sain, dengan tema yang diberikan pada tapak
serta fisika bangunan untuk kenyamanan termal urban dengan kegiatan yang kompleks, dengan
dan pencahayaan, dengan memperhatikan pemecahan desain yang memenuhi standar
faktor iklim. Pengetahuan dasar tentang minimum dari keterbangunan yang mengacu
green building (tepat guna lahan, efisiensi & pada berbagai peraturan yang ada.
konservasi energi, konservasi air, sumber & Silabus:
siklus material, kualitas udara & kenyamanan Memformulasikan fungsi dan skematik tipe for-
ruangan, manajemen & lingkung bangun). mal, setelah menganalisis beberapa preseden
Prasyarat: proyek yang sudah ada. Mendefinisikan konsep
Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Teknologi desain atau tema ruang untuk dikembangkan
Bangunan 2 dalam desain konfigurasi eksterior dan interior.
Tugas: Mendefinisikan kegiatan yang kompleks pada
Berupa gambar dan model struktur/konstruksi lahan terbangun sesuai peraturan bangunan
dari rancangan bangunan portabel dan bangu- dengan mempertimbangkan keberlanjutan.
nan bentang lebar dan/atau bertingkat banyak Memformulasikan prinsip struktur lanjut, dan
sesuai dengan tugas Proyek Perancangan 4. prinsip tektonik dari detail konstruksi berikut
Buku Ajar: ME dan utilitasnya. Mempresentasikan dan
1. Schuler Wolfgang, Wide Span Building mempertahankan seluruh outcomes solusi de-
Structure, John Wiley & Sons, 1991 sain di hadapan juri internal dan eksternal.
2. Schuler Wolfgang, High Rise Building Prasyarat:
Structure, John Wiley & Sons, 1991 Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Perancangan
3. Pi l l a r E c h a v a r r i a M , P o r t a b l e Arsitektur 4
Architecture and Unpredictable Buku Ajar:
Surroundings, Page One, Singapore, 1. I n g e l s , B j a r k e . Ye s i s M o r e ,
2005 An Archicomic on Architectural
4. Joseph Lim, Eccentric Structures in Evolution. Koln: Taschen, 2010
Architecture, Page One, Singapore, 2. Guzowski, Mary. Towards Zero-energy
251
Architecture. United Kingdom: ed, pgs 10-114.
Laurence King Publishing Ltd, 2010 4. I. Border and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation:
3. Lim, Joseph. Eccentric Structures in an Architecture Students Handbook, Oxford
Architecture. Singapore: Page One University Press, 2000.
Publishing Pte Ltd, 2010 5. TY. Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Prasyarat: Metode Perancangan Arsitektur Canberra: The Australian National University,
PROGRAM
Buku Ajar: 1993.
1. Abimanyu Alamsyah, Regionisme dalam 6.Djauhari Sumintardja, Kompendium Arsi
Penataan Permukiman di Gugus Pulau Mikro, tektur. Bandung: Yayasan Lembaga Masalah
Disertasi Yang Tdak Dipublikasikan, PSIL Uni- Bangunan, 1978.
versitas Indonesia, 2006 7.Bourdier & N.AlSayyad (eds), Tradition,
2. Subandono Diposaptono dan Budiman, Tsu Dwellings and Settlements: Cross-cultural
nami, Penerbit Buku Ilmiah Populer, 2006 Perspectives. Lanham, MD: University Press of
3. Charles Moore and Jane Lidz, Water + Archi America, 1989.
tecture, Thames and Hudson, Ltd, 1994
4. Malcolm Newson, Land, Water and Develop ENAR600021
ment. River Basin Systems and their Sus ARSITEKTUR PUSAKA
tainable Development. Routledge, London, 3 SKS
1992 Tujuan pembelajaran: Mahasiswa dapat
5. Djoko Pramono, Budaya Bahari, Gramedia memahami pengertian heritage dan arsitektur
Pustaka Utama, Jakarta, 2005 masa lalu sebagai bagian dari heritage; menge-
6. Heather Vies and Tom Spencer, Coastal Prob tahui proses pendataan dan pendokumentasian
lems: Geomorphology, Ecology and Society at arsitektur masa lalu (bangunan dan kawasan)
the Coast. Edward Arnold, London, 1995 dan mengetahui upaya-upaya pelestarian ter
7. Ary Wahyono, AR Patji, SS Laksono, R. masuk pemanfaatan kembali bangunan cagar
Indrawasih, Sudiyono dan Surmiati Ali, Hak budaya.
Ulayat Laut di Kawasan Indonesia Timur, Media Silabus: Pengenalan terhadap arsitektur masa
Presindo Yogjakarta, 2000. lalu (Architecture Heritage). Materi terdiri dari
tiga bagian yaitu: introduction to heritage;
ENAR600020 konservasi & preservasi; aspek teknis (penguku-
ENAR610020 ran/ dokumentasi); dan pemanfaatan kembali
ARSITEKTUR ETNIK bangunan / kawasan yang didokumentasi (his-
3 SKS toric buildings); tugas/ latihan proyek .
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Membekali mahasiswa Prasyarat: -
seluk- beluk arsitektur yang tumbuh dalam Buku Ajar:
tradisi kelompok etnik agar dapat menjelas 1. Bernard M Feilden, Conservation of Historic
kan, dan menguraikan menilai unsur-unsur dan Building, Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, Oxford,
prinsip-prinsip arsitektur kelompok tertentu, 1994,
mampu mamahami gejala arsitektur etnik pada 2. Adolf SJ Heuken, Tempat-tempat besejarah
umumnya dan mampu menganalisis tradisi be di Jakarta, Cipta Loka Caraka. Jakarta, 1997,
rarsitektur suatu kelompok etnik. 3. INDONESIAN Heritage Society, 3rd ed The
Silabus: Pengertian prinsip dan unsur arsitektur Jakarta Explore, Equinox Publishing (Asia),
etnik, faktor pembentuk, klasifikasi simbolik, Jakarta, 2001.
pandangan dunia dan kosmologi, ruang, tem 4. Bryan Lawson, The Language of Space, Archi
pat, waktu dan makna, antropomorfik, proses tectural Press, Amsterdam, 2003,
membangun 5. Laurence LOH, Suffolk House, HSBC Bank
Prasyarat: Malaysia Berhad, Malaysia, 2007,
Buku Ajar: 6. Pemerintah Pripinsi DKI Jakarta, Dinas Ke
1.Amos Rapoport, House Form and Culture, budayaan dan Permuseuman, Ensiklopedi Ja-
New Jersey: Englewood Cliffs, 1960. karta, Culture Heritage. Buku 1. Buku II, Buku
2.N. Egenter, Architectural Anthropology, Lau III, Yayasan Untuk Indonesia, Jakarta, 2005.
sane: Structura Mundi, 1996. 7. Pemerintah Provinsi DKI Jakarta. Dinas Kebu
2.Roxanna Waterson, The Living House: An An dayaan dan Permuseuman, Pedoman Teknis
thropology of Architecture in Southeast Asia, Pemugaran Bangunan Gedung dan Lingkungan
Oxford University Press, Singapore /Oxford/ Kawasan Kebayoran Baru Jakarta Selatan,
New York, 1990. Jakarta, 2005
253
8. Peraturan Daerah Daerah Khusus Ibukota Ja pation: the Politics of Israeli Architecture,
karta Nomor 9 Tahun 1999 Tentang Pelestarian Babel and Verso, 2003
dan Pemanfaatan Lingkungan dan Bangunan 10.Teresa Caldeira, City of Wall, University of
Cagar Budaya California Press, 2000
11.Nan Ellin (ed) Architecture of Fear, Princ
PROGRAM
ARSITEKTUR, KOTA DAN KUASA 12.Don Mitchell, The Right to the City: Social
3 SKS Justice and the Fight forPublic Space, The
Tujuan pembelajaran: Pemahaman akan peran Guilfor Press, 2003
arsitektur, perencanaan dan perancangan di 13.Neil Smith, The New Urban Frontier: Gentri
dalam dan antar konteks urban. Peningkatan fication and the Revanchist City, Routledge,
pemahaman akan hubungan antara peran- 1996
cangan lingkung-bina dan kuasa (power). 14.Edward S. Popko, Transition: A Photograp-
Peningkatan kesadaran untuk tidak lagi mende- hic Documentation of a Squatter Settlement,
finisikan arsitektur secara sempit (hanya dalam McGraw-Hill, 1978
ranah desain/seni atau profesi arsitek) yang 15.Stephen Graham and Simon Marvin,
pada umumnya memisahkan aspek visual dan Splintering Urbanism: Networked Infrastruc-
spasial dengan konteks sosial, politik, ekonomi tures, Technological Mobilities and the Uban
dan budaya. Pemahaman bahwa lingkung-bina Condition, Routledge, 2001
disusun dari dan akan menghasilkan: hubungan 16.Brenda S.A Yeoh, Contesting Space in Co
kuasa (power) tertentu di antara pemakainya lonial Singapore: Power Relations and the
dalam konteks yang spesifik. Urban Built Environment, Singapore University
Silabus: Peran arsitektur dan perencanaan Press, 2003
dalam konteks yang luas. Hubungan antara
perancangan dan kuasa (power). Silabus dis- ENAR600023
usun sesuai tema yang memperlihatkan hu- ENAR610019
bungan tersebut, antara lain: Arsitektur dan DASAR KOMPUTER UNTUK ARSITEKTUR
consumption, kemiskinan dan ketidaksetaraan; 3 SKS
illegality, informality, bencana, theme parks/ Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
leisure, enclaves/zona/segregasi, perumahan, mengoperasikan personal computer, mema
infrastruktur hami sistim, piranti / perangkat keras dan
Prasyarat: Sudah pernah mengambil Pengan- dasar bekerjanya computer, mampu membuat
tar Konteks Perkotaan; gemar membaca dan presentasi dalam bentuk dwi matra dengan
menonton film. menggunakan piranti lunak multimedia.
Buku Ajar: Silabus: Gambaran umum perkuliahan, sistem
1. Berbagai judul film yang berkaitan dengan penilaian, pre-test, pengertian multimedia, pi-
tujuan pembelajaran ranti presentasi dan multi media power point,
2. David Harvey, Spaces of Hope, University of photoshop, coreldraw, pagemaker, pengenalan
California Press, 2000 Computer Aided Design (CAD) untuk dwi matra
3. James C. Scott, Seeing Like a State: How dan trimatra.
Certain Scheme to Improve the Human Condi- Prasyarat: Telah pernah mengikuti Mata
tion Have Failed, Yale University Press, 1998 ajaran Seni Rupa
4. Robert Neuwirth, Shadow Cities, A Billion Buku Ajar:
Squatters, A New Urban World, Routledge, 1.Manual AutoCad versi terbaru, Auto Desk
2005 2.Manual Archicad versi terakhir, Graphisoft
5. James Holston, The Modernist City: an Anth- 3.Manual Piranti Multi Media versi terakhir
ropological Critique of Brasilia, The University untuk Adobe Photoshop, Page Maker, Corel
of Chicago Press, 1989 Draw.
6. Mike Davis, Evil Paradise: Dreamworlds
of Neoliberalism, The New Press, New York, ENAR600024
2007 EKOLOGI PERKOTAAN
7. Sharon Zukin, Landscape of Power: from De 3 SKS
troit to Disney World, University of California Tujuan Pembelajaran: Membekali mahasiswa
Press, 1991 kaidah-kaidah arsitektur yang berwawasan ling
8. Janice Perlman, The Myth of Marginality kungan, suatu karya yang juga memperhatikan
9. Rafi Segal and Eval Weizman, Civilian Occu nilai sosial/budaya masyarakat, daya dukung
254
lingkungan dan berfikir secara holistik dalam
merancang suatu bangunan atau kawasan. ENAR600026
Silabus: fungsi ekologis yang mampu menghidu ENAR610025
pi kebutuhan pokok masyarakat kota dari mu- FOTOGRAFI
lai air bersih, pengaturan pembuangan limbah, 3 SKS
UNDERGRADUATE
polusi udara, transportasi, dan lahan hijau Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
PROGRAM
Prasyarat: membuat karya fotografi yang mengandung un-
Buku Ajar: sur seni dan komunikasi foto arsitektur melalui
1.Amos Rapoport, Human Aspect of Urban tata olah foto dan presentasi
Form: Towards a Man Environment Approach Silabus: Seni dan komunikasi dalam fotografi,
to Urban Form and Design. Pergamon Press, pemotretan indoor dan outdoor, cetak, metoda
Oxford,1997 pemotretan, lighting, color & B-W, figure &
2.Amos Rapoport, The Meaning of The Built potrait, presentasi dan fotografi
Environment: A Non Verbal Communication Prasyarat:
Approach. Sage Publication, 1982 Buku Ajar : Hand-Outs
3.Graham Haughton et al, Sustainable Cities.
Cromwell Press, 1994 ENAR600027
4.Iftikar Ahmed, ed, Beyond Rio: The Environ GEOMETRI DAN ARSITEKTUR
mental Crisis and Sustainable Livellihoods 3 SKS
in the third world, Macmilan Press, London, Tujuan pembelajaran: Memahami peran
1995. geometri sebagai sebuah basis dalam pemben
5.Moh. Soeryani, ed. Lingkungan: Sumberdaya tukan arsitektur; Mampu melakukan eksplorasi
Alam dan Kependudukan dalam Pembangunan. terhadap berbagai kemungkinan penggunaan
UI Press, 1987 geometri sebagai critical tools of analysis ter
hadap karya arsitektur yang ada maupun dalam
ENAR600025 pembentukan sebuah karya arsitektur.
FASAD BANGUNAN TINGGI Silabus: Perkembangan pengetahuan geome-
3 SKS tri dan implikasinya terhadap perkembangan
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu gagasan arsitektur dan kreativitas; geometri
menguasai kaidah-kaidah fasad bangunan tinggi dan estetika arsitektur klasik; geometri Eu-
meliputi aspek estetika, teknis, dan ramah clidean dan non-Euclidean dalam arsitektur;
lingkungan geometri dan konsep kota ideal; geometri,
Silabus: musik dan arsitektur; geometri dan persepsi;
Esensi kulit fasad bangunan tinggi (ketaha- topologi dalam arsitektur; geometri di alam
nan terhadap gempa, gaya lateral/angin, semesta; eksplorasi mekanisme pembentukan
dan kedap air) geometri dalam sebuah karya dan potensi
Desain fasad pengembangannya lebih lanjut.
Bahan dan teknologi detail fasad Prasyarat:
Green faade Buku Ajar:
Prasyarat:- 1. Vitruvius, Ten Books on Architecture, New
Buku ajar: York, Dover Publications, 1960
1. Wolfgang Schueller, Struktur Bangunan 2. Colin Rowe, Mathematics of an Ideal Villa,
Bertingkat Tinggi, Bandung: PT MIT Press, 1976
Eresco. 1989 3. Peter Davidson & Donald L. Bates, Architec
2. M a r i o C a m p , S k y c r a p e r s : A n ture after Geometry, Architectural Design,
Architectural Type of Modern 1999
Urbanism, Birkhauser Basel ; Boston 4. Irenee Scalbert, Archis, Towards a Formless
; Berlin. 2000 Architecture: The House of the Future by A+P
3. Hart, Henn, and Sontag, Multi-Storey Smithson, Archis, 1999
Buildings in Steel, Granada Publishing. 5. DArcy Thompson, On Growth and Form,
1978 1961
4. Details in Architecture 5: Creative 6. Jane Jacobs, The Death and Life of Great
Detailing by Some of The Worlds American Cities, 1967
Leading Architects, Mulgrave: The 7. Elizabeth Martin, Architecture as a Transla
Images Publishing Group Pty Ltd. tion of Music, Pamphlet Architecture 16, Prin-
2004 ceton Architectural Press, 1994
255
research, studi tata ruang dan lingkungan.
ENAR600028 Komponen rancang kota sebagai kendali proses
KESEHARIAN DAN ARSITEKTUR pembentukan lingkungan fisik suatu kawasan
3 SKS kota (tata guna lahan, intensitas bangunan,
Tujuan pembelajaran: Memahami eksistensi GSB dan GSJ, KLB dan KDB, amplop bangu-
PROGRAM
fenomena keseharian (everyday) sebagai nan, ruang terbuka hijau, sirkulasi, parkir,
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
Buku Ajar: bahwa intervensi yang bersifat fisik dapat
PROGRAM
1.John Pile, Interior Design Concept meningkatkan kualitas lingkungan hidup secara
sosial atau ekonomis.
ENAR600031 Silabus:
ENAR610027 Mata kuliah ini dibagi menjadi empat topic
PERANCANGAN RUANG LUAR besar. Bagian pertama mengajak mahasiswa
3 SKS untuk mulai mengamati gejala-gejala peruba-
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu han (transformasi) pada kota. Pada bagian ini
menerapkan prinsip-prinsip perancangan tapak mahasiswa didorong untuk tidak hanya melihat
dan kawasan lingkungan secara terpadu perubahan kota hanya sebagai fenomena tetapi
Silabus: Prinsip dan permasalahan perancangan juga sebagai langkah-langkah yang terencana
ruang luar, orientasi massa, kondisi tapak alam, untuk mewujudkan masa depan alternative
peran elemen ruang luar, studi topografi lahan/ bagi masyarakat kota. Pada bagian kedua ma-
tapak dan lingkungan, pohon dan tanaman, hasiswa diperkenalkan pada teknik-teknik pe-
tipologi dan analisis perancangan ruang luar, rencanaan fisik kota yang meliputi: (a) alokasi
metoda perancangan tapak dan kawasan. sumberdaya (tanah, transportasi, infrastruktur
Prasyarat: publik); (b) pelebaran kota, pertumbuhan area
Buku Ajar: suburban, pertumbuhan wilayah; (c)perenca-
1.Joseph DeChiara & Lee L. Koppelman, Stan naan daerah kota tua. Bagian ketiga mengajak
dard Perancangan Tapak, Penerbit Erlangga, mahasiswa untuk mengamati hubungan antar
1994 lingkungan sosial dan lingkungan fisik, term-
2. Albert J. Rutledge, Anatomy of a Park: The asuk memperkenalkan mahasiswa pada konsep
Essentials of Recreation Area Planning and pembangunan berbasis masyarakat, dan mer-
Design, ASLA, 1971 encanakan pengentasan kemiskinan perkotaan.
3. William A. Mann, Landscape Architecture, Bagian keempat merupakan bagian pamungkas
An Illustrated History in Timeless, Site Plans yang mendorong mahasiswa memberanikan
and Biography, 1993 diri untuk membuat kritik terhadap teori-teori
4. Geoffrey & Susan Jellicoe,The Landscape of perencanaan perkotaan yang dihasilkan oleh
Man, Shaping the Environment From Prehistory negara-negara Barat dan mengusulkan cara
to the Present Day, (1987) 1991 terbaik untuk mengadaptasi teori-teori terse-
5. Charles W. Moore et al, The Poetics of Gar but pada konteks Asia dan Indonesia.
dens, Cambridge, Mass, 1988 (1995) Prasyarat:Telah mengikuti mata ajaran Peran-
6. Francis DK Ching, Arsitektur, Bentuk, Ruang canganArsitektur 3.
dan Susunannya, Penerbit Erlangga, 1996 Referensi:
7. Course hand-out. 1. LeGates, Richard T and Frederic
Stout (eds.). 2003. The City Reader.
ENAR600032 London: Routledge.
PERENCANAAN KOTA & WILAYAH 2. Fulton, William and Paul Shigley.
3 SKS Guide to California Planning, second
TujuanPembelajaran: edition. Point Arena, CA: Solano Press
Mata kuliah ini memperkenalkan maha- Books. 1999
siswa pada diskursus pertumbuhan dan per- 3. Hanson, Susan and Genevieve Giuliano
kembangan area urban. Karena mata kuliah (eds.) 2004. The Geography of Urban
ini ditawarkan bagi mahasiswa/i arsitektur, Transportation, 3rded. New York, NY:
pembahasan akan difokuskan pada bagaimana The Guilford Press:
dorongan ekonomi dan sosial membentuk ling- 4. Kost of, Spiro. 1 992. The Cit y
kungan fisik perkotaan. Di akhir mata kuliah ini, Assembled: The Elements of Urban
mahasiswa diharapkan dapat membahas isyu Form Through History. London:
perkotaan yang kompleks dari berbagai sudut Thames and Hudson:
pandang pelaku (perencana, pengembang, 5. J o u r n a l o f t h e A m e r i c a n
pemilik lahan, penguasa politik, lembaga Planning Association,
257
(edisidisesuaikandengantopik yang ENAR600034
akandibahas) ENAR610026
6. Jacobs, Jane. 1961. The Death and REAL ESTATE
Life of Great American Cities. New 3 SKS
York: RandomHouse. Tujuan Pembelajaran: Memberi wawasan
PROGRAM
7. Scott, James C. 1998. Seeing Like A kepada mahasiswa tentang real estate dan
UNDERGRADUATE
State. New Haven: Yale University kaitannya dengan arsitektur serta lingkungan
Press: binaan.
8. Campbell, Scott and Susan Fainstein. Silabus: Deskripsi Real Estate, Memahami pros-
1996. Readings in Planning Theory. es pengembangan proyek Real-Estate (8 tahap
Malden: Blackwell Publishers Real Estate Development Process), mengetahui
9. P e t e r m a n , W i l l i a m . 2 0 0 0 . dan memahami perhitungan cash-flow untuk
Neighborhood Planning and proyek property sewa dan jual secara garis
Community-Based Development: The besar (proyek jangka pendek & jangka panjang)
Potential and Limits of Grassroots dan kelayakan sederhana
Action. Sage: Thousand Oaks Prasyarat: -
10. Gottlieb, Robert. 2007. Reinventing Buku Ajar :
Los Angeles: Nature and Community 1. Mike A. Miles, et.al, Real Estate Develop
in the Global City. Cambridge: MIT ment: Principles and Process, Urban Land
press. Institute, 2000
11. Tipple, Graham. 1999. Urban Poverty 2. Carl Gunther, Real Estate Fundamentals
Alleviation and Housing Creation in (Study Guide), 1995
Sue Jones and Nici Nelson (eds.) 3. Hartono Poerbo, Tekno Ekonomi Bangunan
Urban Poverty in Africa. London: ITP. Bertingkat Banyak, Jakarta, Djambatan,
Pp. 71-82. 1993
12. T. G. McGee. 2008. Managing the 4. Ralph Basile, et.al, Downtown Develop-
ruralurban transformation in East ment Handbook, Washinton DS, Urban Land
Asia in the 21st century. Sustainable Institute, 2000
Science 3:155167. DOI 10.1007/ 5. Adrienne Schmitz, Residential Develop-
s11625-007-0040-y. ment Handbook, 3rd ed. Urban Land Institute,
2004
ENAR600033 6. Dean Schwanke, Mixed Used Development
PSIKOLOGI ARSITEKTUR Handbook, 2nd ed, Urban Land Institute,
3 SKS 2003
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mengetahui
dan memahami tentang psikologi dalam proses ENAR600035
perancangan arsitektur yang terkait antara SEJARAH ARSITEKTUR LANJUT
perancang, klien atau pengguna dan lingkungan 3 SKS
sosialnya dalam kasus paska-huni Tujuan Pembelajaran: Memperkenalkan karya-
Silabus : Psikologi Arsitektur, Human karya arsitektur dunia periode lama
Behavior,perilaku dan nilai budaya, persepsi, Silabus: Karya arsitektur pra-yunani di med
space, crowding, privacy, metoda penelitian iterania, karya peradapan Minoa, Mycenea,
teritory, dampak warna dan emosi awal Yunani, peradapan kota-kota berdaulat,
Prasyarat: kerajaan Yunani dan Helenisme
Buku Ajar: Prasyarat:
1.Bell, Fischer, Greene, Environmental Psychol Buku Ajar:
ogy, Harcourt Publisher, 1996 Encyclopedia of Architecture, Academy Edi
2. Bryan Lawson, The Language of Space, Ar tions
chitectural Press, 2001
3. Byron Mikellides, Architecture for People: ENAR600036
Exploration in a New Humane Environmental, STRUKTUR DAN KONSTRUKSI LANJUT
1980 3 SKS
4. Wolfgang F.E. Preisser, Harvey Z. Rabinowitz, Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
Edward T. White, Post-Occupany Evaluation, mengikuti perkembangan inovasi struktur dan
Van Nostrad Reinhold, 1988 konstruksi mutakhir yang dapat dimanfaatkan
dalam rancangan arsitektur
258
Silabus: ENAR600038
Sistem struktur inovatif ENAR610024
Teknologi dan konstruksi bangunan inova- TATA CAHAYA
tif 3 SKS
Bahan-bahan bangunan mutakhir Tujuan pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
UNDERGRADUATE
Desain arsitektur inovatif merancang tata pencahayaan interior dan
PROGRAM
Prasyarat: - exterior dengan pencahayaan buatan maupun
Buku Ajar: alami melalui proses pembelajaran secara
1. Mario Savadori and Matthys Levy, kritikal, aktif dan kolaboratif berbasis masalah
Structural Design in Architecture, fungsional dan esttika.
Second Edition, Prentice-Hall Inc, Prasyarat:
Englewood Cliffs. 1981 Silabus: Dasar cahaya, warna, cahaya alami,
2. Heather Martienssen, The Shapes of cahaya buatan, distribusi cahaya,
Structure, Oxford University Press. Pencahayaan interior, Pencahayaan exterior
1976 (Fasade rumah & bangunan
3. Angus J. Macdonald, Struktur& tinggi), urban lighting
Arsitektur, Edisi Kedua, Penerbit Buku Ajar:
Erlangga. 2001 1.William M.C. Lam, Perception and Lighting as
4. Sutherland Lyall, Master of Structure: form givers for Architecture, McGraw-Hill
Bangunan dengan Struktur Inovatif 2.Norbert Lechner, Heating Lighting Cooling,
Terkini. Jakarta: PT Raja Grafindo edisi kedua, terjemahan, PT RajaGrafindo
Persada. 2006 Persada, 2007
5. Farshid Moussa, The Function of Form, 3.John E Flyinn, Architecturan Interior System,
Actar and The Harvard University Van Nostrand Reinhold Environmental Engi
Graduate School of Design. 2009 neering Series.
6. James B. Harris, Kevin Pui K Li,
Masted Structures In Architecture, ENAR600039
Butterworth Architecture. 1996 TEORI PERUMAHAN KOTA
7. F u l l e r M o o r e , U n d e r s t a n d i n g 3 SKS
Structures, WCB/McGraw-Hill Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
8. H. Werner Rosenthal, Structure, menganalisa dampak dari perencanaan pem
London and Basing Stoke: The bangunan perumahan di perkotaan
MacMillan Press Ltd. 1974 Silabus: Permasalahan perumahan di perko-
taan, studi tipologi dan lingkungan peruma-
ENAR600037 han, metoda dan tipologi membangun, studi
STUDI KELAYAKAN PROYEK ekonomi dan manajemen perumahan, studi
3SKS perencanaan dan perancangan perumahan
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Pada akhir proses bela kota
jar mahasiswa mampu menyusun rencana dan Prasyarat:
menjelaskan kelayakan suatu proyek, program Buku Ajar: Hand-Outs
pengembangan atau kegiatan usaha sederhana
dengan jelas, lengkap dan sistematis. ENAR600040
Prasyarat:- UTILITAS BANGUNAN LANJUT
Silabus: Pengetahuan dasar meliputi analisis 3 SKS
kebutuhan, kelayakan teknis dan pertimban Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
gan lingkungan, kelayakan waktu, aspek social menjelaskan sistem utilitas di dalam bangunan
budaya, kelayakan hokum, kelayakan ekonomi bertingkat tinggi (melebar maupun menjulang),
dan pasar. Latihan merumuskan permasalahan, sehingga bangunana tersebut dapat berfungsi
analisis SWOT, menyusun lingkup, jenis dan dengan baik ditinjau dari segi keamanan dan
produk kegiatan, strategi, SOP, analisis masalah kenyamanan terhadap penggunanya.
pengorganisasian dan pengelolaannya, meny- Silabus: Sistem pengadaan air bersih dan pem-
usun rencana organisasi, sumberdaya manusia buangan air kotor/ limbah, sistem pengudaraan
dan manajemen, memperhitungkan kelayakan buatan, sistem penchayaan buatan, tata suara,
ekonomi dan pemasaran serta aspek kelayakan CCTV, telepon, penangkal petir, sistem trans-
hukum dan konsekuensi kelembagaannya. portasi vertikal, sistem pembersih bangunan.
Prasyarat: -
259
Buku Ajar: Silabus: sesuaikan dengan topik kapita selekta
1. Reynolds, John S and Stein, yang ditawarkan pada semester berjalan.
Benjamin;Mechanical and Electrical Equipe- Prasyarat:
ment for Buildings, John Willey and Sons, Buku Ajar: sesuaikan dengan topik kapita
1999 selekta yang ditawarkan pada semester
PROGRAM
Program Specification
UNDERGRADUATE
1 Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia
PROGRAM
2 Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
3 Programme Title Program Sarjana Arsitektur Interior
4 Type of Class Reguler
5 Degree Given Sarjana Arsitektur (S.Ars)
6 Accreditation status In Process
7 Medium Language Indonesian
8 Study Scheme(Full time/Part time) Full time
9 Entry requirement SMA Graduate/equal and pass entrance
exam
10 Duration of Study Scheduled for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of Number of weeks /semester
semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
11 Profil Lulusan:
Sarjana Arsitektur, yaitu sarjana yangmampu merancang karya arsitektur sesuai dengan konteks
dan kebutuhan setempat berdasarkan penerapan teori dasar, pengetahuan dalam arsitektur.
Lulusan tersebut diharapkan memiliki kemampuan sebagai:
Penggagas mampu memberikan solusi pada permasalahan spatial secara kritis dan kreatif,
serta sesuai dengan konteks dan kebutuhan setempat.
Perancang memiliki kecakapan (skill) dalam menghimpun (assembling) elemen dan material
arsitektural, memiliki pemahaman tentang aspek keterbangunan, dan memiliki sensitifitas
dalam menciptakan karya arsitektur yang bernilai.
Komunikator mampu mengkomunikasikan gagasan melalui kata-kata, tulisan, gambar,
maket, dan berbagai media lainnya.
Kolaborator mampu bekerjasama dengan semua pihak dalam masyarakat untuk
mendapatkan solusi kreatif bagi masalah nyata.
12 Daftar Kompetensi Lulusan:
261
C. Bidang Ilmu
C1. Budaya dan Studi Artistik
6. Mampu bertindak dengan pengetahuan tentang preseden sejarah dan perkembangan
desain interior,arsitektur lokal dan dunia.
7. Mampu merancang dengan menerapkan pengetahuan tentang senirupa dan
PROGRAM
8. Mampu menyikapi isu-isu sosial budaya yang terkini dalam masyarakat yang tercermin
dalam solusi desain
9. Mampu mempelajari isu-isu tentang pusaka budaya di lingkungan binaan.
10. Mampu mengidentifikasi kaitan antara arsitektur interior dan disiplin kreatif lainnya.
C2. Ilmu sosial (human and environment needs)
11. Mampu menerapkan pengetahuan masyarakat, untuk bekerja dengan klien dan
pengguna yang mewakili kebutuhan masyarakat
12. Mampu mengidentifikasi kebutuhan manusia di dalam ruang dan permasalahan-
permasalahan yang ada di dalamnya
13. Mampu mengamati perilaku manusia dan interaksinya dengan lingkungan binaan.
14. Mampu menerapkan prinsip ergonomi dan antropometri sebagai acuan untuk
menciptakan kenyamanan ruang.
15. Mampu mengidentifikasi peraturan yang relevan, pedoman teknis dan standar
untuk perencanaan, desain, konstruksi, kesehatan, keselamatan dan penggunaan
lingkungan binaan.
C3. Studi Teknis
16. Mampu menjelaskan konstruksi elemen-elemen interior dan metode pengerjaannya.
17. Mampu mengidentifikasi beragam material interior dan arsitektur, metode pemilihan,
spesifikasi, aplikasi, biaya dan syarat-syarat perawatannya.
18. Mampu menjelaskan aspek struktur dan konstruksi bangunan eksisting
19. Mampu mengidentifkasi material yang berkelanjutan dan memenuhi syarat hijau
sesuai dengan kode, syarat keselamatan, dan standar yang berlaku
20. Mampu menjelaskan sistem utilitas transportasi, komunikasi, kenyamanan bangunan,
serta perawatan dan keselamatan bangunan.
21. Mampu menjelaskan kode bangunan, peraturan dan standar yang berlaku di tempat
arsitek interior merancang
22. Mampu menyadari peran dokumentasi teknis dan spesifikasi dalam pelaksanaan desain,
dan proses konstruksi, perencanaan biaya, dankontrol.
23. Mampu bertindak dengan kompetensi teknis yang inovatif dalam penggunaan teknik
bangunan dan pemahaman evolusi mereka.
C5 Studi Perancangan
24. Mampu mempelajari preseden desain dan kritik interior arsitektur.
25. Mampu mengidentifikasi teori dan metoda merancang.
26. Merumuskan prosedur dan proses desain.
27. Menerapkan dengan baik teori warna serta teori, sistem dan prinsip pencahayaan
dalam perancangan
28. Mampu mengidentifikasi komponen-komponen desain dan detail interior
29. Mampu mengidentifikasi prinsip dan metode desain yang berkelanjutan serta aspek
ekologis perancangan.
C6 Studi Profesional
30. Mampu bertindak dalam menyelesaikan masalah-masalah yang terjadi di dalam
proses desain dan proses konstruksi.
31. Mampu mengidentifikasi peraturan dan kebijaksanaan yang terkait dengan bangunan
dan interior.
32. Mampu mempelajari praktek bisnis profesional seorang arsitek interior (administrasi
kontrak, manajemen proyek, marketing, perencanaan strategis, akunting, dan isu-isu
real estat)
D. Penguasaan Keterampilan
33. Mampu mengkomunikasikan ide-ide melalui kolaborasi, berbicara, berhitung, menulis,
menggambar, pemodelan dan evaluasi.
262
34. Mampu menggunakan manual, elektronik, grafis dan membuat model kemampuan untuk
mengeksplorasi, mengembangkan, menetap kan dan mengkomunikasikan proposal desain.
35. Mampu mengidentifikasi sistem evaluasi,yang menggunakan manual dan/atau cara
elektronik untuk penilaian kinerja lingkungan dibangun.
36. Mampu menyusun tulisan ilmiah
UNDERGRADUATE
E. Perilaku Berkarya
PROGRAM
37. Menghayati etika profesional dan kode etik seperti yang diterapkan pada praktek
arsitektur interior dan tanggung jawab hukum arsitek interior di tempat arsitek
interior terdaftar atau berpraktek.
38. Melaksanakan etika akademis
F. Kehidupan Bermasyarakat
39. Melaksanakan peran sebagai warga negara, dan mampu menggunakan bahasa nasional
dan internasional.
13 Course Composition
No Type of Course Credits Percentage
i General Course of University 18 12,5
ii General Course of Engineering 12 8,33
Faculty
iii Skill Course 82 56,94
iv Optional Course 24 16,67
v Internship , Seminar, Final Project, 8 5,56
Project
Type of Course 144 100 %
14 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
263
Jejaring Kompetensi
Jejaring Kompetensi
PROGRAM
Sarjana arsitektur interior yang mampu merancang ruang inovatif dengan berpijak pada interioritas,
UNDERGRADUATE
berwawasan multidisiplin, serta mampu mengkomunikasikan informasi, gagasan, masalah dan solusi
Mampu merancang arsitektur interior secara imajinatif, kreatif, dan inovatif melalui kemampuan analitis,
berpikir tiga dimensi, serta kemampuan merekonsiliasi berbagai faktor desain.
Mampu menerapkan prinsip dasar matematika dan fisika dalam menyelesaikan permasalahan rancangan
arsitektur interior
Mampu Mampu
Mampu berpikir Mampu menggunakan memberikan
kritis, kreatif, mengidentifikasi bahasa lisan dan alternatif
dan inovatif serta Mampu ragam upaya tulisan dalam pemecahan
memiliki memanfaatkan wirausaha yang Bahasa Indonesia masalah terhadap
keingintahuan teknologi bercirikan inovasi dan Bahasa beragam masalah
intelektual untuk informasi dan kemandirian Inggris dengan yang timbul di
memecahkan komunikasi yang baik untuk lingkungan
masalah pada berlandaskan kegiatan masyarakat,
tingkat individual etika akademik bangsa, dan
dan kelompok maupun non negara
akademik
264
KBK FTUI
Jejaring Mata Ajar
Jejaring Mata Ajar
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
265
KBK FTUI
Struktur Kurikulum Program Sarjana Arsitektur Interior
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Pilihan Elective 3
Pilihan Elective 3
Sub Total 18
Semester 7 7th Semester
Perancangan Arsitektur
ENAI600008 Interior Architecture Design 5 10
Interior 5
Pilihan Elective 3
Pilihan Elective 3
Sub Total 16
Semester 8 8th Semester
Undergraduate Thesis / Final
ENAI600014 Skripsi / Tugas Akhir* 8
Project
Pilihan Elective 3
Pilihan Elective 3
Sub Total 14
Total 144
*) Mahasiswa yang memilih Tugas Akhir wajib mengambil mata ajar kajian mandiri (3 sks)
MPKT 6 MPKT A 6
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
Wajib untuk Angkatan 2012
- MPKT B 6
dan sesudahnya
Perancangan Arsitektur Bila mahasiswa belum lulus
7
Perancangan Arsitektur Interior 1 mata ajar Kurikulum 2008,
10
Interior 1 wajib mengambil kedua mata
Teknologi Bangunan 1 3 ajar Kurikulum 2012
Perancangan Arsitektur Bila mahasiswa belum lulus
Perancangan Arsitektur 7
Interior 2 mata ajar Kurikulum 2008,
Interior 2 10
wajib mengambil kedua mata
Teknologi Bangunan 2 3 ajar Kurikulum 2012
269
Deskripsi Mata Ajar 4. Gorman, James F. ABC of Architecture.
Philadelphia: University of Pennsilvania
ENAR600001 Press, 1998.
PENGANTAR ARSITEKTUR 5. Gropius, Walter. Apollo in Democracy; The
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
dalam bidang Seni Rupa, penggunaan bentuk arsitektur, beragam media komunikasi (ver-
PROGRAM
dan elemen dasar dalam Seni Rupa untuk bal, grafis, model dan media lain), mengko-
mengolah ruang (space), dengan menggunakan munikasikan wujud visual benda dan ruang,
model dwi matra, model tri matra, titik, ga- mengkomunikasikan benda dan ruang untuk
ris, bidang,warna, paduan warna, komposisi, tujuan dan audience yang berbeda, mengko-
bentuk-bentuk geometris dan organis, karakter munikasikan ruang kegiatan manusia.
dan tekstur bahan yang digunakan . Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti Mata Ajaran Seni
Silabus: Teori Seni Rupa (Introduction to Art, Rupa
Meaning of Art); Eksplorasi ruang melalui Buku Ajar:
penjelajahan titik, garis, bidang, warna, 1. Frank D.K.Ching, Drawing & Perceiving A
tekstur,material. Visual Dictionary of Architecture. John Wiley
& Sons, 1996
Prasyarat: - 2. Frank D.K.Ching, Architectural Graphics,
Buku Ajar: 2nd Ed. John Wiley & Sons, 2002
1. Louis Fisher Rathus, Understanding Art, 3. Francis DK Ching, Drawing: A Creative Pro
Prentice hall 1994 cess, Wiley, 1989
2. Claire Holt, Art in Indonesia, Continuity 4. Paul Laseau and Norman Crewe, Visual Notes
and Changes, Cornel University-Ithaca and for Architects and Designers, Wiley 1986
London1967 5. Tom Porter and Sue Goodman, Manual of
3. Frank D.K.Ching, Architecture form, Space Graphic Techniques, Scribner, 1991
& Order, John wiley & Son, 1997
4. Hideaku Chijiwa, Color Harmony, Rockport ENAR600015
Publisher, 1992 TEORI & METODE PERANCANGAN ARSITEK-
5. Bride M.Whelan, Color Harmony-2, Rockport TUR
Publisher, 1994 3 SKS
6. Harvard Anarson, History of modern Art: Tujuan Pembelajaran: Membekali mahasiswa
Painting, Sculpture, Architecture & Photo- dasar pemikiran & cara - cara merancang
graphy, Prentice Hall, 1998 bangunan sehingga mampu menjelaskan da-
7. Kimberly Elam, Geometry of Design, Prin- sar pemikiran & menerapkan salah satu cara
centon, 1998 merancang bangunan dalam bentuk tulisan &
8. John F Pile, Interior Design, Harry Abrams, gambar (sketsa)
Inc Publisher, New York-1995 Silabus: Teori dan cara berpikir: fenomenologi,
9. John F Pile, Color in Interior Design, McGraw semiotik; Teori dan cara mengenal masalah:
Hill-1997 Pengamatan arsitektural, Pengetahuan peran-
cangan, Faktual, Deontik, Instrumental, black
ENAI600009 box, clear box; Teori dan cara memahami
TEKNIK KOMUNIKASI ARSITEKTUR INTERIOR masalah, analisis & sintesis; Teori & cara me-
6 SKS nyelesaikan masalah
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa dapat men- Prasyarat: -
jelaskan gagasan arsitektural dengan menggu- Buku Ajar:
nakan berbagai media komunikasi yang tepat 1.Gunawan Tjahjono, Metode Perancangan:
Silabus: Pengantar berbagai teknik komunikasi Suatu Pengantar untuk Arsitek dan Peran 271
cang, 1998 Studio Perancangan maupun pada masa-masa
2.Christoper Alexander, Notes on The Synthesis selanjutnya.
of Form, Harvard University Press,1994 Silabus: Interiority; Body and space; Program-
ming; Type, Sign and Society; Design in Society,
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
11. Greg Lynn, Architectural Curvilinearity: 3. Galen Cranz, The Chair: Rethinking
PROGRAM
the Folded, the Pliant and the Supple, Culture, Body and Design, W & W Norton
in Theories and Manifestoes of Company,2000.
Contemporary Architecture (Jencks and 4. RS Bridger, Introduction to Ergonomics,
Kropf, eds., 1999), pp. 125-127. Mc. Graw Hill, Singapore, 1992
5. Amit Bhattacharya, James D Mc. Glothin,
Optional: Occupational Ergonomics Theory and
Applications, Marcel Dekker Inc, New
York, 1996.
12. Guy Debord, Society of Spectacle, by
1967. Can be downloaded from http://
www.marxists.org/reference/archive/ ENAI600001
debord/society.htm, OR http://library. APRESIASI SENI
nothingness.org/articles/SI/en/pub_
contents/4 3 SKS
Tujuan Pembelajaran : Kepekaan estetik
13. Maurice Merleau-Ponty, Part II, The terhadap karya seni pada tingkat praktis dan
World as Perceived, in Phenomenology
of Perception, by (English trans. by teoritis terkait dengan disiplin ilmu, maupun
Colin Smith), Routledge, London, dalam kehidupan sehari-hari; pemahaman
2002). Can be downloaded on: pengertian apresiasi seni, teori-teori estetik
https://wiki.brown.edu/confluence/
download/attachments/73535007/ dan teori-teori seni terutama pada masa kon-
Phenomenology+of+Perception.pdf?versi temporer; penerapan pengetahuan tentang
on=1&modificationDate=1286305678000 apresiasi seni dan mempraktekkan pembahasan
tentang karya seni dan mengaitkan dengan
bidang keilmuan.
ENAI600003
Silabus: Seni dan apresiasi seni serta penera-
ERGONOMI
pan praktek apresiasi seni melalui penyampa-
3 SKS
ian deskripsi pengalaman (sense, estetik) dan
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa memahami
pemahaman (konsep dan teori) terhadap karya
prinsip-prinsip ergonomi pada perencanaan dan
seni, berdasarkan kriteria teknis formal mau-
perancangan lingkungan binaan (anthropome-
pun pemahaman teori-teori melalui pandangan
tri, aspek-aspek kualitas ruang: suara, vibrasi,
interpretative terhadap karya seni. Karya
iluminasi). Aktivitas perancangan dengan ber-
seni di sini meliputi berbagai genre seni: seni
bagai pertimbangan ergonomic ditujukan un-
visual, audio, pertunjukan, sastra dan bidang
tuk meningkatkan kualitas hidup manusia yang
seni lainnya yang relevan dengan bidang studi
berlandaskan kepada keterbatasan dan keung-
arsitektur interior.
gulan manusia dalam melaksanakan berbagai
Prasyarat:
kegiatannya.
Buku Ajar:
Silabus: Teori dasar ergonomi sebagai bidang 1. Alex Neil & Aaron Ridley, Arguing About
ilmu. Aplikasi pada perencanaan dan perancan- Art: Contemporary Philosopical Debates,
Routledge (3rd ed), 2007
gan lingkungan binaan: ukuran dan bentuk (size
2. Arthur Danto, The Transfiguration of
and shape), pandangan (vision), suara (sound), the Commonplace: A Phylosophy of Art,
lingkungan kerja (job design), kesalahan ma- Harvard University Press, 2001
3. Arthur Danto, The Abuse of Beauty:
nusia (human error).
Aesthetics and the Concept of Art (the
Prasyarat:- Paul Carus Lecture Series), Open Court,
Buku Ajar: 2003
1. Alphonse Chapanis, Human Factors in 4. Cynthia Freeland, But Is It Art? An
273
Introduction to Art Theory, Oxford ajaran Perancangan Arsitektur, Teknologi Ban-
University Press, 2001 gunan dan Desain Furnitur dengan susunan
5. Claire Holt, Art in Indonesia, Continuity
and Changes, Cornell University-Ithaca sebagai berikut:
and London, 1967 - Proyek Perancangan 1 merupakan integrasi
PROGRAM
6. Edmund Burke Feldman, Art as Image dari Perancangan Arsitektur Interior 1 dan
and Idea, Prentice Hall, 1967
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
imajinatif, kreatif dan inovatif. Pengetahuan 10. Russell C. Hibbeler, Structural Analysis.
PROGRAM
arsitektur interior mencakup pemahaman Prentice Hall, 1997.
awal mengenai makna dan pengalaman ruang 11. J.E. Gordon, Structures of Why Things
pribadi, interaksi antara tubuh manusia dan Dont Fall Down. Da Capo Press, 2003.
kualitas ruang, serta pemahaman konteks 12. Edward Allen, Fundamentals of Building
tapak dan lingkungan sebagaimana dialami oleh Construction: Materials and Methods.
tubuh manusia. Kegiatan perancangan terdiri John Wiley and Sons, 1999.
dari rangkaian aktivitas mulai dari mengum- 13. Gaston Bachelard, Poetics of Spacein Neil
pulkan informasi, mendefinisikan problem, Leach (ed), Rethinking Architecture: A
menganalisis, dan memberikan putusan kritis Reader in Cultural Theory, 1997
untuk memformulasikan strategi tindakan 14. Fran Kellogg Smith, Bringing Interior to
terhadap ruang manusia, kemampuan berpikir Light. Fredj.Bertolone-Whitney-1986
tiga dimensional melalui eksplorasi rancangan 15. John F Pile , Color in Interior Design.
ruang, serta mengkomunikasikan gagasan McGraw-Hill Professional. 1997.
perancangan. 16. Ernest Scott, The Mitchell Beazley Illus-
Prasyarat: trated Encyclopaedia of Working in Wood:
Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Teknik Komu- Tools - Methods - Materials Classic,
nikasi Arsitektur Interior Mitchell Beazley, 1992.
Pernah atau sedang mengikuti mata ajaran 17. Julius Panero and Martin Zelnik. Human
Teknologi Bangunan 1 Dimension & Interior Space: A Source Book
Tugas: of Design Reference Standards, Watson-
Merancang ruang diri sederhana yang diimple- Guptill; 1979.
mentasikan melalui model skala 1:1; Meran- 18. Alvin R. Tilley and Henry Dreyfuss, The
cang ruang untuk sebuah episode kehidupan Measure of Man and Woman: Human Fac-
manusia. tors in Design, Wiley, 2001.
Buku Ajar:
1. Bruno Zevi, Architecture as Space. Da ENAI600010
Capo Press. 1993. TEKNOLOGI BANGUNAN 1
2. Karen Franck & Bianca Lepori, Architec- 3 SKS
ture Inside Out. Academy Press, 2000. Tujuan Pembelajaran:
3. Yi Fu Tuan, Space and Place: The Perspec- Mahasiswa diperkenalkan kepada prinsip struk-
tive of Experience. University of Minnesota tur dan metode konstruksi bangunan untuk
Press, 1981. dapat memahami keberdirian sebuah bangu-
4. Steen Eiler Rasmussen, Experiencing Ar- nan dari segi struktur dan material. Struktur
chitecture. MIT Press, 1959. dan konstruksi interior dipelajari, mahasiswa
5. Donlyn Lyndon & Charles Moore, The mulai belajar menggambar konstruksi elemen
Chambers of Memory Palace. MIT Press, interior. Struktur dan material arsitektural juga
1994. dipelajari untuk lebih memahami bangunan ,
6. Francis DK Ching, Interior Design Illus- sebagai sesuatu yang diberikan dalam proyek
trated. Wiley, 2005 arsitektur interior.
7. John F Pile, InteriorDesign. Prentice Hall Silabus:
(4th ed).2007 Logika sistem struktur dan konstruksi (kuat,
275
kaku, kokoh, stabil), mekanika teknik seder- prinsip dasar struktur dan konstruksi bangunan
hana, gaya (aksi-reaksi, momen), sifat pembe- bertingkat rendah, utilitas bangunan serta
banan (beban mati, hidup, dinamis), sambun- kaidah-kaidah fisika bangunan. Proyek Peran-
gan konstruksi (tarik, tekan), karakteristik dan cangan 2 terdiri dari kegiatan pembelajaran
PROGRAM
penggunaan bahan bangunan secara umum dalam dua mata ajaran yang saling mendukung
UNDERGRADUATE
(kayu, bambu, batu, bata, besi dan adukan/ yaitu Perancangan Arsitektur Interior 2 dan
spesi) dan bahan interior (gipsum, kaca, Teknologi Bangunan 2.
kain,dll), sistem konstruksi untuk keterban-
gunan, konstruksi elemen interior. Penge-
tahuan dasar mengenai prinsip utilitas serta
fisika bangunan terkait iklim (passive cooling, ENAI600005
pencahayaan alami). PERANCANGAN ARSITEKTUR INTERIOR 2
Prasyarat: - 7 SKS
Tugas: Tujuan Pembelajaran:
Berupa gambar struktur/ konstruksi, utilitas Merancang ruang kelompok sosial inti (KSI)
dan fisika bangunan dari rancangan ruang diri melalui pendekatan gagasan dwelling dengan
yang sesuai dengan tugas Proyek Perancangan mempertimbangkan siklus kehidupan dan keg-
1. iatan sehari-hari dari KSI.
Buku Ajar: Silabus:
1. Daniel Lewis Schodek, Martin Bechthold,
Structures, Prentice Hall, 2007 Perancangan Arsitektur Interior 2 mengajukan
2. William Morgan, Ian G. Buckle, The persoalan kritikal ruang kehidupan manusia
Elements of Structures An Introduction to dalam konteks komunitas urban, melalui
the Principles of Building and Structural
Engineering, Pitman Publishing, 2nd ed, perancangan sebuah dwelling. Pengetahuan
March 1978. perancangan mencakup pemahaman penger-
3. Allan Konya, Design Primer in Hot Climate, tian dwelling, observasi dan analisis terhadap
Archimedia Press Limited, 2011
4. Avil Fox & Robin Murrel, Green Design sebuah KSI, pemahaman terhadap konteks fisik
Guide to Environmental Impact of dan konteks sosial budaya dari rancangan,
Building Material, Architecture Design
pengembangan gagasan kualitas ruang secara
and Technology, Press London, 1989
5. Hartono Poerbo, Utilitas Bangunan, kreatif, perumusan organisasi dan program
Penerbit Djambatan, 1992 ruang, yang menjadi landasan pengembangan
6. Sugiharto, Dasar-dasar Pengelolaan Air
gagasan ruang secara terintegrasi, yang diko-
Limbah
7. Sugihardjo BAE, Konstruksi dan Sambungan munikasikan secara profesional.
Kayu Prasyarat:
8. D a v i d Ke n t B a l l a s t , A I A , I n t e r i o r
Construction and Detailing for Designers Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Perancangan
and Architects, Belmont, CA : Professional Arsitektur Interior 1
Publiactions, 2002 Pernah atau sedang mengikuti mata ajaran
9. Jim Postell, Nancy Gesimondo, Materiality
and Interior Construction, John Wiley & Teknologi Bangunan 2
Sons, 2011 Tugas:
PROYEK PERANCANGAN 2 Melakukan kajian yang komprehensif terhadap
Proyek Perancangan 2 merupakan kegiatan preseden dwelling dengan kualitas rancangan
perancangan ruang Kelompok Sosial Inti (KSI). ruang dan teknologi terbaik; Merancang ruang
Proyek Perancangan 2 merupakan integrasi untuk sebuah KSI.
dalam penerapan pengetahuan perancangan Buku Ajar:
ruang melalui pendekatan gagasan dwelling 1. Karen A Franck, R. Bianca Lepori, Archi-
dan pertimbangan siklus kehidupan dan keg- tecture from the Inside Out: From the
276 iatan sehari-hari dari KSI, penerapan prinsip- Body, the Senses, the Site and the Com-
munity, Academy Press 2007. fisika bangunan (passive cooling) untuk kenya-
2. Martin Heidegger, Building, Dwelling,
Thinking, in Poetry, Language, Thought. manan termal , akustik dan pencahayaan.
New York: Harper and Row, 1971 Prasyarat:
3. Erik Erikson, The Life Cycle Completed, Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Teknologi Ban-
UNDERGRADUATE
WWNorton & Company, 1997 gunan 1.
PROGRAM
4. Electa, Rizzoll. The Concept of Dwelling, Tugas:
New York,1984 Berupa gambar dan model struktur/konstruksi
5. Toby Israel, Some Place Like Home: Using interior serta utilitas dan fisika bangunan dari
Sesign Psychology to Create Ideal Places, rancangan ruang kelompok sosial inti yang se-
Wiley-Academy, 2003 suai dengan tugas Proyek Perancangan 2.
6. Christian Norberg-Schulz, Genius Loci: To- Buku Ajar:
wards a Phenomenology of Architecture, 1. Mario Salvadori, Why Buildings Stand Up,
Rizzoli, 1984 WW Norton Company, New York, 1990
7. Bryan Lawson, The Language of Space, 2. Matthys Levy & Mario Salvadori, Why Build-
Routledge, 2001 ings Fall Down, WW Norton Company, New
8. Juhani Pallasmaa, The Eyes of the Skin: York, 2002
Architecture and the Senses, John Wiley 3. Hartono Poerbo, Utilitas Bangunan, Pener-
& Sons, 2012 bit Djambatan, 1992
9. Hannah Arendt, The Human Condition, The 4. Norbert Lechner, Heating, Lighting, Cool-
University of Chicago Press,1958 ing, edisi ke 2, PT Raja Grafindo Persada,
10. John F Pile, Interior Design. Harry N, 2007
Abrams, Inc Publishers, New York, 2004 5. Binggeli, Corky. 2009. Building Systems for
11. John E Flynn, Arthur W. Segil, Archi- Interior Designers. Wiley
tectural Interior System: Lighting, Ac- 6. David Kent Ballast, AIA, Interior Con-
coustics, Air Conditioning, Van Nostrand struction and Detailing for Designers and
Reinhold; 1992. Architects, Belmont, CA : Professional
12. S.C. Reznikoff, Interior Graphic and Design Publiactions, 2002
Standars. Whitney Library of Design, New 7. Jim Postell, Nancy Gesimondo, Materiality
York 198S. and Interior Construction, John Wiley &
Sons, 2011
ENAI600011 8. Maryrose McGowan, Kelsey Kruse, Interior
TEKNOLOGI BANGUNAN 2 graphic standards, John Wiley & Sons,
3 SKS 2003
Tujuan Pembelajaran:
Mahasiswa mampu memahami detail konstruksi PROYEK PERANCANGAN 3
interior dan furnitur melekat, macam dan sifat Proyek Perancangan 3 merupakan kegiatan
material, cara pengkonstruksian, teknik serta perancangan ruang publik. Proyek perancangan
proses finishingnya. Termasuk juga memahami ini berbasis isu (issue-based), dan pengetahuan
utilitas bangunan dan kaitannya dengan dasar perkotaan. Proyek Perancangan 3 terdiri
ruang interior, kaidah fisika bangunan (pas- dari kegiatan pembelajaran dalam dua mata
sive cooling) untuk kenyamanan, akustik dan ajaran yang saling mendukung yaitu Perancan-
pencahayaan. gan Arsitektur 3 dan Desain Furnitur.
Silabus:
Aplikasi konsep menjadi bentuk fisik, pengeta- ENAI600006
huan komprehensif mengenai material, spesi- PERANCANGAN ARSITEKTUR INTERIOR 3
fikasi bahan, Kaidah penerapan utilitas serta 9 SKS 277
Tujuan Pembelajaran: tal Psychology, Vol 6, 1986, hal. 49-63
Merancang sebuah tempat publik komersial 7. Andrew Ballantyne, What is Architecture?
berbasis isu (issue-based), serta eksplorasi ga- Routledge, 2002
gasan form dan kualitas ruang secara kreatif. 8. Robert Venturi & Denise Brown, Learning
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
3. Jim Postell. Furniture Design. Wiley, Merancang ruang berkarya di dalam bangunan
PROGRAM
2007. iconic
4. M. F. Ashby, Kara Johnson, Materials and Buku Ajar:
Design: The Art and Science of Material Se- 1. Mark Kingwell. Tables, Chairs and Other
lection in Product Design, Elsevier, 2002 Machines for Thinking, in INTIMUS,
Queens Quarterly, 2005.
PROYEK PERANCANGAN 4 2. Peter Opsvik. Rethinking Sitting. W. W.
Proyek Perancangan 4 merupakan kegiatan Norton & Company, 2009
perancangan ruang dengan fokus pada aspek 3. CM Deasy, Designing Places for People,
perilaku manusia, kompleksitas program serta Watson-Guptill,1990
teknik pemasangan bahan interior bangunan. 4. Hannah Arendt, The Human Condition, The
Proyek Perancangan 4 merupakan integrasi dari University of Chicago Press,1958
pengetahuan perancangan interior profesional, 5. Gary Gordon. Interior Lighting, Wiley,
aplikasi konsep bentuk ke dalam konstruksi 2003
interior di dalam konteks bangunan bentang 6. Corky Binggeli. Building Systems for Inte-
lebar (wide span) dan/atau bertingkat banyak rior Designers. Wiley, 2009
(high rise), serta sistem-sistem bangunan pen- 7. Lisa Godsey, Interior Design Materials and
dukungnya. Proyek Perancangan 4 terdiri dari Specification, Fairchild Books, 2012
kegiatan pembelajaran dalam dua mata ajaran 8. Sally Augustin, Place Advantage: Applied
yang saling mendukung yaitu Perancangan Arsi- Psychology for Interior Architecture, John
tektur Interior 4 dan Teknologi Bangunan 3. Wiley & Sons, 2009
9. Mark Taylor, Julieanna Preston (eds).
ENAI600007 INTIMUS: Interior Design Theory Reader,
PERANCANGAN ARSITEKTUR 4 Academy Press, 2006.
9 SKS 10. John E Flynn, Arthur W. Segil, Archi-
Tujuan Pembelajaran: tectural Interior System: Lighting, Ac-
Mahasiswa dapat mengembangkan kemam- coustics, Air Conditioning, Van Nostrand
puannya dalam merancangan interior ruang Reinhold; 1992.
publik dalam skala besar, mampu menyelesai-
kan masalah perancangan ruang interior mela-
lui penerapan aspek ergonomik pada desain ENAI600012
furnitur dan terkait dengan pendayagunaan TEKNOLOGI BANGUNAN 3
teknologi pada konstruksi interiornya. 3 SKS
Silabus: Tujuan Pembelajaran:
Perancangan Arsitektur Interior 4 mengajukan Mahasiswa mampu menelaah, meneliti dan
persoalan kritikal ruang berkarya manusia den- mengeksplorasi keterkaitan antara desain, de-
gan fokus pada program dan merancang ruang tail, bangunan dan konstruksinya. Mempelajari
interior di dalam bangunan eksisting dengan gambar detail konstruksi interior dan furniture,
kompleksitas struktur dan teknologi yang tinggi memahami aplikasi berbagai macam material
(iconic building) dalam konteks urban. tradisional maupun non tradisional, hingga
Prasyarat: material terkini. Memperkenalkan prinsip-
Pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Perancangan prinsip adaptive reuse (transformasi, adaptasi,
279
ekspansi) dan sustainability pada bangunan. Tectonic Culture: The Poetics of Construc-
Silabus: tion in Nineteenth and Twentieth Century
Mahasiswa mampu memahami dan membuat Architecture, Mit Press, 1995
detail konstruksi yang dibutuhkan untuk me- 12. Sally Augustin, Place Advantage: Applied
PROGRAM
realisasikan desainnya, eksplorasi material dan Psychology for Interior Architecture, John
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
ing Places for People, Whitney Library of kan penggabungan komprehensif pengetahuan
PROGRAM
Design, New York, 1998. yang telah didapatkan mahasiswa dalam wujud
7. Christopher Day, Spirit & Place, Architec- rancangan interior.Mahasiswa mampu menun-
tural Press, 2002. jukkan teknik presentasi desain dan konstruksi
8. Mark Dudek, Schools and Kindergartens: a serta portfolio. Keluaran yang diharapkan dari
Design Manual, Birkhauser , 2007. mahasiswa adalah portfolio, design report,
9. Corky Binggeli A.S.I.D, Building Systems technology report dan model.
for Interior Designers, John Wiley &
Sons. ENAI600014
10. Fred Scott, On Altering Architecture, SKRIPSI
Routledge, 2008 8 SKS
11. Graeme Brooker, Sally Stone, Rereadings, Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mampu mengidentifika
RIBA Enterprises, 2004 si, mempelajari dan mengkomunikasikan
12. Mark Taylor, Julieanna Preston (eds). isu-isu dalam suatu area kajian khusus yang
INTIMUS: Interior Design Theory Reader, berkaitan dengan arsitektur. Mampu mengem-
Academy Press, 2006. bangkan keahlian dasar dalam hal membaca,
13. John E Flynn, Arthur W. Segil, Archi- meriset dan menulis sebuah tulisan ilmiah.
tectural Interior System: Lighting, Ac- Mampu mengembangkan sebuah pemahaman
coustics, Air Conditioning, Van Nostrand riset sebagai sebuah kegiatan yang menun-
Reinhold; 1992. tut pemikiran dan penalaran yang runut dan
14. Other references in structure, construc- sistematis. Mampu mengembangkan sebuah
tion, services, safety, thermal comfort, pemahaman kritis terhadap berbagai isu dalam
will be decided in class. arsitektur.
Silabus: Skripsi diawali dengan pertanyaan:
ENAI600014 Apa yang ingin saya dalami?. Usaha men
TUGAS AKHIR dalami masalah dan menjelaskan pemahaman
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mata kuliah ini di- terhadap masalah tersebut dengan tingkat ke
ambil bersamaan dengan mata kuliah Kajian dalaman yang masih terbatas, tanpa tuntutan
Mandiri (3 sks).Tujuan dari tugas akhir adalah untuk menyelesaikan masalah, menciptakan
mahasiswa mampu merespon issue di dalam atau mengembangkan sesuatu yang baru yang
konteks lokal, komunitas sampai dengan memberikan kontribusi kepada disiplin ilmu
kota. Issue yang diambil diselesaikan melalui arsitektur. Investigasi ringan yang dilakukan
perancangan interior arsitektur dengan skala melalui studi literatur dan studi kasus. Original-
publik institusional dengan interioritas sebagai itas. Pilihan moda penulisan ilmiah: deskripsi,
acuan dalam memulai perancangan. Mahasiswa narasi, penjelasan atau argumen.
mendemostrasikan metode yang dipilihnya Prasyarat: Telah lulus mata ajaran Perancangan
secara mandiri untuk menyelesaikan masalah Arsitektur 4
perancangan ruang dalam. Proyek tugas akhir Buku Ajar:
menekankan profesionalisme dalam mendesain 1. J o h n Z e i s e l , I n q u i r y b y D e s i g n :
Environment/Behavior/Neuroscience in
sebagai puncak dari pembelajaran perancan- Architecture, Interiors, Landscape, and
gan arsitektur interior yang disiapkan sebagai Planning, WW Norton, 2006
portfolio pada proyek profesional. 2. 3. F. Crews. The Random House Handbook,
281
Random House: New York, 1974, 1977, Prasyarat: -
1980.3rd. ed, pgs 10-114. Buku Ajar:
3. I. Border and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation:
an Architecture Students Handbook, 1. Bernard M Feilden, Conservation of Historic
Oxford University Press, 2000. Building, Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, Oxford,
PROGRAM
ENAI600017
ENAI600016
DASAR KOMPUTER UNTUK ARSITEKTUR
ARSITEKTUR PUSAKA
3 SKS
3 SKS
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
Tujuan pembelajaran: Mahasiswa dapat
mengoperasikan personal computer, mema
memahami pengertian heritage dan arsitektur
hami sistim, piranti / perangkat keras dan
masa lalu sebagai bagian dari heritage; menge-
dasar bekerjanya computer, mampu membuat
tahui proses pendataan dan pendokumentasian
presentasi dalam bentuk dwi matra dengan
arsitektur masa lalu (bangunan dan kawasan)
menggunakan piranti lunak multimedia.
dan mengetahui upaya-upaya pelestarian ter
Silabus: Gambaran umum perkuliahan, sistem
masuk pemanfaatan kembali bangunan cagar
penilaian, pre-test, pengertian multimedia, pi-
budaya.
ranti presentasi dan multi media power point,
Silabus: Pengenalan terhadap arsitektur masa
photoshop, coreldraw, pagemaker, pengenalan
lalu (Architecture Heritage). Materi terdiri dari
Computer Aided Design (CAD) untuk dwi matra
tiga bagian yaitu: introduction to heritage;
dan trimatra.
konservasi & preservasi; aspek teknis (penguku-
Prasyarat: Telah pernah mengikuti Mata ajaran
ran/ dokumentasi); dan pemanfaatan kembali
Seni Rupa
bangunan / kawasan yang didokumentasi (his-
Buku Ajar:
282 toric buildings); tugas/ latihan proyek .
1.Manual AutoCad versi terbaru, Auto Desk dapat membantu siswa dalam mengeksplorasi
2.Manual Archicad versi terakhir, Graphisoft berbagai desain yang detail, dengan beberapa
3.Manual Piranti Multi Media versi terakhir aspek teknologi dan kebutuhan manusia akan
untuk Adobe Photoshop, Page Maker, Corel fungsi produk itu sendiri. Dalam perkemban-
UNDERGRADUATE
Draw. gannya, pemahaman dan aplikasi desain produk
PROGRAM
akan dapat mempengaruhi nuansa interior
suatu ruang dalam konteks arsitektur.
ENAI600018 Silabus:
DESAIN FURNITUR LANJUT Prasyarat:
3 SKS Buku Ajar:
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mengenalkan mahasis- 1. Richard Morris, The Fundamentals of
Product Design, Ava Publishing, 2009
wa mengenai prisip dasar perancangan furnitur 2. Michael F Ashby, Kara Johnson, Materials
sebagai benda pakai dan berfungsi sebagai ele- and Design: The Art and Science of
men pembentuk kualitas ruang sejalan dengan Material Selection in Product Design,
Butterworth-Heinemann; 2nd ed, 2009
rancangan arsitektur dan interioritasnya.
Silabus: Furnitur sebagai benda pakai mempunyai
ENAI600020
prasyarat tertentu sesuai dengan maksud dan
DESAIN RUANG PAMERAN
tujuan pembuatannya. Kualitas ruang dengan
3 SKS
interioritasnya menjadi bagian yang tidak
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mengenalkan maha-
terpisahkan ketika merancang furnitur sebagai
siswa mengenai prinsip dasar perancangan
benda pakai. Dengan pemahaman yang terjalin
ruang pamer yang dibangun dan dikonsumsi
ini, maka pembelajaran yang
untuk tujuan dan misi tertentu
dilakukan akan meliputi: dasar konstruksi
Silabus:
furnitur untuk berkegiatan, dan konstruksi
Latar belakang adanya ruang pamer, jenis-jenis
furnitur yang membentuk kualitas ruang.
pameran, pengandil ruang pameran, prinsip
desain ruang pamer, prinsip konstruksi ruang
Prasyarat:
pamer, kunjungan Pameran.
Buku Ajar:
Prasyarat:
1. Joyce Ernest, The Technique of Furniture
Buku Ajar:
Making, B.T. Batsford Liminted, London,
1. Robert B Konikow, Exhibit Design 6, PBC
1970
International, 1994
2. Sunset Series for Furniture Making, Cabinet
2. Robert B. Settle and Pamela L. Alreck,
and Book Shelves Making, Bedroom Storage;
Why They Buy: American Consumers
Kitchen Storage.
Inside and Out, Wiley, 1986.
3. Ernest Scott, The Mitchell Beazley
3. Martin M. Pegler, Visual Merchandising &
Illustrated Encyclopaedia of Working in
Display, 6th Ed, Fairchild Pubns; 2011.
Wood: Tools - Methods - Materials Classic,
Mitchell Beazley, 1992.
ENAI600021
DESAIN SENI INSTALASI
ENAI600019 3 SKS
DESAIN PRODUK Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa memahami
3 SKS kekuatan seni dalam ruang Arsitektur
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa diperkenal- Silabus: Seni dan Arsitektur, Art Nouveau
kan tentang pengetahuan dasar produk, seperti and Art Deco; Bauhaus, International Style
fungsi, bentuk, material, warna dan estetika (Kubisme, Surealis, dll), Installasi dalam Set-
ting: Happy Art; Seni dan Arsitektur: Detail
suatu produk. Pengetahuan ini diharapkan dalam Elemen Arsitektur; Instalasi Arsitektur 283
dan Seni. di Masyarakat.
Prasyarat: - Prasyarat:
Buku Ajar:
Buku Ajar:
1. Cinthya Maris Dantzic, Design Dimensions,
1. I d i S u b a n d y I b r a h i m . L i f e S t y l e ,
An Introduction to the Visual Surface
Kebudayaan Pop dalam Masyarakat
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Silabus: Dasar cahaya, warna, cahaya alami, 3 SKS
PROGRAM
cahaya buatan, distribusi cahaya, pencahayaan Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mengembangkan ke
interior, Pencahayaan exterior (Fasade rumah mampuan mahasiswa untuk memadukan ber
& bangunan tinggi), urban lighting bagai aspek disain dan manajemen yang telah
Buku Ajar: dipelajari untuk diterapkan secara langsung
1. William M.C. Lam, Perception and Lighting dalam produk nyata
as Form Givers for Architecture, McGraw-
Hill Silabus: Penerapan disain dan tektonik,
2. Norbert Lechner, Heating Lighting Cooling, penerapan manajemen, penerapan grafis. Sila-
(2nd ed), terjemahan, PT RajaGrafindo bus dapat disesuaikan sesuai kebutuhan.
Persada, 2007
3. John E Flynn, Arthur W. Segil, Architectural Prasyarat:
Interior System: Lighting, Accoustics, Air Buku Ajar: disesuaikan dengan topik yang
Conditioning, Van Nostrand Reinhold;
diberikan pada semester berjalan
1992.
ENAI600026
2D KOMUNIKASI DESAIN DIGITAL ENAI600028
3 SKS KERJA PRAKTEK / KKN
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu 3 SKS
menggunakan piranti lunak seperti AutoCAD Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa memahami
ArchiCAD, dan piranti lunak lainnya untuk proses perencanaan, pelaksanaan dan evaluasi
modeling, guna menyampaikan ide kreatifnya pada aktifitas rekayasa. Mahasiswa mengetahui
dalam bentuk dwimatra. Dan mampu membuat pola kerja tim bersama disiplin ilmu terkait di
gambar penyajian dengan bantuan piranti dunia profesi dalam arti luas, mengenal dan
lunak tersebut memahami proses perencanaan, perancangan
Silabus: Gambar prarencana lengkap, model dan pelaksanaan suatu lingkung-bina dengan
dwi matra, gambar kerja. ikut terlibat dalam kapasitas sebagai Asisten
Prasyarat: Perencana/Perancang, Asisten Pelaksana
Buku Ajar : Lapangan/Asisten Pengawas Lapangan atau
AutoCAD-ArchiCAD Manual, latest version, Arsitek Komunitas.
2004 Silabus: Proses pengelolaan proyek secara
nyata di perusahaan, biro bangunan atau orga-
ENAR600042 nisasi. Metoda penyusunan proposal sederhana
3D KOMUNIKASI DESAIN DIGITAL dan metoda pelaporan hasil kerja lapangan.
3 SKS Metoda presentasi. Metode pengolahan bahan,
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu data, alat, sumberdaya manusia dan koordinasi
menggunakan piranti lunak seperti 3Ds max, antar stake holders dalam aktifitas perenca-
Rhinoceros, 3D Viz, Revit dan piranti lunak naan rekayasa dan implementasinya.
lainnya untuk modeling, guna menyampaikan Prasyarat:
ide kreatifnya dalam bentuk modeling trima- Buku Ajar:
tra. Dan mampu membuat gambar penyajian
dengan bantuan piranti lunak tersebut
Silabus: Gambar prarencana lengkap, model
tri matra, gambar kerja.
Prasyarat: 285
4.10. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Program Specification
PROGRAM
universities
2 Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
Universitas Indonesia and partner
universities
3 Programme Title Undergraduate Program in Industrial
Engineering
4 Type of Class Regular, Paralel, Internasional
5 Degree Given Sarjana Teknik (S.T)
Double degree: Sarjana Teknik (S.T) and
Bachelor of Engineering (B.Eng)
6 Accreditation status BAN-PT: A Accreditation
AUN-QA
7 Medium Language Indonesian and English
8 Study Scheme(Full time/Part time) Full time
9 Entry requirement SMA Graduate/equal or D3/Polytechnic
graduate
10 Duration of Study Scheduled for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of Number of weeks /semester
semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
12 Graduate Profiles:
Graduates of the undergraduate program of PSTK-FTUI should be able to contribute to the field
of chemical engineering by applying chemical engineering principles with careful consideration
of the engineering, economic, social, health and safety, energy, environment, sustainability,
and ethics aspects; able to think critically, communicate effectively, and work together in
multidisciplinary teams.
12 Expected Learning Outcomes:
286
12 12. Able to design components, systems, processes, and products related to chemical
engineering profession with careful consideration of the engineering, economic, social,
health and safety, energy, environment, sustainability, and ethics aspects
13. Able to provide solutions to various problems occurred wherever they live and work
UNDERGRADUATE
14. Able to identify the kind of entrepreneurial approach needed based on innovation, self-
reliance and ethics
PROGRAM
15. Continuously develop oneself to contribute in solving local and global problems.
13 Course Composition
No Type of Course Credits Percentage
i General Course of University 18 12,4
ii General Course of Engineering 25 17,2
Faculty
iii Skill Course 80 55,2
iv Optional Course 12 8,3
v Internship , Seminar, Final Project, 10 6,9
Project
Type of Course 145 100 %
14 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
Employment Prospects
A graduate of the chemical engineering and
bioprocess technology study programs can
be described as a Universal Engineer as
they learn the basics of engineering such as
thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and reac-
tor design, separation processes, as well as
transport phenomena (momentum, energy
and mass). Graduates of chemical engineer-
ing department at UI have contributed in the
following areas: energy (oil and gas industry),
engineering contractor companies (engineer-
ing, procurement, construction and trial opera-
tion), chemical industry (petrochemicals, bulk
and specialty chemicals), research and devel-
opment of process and/or chemical products,
and processing and synthesis of food products
and pharmaceuticals.
287
Competency network Course Network
The competency network of bachelor gradu- The course network of the undergraduate
ates of PSTK-FTUI is shown in Figure 1. The program of PSTK-FTUI is shown in Figure 2.
main competencies (blue color) are those The curriculum framework with a total of
generally possessed by chemical engineering 145 credits hours consisting of the general
PROGRAM
cies is supported by the achievement of the basic courses managed by FTUI, and chemi-
supporting competence (green color) whereas cal engineering courses managed by the
the other competencies (purple) are those set department is shown in Figure 3. Chemical
by the Faculty of Engineering and University engineering courses consists of basic chemi-
of Indonesia. cal engineering, supporting, elective, and
capstone courses.
Graduates of the chemical engineering study program should be able to contribute to the field of chemical engineering by
applying chemical engineering principles with careful consideration of the engineering , economic , social, health and safety ,
energy, environment , sustainability , and ethics aspects ; able to think critically , communicate effectively , and work together
in multidisciplinary teams .
Able to apply concept Able to apply Able to apply concepts Able to apply the Able to use modern
of mass and energy thermodynamic of transport concepts of chemical chemical engineering
balances in solving concepts in solving phenomena in solving reaction engineering tools
chemical engineering chemical engineering chemical engineering
problems problems problems
Legenda
288 Core
competency
Supporting
competency
Other
competency
Figure 2. Course network of the undergraduate program PSTK-FTUI.
1st Semester 2nd Semester 3rd Semester 4th Semester 5th Semester 6th Semester 7th Semester 8th Semester
GENERAL BASIC
(18 credits) Integrated ENGINEERING BASIC
Statistic and
Characteristic (25 credits)
Probability
Integrated Building Subject A
Characteristic Engineering
Building Subject B SportsArts Economics
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
289
PROGRAM
Chemical Supporting
Engineering 15 sks
UNDERGRADUATE
Basic Engineering
25 sks Basic
59 sks Capstone
16 sks
UNDERGRADUATE
dan Lindung Lingkungan
PROGRAM
ENCH 6 0 0012 Termodinamika Teknik Kimia Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 4
ENCH 6 0 0013 Perpindahan Kalor Heat Transfer 3
ENCH 6 0 0014 Menggambar Teknik Proses Process Engineering Drawing 2
ENBP 6 0 0003 Biologi Molekuler Molecular Biology 3
Sub Total 20
Odd Semester
UNDERGRADUATE
Even Semester
UNDERGRADUATE
MATA AJARAN SUBJECT CREDIT
PROGRAM
KODE
Semester 1 1st Semester
UIGE 6 0 0004 MPK Terintegrasi B Integrated Character Building Subject B 6
UIGE 6 0 0002 Bahasa Inggris English 3
ENGE 6 0 0001 Kalkulus Calculus 4
ENGE 6 0 0010 Kimia Dasar Basic Chemistry 2
ENCH 6 0 0001 Pengantar Teknik Kimia Introduction to Chemical Engineering 3
ENCH 6 0 0002 Kecakapan Komunikasi Communication Skill 2
Sub Total 20
Semester 2 2nd Semester
UIGE 6 0 0001 MPK Terintegrasi A Integrated Character Building Subject A 6
ENGE 6 0 0003 Fisika Dasar 1 Basic Physics 1 4
ENGE 6 0 0002 Aljabar Linear Linear Algebra 4
ENCH 6 0 0003 Kimia Organik Organic Chemistry 3
UIGE 6 0 0005-9 Agama Religious Studies 2
Praktikum Kimia Dasar dan Basic Chemistry and Organic Chemistry
ENCH 6 0 0004 1
Kimia Organik Lab.
UIGE 6 0 0003 Olah Raga/ Seni Sports/ Arts 1
Sub Total 21
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENGE 6 0 0004 Fisika Dasar 2 Basic Physics 2 4
ENEE 6 0 0031 Komputasi Numerik Numerical Computation 3
ENCH 6 0 0005 Kimia Analitik Instrumental Instrumental Analytical Chemistry 3
ENCH 6 0 0006 Kimia Fisika Physical Chemistry 3
Praktikum Kimia Fisika dan Physical Chemistry and Analytical Chemis-
ENCH 6 0 0007 1
Kimia Analitik try Lab.
ENCH 6 0 0008 Neraca Massa dan Energi Mass and Energy Balance 3
ENCH 6 0 0009 Peristiwa Perpindahan Transport Phenomena 3
Sub Total 20
Semester 4 4th Semester
ENCH 6 0 0010 Permodelan Teknik Kimia Modeling Chemical Engineering 3
ENCH 6 0 0011 Mekanika Fluida dan Partikel Fluid Mechanics and Particles 3
ENCH 8 0 0004 Teknik Reaksi Kimia Lanjut Advance Chemical Reaction Engineering 3
Pilihan elective 3
Sub Total 15
Semester 9 9th Semester
ENCH 8 0 0005 Metodologi Penelitian Research Methods 3
ENCH 8 0 0006 Seminar Seminar 3
Pilihan 4 Elective 4 3
Pilihan 5 Elective 5 3
UNDERGRADUATE
Total 173
PROGRAM
Curriculum Structure of the International Program PSTK-FTUI
Curriculum structure of the international program PSTK-FTUI is given in Table 4. Students of the double
degree program enroll in the first four semester courses at UI and continue their second four semesters
at one of the partner universities. Single degree international students follow the whole 8 semesters at
UI. The list of elective courses for international program students is given in Table 5.
Sub Total 20
296
Table 5. List of elective courses available for international students PSTK-FTUI.
Odd Semester
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT CREDIT
UNDERGRADUATE
ENCH811018 Termodinamika Terapan Applied Termodynamics 3
PROGRAM
Termodinamika Sifat Hidrokar-
3
ENCH811020 bon Thermodynamic Prop. Hydrocarbons
ENCH811027 Topik Khusus 1 Special Topics 1 3
Even Semester
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT CREDIT
ENCH811035 Teknik Polimer Polymer Engineering 3
ENCH811039 Topik Khusus 2 Special Topics 2 3
297
PROGRAM
Year 3
CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT STREAM
CHE3171 Bioprocess technology 6 Biotechnology
CHE3172 Nanotechnology and materials 1 6 Nanotechnology and materials
CHE3175 Process engineering 6 Sustainable processing
Year 4
CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT STREAM
BCH2011 Bioprocess technology 6 Biotechnology
CHE4171 Biochemical engineering 6 Biotechnology
CHE4172 Nanotechnology and materials 2 6 Nanotechnology and materials
MTE2541 Nanostructure of materials 6 Nanotechnology and materials
CHE4173 Sustainable processing 2 6 Sustainable processing
Environmental impact and
ENE3608 6 Sustainable processing
management systems
298
Course structure of chemical engineering at Curtin University.
UNDERGRADUATE
Year 3 Semester 5 Year 3 Semester 6
PROGRAM
CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT KODE SUBJECT CREDIT
CHE 223 Thermodynamics 25 CHE 322 Process Plant Engineering 25
Fluid & Particle
CHE 324 25 CHE 312 Proc Syn & Design 1 12.5
Processes
CHE 325 Reaction Engineering 25 CHE 479 Advanced Special Topics 12.5
Process Instrumentation
CHE 328 25 CHE Mass Transfer Operations 25
& Control
CHE 421 Risk Management 25
Subtotal 100 Subtotal 100
Year 4 Semester 7 Year 4 Semester 8
CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT KODE SUBJECT CREDIT
Process Economics &
CHE 423 25 CHE 481 Process Laboratory Projects 25
Management
Advanced Separation
CHE 422 25 CHE 414 Proc Syn & Design II 12.5
Processes
Design Project
Advanced Process
CHE 499 (Lectures/Feasibility 50 CHE 411 12.5
Control
Studies)
CHE 491 Research Project 12.5
CHE 493 Research Project 12.5
Optional Unit 12.5
Optional Unit 12.5
Subtotal 100 Subtotal 100
299
Course structure of chemical engineering at the University of Queensland.
Environmental risk
CHEE3004 Unit operations 2 CHEE4002 2
assessment
Reaction
CHEE3005 2 CHEE4009 Transport phenomena 2
engineering
Process and
Principles of biological
CHEE3006 control system 2 CHEE1001 2
engineering
synthesis
Process
Part B2 Advanced
CHEE3007 modelling and 2 2
Elective
dynamics
Subtotal 8 8
Year 4 Semester 7 Year 4 Semester 8
CODE COURSE TITLE CREDIT KODE SUBJECT CREDIT
Process
Part B2 Advanced
CHEE4001 engineering 4 2
Elective
design project
Part B2
Part B2 Advanced
Advanced 2 2
Elective
Elective
Part B2
Part B3 Advanced
Advanced 2 2
Elective
Elective
Subtotal 8 6
UNDERGRADUATE
CHEE2005 Chemicalproduct design 2
PROGRAM
CHEE3008 Special Topics C 12.5
CHEE3301 Polymer engineering 12.5
CHEE3305 Biomaterials: Materials in Medicine 12.5
CHEM2002 Biophysical chemistry
CIVL3150 Modelling of environmental systems
MINE2201\ Physical & chemical processing of minerals
Transition Policy from the 2008 to the 2012 Curricullum Bachelor Program of Faculty of Engineering
Universitas Indonesia
1. The 2012 curriculum will be applied starting from Term I of Academic Year 2012/2013 (August
2012) and will end at Term II of Academic Year 2016/2017.
2. Basically, once the 2012 curriculum is applied, only courses contained within the 2012 cur-
riculum will be available, while the courses within the 2008 curriculum will no longer be
available. Starting in Term I of academic year 2012/2013, the 2012 curriculum for the 1st,
3rd, 5th, and 7th semesters will be implemented in full for all Bachelor Programs in Faculty
of Engineering Universitas Indonesia. The same will be applied for Term II of academic year
2012/2013, where the 2012 curriculum for the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th semesters will be imple-
mented in full for all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia.
3. There will be a one year transition period, academic year 2012/2013.
4. Students who have not yet passed the compulsory courses in the 2008 curriculum are re-
quired to take the same or equal courses from the 2012 curriculum. Students can refer to
the below equivalance table to look for equal courses. If courses from the 2008 curriculum
are not listed in the table, the courses do not change. They stil have the same name and
same credit load.
5. If a course from the 2008 curriculum is no longer available and there is no equal or substitute
course listed within the 2012 curriculum, the following policy applies:
For students who have passed the compulsory courses, they can include the credits as
calculated compulsory courses credits in order to complete the 144 credits require-
ment for completion of the Bachelor Program.
For students who have not yet passed the compulsory courses, they may take elec-
tive courses or new compulsory courses from the 2012 curriculum to complete the 144
credits requirement for completion of the Bachelor Program.
6. For courses integration, the following policy applies:
OR, means: if students have passed one of the courses from the 2008 curriculum, they
are no longer required to take the course from the 2012 curriculum. They may take
elective course to cover the shortage of credits.
AND, means: students must pass both courses from the 2008 curriculum. If students
fail in either one of these courses, students must take an equal or substitute course
from the 2012 curriculum.
7. If a compulsory course from the 2008 curriculum is modified into an elective course in the
2012 curriculum, the following applies:
For students who have passed the compulsory course, they can include the cradit of
the courses as calculated compulsory course within the 144 credits requirement for
completion of the Bachelor Program.
For students who have not yet passed the compulsory course, they may take an equal
or substitute course or a new compulsory course from the 2012 curriculum.
8. If there is a change in the number of credit load for a course, the number of credit which will
be calculated for completion of the Bachelor Program is the number of credit load applied
during the time the course was taken. Same or equal courses with different credit load, if
taken as a repeat course or newly taken course, will be listed with their new names and
will be calculated in accordance to their new credit load (see below equivalence tables of 301
courses).
9. During the transition period (academic year 2012/2013), On a special ocassion, courses which
availability are modified from Term I to Term II (and vice versa) in the 2012 curriculum will be
available for both semesters or several parallel classes of these courses will be opened.
10. New compulsory courses from the 2012 curriculum can be considered as elective courses for
PROGRAM
its, with the following composition: 120 credits of compulsory courses and a minimum of 24
credits for elective courses. Shortage of credits due to the change of curriculum can be com-
pensated by taking elective courses or new compulsory courses from the 2012 curriculum.
Under the provisions above, the equivalence table of the two curricula has been prepared for the
transition period and shown in Table 6 and Table 7, for the reguler/paralel program and international
program, respectively
UNDERGRADUATE
course in curriculum 2012
PROGRAM
Law and Regulation of 2 Erased If fail, substitute with another
Industry course in curriculum 2012
Table 7. Equivalance table of curriculum 2012/2008 for undergraduate program (international) PSTK-
FTUI.
303
Engineering Drawing 2 Process Engineering 2
Drawing
CAD for Chemical Engi- 3 Chemical Process Simu- 3
neering lation
Chemical Reaction 3 Chemical Reaction 3 AND: If CRE failed, take CRE
PROGRAM
- - MPK English 3
- - Unit Operation Labora- 1 Compulsary for all students
tory 1
- - Engineering Project 2
Management
- - MPK Art/Physical Edu- 1 Compulsary for incoming class
cation 2012 class and after
- - MPK Religion 2
- - Unit Operation Labora- 1 Compulsary for all students
tory 2
- - Process Equipment 3
Design
- - Chemical Product 4
Design
- - Plant Design 4
- - Industrial Job Training 2
- - Research Methodology 2
and Seminar
- - Studium Generale 2
- - Engineering Economics 3
- - Natural Gas Technology 3
- - Skripsi 4
304
Course description RELIGIOUS STUDIES
2 SKS
UIGE600001 Refer to Page 80-81
UIGE610001
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A ENGE600005
UNDERGRADUATE
6 SKS ENGE610005
PROGRAM
Refer to Page 78 STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY
2 SKS
UIGE600004 Refer to Page 82
UIGE610004
MPKT B / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING B ENGE60007
6 SKS ENGE61007
Refer to Page 78 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS
2 SKS
UIGE600002 Refer to Page 82
ENGLISH
UIGE610002 ENGE600008
ACADEMIC WRITING ENGE610008
3 SKS HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT
Refer to Page 78 2 SKS
Refer to Page 82
UIGE600003
UIGE610003 ENCH600001
SPORTS / ARTS
ENCH610001
1 SKS
INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Refer to Page 81
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students are able to:
ENGE600001
1. Distinguish chemical engineering from the
ENGE610001 other techniques
CALCULUS 2. Explain the development of chemical
4 SKS engineering
Refer to Page 78 3. Understand the fundamentals of chemical
engineering of existing processes and
ENGE600010 systems as well
ENGE610010 4. Do simple calculation from mass and
energy balance, and know the criteria for
BASIC CHEMISTRY
process equipment.
Refer to Page 79
Syllabus: Overview of the chemical engineering
profession, employment, and the contribution
ENGE600003 of chemical engineering, chemical engineering
ENGE610003 code of ethics, processes and equipment of
BASIC PHYSICS 1 chemical industry, chemical engineering gradu-
4 SKS ate of the criteria according to ABET, Bologna
Refer to Page 79 Declaration, and the industry.
Prerequisites:
ENGE600004 Textbook:
BASIC PHYSICS 2 1. R.N. Shreve and G.T. Austin, Shreves
4 SKS Chemical Process Industries, McGraw
Refer to Page 81 Hill, 1984
2. R.M. Felder and R.W. Rousseau, Elementary
ENGE600002 Principles of Chemical Processes, 3rd
ENGE610002 Edition, Wiley 2005
LINEAR ALGEBRA 3. R. Schizininger and M. W. Martin.
Introduction to Engineering Ethics. Mc.
4 SKS
Graw-Hill, 2000.
Refer to Page 79
UIGE600005-9
UIGE610005-9 305
ENCH600002 3. Organic Chemistry lecture notes
ENCH610002
COMMUNICATION SKILLS ENCH600004
2 SKS ENCH610004
Learning Objectives: Students are able to BASIC CHEMISTRY AND ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
PROGRAM
1 SKS
series of coherent and logical message, and Learning Objectives: Students are able to
present it effectively using an appropriate prepare a preliminary report on the theory be-
media technology.
hind the lab module, conducting experiments
Syllabus: Communicating effectively, audience
analysis, writing process, making a memo, in the laboratory, process and analyze data
making an abstract, technical papers structure, from experiments, and create a final report
oral presentation. containing the explanation of phenomena that
Prerequisite: - occur during experiments.
Textbook: Syllabus: General techniques and chemical lab
1. D o n a l d R . Wo o d s , C o m m u n i c a t i o n safety aspect, physical and chemical proper-
effectively, McMaster University Bookstore, ties, separation and purification of substances,
1996. the reaction of metals with acids, water crys-
2. Donald R. Woods, Problem Based Learning: tals, suspension formed reaction, identification
How to gain the most PBL, 1994, Mc-Master of hydrocarbons, alcohols and phenols identifi-
University, Hamilton, ON L8S 4L8. cation, identification of carbonyl compounds,
3. Gloria J. Galenes, et.al., Communication in carbohydrates, lipid analysis, extraction and
Groups, 4th ed.,McGraw-Hill, 2000.
identification of fatty acids from corn oil.
4. Patricia E. Seraydarian, Writing for Business
Results, The Business Skills Express Series, Prerequisites: -
Mirror Press, 1994 Textbook:
5. Dennis Becker and Paula Borkum Becker, 1. Fessenden, translation: A. Hadiyana
Powerful Presentation Skills, The Business Pujatmaka, Organic Chemistry, Second
Skills Express Series, Mirror Press, 1994. edition 1986 grants
2. Morrison, RT and Boyd, RN, Organic
Chemistry, 6th ed., Prentice Hall 1998.
ENCH600003
3. Vogel, Practical Organic Chemistry
ENCH610003 4. TGP majors, Organic Chemistry Lab
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Instructions diktat (Basic Chemistry and
3 SKS Organic Chemistry Guide, Department
Learning Objectives: Students are able to: of Chemical Engineering , FTUI)
1. E x p l a i n t h e l i n k s t r u c t u r e a n d 5. Fieser, Organic Chemistry
stereochemistry, IUPAC name, physical 6. Moran, L. dan Masciangioli, T.Safety and
properties, chemical reactivity, and Security of Chemical Lab, the National
reaction mechanisms Academies Press, 2010
2. Determine the mechanisms of some 7. Brown, T.L., H. E. LeMay and B.E. Bursten,
organic chemical reactions and be able Chemistry, ed. 8, Prentice Hall, 2000.
to estimate how to synthesize a simple 8. Vogel, Anorganic Qualitative Analyze, PT.
organic chemical compounds. Kalman Media Pustaka, 1985.
Syllabus: Naming of organic compounds, the
role of structure and stereochemistry of the ENCH600005
physical / chemical an organic compound, ENCH610005
the cracking reactions or free radicals alkane, INSTRUMENTAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
polymerization of alkenes, aromatic electro- 3 SKS
philic substitution on benzene, substitution and Learning Objectives: Students are able to ex-
elimination reactions of alkyl halidas, acylation plain and compare the various basic principles
and esterification reactions, dehydration- methods of analytical chemistry and its appli-
polymerization on carboxylic compound cation as well as solve problems by applying
Prerequisites: - the stages of problem solving.
Textbook: Syllabus: Skill workshop, Electrochemistry
1. Fessenden, alih bahasa : A. Hadiyana process, Potentiometry, Atomic Spectroscopy
Pujatmaka, Kimia Organik, edisi Kedua (AAS), Molecular spectroscopy (IR), Chroma-
Erlangga 1986 tography gas.
2. Morrison, RT and Boyd, RN, Organic Chem- Prerequisite: -
istry, 6th ed., Prentice Hall 1998.
306 Textbook:
1. Day R.A. dan A. L. Underwood, Analisis properties of solution, chemical equilibrium
Kimia kuantitatif (terjemahan), Erlangga, and Le Chateliers principle, determination
1986, atau buku aslinya dalam bahasa of molecular properties based on gas density,
Inggris. gravimetric analysis, potentiometric methods,
2. D. A. Skoog, et.al., Fundamentals of spectrophotometry visible light, conductomet-
UNDERGRADUATE
Analytical Chemistry, 5th. Ed., Saunders ric methods, gas chromatography.
PROGRAM
College Publishing, 1988. Atau edisi
Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry and Analytical
terbaru
3. G. D. Christian and J. E OReilly, Instrumental Chemistry Instrumental
Analysis, 2nd. Ed., Allyn Bacon Inc., 1986. Textbook:
4. Donald R. Woods, Problem based learning: 1. Kwe Tjien Fe (translation), Practical
How to gain the most from PBL, 2994, Mc- Guide Physical Chemistry, London,
Master University, Hamilton, ON L8S 4L8. Scholastic 1987
2. Physical Chemistry Lab Instructions FTUI
TGP-1989.
ENCH600006
3. TGP majors, Organic Chemistry Lab
ENCH610006 Instructions diktat
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 4. R. Day A. And A. L. Underwood, Quantitative
3 SKS Chemical Analysis (translation), grants,
Learning Objectives: Students are able to 1986, or the original book in English.
understand the basic concepts of physical 5. D. A. Skoog, et al, Fundamentals of
chemistry including the topics of thermody- Analytical Chemistry 5th., Saunders
namics, equilibrium reactions, and molecular College Publishing, 1998 or latest
spectroscopy, and apply these concepts to solve edition
simple problems of chemical physics 6. Daniel et al., Experimental Physical
Syllabus: pvT properties: gas properties: ideal Chemistry, 7th ed., McGraw-Hill 1970.
gas laws, kinetic theory of gases, the viscos-
ity of gas; the properties of liquids and solu- ENCH600008
tions: fluid viscosity, colligative properties of ENCH610008
solution, electrolyte solution, Arrhenius and MASS AND ENERGY BALANCE
Debye-huckel theory; chemical bond and spec- 3 SKS
troscopy: atomic orbital, molecular orbital, hy- Learning Objectives: Students are able to
brid orbital, visible light / infrared / ultraviolet solve the problem of mass balances, energy
spectroscopy; phase and chemical equilibrium: balances, and the combination of it.
liquid-vapor phase equilibrium and Raoults Syllabus: Basic concept of mass and energy
law, the application of Le Chateliers principle balance in the chemical process, chemical
to equilibrium reactions. equations and stoichiometry, the principles of
Prerequisites: - mass balance, mass balance with and without
Textbook: chemical reactions, recycle, bypass and purge,
1. Levine, IN, Physical Chemistry, 6th ed., the mass balance in the system with lots of
McGraw-Hill, 2008. tools, general equation of energy balance,
2. Atkins & de Paula, Atkins Physical enthalpy changes, energy balance application
Chemistry, 9th ed., Oxford University for the system without and with chemical re-
Press, 2009 actions, the solution of system combined heat
balance and energy balance.
ENCH600007 Prerequisites: -
ENCH610007 Textbook:
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY AND ANALYTICAL 1. Himmelblau D.M. Basic Principles and
CHEMISTRY LAB. Calculation in Chemical Engineering, 6th
1 SKS ed, Prentice Hall 1996
Learning Objectives: Students are able to 2. G. Reklaitis V. Introduction to Material
apply the principles of physical chemistry and and Energy Balances, John Wiley 1983
analytical chemistry which is obtained from 3. Felder, R.M. & R.W. Rousseau. Elemnetary
Principle of Chemical Process. John Wiey
the study and the experiments in laboratory,
& Sons inc. 2005.
able to explain physical chemistry phenomena, 4. Dictates of Mass and Energy Balance
and able to use quantitative and qualitative 2001
analysis tools.
Syllabus: Isothermal adsorption, effect of con-
centration and temperature on reaction rate,
three-component liquid systems, colligative 307
ENCH600009 Phenomena: A Conceptual Approach,
ENCH610009 Elsevier, 2002.
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
3 SKS ENCH600011
Learning Objectives: Students can identify and ENCH610011
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
equilibrium module 2. Colin Simmons and Dennis Maguire,
PROGRAM
Prerequisites: - Manual of Engineering Drawing, Edward
Textbook: Arnold
1. J. M. Smith, H. C. Van Ness, and M. 3. ISO 1101, Mechanical Engineering
M. Abbott, Introduction for Chemical Drawings, International Organization for
Engineering Thermodynamic, 5th ed., Standardization
McGraw-Hill, 1996. 4. Japanese Industrial Standard, Technical
2. Thermodynamics Notes, Kamarza Wulan Drawing for Mechanical Engineering,
dan Praswasti PDK Wulan. Japanese Standard Association.
3. Donald R. Woods, Problem Based Learning: 5. Warren J. Luzadder, Fundamentals of
How to gain the most PBL, 1994, Mc-Master Engineering Drawing, Prentice-Hall, Inc.
University, Hamilton, ON L8S 4L8.
4. Mulia, K and Wulan, PPDK, Textbook of ENBP600003
Chemical Thermodynamics ENBP610003
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
ENCH600013 3 SKS
ENCH610013 Refer to Page 337
HEAT TRANSFER
3 SKS ENCH600015
Learning Objectives: Students are able to ENCH610015
analyze the heat transfer phenomena and MASS TRANSFER
apply them to solve problems in heat transfer 4 SKS
process unit. Learning Objectives: Students are able to
Syllabus: Introduction, skills workshop pro- analyze the phenomenon of mass transfer
cess, steady-state conduction, unsteady-state and apply it to solve the problem of unit mass
conduction, natural and forced convection, transfer process.
radiation. Syllabus: Batch and continuous distillation;
Prerequisite: Transport Phenomena a mixture of binary or multiple components,
Textbook: humidification and drying, gas absorption,
1. Holman, J. P., Heat Transfer (translation: solvent extraction.
E. Jasjfi), the sixth edition, the publisher, Prerequisites: Chemical engineering thermo-
Jakarta 1993. dynamics, transport phenomena
2. Mc. Adam, W. H., Heat Transmission, Textbook:
3rd Ed., Mgraw-Hill International Book 1. Ketta, John J., Unit Operations Handbook,
Company, 1981. Vol 2: Mass Transfer, Marcel Dekker 1993
3. Kern, D. Q., Process Heat Transfer, 2. Treyball, R. E, Mass Transfer Operations,
Mc.Graw-Hill International Book Company, McGraw-Hill, 1984
1984. 3. Coulson, J. M. And J. Richardson R.
Chemical Engineering Vol. 2, Pergamon
ENCH600014 Press. In 1989.
ENCH610014
PROCESS ENGINEERING DRAWING ENCH600016
2 SKS ENCH610016
Learning Objectives: Students are able to UOP LAB. 1
draw it manually process flow diagrams, P & 1 SKS
IDs and plant layout, familiar with the use of Learning Objectives: Students be able to:
software for drawing, understand and able to 1. Verify the technique of chemical
read the meaning of the picture engineering concept in fluid mechanic
Syllabus: The importance of engineering (CHS 220804), heat transfer (CHS 220807)
drawings, standard rules of the drawing, block that applied on tools or process unit.
diagrams, and symbols of industrial equipment, 2. Operate the equipment and measuring the
flow rate (orifice meter, venturimeter,
process flow diagrams, piping and instrumen-
rotameter), temperature (thermocouple),
tation symbols, piping and Instrumentation process and analyze the data, discussed
diagram, plot plan, plant layout, isometric and took the conclusion, convey the result 309
in the writing report in standard format. the dynamic process with the performance
Syllabus: The modules operating unit including: Syllabus: Introduction to process control, ob-
fluid circuit, centrifugal pump, incompressible jectives and benefits of control, the principle
flow, filtration, fluidization, conduction, con- of mathematical modeling, process modeling
vection, double pipe heat exchange, mixing and control analysis, the system dynamic be-
PROGRAM
Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics and Heat of empirical models, loop-back baited, PID
Transfer controllers, PID controller tuning, stability
Textbook: Practical Manual Processes and Op- analysis,
erations Teknik1, UI Department of Chemical Prerequisites: Mathematic (calculus and
Engineering linear algebra), Energy and Mass Balance,
Numerical Method
ENCH600017 Textbook:
ENCH610017 1. T. Marlin, Process Control: Designing
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING 1 Processes and Control Systems for Dynamic
3 SKS Performance, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
Learning Objectives: Students are able to New York, 2000
comprehend the concept of chemical kinetics 2. D. E Seborg, T. F. Edgar, D. A. Mellichamp,
Process Dynamics and Control, John Wiley
and catalysis, design the experiment of kinet-
& Sons, 1989, ISBN 0-471-86389-0
ics data interpretation, formulate the kinetics 3. Ogata, Katsuhiko, Teknik Kontrol
models as well as analyze the performance of Automatik (Sistem Pengaturan), Jilid 1,
reaction Penerbit Erlangga, 1985, Bandung
Syllabus: Basic concepts of chemical reaction 4. Bequette, R. W., Process Dynamics:
kinetics, chemical reaction thermodynamics, Modeling, Analysis, and Simulation,
experiments and kinetics data, formulation of Prentice Hall,1998
kinetic models, the estimation method of con- 5. Luyben, William L., Process Modeling,
stant values of the kinetic model, the sensitiv- Simulation and Control for Chemical
ity analysis of the kinetics model, catalyst and Engineers, Second Edition, McGraw-Hill
the influence of external and internal diffusion International Edition, 1990
of the chemical reaction rate, the effective- 6. Stephanopoulos, George, Chemical
ness factor, the effect of heat displacement at Process Control: An Introduction to
Theory and Practice, Prentice-Hall
the catalytic reaction.
International, 1984
Prerequisites: Physical Chemistry
Textbook:
ENCH600019
1. Davis, Mark E. and Davis, Robert J.
(2003) Fundamentals of chemical ENCH610019
reaction engineering. McGraw-Hill Higher CHEMICAL PROCESS SIMULATION
Education, New York, NY. 3 SKS
2. Fogler, H. S., Elements of Chemical Learning Objectives: Students are able to
Reaction Engineering, Prentice-Hall, 3rd use the latest chemical engineering software
Ed., 1999 to make the steady state and dynamic simu-
3. Fogler, H. S., and LeBlanc, Strategies for lations, and able to manipulate the process
Creative Problem Solving, Prentice-Hall, variable and the topology of the unit processes
1995. in the chemical industry.
4. Levenspiel, O., Chemical Reaction Syllabus: steady state and dynamic models,
Engineering, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons. stream, heat exchanger equipment, piping and
Of 1972. rotating equipment, separation equipment,
5. K. J. Leidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3rd ed.,
columns and towers, reactors, refrigeration
Harper Publish, 1987
6. Widodo, W. P., Slamet, Lecture diktat of system, the selection of PID controllers for
Chemical Kinetics and Reactor Design, temperature, pressure, level and flow, cas-
TGP-UI, 2002. cade control, model testing and tuning PID
controllers.
ENCH600018 Prerequisites: -
ENCH610018 Textbook:
PROCESS CONTROL 1. Fogler, HS, Elements of Chemical Reaction
3 SKS Engineering, Prentice-Hall
2. Douglas, J. M., 1998, Conceptual Design
Learning Objectives: Students are able to de-
of Chemical Processes, McGraw-Hill,
310 sign a single loop control system and connected
1988 non-ideal reactor design
3. Peter, M.S, and K.D. Timmerhaus, 1991, Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineer-
Plant Design and Economic for Chemical ing 1
Engineering 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill. Textbook:
4. HYSYS Steady State Model and Tutorial 1. Fogler, H. S., Elements of Chemical
UNDERGRADUATE
5. SuperPro Designer User Guide and Tutorial, Reaction Engineering, Prentice-Hall, 3rd
PROGRAM
intelligent, Inc. Ed., 1999
2. Fogler, H. S., and LeBlanc, Strategies for
ENCH600020 Creative Problem Solving, Prentice-Hall,
ENCH610020 1995.
UOP LAB. 2 3. Levenspiel, O., Chemcial Reaction
1 SKS Engineering, 2nd Ed., John Wiley & Sons.
Learning Objectives: Students be able to: Of 1972.
1. Verify the technique of chemical 4. K. J. Leidler, Chemical Kinetics, 3rd ed.,
engineering concept in transport Harper Publish., 1987
phenomena theory (CHS 210802), Heat 5. Widodo, W. P., Slamet, Lecture diktat of
Transfer (CHS 220807), Process Control Chemical Kinetics and Reactor Design,
(CHS 310806) that applied on tools or TGP-UI, 2002
process unit.
2. Operate the equipment and measuring the ENCH600022
flow rate (orifice meter, venturimeter, ENCH610022
rotameter), air humidity (humidity meter), PROCESS EQUIPMENT DESIGN
temperature (thermocouple), process and 3 SKS
analyze the data, discussed and took Learning Objectives: Students are able to de-
the conclusion, convey the result in the sign chemical process equipment in accordance
writing report in standard format. with the applicable standards.
Syllabus: The modules operating unit of mass Syllabus: Pumps, compressors, piping, pres-
transfer and the process controlling includ- sure vessels and tanks, distillation columns,
ing: measuring the diffusivity coefficient of heat exchangers.
liquid gas, drainage, wetted wall column, gas Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics, Heat Transfer,
absorption, climb film evaporation, flow rate Mass Transfer, Corrosion Materials Science.
control, pipe reactor. Textbook:
Prerequisites: Mass Transfer and Process 1. Kern, D. Q., Process Heat Transfer,
Controlling Mc.Graw-Hill International Book Company,
Textbook: 1984.
1. Practical Manual Processes and Technique 2. Ludwid, Applied Process Design for
Operations 2, UI Department of TGP Chemical and Petrochemical Plant, Vol.
2. Literature for the course prerequisites 2, Gulf Publishing Co.
ENCH600021 ENCH600023
ENCH610021 ENCH610023
CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING 2 CHEMICAL PRODUCT DESIGN
3 SKS 4 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students are able to Learning Objectives: Students are able to
design and analyze various types of chemical design chemical products systematically and
reactors structured, and analyze the technical and
Syllabus: The basic concept of chemical reac- economic feasibility.
tor design, isothermal ideal reactor designs: Syllabus: An understanding of consumer needs,
batch, CSTR, and PFR / PBR, ideal-isothermal product specifications, creating and selecting
reactor designs: spherical reactor, membrane the product concept, product formulation,
reactor, micro-reactor, reactor design for manufacturing, supply chain, economic.
multiple reactions, non-isothermal reactor Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineer-
designs: CSTR, multiple steady state, non- ing 1 (already pass or on taking), Economic
isothermal reactor design: PFR / PBR, multi- Engineering
bed reactor (interstage cooler / heater), Textbook:
multi-phase reactor design (multiple phase), 1. Cussler, L., G. D. Moggridge, 2001,
311
Chemical Product Design, Cambridge able to analyze the technical and economic
University Press feasibility.
2. Ulrich K. T., Eppinger S. D., 2003, Product Syllabus: Conceptual design of the process
Design and Development, 3rd ed., / plant, development of PFD,synthesis and
McGraw-Hill analysis the process heuristically, process simu-
PROGRAM
3. Seider W. D., J. Seader D., Lewin D. lation, rule of thumb the process design and
R., 2004, Product and Product Design
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND SEMINAR ENCH600030
PROGRAM
2 SKS ENCH610030
Learning Objectives: Students are able to COMPOSITE MATERIAL
determine the appropriate method for research 3 SKS
activities and produce the ideas, processes, Learning Objectives: Students are able to:
and scientific research in writing and oral. 1. Explain the characteristics of composite
Syllabus: Introduction, techniques to iden- materials and compare it with conventional
tify problems and arrange hypotheses, think materials.
logically, the techniques of scientific writing, 2. Explain the manufacturing process, and
technical writing research proposals, designing research development of composite
materials.
research techniques, presentation techniques,
Syllabus: The position of composite materials
techniques to collect data, analyze it and
in materials science in general, common char-
present it.
acteristics of composite materials, the type
Prerequisites: Students have to take a mini-
of composite based on the composition, the
mum of 90 SKS (minimum value of D) with a
types of polymer matrix and reinforcement,
GPA of 2.0
the role of surface treatment in the strength of
Textbook:
1. Handout composite materials, manufacturing processes,
2. Research Proposal Format The preparation durability, the process of splicing and repair of
of various agencies composite materials, code and standards for
application of composite materials, the devel-
ENCH600028 opment of composite materials research.
ENCH610028 Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry
UNDERGRADUATE THESIS Textbook:
3 SKS 1. Fiber-reinforced Composites (Materials
Learning Objectives: Students are able to Engineering, Manufacturing and Design),
P. K. Mallick, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 1993.
analyze the chemical process engineering
2. Handbook of Plastics, Elastomers, and
problems, and use knowledge and science Composites, 3rd ed., Charles A. Harper,
comprehensively to obtain alternative solution, McGraw-Hill, 1996.
able to make a paper systematically according 3. Reinforced Plastics - Theory and Practice,
to rules and able to explain systematically, 2nd ed., M. W. Gaylord, Chaners Books,
analytical, orderly, and correct according to 1974.
thesis contents.
Syllabus: Guide and rule related to under- ENCH600031
graduate thesis, the topic is suitable with ENCH610031
research topic. APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
Prerequisite: In accordance with the regula- 3 SKS
tions Learning Objectives: Students are able to
Textbook: analyze problems of thermodynamics based
1. Guide the practical implementation on a thorough review including fundamental
of the Constitutional Court. Thesis, aspects of thermodynamics, experimental, and
Depok, 1999. green chemistry, based on current information
from scientific journals
ENCH600029 Syllabus: The case study of industrial thermo-
ENCH610029 dynamic, example cycle processes, phase equi-
CAPITA SELECTA librium, and chemical reaction equilibrium to
2 SKS process and product engineer; friendly solvents
Learning Objectives: Students are able to such as supercritical CO2 and ionic liquid
explain the development of industry and Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering Thermo-
engineering, business opportunities and the dynamics
problems it faces in general.
Syllabus: Held with invited guest lecturers who
are competent in fields that fit the require- 313
Textbook:
1. References relevant to a given problem. ENCH600034
2. Mulia, K and Wulan, PPDK, Textbook of ENCH610034
Chemical Thermodynamics LUBRICANT ENGINEERING
3 SKS
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
Learning Objectives: Students are able to
PROGRAM
ENCH600036 explain the phenomenon of basic concepts
ENCH610036 heterogeneous catalysts and its application
CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING Syllabus: The general property of catalyst,
3 SKS thermodynamic of the reaction with catalyst,
Learning Objectives: Students are able to the distribution of the catalyst based on the
explain the various processes to liquefy gas in type of reaction, the core function is active,
cryogenic technology the method of selecting catalysts for certain
Syllabus: History and development of cryo- reactions, characterization of the correspond-
genic, cryogenic scope of work. Refrigeration ing want to know the nature of the target, the
and liquefaction of natural gas, air, oxygen, catalyst test methods, methods of develop-
nitrogen, helium, neon and argon. ment of the catalyst, and reaction products.
Prerequisites: Chemical engineering thermo- Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineer-
dynamics ing 1
Textbook: Textbook:
1. Timmerhaus, K.D., Cryogenic Process 1. Satterfield, C. N., heterogeneous Catalysis
Engineering, Plenum Press 1989, New in Industrial Practice, McGraw-Hill Inc.,
York. New York, 1991.
2. Rase, F. R., Commercial Catalyst, CRC
ENCH600037 Press, New York, 1991
ENCH610037 3. Richardson, T, J., Principles of Catalyst
PLASMA AND OZONE ENGINEERING Development, Plenum Press, New York,
3 SKS 1989
Learning Objectives: Students are able to 4. Thomas J.M. And WJ Thomas, Principles
explain the physics and chemistry phenomena and Practice of Heterogenous Catalysis,
of plasma formation and release of electro- VCH, Weinhem, Germany, 1997
magnetic energy and the use of plasma and 5. Emmet, R. H., Catalysis, Reinhold
Publishing Corporation, New York, 1961
ozone technology.
Syllabus: basic phenomena and physical-
ENCH800014
chemical processes of gases that are given
ENCH810014
an electrical charge (corona discharge), the
SUSTAINABLE ENERGY
generation process or formation of ozone,
3 SKS
role and use of plasma technology and ozone
Refer to Page 499
in chemical engineering processes, the poten-
tial of ozone technology in control technology
ENCH600039
environmental pollution, the ozone generator
ENCH610039
module manufacturing equipment.
RISK MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite: Physics Electricity Magnetism
3 SKS
Textbook:
1. E. T. Protasevich: Cold Non-Equilibrium Learning Objectives: Students can explain
Plasma, Cambridge International science and apply risk management in a risk assess-
Publishing, Cambridge, 1999. ment.
2. Rice, R. G., and M. E. Browning: Ozone Syllabus: Introduction to the risk, the basic
Treatment of Industrial Water wate, principles and guidelines concerning risk, risk
Notes Data Corroraion, Park Ridyl, management standards, risk assessment, risk
1981. analysis, risk analysis and simulation, simula-
3. Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. (Tchobano-glous, G., tion of the risk with Montecarlo method, the
and FL Burton): Wastewater Engineering: risk of using software simulation crystal ball.
Treatment, Disposal, and Reuse, McGraw- Prerequisites:
Hill Book. Co., Singapore, 1991. Textbook: J. F. A. Stoner, Management, 1986
315
ENCH600041 understand the basics of thermodynamics, fluid
ENCH610041 properties, phase equilibrium and reaction and
PROBLEM SOLVING SKILLS be able to apply it to solve problems of chemi-
3 SKS cal engineering.
Learning Objectives: Students are able to Syllabus: Analysis the system using the several
PROGRAM
apply problem-solving strategies in a variety form of the first and second laws, the equation
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
fuels; utilization of resources as fossil fuels and explain petroleum characteristic and its refine
PROGRAM
raw materials; Consumption and regional and product and the stages of the process from vari-
international production, and reserves; The ous petroleum processing technologies.
environmental impact of utilization; limita- Syllabus: Introduction terminology, oil com-
tion, damage to the environment, emissions position, thermal properties of petroleum,
of CO2, NOx, SOx, carbon taxes; the further chemical processing of petroleum processing,
conversion process of petroleum products and distillation, hydrogenation and dehydrogena-
the reformulation of gasoline; Natural gas as tion, cracking processes, the processes of
a fuel and chemical raw materials, process reforming, gas processing and petroleum light
gas purification, and conversion of natural products, product improvement.
gas, gas transportation; utilization of coal Prerequisites: Fluid and Particle Mechanics,
and biomass into energy and chemical aspects Thermodynamics, Mass Transfer.
of the economy (the price of hydrocarbons, Textbook:
hydrocarbon market) , and policies. 1. James G. Speight, The Chemistry and
Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering Thermo- Technology of Petroleum, Marcel Dekker,
dynamics and Chemical Raction Engineering 1991.
1 2. James H. Gary and Glenn E. Handwerk,
Textbook: Petroleum Refining, Marcel Dekker,
1. Keim, W., Cl-Catalysis in Chemistry, 1974.
Reidel Publish Co., 1983. 3. D. S. J. Jones, Elements of Petroleum
2. Gillies, MT, Cl-based Chemical and Carbon Processing, John & Sons Woley
Monoxide from Hydrogen, Noyes Data
So., 1982. ENCH600047
3. Sheldon, RA, Chemical from Synthesis ENCH610047
Gas, Catalytic Reactions of CO and H2, PETROCHEMICAL PROCESSES
Reidel Publish Co., 1983. 3 SKS
4. Kirk-Othmer, Encyclopedia of Chemical Learning Objectives: Students are able to
Technology, 3rd ed, John Wiley Coover explain the development of petrochemical
HW and R.C Hart, Chemical from Coal, products and raw material potential, upstream
AIChE, 1982. Van Krevelen, Coal, Elsevier, / downstream petrochemical production lines
1981. (olefin center, aromatic center, and the path-
ways of methane) and the major production
ENBP601022 processes of several petrochemical industry
ENBP6110282 through methane, olefins and aromatics; able
FOOD TECHNOLOGY to analyze impact of industrial processes and
3 SKS petrochemical products to the environment.
Refer to Page 342 Syllabus: History of the general petrochemi-
cal products development and raw material
ENBP601024 potential, the scope of the petrochemical
ENBP611024 industry, petrochemical classification process,
PROTEIN ENGINEERING the type and processing raw materials into
3 SKS petrochemical products, the details of various
Refer to Page 342 petrochemical industry: olefins center, aromat-
ics and the center line of methane, industrial
ENBP601025 and environmental impact of products petro-
ENBP611025 chemicals.
HERBAL TECHNOLOGY Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry
3 SKS Textbook:
Refer to Page 343 1. Martyn V. Twigg, Catalyst Handbook,
2nd Ed., Wolfe Pub. Ltd..
ENBP601021 2. Lewis T. Hatch, Sami Matar, From
ENBP611021 Hydrocarbon to Petrochemical.
OLEOCHEMICAL INDUSTRY 3. Wells, Margaret G., Handbook of
3 SKS 317
Refer to Page 341
Petrochemicals and Processes, Gower photocatlytic process, semiconductor photo-
Publishing Company Ltd., 1991.
catalyst materials, the basic parameters of
4. Pandjaitan Maraudin, Petrochemical
Industry and The effect of environment, photocatlytic process, Photocatalyst Nanoma-
Gadjah Mada University Press, 2002. terial Engineering, photocatlytic applications
for degradation of organic pollutants and heavy
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
ENCH610051 6. Journals, the Internet.
PROGRAM
POLYMER ENGINEERING
3 SKS ENCH600053
Learning Objectives: Students are able to ENCH610053
explain the basic principles and characteristics EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION OF HY-
of polymer manufacturing until being able to DROCARBONS
keep abreast of the latest technology. 3 SKS
Syllabus: The concept of polymer and polymer Learning Objectives: Students are able to
characteristics, synthesis / polymerization, ki- explain the economic concept of natural gas
netics of polymerization, the polymer solution, and analyze the 4e economy.
characterization, process of making plastics. Syllabus: Introduction of hydrocarbon, life
Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry cycle of field development, hydrocarbon form
Textbook: and hydrocarbon property and reservoir, hydro-
1. R. J. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, P. carbon exploration: geology, geophysics, and
A. Lovell, Chapman & Hall. drilling, field appraisal, reservoir development,
2. R. B., Seymour, Polymers for Engineering drilling development, hydrocarbon production,
Applications, ASM International. HSE, hydrocarbon economy and lease, coal and
3. F. W. Billmeyer, Textbook of Polymer hydrocarbon unconventional (CBM, Shale gas,
Science, Wiley. and HYDRAT GAS)
4. R. J. Crawford, Plastic Engineering, Prerequisites:-
Pergamon Press. Textbook:
5. Donald R. Woods, Problem Based Learning:
1. Frank Jahn et all, 2008, Hydrocarbon Ex-
How to gain the most PBL, 1994, Mc-Master
University, Hamilton, ON L8S 4L8. ploration and Production, Developments in
Petroleum Science, second edition
ENCH600052 2. Babusiauz et al, 2004, Oil and Gas Explo-
ENCH610052 ration and Production. Reserves, Cost and
POLLUTION PREVENTION Contracts, IFP-Technip,
3 SKS 3. M. Kelkar, 2008, Natural Gas Production
Learning Objectives: Students are able to ex- Engineering, PennWell Publications
plain the concepts of pollution prevention and 4. Norman J. Hyn e, 2001, Nontechnical
able to design the waste treatment system. Guide to Petroleum Geology, Exploration,
Syllabus: Introduction to the concept of pollu- Drilling and Production, Pennwell Books,
tion prevention, waste water treatment outline 2 edition.
and preparation, waste water treatment in
physical, biological, and chemical as well as ENCH600055
the operating unit, bioremediation, biosepara- ENCH610055
tion and biodegradation, advanced oxidation DRUG CONTROLLED RELEASE TECHNOLOGY
processes, the handling of waste gas, waste 3 SKS
handling B3, solid waste handling , effluent Learning Objectives: Students are able to ex-
treatment, gas, is unconventional. plain the principles of controlled drug release
Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineer- system or bioactive compounds for medical
ing 1. purposes and use these principles to the ap-
Textbook: plication of controlled release of drugs.
1. Freeman, H. M., Industrial Pollution Syllabus: easily degradable polymeric bioma-
Prevention Handbook, McGraw-Hill, New terials, various encapsulation techniques of
York, 1995. drug and bioactive compounds in nano / micro-
2. Eckenfelder, W. W., Jr.., Industrial Water spheres, diffusion and permeation, controlled
Pollution Control. 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill release strategy, the discussion of the case.
International Editions, New York, 2000. Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry
3. Metcalf & Eddy. (Revised by Tchobanoglous, Textbook:
G. & F. L. Burton). Waste Water 1. Saltzman, WM, Drug Delivery: Engineering
Engineering: Treatment, Disposal, Reuse, Principles for Drug Therapy, Oxford
3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1991.
319
University Press, 2001. reactor and CSTR (isothermal, non-isothermal)
2. Wen, H. and Park, K, ed., Oral Controlled reactor design PFR and PBR (isothermal, non-
Release Formulation Design and Drug isothermal) sphere and the membrane reactor
Delivery, Wiley, 2010. design; design-solid heterogeneous catalytic
reactors with interstage gas cooler / heater;
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
the catalytic reaction thermodynamic, Division ENBP601028
PROGRAM
of catalysts based on the type of reaction, the BIOINFORMATICS
active core function, method of selection of 3 SKS
catalysts for specific reactions, characteriza- Refer to Page 343
tion of properties to suit the target is known,
the catalyst test methods, method of develop- ENBP611029
ment of the catalyst, reaction and products. DRUG CONTROLLED RELEASE TECHNOLOGY
Prerequisites: 3 SKS
Textbook: Refer to Page 343
1. Satterfield, C. N., heterogeneous Catalysis
in Industrial Practice, McGraw-Hill Inc., ENBP601030
New York, 1991. DRUGS AND COSMETICS TECHNOLOGY
2. Rase, F. R., Commercial Catalyst, CRC 3 SKS
Press, New York, 1991 Refer to Page 343
3. Richardson, T, J., Principles of Catalyst
Development, Plenum Press, New York,
1989 ENBP601031
4. J. Thomas, M. And Thomas W., J., BIOMATERIAL
Principles and Practice of Heterogenous 3 SKS
Catalysis, VCH, Weinhem, Germany, Refer to Page 344
1997
5. Emmet, R. H., Catalysis, Reinhold ELECTIVE COURSE FROM MASTER PROGRAM
Publishing Corporation, New York, 1961
ENCH801017
ENCH600060 COMPOSITE MATERIAL
ENCH610060 3 SKS
COMMERCIAL CATALYST DESIGN Refer to Page 500
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students are able to de- ENCH801018
sign a catalyst for an industrial scale catalytic APPLIED TERMODYNAMICS
reaction techno economically in order to ap- 3 SKS
plied it on production system in the industry Refer to Page 500
Syllabus: The design of the catalyst (reaction
thermodynamic calculations, the determination ENCH801019
of surface reaction mechanisms, the choice of DYNAMIC SYSTEM
the active center, the determination of an al- 3 SKS
ternative catalyst), catalyst characterization Refer to Page 501
to determine the model catalysts deactivation
and determination of the age of the catalyst, ENCH801020
the catalyst and the reaction kinetics model THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES OF HYDRO-
of economic calculations on the catalyst in a CARBONS
catalytic reaction system industry. 3 SKS
Prerequisites: Refer to Page 501
Textbook:
1. Rase, F. R., Commercial catalyst, CRC ENCH801021
Press, New York, 2000 LUBRICANT ENGINEERING
2. Morbidelli, M, Catalyst Design, Cambridge 3 SKS
University Press, 2001 Refer to Page 501
3. Richardson T. J., Principle of Catalyst
Development, Plenum Press, New York,
ENCH801022
1989
BIOPROCEES ENGINEERING
3 SKS
Refer to Page 501
321
ENCH801033
ENCH801023 PHOTOCATALYSIS TECHNOLOGY
CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING 3 SKS
3 SKS Refer to Page 504
Refer to Page 502
PROGRAM
ENCH801034
UNDERGRADUATE
ENCH801025 ENCH801035
HETEROGENEOUS CATALYST POLYMER ENGINEERING
3 SKS 3 SKS
Refer to Page 502 Refer to Page 504
ENCH801026 ENCH801036
RISK MANAGEMENT POLLUTION PREVENTION
3 SKS 3 SKS
Refer to Page 502 Refer to Page 504
ENCH801027 ENCH801037
SPECIAL TOPIC 1 EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION OF HYDRO-
3 SKS CARBONS
Refer to Page 3 SKS
Refer to Page 505
ENCH801028
PROBLEM-SOLVING SKILLS ENCH801038
3 SKS UTILITIES AND PLANT MAINTENANCE
Refer to Page 502 3 SKS
Refer to Page
ENCH801029
HEALTH AND SAFETY IN CHEMICAL INDUS- ENCH801011
TRY NATURAL GAS TRANSPORTATION AND UTILI-
3 SKS ZATION
Refer to Page 503 3 SKS
Refer to Page 499
ENCH801014
SUSTAINABLE ENERGY ENCH801039
3 SKS SPECIAL TOPIC 2
Refer to Page 499 3 SKS
Refer to Page
ENCH801030
PETROLEUM PROCESSING
3 SKS
Refer to Page 503
ENCH801031
PETROCHEMICAL PROCESSING
3 SKS
Refer to Page 503
ENCH801032
COMBUSTION ENGINEERING
3 SKS
Refer to Page 503
322
4.11. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING
Program Specification
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
2 Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
3 Programme Title Undergraduate Program in Bioprocess
Engineering
4 Type of Class Regular
5 Degree Given Sarjana Teknik (S.T)
6 Accreditation status BAN-PT: in progress
7 Medium Language Indonesia
8 Study Scheme(Full time/Part time) Full time
9 Entry requirement SMA Graduate/equal
10 Duration of Study Scheduled for 4 years
Type of Semester Number of semester Number of weeks /semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
11 Graduate Profiles:
Engineers who are capable of managing systems and processes of biological products and
provide alternative solutions for biological engineering problem solving in accordance with
professional ethics.
12 Expected Learning Outcomes:
323
13 Course Composition
No Type of Course Credits Percentage
i University General Subjects 18 12.4 %
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 30 20.7 %
PROGRAM
Employment Prospects
The graduates be able to carrier in food indus-
try; pharmaceutical ,cosmetics and biotech-
nology industries; oleochemicals; consulting
and engineering company; environmental and
renewable energy industry; govermnent; edu-
cation and so on.
Competency Network
The competency network of PSTB-FTUI gradu-
ate is shown in Figure 1. The main competen-
cies (green color) are those generally possessed
by chemical engineering graduates. Achieve-
ment of main competencies is supported by the
achievement of the additional competencies
(blue color) whereas the other competencies
(yellow) are those usually set by the Faculty of
Engineering and University of Indonesia.
324
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
325
UNDERGRADUATE
326
Course network of the undergraduate program - bioprocess engineering
FLOW DIAGRAM program.
study OF SUBJECTS
PROGRAM
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6 Semester 7 Semester 8
Basic
mathemathic Basic social GENERAL BASICS
and natural
Nationalism (18 sks)
science
State Ideology
Indonesian lang.
English Plant Design
Religion
ENGINEERING BASIC
Sport/Art Research
(30 sks) Biological Product Methodology and CAPSTONE
Seminar COURSES
Design
Linear Algebra Numerical (16 sks)
Calculus
Computation
Basic Physics 2
On the Job Final Project
Basic Physics 1 Statistics and probability Training
Special Topics
Storage and
packaging technology
Food Technology
Bioinformatics
Herbs Industry Process
Controlled release tech.
General Basics Oleochemical Industry
UNDERGRADUATE
12 sks
PROGRAM
Basic Basic
engineering Bioprocess
30 sks 69 sks Capstone courses
16 sks
UNDERGRADUATE
Kesehatan, Keselamatan
ENGE600008 Health, Safety & Environment 2
PROGRAM
Kerja & Lingkungan
Sub Total 8
Total 145
Tabel 2. List of elective courses available for undergraduate PSTB-FTUI students (also for fast-
track students).
Odd Semester
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
ENBP601021 Industri Oleokimia Oleochemical Industry 3
ENBP601022 Teknologi Pangan Food Technology 3
Utilitas dan Pemeliharaan
ENBP601023 Utilities and Plant Maintenance 3
Pabrik
ENBP601024 Rekayasa Protein Protein Engineering 3
ENBP601025 Teknologi Herbal Herbal Technology 3
ENBP601026 Topik Khusus Special Topic 3
Even Semester
Teknologi Penyimpanan dan Packaging and Storaging Technol-
ENBP601027 3
Pengemasan ogy
ENBP601028 Bioinformatika Bioinformatic 3
Teknologi Pelepasan Terken-
ENBP601029 Controlled Release Technology 3
dali obat
ENBP601030 Teknologi Obat dan Kosmetik Drugs and Cosmetics Technology 3
ENBP601031 Biomaterial Biomaterial 3
329
Table 3. Curriculum Structure of Bioprocess Engineering - Fast Track Program
330
Semester 5 5th Semester
ENBP600006 Biokatalisis Biocatalysis 3
ENCH600019 Pengendalian Proses Process Controlling 3
UNDERGRADUATE
ENBP600007 Kultur Sel Cell Culture 3
PROGRAM
ENBP600008 Rekayasa Genetika Genetics Engineering 3
ENBP600009 Separasi Separation 3
Sub Total 14
331
Semester 9 9th Semester
ENCH800005 Metodologi penelitian Research Methodology 3
ENCH800006 Seminar Seminar 3
PROGRAM
Sub Total 12
Pilihan Elective 3
Sub Total 15
Total 178
Odd Semester
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
ENCH801017 Material Komposit Composite Material 3
ENCH801018 Termodinamika Terapan Applied Termodynamics 3
ENCH801019 Sistem Dinamik Dynamic System 3
Thermodynamic Characteristic
ENCH801020 Sifat Termodinamika Hidrokarbon 3
of Hidrocarbon
ENCH801021 Teknologi Pelumas Lubricant Engineering 3
ENCH801022 Teknologi Bioproses Bioprocees Engineering 3
ENCH801023 Teknologi Kriogenik Cryogenic Engineering 3
ENCH801024 Teknologi Plasma Ozon Plasma and Ozon Engineering 3
ENCH801025 Katalis Heterogen Heterogen Catalyst 3
ENCH801026 Manajemen Resiko Risk Management 3
ENCH801027 Topik Khusus Special Topic 3
ENCH801028 Kecakapan Pemecahan Masalah Problem-Solving Skills 3
Health and Safety in Chemical
ENCH801029 K3 dalam Industri Kimia 3
Industry
Even Semester
ENCH801030 Pengolahan Minyak Bumi Petroleum Processing 3
ENCH801031 Proses Petrokimia Petrochemical Processing 3
ENCH801032 Teknik Pembakaran Combustion Engineering 3
ENCH801033 Teknologi Fotokatalis Photocatalyst Technology 3
Analisis dan Sintesis sistem Proses Analysis and Synthesis of Chemi-
ENCH801034 3
Kimia cal Processes
ENCH801035 Teknologi Polimer Polimer Engineering 3
ENCH801036 Pencegahan Pencemaran Pollution Prevention 3
Exploration and Production of
332 ENCH801037 Eksplorasi dan Produksi Hidrokarbon 3
Hydrocarbons
Transition Policy from the 2008 to the 2012 They may take elective course to
Curricullum Bachelor Program of Faculty of cover the shortage of credits.
Engineering Universitas Indonesia AND, means: students must pass
both courses from the 2008 cur-
1. The 2012 curriculum will be applied riculum. If students fail in either
UNDERGRADUATE
starting from Term I of Academic Year one of these courses, students
PROGRAM
2012/2013 (August 2012) and will end at must take an equal or substitute
Term II of Academic Year 2016/2017. course from the 2012 curriculum.
2. Basically, once the 2012 curriculum is ap- 7. If a compulsory course from the 2008
plied, only courses contained within the curriculum is modified into an elective
2012 curriculum will be available, while course in the 2012 curriculum, the fol-
the courses within the 2008 curriculum lowing applies:
will no longer be available. Starting in For students who have passed
Term I of academic year 2012/2013, the the compulsory course, they can
2012 curriculum for the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and include the cradit of the courses
7th semesters will be implemented in full as calculated compulsory course
for all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of within the 144 credits require-
Engineering Universitas Indonesia. The ment for completion of the Bach-
same will be applied for Term II of aca- elor Program.
demic year 2012/2013, where the 2012 For students who have not yet
curriculum for the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th passed the compulsory course,
semesters will be implemented in full for they may take an equal or sub-
all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of Engi- stitute course or a new compul-
neering Universitas Indonesia. sory course from the 2012 cur-
3. There will be a one year transition pe- riculum.
riod, academic year 2012/2013. 8. If there is a change in the number of cred-
4. Students who have not yet passed the it load for a course, the number of credit
compulsory courses in the 2008 curric- which will be calculated for completion
ulum are required to take the same or of the Bachelor Program is the number of
equal courses from the 2012 curriculum. credit load applied during the time the
Students can refer to the below equiva- course was taken. Same or equal courses
lance table to look for equal courses. If with different credit load, if taken as a
courses from the 2008 curriculum are repeat course or newly taken course,
not listed in the table, the courses do will be listed with their new names and
not change. They stil have the same will be calculated in accordance to their
name and same credit load. new credit load (see below equivalence
5. If a course from the 2008 curriculum is no tables of courses).
longer available and there is no equal or 9. During the transition period (academic
substitute course listed within the 2012 year 2012/2013), On a special ocassion,
curriculum, the following policy applies: courses which availability are modified
For students who have passed from Term I to Term II (and vice versa) in
the compulsory courses, they can the 2012 curriculum will be available for
include the credits as calculated both semesters or several parallel classes
compulsory courses credits in or- of these courses will be opened.
der to complete the 144 credits 10. New compulsory courses from the 2012
requirement for completion of curriculum can be considered as elective
the Bachelor Program. courses for students of class 2010 and
For students who have not yet above.
passed the compulsory courses, 11. The required minimum number of credits
they may take elective courses for completion of the bachelor program is
or new compulsory courses from 144 credits, with the following composi-
the 2012 curriculum to complete tion: 120 credits of compulsory courses
the 144 credits requirement for and a minimum of 24 credits for elective
completion of the Bachelor Pro- courses. Shortage of credits due to the
gram. change of curriculum can be compen-
6. For courses integration, the following sated by taking elective courses or new
policy applies: compulsory courses from the 2012 cur-
OR, means: if students have riculum.
passed one of the courses from
the 2008 curriculum, they are
no longer required to take the
course from the 2012 curriculum. 333
Equivalence Table of Curriculum 2008 and 2012 for Undergraduate Program in Bioprocess
Engineering
6 Integrated Char- 6
Integrated Character acter Building
Building (Social & Humani-
ties)
Integrated Char- 6
acter Building Compulsory for Batch 2012
-
(Science, Technol- onward
ogy & Health)
Basic Biology 3 OR, means: if students have
passed one of the courses
from the 2008 curricullum,
they are no longer required to
Cell Biology 3
Microbiology 3 take the course from the 2012
curricullum. They may take
elective course to cover the
shortage of credit.
For students who have not yet
passed the course, they may
Basic computer 3 Deleted take elective courses or new
compulsory courses from the
2012 curriculum
Biochemistry 2 Molecular Biology 3
Transfer Phenomena Transfer Phenom-
3 3
in bioprocess systems ena
Mass and energy
Mass and energy
Balance in bioprocess 3 3
Balance
systems
AND, means: students must
Basic Chemistry Lab. 1 pass both courses from the 2008
curriculum. If students fail in
1 Biochemistry Lab. 2 either one of these courses,
Organic Chemistry students must take an equal or
Lab substitute course from the 2012
curriculum
Physical Chemistry AND, means: students must pass
1
Lab both courses from the 2008 cur-
Physical Chemis-
1 riculum. If students fail in either
try and Analytical 1
Analytical Chemistry one of these courses, students
Chemistry Lab.
Lab must take an equal or substitute
course from the 2012 curriculum
3 Numerical Compu- 2
Numerical Method
tation
For students who have not yet
passed the course, they may
Engineering Drawing 2 Deleted take elective courses or new
compulsory courses from the
2012 curriculum
For students who have not yet
passed the course, they may
Bioenergytical 3 Deleted take elective courses or new
compulsory courses from the
2012 curriculum
334
3 Biomaterial (pi- 3
Biomaterial (Wajib)
lihan)
For students who have not yet
passed the course, they may
Environmental Sci-
2 Deleted take elective courses or new
UNDERGRADUATE
ence
compulsory courses from the
PROGRAM
2012 curriculum
Fluid Mechanics in Fluid Mechanics
3 3
bioprocess system and Particles
For students who have not yet
passed the course, they may
Mass transfer in Bio-
4 Deleted take elective courses or new
process system
compulsory courses from the
2012 curriculum
3 Compulsory for Batch 2012
- Heat Transfer
onward
Control in Bioprocess 3 Process control- 3
system ling
Biological Reaction 3 Genetics engi- 3
Engineering neering
Bioseparation Process 3 Separation 3
Research Method 2 AND, means: students must pass
1 both courses from the 2008 cur-
Research Methods riculum. If students fail in either
2
Seminar and Seminar one of these courses, students
must take an equal or substitute
course from the 2012 curriculum
3 System Bioprocess 3
Bioprocess Simulation
simulation
2 For students who have not yet
passed the course, they may
Engineering Ethics Deleted take elective courses or new
compulsory courses from the
2012 curriculum
Bioprocess Equipment 4 Process Equip- 3
Design ment Design
4 Plant Design 4 AND: not graduate PBPD must
Plant and Biological 4 take PD and BPD. If graduated
product design Biological Product PBPD
Design Not required to take PD or BPD.
Biochemistry 3 Compulsory for Batch 2011
-
Engineering onward
3 Compulsory for Batch 2010
- Biocatalysis
onward
3 Compulsory for Batch 2010
- Cell culture
onward
Genetics Engi- 3 Compulsory for Batch 2010
-
neering onward
Biological Product 4 Compulsory for Batch 2010
-
Design onward
4 Compulsory for Batch 2009
- Plant Design
onward
Waste Manage- 3 Compulsory for Batch 2009
- ment of Biological onward
Process
335
Course Description RELIGIOUS STUDIES
2 SKS
UIGE600001 Refer to Page 80-81
UIGE610001
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A ENGE600005
PROGRAM
6 SKS ENGE610005
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
ENCH600008 ENCH600011
ENCH610008 ENCH610011
ENERGY AND MASS BALANCE FLUID MECHANICS AND PARTICLES
3 SKS 3 SKS
Refer to Page 307 Refer to Page 308
ENCH600007 ENBP600003
ENCH610007 ENBP610003
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY AND ANALYTICAL CHEM- MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
ISTRY LAB. 3 SKS
1 SKS Learning Objectives: Able to explain structure
Refer to Page 307 and chemical compounds in living things includ-
ing the function, the synthesis and metabolism
ENBP600002 of chemical compounds that occur in cells.
ENBP610002 Chemical compounds include nucleic acids,
CELL BIOLOGY proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids.
3 SKS Syllabus: Molecular biology, nucleic acids,
Learning Objectives: Student able to explain structure and replication of DNA and RNA,
the difference between prokaryotic cells, transcription and translation, amino acids,
arkhea and eukaryotic cells,cell genetic and synthesis and structure of proteins, enzymes,
organization, the technics to see and manipu- and metabolism.
late the cells, and the interaction between Prerequisite: -
cells and cells life cycle. Handbook:
Syllabus: Cells and tissues, microscopy tech- 1. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry &
nics and analysis of cells, membranes and eBook by Albert Lehninger, David L. Nelson
organels, role of DNA and protein, energy in and Michael M. Cox (Jun 15, 2008)
cells, potential work, intercellular communi- 2. Biochemistry (3rd Edition) by Christopher
cation, mechanical molecule, cell life cycle, K. Mathews, Kensal E. van Holde and Kevin
apoptosis. G. Ahern (Dec 10, 1999)
Prerequisite: -
Handbook: ENBP600004
1. Bolsover et al., Cell Biology, John Willey ENBP610004
and Son 2004 BIOCHEMISTRY ENGINEERING
2. Essential Cell Biology by Bruce Alberts, 3 SKS
Dennis Bray, Karen Hopkin and Alexander Learning Objectives: Students are able to
Johnson (Mar 27, 2009). Garland explain the concepts of biochemistry engineer-
Science ing in cell growth, metabolism and product of
3. Molecular Cell Biology (Lodish, Molecular biochemistry process.
Cell Biology) by Harvey Lodish, Arnold Syllabus: metabolic reactions, energetic, ca-
Berk, Chris A. Kaiser and Monty Krieger. tabolism carbon, respiration, photosynthesis,
W. H. Freeman; 6th edition biosynthesis, transport in cell membrane, the
4. Biological Science Volume 1 (4th Edition)
last product of metabolism, microbes and
by Scott Freeman (Feb 13, 2010). Benjamin
Cummings cell growth, substrate utilization, product
synthesis
ENCH600009 Prerequisite: -
ENCH610009 Handbook:
1. James E. Bailey, David F. Ollis, Biochemical
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
Engineering Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill
3 SKS International Editions, second edition,
Refer to Page 308 1986.
2. Douglas S Clark, Harvey W Blanch,
Biochemical Engineering, Marcel Dekker
Inc, 1997. 337
ENCH600013 Prerequisite: Molecular biology
ENCH610013 Handbook:
HEAT TRANSFER 1. Enzyme biocatalysis: principles and
3 SKS applications by Andres Illanes. Springer
Refer to Page 309 2008
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
by Desmond S. T. Nicholl (Jun 23, 2008). Prerequisite: -
PROGRAM
Cambridge University Press Handbook:
3. Genetic Engineering: Manipulating the 1. Buku Petunjuk Praktikum Proses dan
Mechanisms of Life (Genetics & Evolution) Operasi Bioproses 1, DTK FTUI
by Russ Hodge and Nadia Rosenthal (May 2. Literatur untuk mata kuliah prasyarat
2009). Facts on File
4. Principles of Gene Manipulation and ENBP600011
Genomics by Sandy B. Primrose and
ENBP610011
Richard Twyman. Wiley-Blackwell
5. Introduction to Biotechnology and Genetic BIOREACTOR ENGINEERING
Engineering by A. J. Nair. Jones & Bartlett 3 SKS
Publishers Learning Objectives: Students are able to
design bioreactor.
ENBP600009 Syllabus: Introduction to reactor and bioreac-
ENBP610009 tor, fermentation technology, reactor engineer-
SEPARATION ing for animal and plant cell, ideal reactor,
3 SKS modeling of stirred-tank bioreactor, modeling
Learning Objectives: Understanding basic bubble column bioreactor, reactor dynamic,
separation technic, able to design separation non-ideal bioreactor, sterilization of bioreac-
process which is effective and efficient, able tor, bioreactor multiphase, philosophy and rule
to design quality control process from the of thumb in designing bioreactor, design agi-
isolated product. tation system, analysis and design bioreactor.
Syllabus: separation concept, mass transport Prerequisite: Biochemistry engineering
concept, Distillation, Absorption and Stripping, Handbook:
Extraction, Leaching, Membrane process, Ion 1. Blanch HW and DS Clark, Biochemical
exchange, cristalization, Bubble and Foam Sep- Engineering, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York,
1997.
aration, chromatography, Ultrafiltration dan
2. Bailey JE and Ollis, Biochemical Engineering
Reverse osmosis, Membrane dialysis process, Fundamental, McGraw Hill Book Co., New
selection strategy of separation process. York, 1986.
Prerequisite: Transport phenomena 3. John Viladsen, Jens Nielsen, Gunar Liden,
Handbook: Bioreaction engineering fundamental,
1. Warren L. McCabe, Julian C. Smith, Peter springer, 2011
Harriot. Unit Operation of Chemical Engi- 4. K Schugerl, KH Bellgardt, Bioreaction
neering, Mc. Graw Hill. 1993 Engineering Modelling and Control
2. Coulson and Richardsons Chemical
Engineering: Chemical Engineering Design ENBP600012
v. 6 (Coulson & Richardsons chemical ENBP610012
engineering) by R.K. Sinnott. Butterworth- BIOPROCESS SYSTEM SIMULATION
Heinemann Ltd 3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students are capable
ENGE600007 of synthesizing and modeling the biological
ENGINEERING ECONOMIC chemistry process,and have an experience with
3 SKS commercial simmulation software.
Refer to Page 82 Syllabus: benefits and position of bioprocess
simulation, software requirement (installation,
ENBP600010 unit structure, task, economic, etc), simple
ENBP610010 system: fermentation and filtration, pure
BIOPROCESS UNIT OPERATION LAB I components registration which are available/
1 SKS not available on software, mixture compo-
Learning Objectives: Student have experience nents registration, unit selection, case study:
to operate process equipment and conduct galactosidase.
the experiment, able to analysis and explain Prerequisite: Numerical Computation
the phenomena occurred in each experiment Handbook:
acticity. 339
1. SuperPro Designer Manual, Intelligen, Inc. ENBP600015
2. Biorefineries Industrial Processes and ENBP610015
Products: Status Quo and Future Directions PLANT DESIGN
(Volume 1-2), by Birgit Kamm and Patrick 4 SKS
R. Gruber. Learning Objectives: Student able to design
PROGRAM
340
ENCV800501 ing problem and make a hypothesis, thinking
ENCV810501 logically, Pendahuluan, Teknik mengidentifikasi
PROJECT MANAGEMENT permasalahan dan menyusun hipotesa, Berpikir
2 SKS secara logika, technics of scientific writing,
Refer to Page 384 technics of writing research proposal, technics
UNDERGRADUATE
of designing research, presentation technics,
PROGRAM
ENBP600016 technics of collecting, analyzing, and present-
ENBP610016 ing data.
INTERNSHIP Prerequisite: Students had to take a mini-
2 SKS mum of 90 SKS (minimum value of D) with a
Learning Objectives: Student able to explain 2.0 GPA.
the process, operation, equipment, control sys- Handbook:
tem, utility, waste management, management 1. Suitable with task
and organization of company. Able to complete 2. Handout
the case study from the company and written 3. Research proposal format
in form of job training report.
Syllabus: Understanding process, operation, ENBP600019
equipment, control system, utility, waste ENBP600019
management, management and organization of UNDERGRADUATE THESIS
company. The job training report is presented 4 SKS
in front of lecturers. Learning Objectives: Able to analyze the Bio-
Prerequisite: Students had to take a minimum process engineering problems, and use knowl-
of 110 SKS (minimum value of D) with a 2.0 edge and science comprehensively to obtain
GPA. alternative solution, able to make a paper
Handbook: Publication and references about sistematically according to rules and able to
the appropriate industry. explain sistematically, analytical, orderly, and
correct according to thesis contents.
ENBP600017 Syllabus: Guide and rule related to under-
ENBP610017 graduate thesis, the topic is suitable with
WASTE MANAGEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL PRO- research topic.
CESS Prerequisite: Research method and seminar
3 SKS Handbook:
Learning Objectives: Understanding the 1. Suitable with task
concepts of pollution prevention and waste 2. Guide book of undergraduate thesis, Depok,
1999.
management in clean production, and also
design waste management system.
ENBP600020
Syllabus: Introduction to pollution preven-
ENBP610020
tion concepts, waste water treatment and its
CAPITA SELECTA
preparation, physical, biological, and chemical
2 SKS
waste water, unit operation, bioremediation,
Learning Objectives: Able to explain the de-
bioseparation and biodegradation, advanced
velopment of industry and engineering, busi-
oxidation process, waste gas treatment, B3
ness opportunities and the problems it faces
treatment, solid waste treatment, inconven-
in general.
tional liquid and gas waste treatment.
Syllabus: Held with invited guest lecturers who
Prerequisite: -
are competent in fields that fit the require-
Handbook:
1. Biowaste and biological waste treatment ment of each program study (can be different
by Gareth Evarts. James & James, 2001 in each semester).
Prerequisite:-
ENBP600018 Handbook: -
ENBP610018
RESEARCH METHOD AND SEMINAR
2 SKS ENBP601021
Learning Objectives: Able to determine the ENBP611021
appropriate method for research activities and OLEOCHEMICAL INDUSTRY (3 SKS)
produce the ideas, processes, and scientific Learning Objectives: Students able to explain
research in writing and oral. process used in oleochemical industries, can
Syllabus: Introduction, technics of identify- make plans to develop the manufacture of 341
oleochemical from vegetable oil. related to tools damage.
Syllabus: Fatty acid, Biodiesel, Polymer and Syllabus: Inroduction utilities, water utilities
dye, Detergent, Soap, Fatty alcohol, Glycerin, and water vapor, utilities refrigeration, air and
Oil and fat, Lubricant and grease, Oleochemi- other utilities, maintenance introduction, con-
cals development, Vegetable oil manufactur- sideration of process equipment design, equip-
PROGRAM
ing, Process technology in vegetable oil. ment design and operation of thermal, fluid
UNDERGRADUATE
UNDERGRADUATE
Learning Objectives: Students able to distin- ENBP611029
PROGRAM
guish between herbs, describe herbs separa- CONTROLLING DRUG RELEASE TECHNOLOGY
tion techniques, make herbs basic formula, 3 SKS
describe herbs regulation and distinguish it Learning Objective: Student able to explain
from other pharmaceutical products. principles of controlling drug or active
Syllabus: Definition and basic concept of compounds release for medicine and use
the principles to design the technology of
Herbal, Herb raw materials, Herb separation
controlling drug release.
technologies, Herb formulations, Herb regula-
Syllabus: Biodegradable polymeric materials,
tions.
nano/microsphere drug encapsulator, difu-
Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry
sion and permeasi, strategy of control drug
Handbook:
release, cases.
1. The Complete Technology Book on Herbal
Perfumes & Cosmetics by H. Panda. Prerequest: Organic Chemistry
National Institute of Industrial Research Handbook:
2003 1. Saltzman, W.M., Drug Delivery: Engineering
Principles for Drug Therapy, Oxford
University Press, 2001.
ENBP601027
2. Wen, H. and Park, K, ed., Oral Controlled
ENBP611027 Release Formulation Design and Drug
PACKAGING AND STORAGING TECHNOLOGY Delivery, Wiley, 2010.
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students able to describe ENBP601030
the characteristic and technique of food stor- ENBP611030
age and packaging, relationship between food DRUG AND COSMETIC TECHNOLOGY
quality and packing and storage, describe the 3 SKS
factors that cause deviation of food quality, Learning Objectives: Students able to describe
and able to choose type of packaging and stor- the development of cosmetic and pharmaceuti-
age techniques that appropriate for the food cal industries, able to distinguish between cos-
ingredients. metic and drug, able to describe cosmetic and
Syllabus: Hidratation, Food materials and drug regulations, able to describe bioprocess
products storage engineering, Deviation of techniques used in cosmetic and pharmaceuti-
quality of food material and product, Microbial cal industries.
contamination, Objectives and function of food Syllabus: Cosmetic and drug definition, Types
packaging, Food packaging interaction, Type of and characteristics of the skin, Types of
packaging material. cosmetic, Ethics and regulations of drug and
Prerequisite: - cosmetic, Development technology of new
Handbook: drug, Process technology in cosmetic and drug
1. Examining Food Technology by Anne industries, Packaging technique of cosmetic
Barnett. Heinemann Secondary,1996
and drug industries.
Prerequisite: Organic chemistry
ENBP601028
Handbook:
ENBP611028 1. Handbook of Cosmetic Science and
BIOINFORMATICS Technology by Andre O. Barel, Marc Paye,
3 SKS Howard I. Maibach. INFRMA-HC 2009
Learning Objectives: Students be able to explore 2. Biodesign: The Process of Innovating
database and programs for the application in the Medical Technologies by Stefanos Zenios,
sector of genomic engineering, proteomic, etc. Josh Makower , Paul Yock , Todd J. Brinton,
Syllabus: database, genomic, genetic mo- Uday N. Kumar, Lyn Denend, Thomas M.
lecular, phylogenic, etc, structure protein, Krummel. Cambridge University Press
metabolism, and tissue 2009
Prerequisite: -
Handbook:
1. Bioinformatics by Shalini Suri. APH
Publishing, 2006 343
ENBP601031
ENBP611031
BIOMATERIAL
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students understand
PROGRAM
344
4.12. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Program Specification
UNDERGRADUATE
1 Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia
PROGRAM
2 Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
345
12 11. Has a broad knowledge about contemporary and future issues faced by the society in local,
global ,social and business environment related to engineering including the capability
to identify the opportunity of establishing entrepreneurship based on innovation, ethics
and independence (UI competency).
12. Be able to be a critical thinker, creative and innovative and has the intellectual curiosity
PROGRAM
13. Be able to give alternative solutions of problems occurred in the society and country level
in Indonesia (UI competency).
14. Be able to identify the engineering, legal and safety standards in design processes,
improvements and implementations of integrated system.
15. Be able to design and use simulation games as education model.
16. Be able to design experiments (scenario development, results testing and analysis)
effectively and efficiently.
17. Be able to design a complete virtual product lifecycle management.
18. Be able to design and improve the performance of manufacturing and service systems by
considering sustainability aspects (sustainable manufacturing or operations).
19. Be able to design and improve the quality of products processes, work stations and
organizations by considering human factors.
13 Classification of Subjects
No Classification Credit Percentage
Hours
(SKS)
i University General Subjects 18 12.5 %
ii Basic Engineering Subjects 25 17.4 %
iii Core Subjects 71 49.3 %
iv Elective Subjects 21 14.6 %
v Internship, Seminar, Undergraduate 9 6.2 %
Thesis, Project
Total 144 100 %
14 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 144 SKS
Career Prospects
Public or private manufacturing and service
industries, such as production management, HR,
maintenance system, logistics and supply chain
management, finance and banking, management
and IT consulting services.
346
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
An Industrial engineer who has the capabilities of designing, improving, operating and maintaining integrated and multi-level manufacturing and service systems by means of
analytical, computational and experimental methods with regard to professionalism values in order to increase the productivity and quality.
Be able to design
and improve the Be able to design
Be able to design and improve the
performance of Be able to identify the
Be able to design experiments quality of products
manufacturing and Be able to design a engineering, legal and
and use simulation (scenario processes, work
service systems by complete virtual safety standards in design
games as education development, results stations and
considering product lifecycle processes, improvements
model. testing and analysis) organizations by
sustainability management. and implementations of
effectively and considering human
aspects (sustainable integrated system.
efficiently. factors.
manufacturing or
Kompetensi Utama
Kompetensi Utama
operations).
Has a broad
knowledge to
Be able to Be able to design a Be able to design and understand the impact
Be able to learn implement the Understands
system, component or Be able to perform research of engineering
independently and Be able to use Be able to take part of a the
knowledge of identify, analyze projects, and analyze and problem solving in a
continuously techniques, tools process to fulfill the multidisciplinary team. professionali
mathematics, and solve interpret data. global, economical,
(lifelong learning). and methods in needs in a realistic sm values
science and limitations such as engineering environmental and
engineering and ethics.
engineering economics, environment, problems. social context.
practices.
principles
social, politics, ethics,
Kompetensi Pendukung
health and safety,
Kompetensi Pendukung
feasibility and
sustainability
Has a broad knowledge about contemporary Be able to use verbal and Be able to give
Be able to be a critical and future issues faced by the society in local, alternative solutions
non-verbal
thinker, creative and global ,social and business environment of problems
communications in
innovative and has the related to engineering including the capability occurred in the
Bahasa and English for
intellectual curiosity to to identify the opportunity of establishing society and country
academic and non-
solve a problem in an entrepreneurship based on innovation, ethics level in Indonesia
Kompetensi Lainnya
academic purposes
individual and group level and independence
Kompetensi Lainnya
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
347
UNDERGRADUATE
348
PROGRAM
Flow Diagram of Subjects
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAM
349
Course Structure of Undergraduate Program in Industrial Engineering
(Regular / Parallel)
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
PROGRAM
Sub Total 19
Semester 2 2nd Semester
UIGE600005-9 Agama Religious Studies 2
ENGE600002 Aljabar Linear Linear Algebra 4
ENGE600003 Fisika Dasar I Basic Physics 1 4
Integrated Characteristic Building
UIGE600001 MPKT A 6
Subject A
UIGE600003 Olah Raga/Seni Sport/Art 1
ENGE600009 Menggambar Teknik Engineering Drawing 2
Sub Total 19
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENGE600004 Fisika Dasar 2 Basic Physics 2 4
Perancangan Kerja, Metode, dan
ENIE600003 Methods,Standards and Work Design 3
Standar Kerja
ENIE600004 Akuntansi Biaya Cost Accounting 2
ENIE600005 Proses Produksi + Praktikum Production Process + Lab 3
ENGE600007 Ekonomi Teknik Engineering Economics 3
ENGE600005 Statistik dan Probabilitas Statistics & Probability 2
ENIE600006 Programa Linear Linear Programming 3
Sub Total 20
Semester 4 4th Semester
Pengantar Mekanika dan Elektronika Introduction to Mechanics and Elec- 3
ENIE600007 Pabrik tronics in Factory
Faktor Manusia dalam Rekayasa dan Human Factors in Engineering & Design 3
ENIE600008 Desain + Praktikum + Lab
2
ENIE600009 Sistem Pemeliharaan Maintenance Systems
3
ENIE600010 Statistik Industri + Praktikum Industrial Statistics + Lab
3
Perencanaan Produksi dan Pengenda- Production Planning and Inventory
ENIE600011
lian Persediaan + Praktikum Control + Lab
3
ENIE600012 Organisasi & Psikologi Industri Industrial Psychology & Organization
3
ENIE600013 Penelitian Operasi Operations Research
Sub Total 20
350
Semester 5 5th Semester
ENIE600014 Perancangan Tata Letak Pabrik Plant Layout Design 3
ENIE600015 Perancangan Produk + Praktikum Product Design + Lab 3
UNDERGRADUATE
ENIE600016 Analisa Kelayakan Industri Industrial Feasibillity Analysis 3
PROGRAM
ENIE600017 Sistem Kualitas Quality System 3
ENIE600018 Pemodelan Sistem + Praktikum System Modelling + Lab 3
ENIE600019 Sistem Produksi + Praktikum Production Systems + Lab 3
ENIE600020 Manajemen Proyek Industri Industrial Project Management 2
Sub Total 20
Semester 6 6th Semester
Kesehatan, Keselamatan Kerja dan Occupational Health, Safety & Envi-
ENGE600008 2
Lindung Lingkungan ronment Protection
ENIE600021 Manajemen Rantai Pasok Supply Chain Management 3
ENIE600022 Simulasi Industri + Praktikum Industrial Simulation + Lab 3
Perancangan Teknik Industri + Prak-
ENIE600023 Industrial Engineering Design + Lab 3
tikum
ENIE600024 Sistem Informasi Information System 3
Pilihan 1 Elective 1 3
Pilihan 2 Elective 2 3
Sub Total 20
Semester 7 7th Semester
ENIE600025 Kapita Selekta Capita Selecta 2
ENIE600026 Kerja Praktek Internship 2
Pilihan 1 Elective 1 3
Pilihan 2 Elective 2 3
Pilihan 3 Elective 3 3
Pilihan 4 Elective 4 3
Sub Total 16
Semester 8 8th Semester
ENIE600028 Skripsi / Tugas Akhir Undergraduate Thesis / Final Project 5
ENIE600027 Manajemen Teknologi Technology Management 2
Pilihan 1 Elective 1 3
Sub Total 10
Total 144
351
ELECTIVES
Semester Gasal
PROGRAM
Semester Genap
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
ENIE810010 Data Mining Data Mining 3
ENIE810011 Rekayasa Sistem Systems Engineering 3
ENIE810012 Analisis Daya Saing Perusahaan Enterprise Competitiveness Analysis 3
ENIE810013 Optimasi Lanjut Advanced Optimization 3
Sustainable Manufacturing and Innova-
ENIE810014 Manufaktur dan Inovasi Berkelanjutan 3
tion
Simulasi dan Pemodelan Digital Human Digital Modelling and Simula-
ENIE810015 3
Manusia tion
ENIE810016 Keputusan, Ketidakpastian dan Risiko Decision, Uncertainties and Risks 3
352
Fast Track Program Structure: curriculum, the following policy applies:
For students who have passed
Compulsory subjects for undergraduate program the compulsory courses, they can
(S1) in 7th and 8th semester remain compulsory include the credits as calculated
for the fast track graduate program (S2), and compulsory courses credits in or-
UNDERGRADUATE
should be taken together with graduate programs der to complete the 144 credits
PROGRAM
compulsory subjects in 1st and 2nd semester. To requirement for completion of
fulfill the requirements of 144 credit hours of the Bachelor Program.
undergraduate program (S1) graduation: For students who have not yet
All of the compulsory subjects of graduate passed the compulsory courses,
program (S2) in 1st semester will be elec- they may take elective courses
tives for undergraduate students (S1) in 7th or new compulsory courses from
semester (12 credit hours) the 2012 curriculum to complete
In 8th semester undergraduate program (S1), the 144 credits requirement for
students should take 1 out of 4 compulsory completion of the Bachelor Pro-
subjects in graduate program (S2) as their gram.
electives in undergraduate program (S1) (3 6. For courses integration, the following
credit hours). policy applies:
The grades obtained from graduates com- OR, means: if students have
pulsory subjects in 1st and 2nd semester passed one of the courses from
will be transferred to electives grade of the 2008 curriculum, they are
undergraduate electives. no longer required to take the
course from the 2012 curriculum.
Transition Policy from the 2008 to the 2012 They may take elective course to
Curricullum Bachelor Program of Faculty of cover the shortage of credits.
Engineering Universitas Indonesia AND, means: students must pass
both courses from the 2008 cur-
1. The 2012 curriculum will be applied riculum. If students fail in either
starting from Term I of Academic Year one of these courses, students
2012/2013 (August 2012) and will end at must take an equal or substitute
Term II of Academic Year 2016/2017. course from the 2012 curriculum.
2. Basically, once the 2012 curriculum is ap- 7. If a compulsory course from the 2008
plied, only courses contained within the curriculum is modified into an elective
2012 curriculum will be available, while course in the 2012 curriculum, the fol-
the courses within the 2008 curriculum lowing applies:
will no longer be available. Starting in For students who have passed
Term I of academic year 2012/2013, the the compulsory course, they can
2012 curriculum for the 1st, 3rd, 5th, and include the cradit of the courses
7th semesters will be implemented in full as calculated compulsory course
for all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of within the 144 credits require-
Engineering Universitas Indonesia. The ment for completion of the Bach-
same will be applied for Term II of aca- elor Program.
demic year 2012/2013, where the 2012 For students who have not yet
curriculum for the 2nd, 4th, 6th, and 8th passed the compulsory course,
semesters will be implemented in full for they may take an equal or sub-
all Bachelor Programs in Faculty of Engi- stitute course or a new compul-
neering Universitas Indonesia. sory course from the 2012 cur-
3. There will be a one year transition pe- riculum.
riod, academic year 2012/2013. 8. If there is a change in the number of cred-
4. Students who have not yet passed the it load for a course, the number of credit
compulsory courses in the 2008 curric- which will be calculated for completion
ulum are required to take the same or of the Bachelor Program is the number of
equal courses from the 2012 curriculum. credit load applied during the time the
Students can refer to the below equiva- course was taken. Same or equal courses
lance table to look for equal courses. If with different credit load, if taken as a
courses from the 2008 curriculum are repeat course or newly taken course,
not listed in the table, the courses do will be listed with their new names and
not change. They stil have the same will be calculated in accordance to their
name and same credit load. new credit load (see below equivalence
5. If a course from the 2008 curriculum is no tables of courses).
longer available and there is no equal or 9. During the transition period (academic
year 2012/2013), On a special ocassion,
substitute course listed within the 2012 353
courses which availability are modified
from Term I to Term II (and vice versa) in
the 2012 curriculum will be available for
both semesters or several parallel classes
of these courses will be opened.
PROGRAM
354
Description of Subjects 2 SKS
UIGE600001 Refer to Page 80-81
UIGE610001
MPKT A / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING A ENGE600005
6 SKS ENGE610005
UNDERGRADUATE
Refer to Page 78 STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY
PROGRAM
2 SKS
UIGE600004 Refer to Page 82
UIGE610004
MPKT B / INTEGRATED CHARACTER BUILDING B ENGE600008
6 SKS ENGE610008
Refer to Page 78 HEALTH, WORK SAFETY, AND ENVIROMENT
2 SKS
UIGE600002 Refer to Page 82
ENGLISH
UIGE610002 ENGE600007
ACADEMIC WRITING ENGINEERING ECONOMICS (3 SKS)
3 SKS 3 SKS
Refer to Page 78 Refer to Page 82
UIGE600003 ENGE600009
UIGE610003 ENGINEERING DRAWING (2 SKS)
SPORTS / ARTS Refer to Page 130
1 SKS
Refer to Page 81
ENIE600001
ENGE600001 INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
ENGE610001 (2 SKS)
Learning Objective(s): Early understanding
CALCULUS
about the Industrial Engineering Discipline scope
4 SKS
and contributions, which includes concepts,
Refer to Page 78 methods and tools and how it relates to each
other in service or manufacturing industry.
ENGE600010 Syllabus: History of Industrial Engineering, Scope
ENGE610010 of Industrial Engineering, Brief introduction and
BASIC CHEMISTRY explaination of component system which build
Refer to Page 79 Industrial Engineering, Explanation of curiculum
structure in Industrial Engineering, Example of
contribution of Industrial Engineers in service and
ENGE600003 manufacturing industry, Development of Industrial
ENGE610003 Engineering in the future, Profesionalism defini-
BASIC PHYSICS 1 tion and Ethics Engineering, and Cases in Ethics
4 SKS and Profesionalism.
Refer to Page 79 Pre-requisite(s): -
Text Book(s):
ENGE600004 1. Maynard Harold B. (ed.), Maynards Hand-
BASIC PHYSICS 2 book of Industrial Engineering. McGraw-Hill
4 SKS Professional, 2001.
Refer to Page 81 2. Badiru, Adedeji B., Handbook of Industrial
and System Engineering, CRC Taylor-Francis,
ENGE600002 2006.
ENGE610002
ENIE600002
LINEAR ALGEBRA
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS (2 SKS)
4 SKS
Learning Objective(s): Introduce the scope of
Refer to Page 79 economics science and business as an integral
part of human activities to survive.
UIGE600005-9 Syllabus: Basic Concepts. Supply, Demand and
UIGE610005-9 Market. Workforce, Land and Assets. Trade and
RELIGIOUS STUDIES Tax. Economic activities and National Income. 355
Consumption and Investment. Money, Financial Accounting.
Market and Moneter. Unemployment, Inflation, Pre-requisite(s): Introduction to Economics
and Economic Policy. Growth and Development. Text Book(s):
The purpose of Business. Business Plan. Start 1. Lawrence H. Hammer, William K. Carter,
up. Business Operations. Capital. Marketing Milton F Usry, Cost Accounting, ITP Co.,
PROGRAM
UNDERGRADUATE
principles to support decision making process,
PROGRAM
ENIE600008 within DOE - Design of Experiment.
HUMAN FACTORS IN ENGINEERING AND DESIGN Syllabus: Review of Basic Statistical Concepts.
+ LAB (3 SKS) Single Factor Experiment ( Fixed Effect Model).
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are Single Factor Experiment (Random Effect Model).
able to analyze and design a human machine Randomized Complete Block Design. Latin Square
interaction and its workplace Design. General Factorial Design. 2k Factorial
Syllabus: Introduction to human factors in engi- Design. Blocking in Factorial Design. Factorial
neering design, Interface design, Human controls Experiments with Random Factors. Fractional
systems, Work tools and hand tools, Workplace Factorial Design. Nested Design. Response Sur-
layout and design, Applied anthropometry, In- face Model.
terpersonal aspects in Engineering and Design, Pre-requisite(s): Statistics and Probability
Climate and Lights, Human Error, Overview of Text Book(s):
Occupational Health and Safety. 1. Design and Analysis of Experiments, Douglas
Pre-requisite(s): - C. Montgomery. John Wiley & Sons, 2000
Text Book(s): 2. Design and Analysis of Experiments, An-
1. Sanders, Mark S. & Ernest J. McCormick. gela Dean and Daniel Voss, Springer-Verlag,
Human Factors in Engineering and Design. 2000
McGraw-Hill. New York. 1993 3. Experimental Design with Applications in
2. Chapanis, Alphonse. Human Factors in Sys- Management, Engineering, and the Sciences,
tems Engineering. John Wiley & Sons. New Paul D. Barger and Robert E. Maurer, Thomson
York. 1996 Learning, 2002
3. Wickens, D Christoper,. An Introduction to
Human Factors Engineering, 2nd Edition. ENIE600011
Prentice-Hall. 2004 PRODUCTION PLANNING AND INVENTORY CON-
TROL + LAB (3 SKS)
Learning Objective(s): Course participants
ENIE600009 are able to analyze, design, implement and evalu-
MAINTENANCE SYSTEMS (2 SKS) ate an integrated production planning and control
Learning Objective(s): Course participants system by controlling information flow, scheduling
understand the important aspects in the main- of production resources and internal processes,
tenance system management and the type of resulting a high quality product at the right time
approach that is currently used in the industry. and the right cost.
Syllabus: Organizing for Maintenance Operations. Syllabus: Production planning system, Master Re-
Paperwork Control. Maintenance Job Planning quirement Planning (MRP), Material Requirement
and Scheduling. Maintenance Work Measurement Plan, Capacity planning, Inventory control, Lot
and Standards. Preventive Maintenance Measur- sizing, Production scheduling, Sequencing and
ing and Appraising Maintenance Performance. evaluation, TOC/DBR concepts, PPIC game.
Total Productive Maintenance. Maintenance Pre-requisite(s): -
Management in Action Text Book(s):
Pre-requisite(s): Production Process 1. Arnold, J.R. Tony and Chapman, Stephen
Text Book(s): N.; Prentice Hall; Introduction to Materials
1. Lawrence Mann, Jr., Maintenance Manage- Management; 2004
ment, Lexington Books, 1978 2. Chapman, Stephen N.; The Fundamentals of
2. Seiichi Nakajima, Introduction to Total Pro- Production Planning and Control; Pearson -
ductive Maintenance, 1988 Prentice Hall, 2006
3. Antony Corder, di alih bahasa oleh Ir. Kusnul
Hadi, Teknik Manajemen Pemeliharaan, ENIE600012
Erlangga, 1996. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY AND ORGANIZATION
4. Palmer, Doc Richard., Maintenance Plan- (3 SKS)
ning and Schedulling Handbook 2nd Edition. Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
McGraw-Hill Professional. 2004. able to analyze the influencing factors of design
and organizations management in industry includ-
ing human capital assets.
Syllabus: Organizational Design. Culture.. Stra-
tegic Role of HRM & Effective Management of 357
People. Ability Motivation & Opportunity. Job able to create new product or service concept
Analysis & Planning & Recruitment. Testing, ideas according to structural market study based
Selection & Interview. Training & Development. on marketing mix
Appraising & Managing Performance. Managing Syllabus: Idea Generation, Description of Market-
Careers & Fair Treatment. Establishing Strategic ing Management, Global Marketing, Consumer
PROGRAM
Pay Plans. Pay for Performance & Incentives. Ben- Behavior, Marketing Mix, Marketing System, Sell-
efits and Services. Labor Relations & Collective ing Skill, Blue Ocean Strategy, Strategic Brand
UNDERGRADUATE
Bargaining. Employee Safety & Health. Linking Management, Market Research, Consumer Needs
to Organizational Outcomes. Human Resource Identification, Product Specification Determina-
Capital Management. Human Resource System tion, Concept Design, Concept Selection and
for TQM. Testing, Product Architecture, Design for Manufac-
Pre-requisite(s): - turing, Design for Assembly, Prototyping, Project
Text Book(s): Presentation.
1. Strategic Human Resource Management, Mike Prerequisite(s): Human Factors in Engineering
Millmore, Philip Lewis, Prentice Hall 2007 and Design
2. Human Resource Management, Gary Dessler, Text books:
Prentice Hall, 10th edition, 2007 1. Karl. T. Ulrich & Steven D. Epingger. Product
3. Human Resource Strategy, Dreher & Dough- Design Development. 3rd Edition. Mc Graw-
erty, Mc Graw Hill, 2001 Hill. 2004
2. Dieter. Design Engineering, 3rd edition,
ENIE600013 Mc.Graw Hill 2000
OPERATIONS RESEARCH (3 SKS) 3. James G. Bralla. Design For Excellence.
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are McGrawHill - 1996
able to use mathematical optimization model 4. Milton D. Rosenav, Jr. et. al. The PDMA Hand-
to solve engineering and management problems book of New Product Development, John
that could be converted to deterministic and Willey & Sons. 1996
stochastic quantitative model 5. Hamid Noor & Russel Radford. Production &
Syllabus: Dynamic Programming. Markov Analysis. Operation Management. McGrawHill. 1995
Decision Tree. Game Theory. Non-Linear Program-
ming. Queuing theory. Optimization Simulation ENIE600016
Pre-requisite(s): Linear Programming INDUSTRIAL FEASIBILITY ANALYSIS (3 SKS)
Text Book(s): Learning Objective(s): Course participants know
1. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research, 7th the aspects used to analyze industry feasibility
ed., Prentice-Hall, Inc. 2006 and able to identify and analyze investment of
2. Hellier, Liebermen, Introduction to Opera- facility feasibility
tions Research, McGraw-Hill, 2005 Syllabus: Project feasibility study, scope function,
market and marketing aspects, engineering and
ENIE600014 technology aspects, operation management as-
PLANT LAYOUT DESIGN (3 SKS) pect, environment aspect, law aspect, economics
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are aspect, financial aspect
able to design the layout of a plant based on Prerequisite(s): Cost Accounting, Engineering
constraint and optimum goals. Economics
Syllabus: Design function, Design procedure, Text books:
Process planning, Material flow planning, Analysis 1. Clifton, Fyffe, Project Feasibility Analysis,
technique, Relationship planning between ac- John Wiley, 1997
tivities, Plant and production support services, 2. Siswanto Sutojo, Studi Kelayakan Proyek,
Space calculations, Area allocation, Material PPM, 1995
handling equipment, Plant layout development,
Plant location considerations. ENIE600017
Pre-requisite(s): - QUALITY SYSTEM (3 SKS)
Text Book(s): Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
1. Richard L. F., Facility Layout and Location, able to design a quality improvement system that
Prentice Hall, 1992 able to do assurance and improvement of continu-
2. Plant Layout and Material Handling, John ous product and process quality based on the fact
Wiley & Sons, 1977. (number) using mathematical (statistical) method
3. Meyers, E Fred,. Plant Layout and Material with worlds quality standard consideration
Handling 1st Edition. Prentice-Hall. 1993 Syllabus: 3 quality basics: continuous improve-
ment, customer focus and total participation,
ENIE600015 PDCA concept, 7 tools and 7 new tools, technique
PRODUCT DESIGN + LAB (3 SKS) of process mapping, standard role, internal stan-
358 Learning Objective(s): Course participants are dard (SOP, WI, etc), and external standard (ISO,
JIS, etc), Lean Six Sigma 2006
Prerequisite(s): Statistics and Probability 2. Heizer, Jay and Render, Barry; Operations
Text books: Management; Pearson-Prentice Hall; 2006
1. The Six Sigma Way Team Fieldbook, Peter S 3. Kanban for The Shopfloor, The Productivity
Pande et.al. McGraw-Hill, New York, 2002 Press; 2002
UNDERGRADUATE
2. QC Problem Solving Approach: Solving Work-
PROGRAM
place Problems the Japanese Way, Katsuya ENIE600020
Hosotani, 3A Corporation, Tokyo, 1982 INDUSTRIAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT (2 SKS)
3. The Quality Toolbox Taguen Nancy R., ASQ Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
Quality Press. Milwaukee. Wisconsin. 2005 able to plan, conduct, and control projects in
industry
ENIE600018 Syllabus: Project management description, sys-
SYSTEM MODELLING + LAB (3 SKS) tem theory, project of PMDA organization, project
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are of human resource, staff organization and project
able to design a computerized model based on team, time management, special topic of PERT,
discrete-event modeling from micro industrial project graph, cost control
system, simulating that model to do feasibility Prerequisite(s): Operational Research
analysis and generating recommendation from the Text books:
model (becoming discrete-event model) 1. Kerzner, Harold T., Project Management
Syllabus: Modeling concept, general method of : A System Approach to Project Planning,
system modeling: conceptualization, develop- scheduling, and Controlling, John Wiley &
ment, simulation and analysis, modeling case Sons, 10th edition, 2009
study, validation and verification of discrete mod-
el, user requirement method, technique of report ENGE600008
design, and presentation of modeling result OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, SAFETY, AND ENVIRON-
Prerequisite(s): Statistics and Probability MENT PROTECTION (2 SKS)
Text books: Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
1. Mastering the Requirement Process, Suzanne able to identify various hazard, characterization,
Robertson & James Robertson, 2nd Edition, propose suitable method for minimizing and
Addison Wesley Professional, 2006 mitigating risks, and also designing management
2. Scenarios, Stories and Use Cases: Through system of safety work. Students is also expected
the Systems Development Life-Cycle, Ian to increase their awareness about health and
Alexander and Neil Maiden, John Wiley & safety in industry, and understand about frame-
Sons. 2004 work and safety standard regulation and also
3. Excel Dashboards & Reports, Michael Alex- environment program.
ander and John Walkenbach, Wiley Publish- Syllabus: Introduction to Regulation and Stan-
ing, Inc. 2010 dards; Risk Perception, Assessment and Man-
4. Information Dashboard Design, Stephen Few, agement; Machinery Hazards; Noise Hazards;
OReilly, 2006. Process Safety Hazard; Fire and Explosion Hazard;
Electrical Hazard; Toxicology in The Workplace;
ENIE600019 Environmental Protection; Environmental Protec-
PRODUCTION SYSTEM + LAB (3 SKS) tion Control Processes; Hazard Communication to
Learning Objective(s): Course participants Employees; Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):
are able to analyze, design, implement and im- Types of PPE and Selection of PPE; Safety Audits,
prove the performance of an operation system, Incident and Emergency Planning.
especially with significant impact to the long term Pre-requisite(s): -
strategic goals of the organization to produce the Text Book(s):
right product for the customer. 1. Charles A. Wentz, Safety, Health and Environ-
Syllabus: Production Strategy. Product and Pro- mental Protection, MGH, 1998.
cess Development. Location Analysis. Product 2. Asfahl, C.R., Rieske, D.W., Industrial Safety
and Process Layout Analysis. Capacity Analysis. and Health Management, 6th Ed., Pearson
Process Design, Analysis and Performance. Dis- Education, Inc. 2010.
tribution Planning. JIT/Lean Production System. 3. National Regulations on Safety and Health
Resource planning, scheduling and allocation Management
Kanban production system (kanban game).
Pre-requisite(s): Production planning and inven- ENIE600021
tory control SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3 SKS)
Text Book(s): Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
1. Chase and Aquilano; Operations Manage- able to understand about concept and applica-
ment; Pearson-Prentice Hall; 11th , Edition, tion of SCM to analyze and evaluate the role of
operators in a whole supply chain 359
Syllabus: Introduction to SCM, Strategy and Plan- 3. Cooper, R.G. (2007), Winning at New Prod-
ning, Enterprise Resource Planning, Purchasing, ucts, 3rd Edition.
Transportation Method, Shortest Path, Traveling
Salesman Problem, Vehicle Routing Problem, ENIE600024
warehousing management, reverse logistics, INFORMATION SYSTEM (3 SKS)
PROGRAM
location theory, network planning process, SCM Learning Objective(s): Course participants un-
development derstand the role of information system manage-
UNDERGRADUATE
Prerequisite: Quality System ment and technology in the industry to face the
Text books: globalization era.
1. Novack, R.A., Supply Chain Management: A Syllabus: Introduction to information system. In-
Logistics Perspectives, 2008. formation system as a competitive advantage. IT
and Electronic Commerce, Enterprise Information
ENIE600022 System (ERP), Electronic Commerce. Database
INDUSTRIAL SIMULATION + LAB (3 SKS) dan Relational Database Management System.
Learning objective(s): Course participants are System Analysis and Design. Business Process, MIS
able to design a complex computerized model and ist relation with RQM dan QS. CBIS. Account-
from industrial systems and simulate and conduct ing Information System. Decision Support System.
a simple feasibility study and design a recommen- Executive Information System. Marketing, Manu-
dation from model simulation result (becoming a facturing Information System. Financial, Human
continuous system modeler) Resource Information System.
Syllabus: Concept of continuous modeling, Pre-requisite(s): Organization and Industrial
method of continuous modeling, causal loop dia- Psychology
gram, stock and flow diagram, comprehending of Text Book(s):
behavior overtime, model development based on 1. McLeod, Management Information System,
real case study, technique of scenario develop- 10th edition, Prentice Hall, 2006
ment, validation and verification of continuous 2. Kenneth C. Laudon, Management Information
model, introduction of study concept based on Systems , Prentice Hall, 2011
simulation game
Prerequisite: System Modeling ENIE600025
1. Text books: Information Dashboard Design, SPECIAL TOPICS IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Stephen Few, OReilly, 2006. (2 SKS)
2. Charles Harrell, Biman K. Ghosh, and Royce Learning Objective(s): Course participants
O. Bowden, Jr., Simulation Using Promodel, will have a broad description about the cur-
McGraw-Hill Higher Education, New York. rent progress in the service and manufacturing
2003 industry, and how industrial engineering could
3. SEMS Courses Module, 2011 contribute to the enhancement of efficiency and
effectiveness.
ENIE600023 Syllabus: Inviting guest lecturers from various
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING DESIGN + LAB (3 field of expertise
SKS) Pre-requisite(s): 7th semester or above stu-
Learning objective(s): Course participants are dents
able to conduct product development process by Text Book(s): -
considering the interaction between material,
human resources and production process and able ENIE600026
to analyze technical and financial aspects of the INTERNSHIP (2 SKS)
NPD project for commercialization. Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
Syllabus: Introduction to NPD Process, Overview able to understand about industrial engineering
of Stage-Gate Model and Concurrent Engineering, implementation in industry and implement all the
Analysis of Material and Technology Utilization, subjects that have been studied in real world
Design Considerations, Financial Analysis of Syllabus:
Project, Market and Functionality Testing, Pro- Prerequisite(s): Notice the SOP of internship
duction Capacity Planning, Commercialization, Text books: -
Implementation of NPD Process, Presentation of
NPD Project. ENIE600027
Prerequisites: Perancangan Produk, Analisa TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT (2 SKS)
Kelayakan Industri Learning objective(s): Course participants are
1. Text books: George, E.D., Engineering De- able to identify technology development that
sign : A Material and Processing Approach, have an impact to industry, identify that tech-
McGraw-Hill, New York, 2000. nology, and translate into technology plan for
2. Trott, P. (2008). Innovation Management and improving organization competitiveness
360 New Product Development, 4th Edition. Syllabus: Introduction to technology manage-
ment, business model concept, innovation and
technology, chasm and tornado, competence, ENIE810009
introduction to change management, introduc- MANUFACTURING FACILITIES PLANNING AND
tion to risk management, patents in Indonesia, ANALYSIS (3 SKS)
sustainability issue in technology, outsourcing, Refer to Page 514
UNDERGRADUATE
ERP trend
PROGRAM
Prerequisite(s): Introduction to Industrial En- ENIE810010
gineering DATA MINING (3 SKS)
1. Text books: Burgelman, Maidique and Refer to Page 514
Wheelwright, Strategic Management of Tech-
nology and Innovation, 5th Edition, 2009Tarek ENIE810011
Khalil, Management of Technology: The Key SYSTEM ENGINEERING (3 SKS)
to Competitiveness and Wealth Creation, Refer to Page 515
McGraw-Hill, 2000
ENIE810012
ENIE600028 ENTERPRISE COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS (3
UNDERGRADUATE THESIS (5 SKS) SKS)
Learning objective(s): Course participants are Refer to Page 515
able to identify problems and opinion in scientific
discussion systematically, clearly, and accurately. ENIE810013
Capable of sorting ideas/solutions/opinions in a ADVANCED OPTIMIZATION (3 SKS)
scientific writing based on scientific writing guide- Refer to Page 515
line that integrates a whole knowledge.
Syllabus: Industrial Engineering to solve a case
in real world ENIE810014
Prerequisite(s): Notice SOP of final project SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURING AND INNOVA-
Text books: Guideline of Undergraduate Thesis TION (3SKS)
in University of Indonesia Refer to Page 515
ENIE810001
MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS (3 SKS) ENIE810015
Refer to Page 513 HUMAN DIGITAL MODELLING AND SIMULATION
(3 SKS)
ENIE810002 Refer to Page 515
INTERPERSONAL SKILLS(3 SKS)
Refer to Page 513 ENIE810016
DECISION, UNCERTAINTIES AND RISKS (3 SKS)
ENIE810003 Refer to Page 516
PRODUCT LIFECYCLE MANAGEMENT (3 SKS)
Refer to Page 513
ENIE810004
MACRO ERGONOMICS (3 SKS)
Refer to Page 513
ENIE810005
FINANCE AND INVESTMENTS (3 SKS)
Refer to Page 514
ENIE810006
INNOVATION MANAGEMENT (3 SKS)
Refer to Page 514
ENIE810007
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT (3
SKS)
Refer to Page 514
ENIE810008
LEAN OPERATIONS (3 SKS)
Refer to Page 514 361
362
363
5. PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM FOR ARCHITECT
Program Specification
FOR ARCHITECT
364
Struktur Kurikulum Program Profesi Arsitek
PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM
FOR ARCHITECT
ENAR700001 Proyek Perancangan I* Design Project I* 6
ENAR700004 Teori Arsitektur Lanjut Advanced Architectural Theories 3
Pilihan** Elective** 3
Sub Total 12
Semester 2 2nd Semester
**) Selain mengambil Mata Kuliah Pilihan program Profesi, mahasiswa yang bersangkutan juga dapat
mengambil Mata Kuliah Wajib dan Mata Kuliah Pilihan yang tersedia dalam Program S2 Arsitektur
maupun Departemen lainnya.
365
Deskripsi Mata Ajar Assessment
Group readings and presentation; individual
ENAR700001 essays; term paper
PROYEK PERANCANGAN I Buku Ajar
DESIGN PROJECT I 1. Christopher Alexander, Christopher, Notes
FOR ARCHITECT
PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM
dan mampu menerapkan pengetahuan tentang 7. Architecture For A Sustainable Future,
FOR ARCHITECT
teknik presentasi perancangan, etika, code of Institute For Building Environmet and
compliances yang berkaitan dengan pembua- Energy Conservation (IBEC). 2005
tan dokumen tender lengkap dan pengawasan 8. E d w a r d B u r t y n s k y, M a n u f a c t u r e d
proyek. Landscapes, Zeitgeist Video. 2007
Silabus : Etika profesi; hubungan arsitek dan 9. Discovery Channel, Extreme Engineering:
insinyur terkait yang difokuskan pada kerja Turning Torso, Discovery Communication.
kolaboratif, penerapan standar keteknikan 2010
yang dituangkan dalam produk lengkap doku- 10. Discovery Channel, Next World: Future
men tender (gambar kerja, spesifikasi teknis Megatropolis, Discovery Communication.
dan pelaksanaan, Rencana Anggaran Biaya) ; 2010
pengawasan proyek.
Prasyarat: Tidak ada ENAR700005
Buku ajar: Tidak ada ETIKA KEPROFESIAN
3 SKS
ENAR700003 Tujuan pembelajaran: mahasiswa mema-
TEKNOLOGI DAN LINGKUNGAN BERKELAN- hami tata laku profesi arsitek dalam praktek
JUTAN profesional
3 SKS Silabus:
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mengetahui 1. Tanggung jawab terhadap kualitas
dan mampu menerapkan berbagai pendekatan rancangan
dan strategi dalam teknologi bangunan dan per- 2. Tanggung jawab layanan profesi
ancangan lingkung-bangun menuju lingkungan 3. Hubungan antara arsitek dan pemberi
berkelanjutan. kerja
Silabus: Prinsip-prinsip lingkungan berkelan- 4. Hubungan antara arsitek dengan pelaku
jutan; teknologi bangunan, teknik dan proses jasa konsultasi bangunan yang lain
konstruksi dan layanan bangunan serta 5. Tanggung jawab arsitek kepada
dampaknya terhadap keberlanjutan lingkun- masyarakat
gan; kaitan antara iklim, lingkung-bangun, 6. Tanggung jawab arsitek kepada
konstruksi, konsumsi energi dan kesejahteraan masyarakat dan lingkungan
manusia; penerapan strategi teknologi bangu- Prasyarat: Tidak ada
nan dalam proyek perancangan dalam konteks Buku ajar:
standar / peraturan bangunan dan lingkungan Kode etik Ikatan Arsitek Indonesia (IAI)
yang terkait. Dokumen Union Internationale des
Prasyarat: Tidak ada Architectes (UIA)
Buku ajar: Landasan etika profesi
1. Y. B. Mangunwijaya, Teknologi dan Dampak
Kebudayaannya, Jakarta: Yayasan Obor ENAR700006
Indonesia. 1993 KAPITA SELEKTA
2. T. J a c o b , M e n u j u Te k n o l o g i (3 SKS)
Berperikemanusiaan: Pikiran-Pikiran Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mengembangkan ke
Tentang Indonesia, Jakrta: Yayasan Obor mampuan mahasiswa untuk memadukan ber
Indonesia. 1996 bagai aspek disain dan manajemen yang telah
3. Max Hueber Verlog Munchen, Man dipelajari untuk diterapkan secara langsung
and Technology, Gesamthersellung: dalam produk nyata
Verlagsanstalt Man Dillingen/Donau. Silabus: Penerapan disain dan tektonik,
1963 penerapan manajemen, penerapan grafis. Sila-
4. C h a r l e s S u s s k i n d , U n d e r s t a n d i n g bus dapat disesuaikan sesuai kebutuhan.
Technology, The Hopkins University Prasyarat: Tidak ada
Press. 1973 Buku ajar: Tidak ada
5. Drs. A. Charis Zubair, Etika Rekayasa
367
368
369
6. MASTER PROGRAM
6.1. MASTER IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
PROGRAM
Program Specification
MASTER
370
MASTER
PROGRAM
Figure 1. 2008 ASCE-BOK Competency Areas for Civil Engineering
Builder
Innovator
Communicator
PROGRAM
Leader
MASTER
Environmental Stewards
Graduate Profile :
Magister of Engineering who is able to conduct research and solve problems in
Civil Engineering specialization with professional ethics
372
Flow Diagram of Subjects at Master Program, Major in : STRUCTURE
S1 Civil Engineering - 1st Semester 2nd Semester 3rd Semester 4th Semester
MASTER
UI
PROGRAM
Advanced Mechanics of
Finite Element Method
Material
Statics
Design of Prestressed Design of Earthquake
Solid Mechanics Concrete Resistance Building
Concrete Technology
Structural Analysis Structural Dynamics and Adv. Reinforced Seminar Thesis
Structural Design : Concrete
Timber, Steel and
Concrete
Bridge Structural
Adv. Foundation
Advanced Geotechnical Design
Engineering and Deep
Investigation
Excavation Structural Design of
Slope Stabilization and Numerical Methods in Highrise Buildings
Soil Improvement Geotechnical
Engineering
Environment Dynamics and
Climate Changed and Environmental Earthquake in
Geotechnics Environmental Geotechnics Geotechnic
Engineering
Management Electives
Environmental Audit Management of Health,
Time and Cost Choose 5
Safety and Environment
Management courses
Construction Methods Quality and Risk Infrastructure and
Management Capital Market
and Equipment
S1 Civil Engineering - 1st Semester 2nd Semester 3rd Semester 4th Semester
UI
Seminar Thesis
Elective Courses
Choose 2 courses from other specialization
373
Flow Diagram of Subjects at Master Program, Major in : TRANSPORTATION
S1 Civil Engineering 1st Semester 2nd Semester 3rd Semester 4th Semester
UI
PROGRAM
MASTER
Climate Changed
Management Legal and Business
and Environmental Research Methodology Electives
Ethics in Infrastructure
Engineering
Environment Choose 4
Slope Stabilization and Management of Health, courses
Geotechnics Safety and Environment
Soil Improvement
374
Flow Diagram of Subjects at Master Program, Major in : CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
MASTER
S1 Civil Eng. UI 1 st Semester 2nd Semester 3 rd Semester 4th Semester
PROGRAM
Engineering Project Time and Cost Project Investment
Construction Management Management and Financing
Management
Engineering Economics Quality and Risk
Engineering Management Research
and Management
Economics Methodology
Systems Engineering Procurement
Mechanical
and Value Management, Contract
Earthworks and
Management and Claim Admin.
Heavy Equipments
Ethics and Construction Methods Human Resource and
and Equipment Project Communication Seminar Thesis
Construction Law
Management
Infrastructure and
Environmental Audit
Regional Development
Management Information
System and Information
Technology
Management of Health,
Choose 1 elective course Safety and Environment
ST ND RD TH
1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester
MASTER
ENCV 8 0 0505 Manajemen Waktu dan Biaya Time and Cost Management 3 P 3 3
PROGRAM
ENCV 8 0 0506 Manajemen Kualitas dan Resiko Quality and Risk Management 3 P 3 3
ENCV 8 0 0507 Manajemen Pengadaan, Adminis- Procurement Management, Con-
3 3 3
trasi Kontrak dan Klaim tract and Claim Administration
ENCV 8 0 0602 Manajemen Sumber Daya dan Human Resource and Project Com-
3 3 3
komunikasi proyek munication Management
Investasi dan Pembelajaan Pe- Public Project Investment and
ENCV 8 0 0702 3 3
merintah Finance
ENCV 8 0 0703 Kemitraan Pemerintah dan Fundamentals of Public Private
3 3
Swasta dalam Infrastruktur Partnership
ENCV 8 0 0704 Investasi Infrastruktur Infrastructure Investment 3 3
Kerangka Hukum dan Kelem- Legal and Business Ethics in Infra-
ENCV 8 0 0705 3 P 3
bagaan structure
Sub Total 9 9 6 6 6 12 12 12
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENCV 8 0 0109 Perancangan Jembatan Bridge Structural Design 3 P
Structural Design of Highrise
ENCV 8 0 0110 Perancangan Bangunan Tinggi 3 P
Buildings
ENCV 8 0 0111 Pelat dan Cangkang Plate and Shell 3 P
Dinamik dan Kegempaan Dynamics and Earthquake in Geo-
ENCV 8 0 0207 3 P 3
Geoteknik technic
ENCV 8 0 0208 Topik Khusus Geoteknik Selected Topics in Geotechnics 3 3
Pemeliharaan Perkerasan Jalan
ENCV 8 0 0315 3 P
Lanjut Advanced Highway Maintenance
Perencanaan Transportasi
ENCV 8 0 0316 3 P
Perkotaan Urban Transport Planning
ENCV 8 0 0317 Dampak Lingkungan Transportasi Transport Environmental Impact 3 P
ENCV 8 0 0318 Sistem Transportasi Intermoda Intermodal Transportation Systems 3 P
ENCV 8 0 0319 Material Perkerasan Jalan Lanjut Advanced Highway Materials 3 P
Operasional dan Kendali Sistem Transportation Systems Operations
ENCV 8 0 0320 3 P
Transportasi and Control
Optimasi Sistem Distrbibusi (*) Distribution Systems Optimization 3 P
Perencanaan dan Pengelolaan
ENCV 8 0 0322 Airport Planning and Management 3 P
Lapangan Terbang
ENCV 8 0 0323 Topik Khusus Transportasi Selected Topics in Transportation 3 P
Manajemen Kualitas Air dan Water Quality and Urban Waste
ENCV 8 0 0407 3 3
Limbah Perkotaan Management
ENCV 8 0 0807 Efisiensi Sumberdaya dengan
Technology of Resources Efficiency
Teknologi Analisis Daur Hidup
- Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) and Inte- 3 P
(LCA) dan Pengelolaan Limbah
grated Solid Waste Management
Padat Terpadu
Praktek Rekayasa dan Teknologi Engineering Practice and Solid
ENCV 8 0 0808 3 P
Limbah Padat Waste Technology
Kontaminasi dan Remediasi Contamination and Soil Remedia-
ENCV 8 0 0809 3 P
Tanah tion
ENCV 8 0 0603 Investasi Proyek dan Keuangan Project Investment and Financing 3 3 3 3
Infrastruktur dan Pengembangan Infrastructure and Regional Devel-
ENCV 8 0 0706 3 P P P
Wilayah opment
ENCV 8 0 0604 Manajemen Sistem Informasi dan Management Information System
3 P P P
Teknik Informatika and Information Technology
ENCV 8 0 0508 Manajemen Kesehatan dan Kes- Management of Health, Safety and
3 P P P P P
elamatan Kerja dan Lingkungan Environment
Infrastruktur dan Pengembangan Infrastructure and Property Devel-
ENCV 8 0 0707 3 P P
Properti opment
ENCV 8 0 0708 Infrastruktur dan Pasar Modal Infrastructure and Capital Market 3 P
ENCV 8 0 0002 Metodologi Penelitian Research Methodology 3 P 3 3 3 3
ENCV 8 0 0003 Seminar Seminar 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sub Total 1 7 1 4 4 7 7 7
Semester 4 4th Semester
ENCV 8 0 0810 Limbah Menjadi Energi Waste to Energy 3 P P
ENCV 8 0 0004 Tesis Thesis 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Sub Total 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Mata Kuliah Wajib Kekhususan Total of Cumpolsory Credits 25 34 25 28 28 37 37 37
Mata Kuliah Pilihan Total of Electives Credits 15 6 15 12 12 3 3 3
TOTAL 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
377
STR: Structure
GT: Geotechnics
TR: Transportation
SDA: Water Resource Management
MK: Construction Management
MP: Project Management
PROGRAM
Catatan :
1. Mata kuliah pilihan bernotasi P pada kolom masing-masing peminatan atau mata kuliah wajib/pilihan dari peminatan
lain.
2. Untuk kekhususan Transportasi, mahasiswa cukup mengambil 5 dari 6 mata kuliah wajib. Mahasiswa yang mengambil
keenam mata kuliah, maka kelebihannya dihitung sebagai mata kuliah pilihan.
Note :
1. Elective Courses can be chosen from those with initial P or courses offered by other specialization.
2. For Transportation; choose 5 from 6 compulsasy courses. Taking 6 courses means one course is considered as elective.
378
Course Description 2002.
4. AASHTO: Standard specifications for
highway bridges, American Association of
ENCV 8 0 0101
State Highway and Transportation Officials,
ADVANCED MECHANICS OF MATERIAL
17th Edition, 2002.
3 SKS
5. Y. Guyon: Limit state design of prestressed
MASTER
Learning Objectives : Students should be able to
PROGRAM
concrete, Applied Science Publishers,
calculate and analyze structural responses due Essex, 1974.
static forces and temperatures based on material 6. A.S.G. Bruggeling: Structural concrete;
properties and elastic and inelastic condition of Theory and its application, A.A. Balkema,
structures. Rotterdam, 1991.
Syllabus : Mechanical properties of materi- 7. R. Chaussin, A. Fuentes, R. Lacroix, J. Per
als, stress-strain theory, linear relationship of chat: Prestressed concrete, Presses de
temperature-strain-stress; inelastic material lEcole National des Ponts et Chaussees,
properties; application of energy method; torsion, Paris, 1992.
asymetrical momen on straight beam; shear cen- 8. T.Y. Lin, N.H. Burns: Design of prestressed
ter in thin-walled beams; circular beams; beams concrete structures, John Wiley & Sons,
on elastic foundations New York, 1992.
Prerequisites : None 9. R. Walther, B. Houriet, W. Isler, P. Moia:
Text Books : Cable stayed bridges, Thomas Telford,
1. Boresi A.P. et all, Advance Mechanics of London, 1988.
Material, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 1993
10. ACI Committee 209, Prediction of creep,
2. R.C. Hibbeler, Mechanics of Materials,
shrinkage, and temperature effects in
Prentice Hall, 2002
concrete structures, ACI-209R-92, ACI
Manual of Concrete Practice.
ENCV 8 0 0102 11. F.X. Supartono: Beton Pratekan, Seminar
DESIGN OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE HAKI untuk Konstruksi Beton dan Baja ber
3 SKS dasarkan SNI-2002, Pekanbaru, 5 Oktober
Learning Objectives : Students should be able 2004.
to understand design critera and prestressed 12. F.X. Supartono: External prestressing for
concrete technology in accordance with the building structural repair, FIP International
standards as well as the application on buildings Symposium, Johannesburg, South Africa, 9
and long-spanned bridges, comprehend the Load 12 March 1997.
and Resistance Factored Design (LRFD) method on 13. F.X. Supartono: Jembatan cable stayed,
various aspects of strength, stability, and bending Seminar jembatan cable stayed, Direktorat
as well as prestressed column-beam connection Jendral Binamarga, Jakarta, Maret 1996.
and prestressed anchorage zone 14. F.X. Supartono: Jembatan segmental
Syllabus : Review on prestressed materials and beton pratekan dengan cara kantilever,
flexural design based on Serviceability Limit State Short course Perencanaan dan teknologi
Design (SLSD), Load and Resistance Factored konstruksi jembatan, Semarang, 11 Maret
Design (LRFD) of bending, shear and torsion 1996.
aspects; Serviceability of flexural aspect; Stati-
cally indeterminate structures; Prestress losses ENCV 8 0 0103
due to friction and wobble, elastic shortening DYNAMICS OF STRUCTURE
of concrete, anchorage slippage, concrete creep 3 SKS
and shrinkage, and prestressed steel relaxation; Learning Objectives : Students should be able
analysis of column and prestressed beam joint; to analyze civil engineering buildings subjected
prestress anchorage zone analysis; Application to dynamic forces
on buildings and long-spanned bridges; External Syllabus: Types, structures and responses of
prestressing and special application on cable- dynamic loadings; modeling of single-degree-of-
stayed bridges. freedom (SDOF) system; SDOF free vibration, SDOF
Prerequisites : None Fored vibration; periodic, harmonic, dynamic and
Text Books : erratic loadings; Response analysis to SDOF using
1. SNI 03-2874-2002: Tata cara perencanaan numerical integration method; generalization
struktur beton untuk bangunan gedung, of SDOF; modelling of Multi-Degrees-of-Freedon
Badan Standardisasi Nasional, 2002. (MDOF), application of static condenstation; eigen
2. SNI T-14-2004: Perencanaan struktur be problems; forced vibration on harmonic loading,
ton untuk jembatan, Badan Standardisasi spectra responses.
Nasional, 2004. Prerequisites : None
3. ACI 318-02 & ACI 318R-02: Building code Text Books :
requirements for structural concrete and 1. Chopra A.K., Dynamics of Structures, Printice
commentary, American Concrete Institute, Hall, 1995 379
2. Clough R.W. Penzien J., Dynamic of Structures, gineering 5th Edition. 2007
McGraw-Hill, 1993
ENCV 8 0 0202
ENCV 8 0 0104 ADVANCED GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
ADVANCED STEEL DESIGN 3 SKS
PROGRAM
design and calculate advanced connections, beam Experimental Advanced Geotechnical Applications
structures, plate girders, portals and composite in the field and be able to explain, conduct and
structures for low-rise buildings. Students should analyze the results of laboratory tests related
be able to use both elastic and plastic designs for to geotechnical work. Students are expected to
the buildings. also be able to understand, explain and interpret
Syllabus : Plastic design and calculation of the results of the use of the use of geotechnical
continuous beam; Beam-Colums. Theory and instrumentation for field work
analysis of plate girders for buildings. Advanced Syllabus : General introduction of Advanced
connection techniques; Portal and Gable fram Experimental Laboratory associated with the
designs; Structural analysis; Steel-steel composite Geotechnical; recognition, understanding and use
structures and concrete-prestressed steel com- of test results using a Dilatometer, Pressuremeter,
posite structures and the application of Preflex Bearing Plate, Swelling, Geotechnical Instru-
system for buildings; Cold form section/Light mentation, Centrifuge, Triaxial CU / CD, Triaxial
Gage Member Unsaturated, Cyclic Triaxial, Consolidation of
Prerequisites : None Long-Term (Oedometer / Rowe Cell), Preparation
Text Books : of Test Sample non standard. Further introduc-
1. Salmon C.G. dan Johnson J.E., Steel tion and testing in the laboratory by means of
Structures: Design and Behavior, Fourth triaxial CU and swelling; and field tests with the
Edition, Harper Collins Publishers, 1996 pressuremeter.
2. Bresler B. Lin T.Y., Scalzi J.B., Design of Prerequisites : None
Steel Structures, John Wiley & Sons- Toppan Text Books :
Co., 1968 1. Geotechnical Engineering Portable Hand
3. Segui William T., LRFD Steel Design, ITP-PWS book; Robert W. Day, McGraw-Hill, 2000.
Publishing Co., Boston, 1994 2. Geotechnical Engineering, S Joseph Spigolon,
Phd, PE, McGraw-Hill, 2001.
4. ________________, Tata Cara Perencanan 3. American Society of Testing and Material
Struktur Baja untuk Bangunan Gedung, Annual Book Of ASTM standards, ASTM,
Standar, SNI-03-1729-2021, Badan Stan 1989.
darisasi Indonesia, 2002 4. Soil Mechanics, R.F. Craig, (Terjemahan Prof.
Dr.Ir. Budi Susilo Soepandji), Fourth Edition,
ENCV 8 0 0201 Penerbit Erlangga, Jakarta, 1989.
ADVANCED SOIL MECHANICS
3 SKS ENCV 8 0 0203
Learning Objectives : This course is an advanced SLOPE STABILIZATION AND SOIL IMPROVEMENT
discussion about the behavior and properties 3 SKS
of the soil shear strength and deformation the Learning Objectives : Give meaning and un-
behavior and introduction of saturated and derstanding of the problems that exist in finite
shear strength properties and deformation of and infinite slope with several methods and the
unsaturated soil methods of soil improvement
Syllabus : Critical state soil mechanics; effect Syllabus : Slope stability analysis with finite and
on shear strength testing of the soil; approach infinite fellinius method, bishops, and other meth-
to effective stress and total stress; loading ods; Analysis of avalanches by using the software;
and unloading; behavior of short-term and long avalanche hazard analysis and repair / retrofitting
term consolidation of information; the use of of slopes: soil nailing; strengthening the structure
horizontal drainage. Unsaturated soil mechan- of retaining wall; Improved land: stabilization by
ics; differences in the behavior of saturated and mechanical means (dynamic compaction, vibro
unsaturated soil flotation / compaction) with the pole vertical
Prerequisites : Soil Mechanics drainage sand (sand pile, sand and drained), sta-
Text Books : bilization by chemical injection method
1. Soil Mechanics, R.F. Craig, (TerjemahanProf. Prerequisites : None
Dr.Ir. Budi SusiloSoepandji), Fourth Edition, Text Books :
PenerbitErlangga, Jakarta, 1989. 1. Bowles, J.E., Foundation Analisys and Design,
2. Muni Budhu. Soil Mechanics 3 rd Edition. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Singapore.
2010 2. Ingels, O.G. and Metcalf, J.B., Soil Stabiliza-
tion, Butterworths, Australia.
380 3. Braja M. Das. Principal of Geotechnical En-
3. Muni Budhu, Soil Mechanics & Foundations, of Roundabouts, DFT, London Inggris.
John Wiley & Sons. Inc, 2007. 7. Department for Transport, Inggris, 2004. De-
4. Soil Mechanics, R.F. Craig, (TerjemahanProf. sign Manual for Roads and Bridges: Volume 6,
Dr.Ir. Budi SusiloSoepandji), Fourth Edition, Section 1, Part 1, TD 50/04 Geometric Layout
PenerbitErlangga, Jakarta, of Signal Controlled Junctions and Signalised
MASTER
1989. Roundabouts, DFT, London Inggris.
PROGRAM
8. Department for Transport, Inggris, 1995.
ENCV 8 0 0301 Design Manual for Roads and Bridges: Volume
ADVANCED HIGHWAY GEOMETRIC DESIGN 6, Section 1, Part 1, TD 42/95 Geometric
3 SKS Design of Major/Minor Priority Junctions,
Learning Objectives : Student is able to design DFT, London Inggris.
geometric design for urban and rural freeways 9. AusRoads, 2003. Rural Road Design. A Guide
and interchange based on safety, comfort and to the Geometric Design of Rural Roads,
convenience, geometric design during construc- Ausroads Inc, Sydney, Australia
tion and improvement of lanes, and parking design 10. AusRoads, 2007. Urban Road Design. A Guide
and planning. to the Geometric Design of Major Urban
Syllabus : Overview the concept and philosophy Roads, Ausroads Inc, Sydney, Australia
of highway geometric design: design speed, sight 11. NCHRP (National Cooperative Highway Re-
distance, vertical and horizontal alignment; Sign search Program),1992. NCHRP Report 350:
and marking: principle and concept, types, codes Recommended Procedures for the Safety Per-
and standards, posting; Climbing lane: criteria formance Evaluation of Highway Features.
and concept, design consideration, sign and Transportation Research Board, Washington
marking; Review intersections: types of intersec- DC, Amerika Serikat.
tion, design criteria for urban and rural roads;
Interchange: principle of planning and design, ENCV 8 0 0302
type of interchange, ramp on and ramp off, merg- ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
ing- diverging weaving; Element of geometric 3 SKS
interchange and freeway: ramp on and ramp off, Learning Objectives : Students should be able
merging- diverging weaving, function and type to analyze the components of transportation
of guard rail;Road furniture and design for safety system from various dimensions as well as recent
consideration; Road-side hazard management; issues related to global transportation system and
Traffic management at road construction work transportation system in Indonesia
zone with clear zone concept; Parking facilities: Syllabus : Dimension and components of trans-
on-street and off street parking, sign and marking, portation system; transportation of people; urban
and parking management.recent and innovation evolution, history of transportation, private
on geometric design; transport, public transport, inter-city trsnporta-
Prerequisites : None tion, air transportation, railway trsnportation,
Text Books : ITS; transportation of goods: logistic system
1. AASHTO (American Association of State High- and transportation services of goods; strategic,
way and Transportation Officials), 2004. A tactical and operational planning of trasnporta-
Policy on Geometric Desighn of Highways and tion of goods, intermodal transportation, pipes
Streets, AASHTO, Washington, DC, Amerika transportation, conveyor belts; recent issues
Serikat. of global transportation and transportation in
2. Lamm, R, B Psarianos dan T Mailander, 2000. Indonesia: mobiality, safety, congestion, energy,
Highway Design and Traffic Safety Engi- global climate change, transportation problems
neering Handbook. McGraw Hill, New York in developing countries and developed countries,
Amerika Serikat. populations, environmental issue, productivity,
3. Tjahjono, T (2011). Analisis Keselamatan Lalu manufactures and security
Lintas Jalan, Lubuk Agung, Bandung. Prerequisites : None
4. Department for Transport, Inggris, 2002. Text Books :
Design Manual for Roads and Bridges: Volume 1. Sigurd Grava. Urban Transportation System,
6, Section 1, Part 1, TD 9/93 Highway Link Choices for Communities. Mc Graw-Hill
Design, DFT, London Inggris. 2. Marvin L. Manheim , Fundamentals of Trans-
5. Department for Transport, Inggris, 2006. portation Systems Analysis. Vol 1 : Basic
Design Manual for Roads and Bridges: Volume Concepts , The MIT Press.
6, Section 2, Junctions TD 22/06 Layout of 3. W.W. Blunden, J.A. Black. The Land-use /
Grade Separation Junctions, DFT, London Transport System, Pergamon Press
Inggris.
6. Department for Transport, Inggris, 2007. De-
sign Manual for Roads and Bridges: Volume 6,
Section 1, Part 1, TD 16/07 Geometric Design 381
ENCV 8 0 0303 Planning of European City Transport System
TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND CONTROL (Prospect).
3 SKS 3. Kenneth Button, 2010., Transport Economics
Learning Objectives : Students should be able 3rd edition, Edward Elgar Publisher.
to analyze traffic condition and characteristics 4. Button, KJ dan Hensher, DA. 2005. Handbook
PROGRAM
using mathematical models and micro and of Transport Strategy and Policy, Elsevier
macro modeling techniques as a tool for traffic
MASTER
MASTER
ENCV 8 0 0801 techniques: waste, waste water, flood prevention
PROGRAM
PHYSICAL, BIOLOGICAL AND CHEMICAL TREAT- (hydraulic engineering), transportation, energy;
MENT IN ENVIROMENTAL ENGINEERING Adaptation technique and strategy.
3 SKS Prerequisites :
Learning Objectives : Students are able to apply Text Books :
the theory of unit operations and unit processes
in advanced environmental engineering (advance) ENCV 8 0 0803
applied for technical calculation and design of ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT
water treatment, wastewater, solid waste and 3 SKS
air pollution control technology Learning Objectives : The undergraduate engi-
Syllabus : Unit operations and processes based on neer is able to describe the basic principle, the
the principles of physical, chemical and biological role and function of Environmental Audit. The
treatment as well as based on treatment level in- engineer has ability to make a realistic report of
cluding advanced treatment; The concept of mass Environmental audit.
balance, flow model, the reactor and its operation Syllabus : To equip each student with a funda-
and process units of preliminary, primary and sec- mental understanding of Environmental Audit as
ondary treatment in water treatment, wastewater it applies within Indonesia, including: Introduc-
and waste management and air pollution; Applica- tion Environmental Audit (Definition, principle,
tion of the concept of mass balance in advanced concept and environmental policies related to
biological processes in wastewater treatment Environmental Audit) ; Basic Law, Policies and
by the method of suspended growth or attached Regulations regarding Environmental Audit. En-
growth; concept of separation of solid particles, vironmental Audit basic principles (Issues and
sedimentation and flotation types; Unit operation Scopes of Environmental Audit) ; Understanding
of separation of solid particles in water treatment ISO 1400: Improving Environmental Management
and water waste through the media axis (filtra- and Advancing Sustainable Development ; As-
tion - ultrafiltration), and reverse osmosis mem- sessment of Environmental Management based
brane; concept of dissolved gas, gas saturation on Environmental Impact Assessment ; Basic
and aeration process; operation of aeration and Principles of Audit (Principles, Procedures, Hie-
dissolved gas flotation production units; concept rarchy and Processes of Environmental Audit).
of the nitrogen cycle in wastewater; concept of Types of Audit (Compliance Audit, Waste Audit,
adsorption, absorption, and precipitation; unit Audit Processes). Audit Methods (Implementation
operations and chemical processes including Processes, Weight of Implementation, Roles of
the adsorption of ammonia separation, Ion Ex- Stakeholders and Evaluation in Environmental
change: Application of bioprocess in biofilter for Audit). Audit Document. Audit Case Study (As-
wastewater treatment, air pollutants treatment sessment of Cases Document).
and combination usage; concept of recycling of Prerequisites : Environmental Science
wastewater; advanced chemical treatment for Text Books :
water recycling Environmental Assessment; Ross Singleton,
Prerequisites : Environmental Chemistry and Unit Pamela Castle and David Short; The Authors and
Operation and Processes thomas Telford Ltd, 1999; ISBN: 0 7277 2612 9
Text Books : Referrences:
1. Tom D. Reynolds and Paul Richards, Unit
- Audit and Reduction Manual for Industrial
Operations and Process in Environmental
Emissions and Wastes; United Nations Envi-
Engineering Pws Series in Engineering;
ronment Programme, Industry and Environ-
2. Rich, Linvil G : Unit Operation for Sanitary
ment Office, United Nations Industrial Deve-
EngineeringManagement, McGraw Hill
lopment Organization. ISBN: 92-807-1303-5
- Moving Ahead with ISO 14000, Improving
ENCV 8 0 0802
Environmental Management and Advancing
CLIMATE CHANGED AND ENVIRONMENTAL EN-
Sustainable Development; edited by: Philip
GINEERING
A. Marcus & John T. Willig, Wiley Series in
3 SKS
Environmental Quality Management John Wily
Learning Objectives : Students understand:
& Sons, Inc, 1997, ISBN 0-471-16877-7.
(i) New prospects for engineering services; (ii)
- Panduan Audit Sistem Manajemen Mutu dan/
Understanding of scientific basics; (iii) Under
atau Lingkungan; SNI 19-19011-2005. Badan
standing of complex issues on legal frame for
Standarisasi Nasional.
action; (iv) Capacity building; (v) Options for 383
Education Limited, 2007.
ENCV 8 0 0501 13. Project Management Institute, Project
ENGINEERING PROJECT MANAGEMENT Management Journals.
3 SKS 14. Verma, Vijay K., Human Resource Skills for
Learning Objectives : Students are encouraged the Project Manager, Project Management
PROGRAM
MASTER
Alternative Theory to Idea Generation, Inter- Learning Objectives : Students are expected to
PROGRAM
national Journal of Management Practice, be able to develop a strong conceptual founda-
Volume 3, No.1, pp.1-19. tion for managing technological innovation. This
4. Kaufman, JJ & Woodhead, RM (2006), Stimulating course introduces various concepts and frame-
Innovation in products and Services, John & works for analyzing how firms can create, com-
Willey Interscience. mercialize and capture value from technology-
5. Blanchard, B S (1997). System Engineering based products and services
Management, Wiley-Interscience Syllabus : Introduction to technology man-
6. Buede, DM (2009), The Engineering Design agement, Competing in Technology-Intensive
of Systems: Models and Methods, Wiley- Industries, Types of Competitive Advantage,
Interscience Intellectual Property, Creating and Managing an
7. Kossiakoff , A & Sweet, WN ( 2002), Sys- Innovative Organization, Technology diffusion
tems Engineering Principles and Practice, and absorption, Human Aspects in Technology
Wiley-Interscience Management
8. Senge, Peter (1994), The Fifth Discipline, Prerequisites : None
Doubleday Business Text Books :
9. Sterman, John D. (2000). Business Dynam- 1. Gaynor, Handbook Of Technology Manage-
ics: Systems thinking and modeling for a ment, McGraw Hill
complex world. McGraw Hill. 2. Joshua S. Gans and Scott Stern 2003.
10. Ulrich, Karl T. and Eppinger, Steven D The product market and the market for
(2004) Product Design and Development, ideas: commercialization strategies
3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York for technology entrepreneurs. Research
Policy
ENCV 8 0 0601 3. Saloner, Garth, Andrea Shepard, and Joel
CONSTRUCTION METHODS AND EQUIPMENT Podolny. 2001. Strategic Management. New
3 SKS York: John Wiley & Sons.
Learning Objectives : Students are encouraged 4. Christian N Madu, Management Of New
to understand the principles of site management, Technologies For Global Competitiveness,
construction equipment and methods from various Jaico Publishing House
building and construction types.
Syllabus : General understanding of construction ENCV 8 0 0701
methods; introduction to construction equip- INFRASTRUCTURE MANAGEMENT
ments, site management and technology in con- 3 SKS
struction projects, soil improvement through soil Learning Objectives : Students are expected
cement method to improve the strength of base to be able to understand the concept of infra-
/ sub-base for road construction, road construc- structure management and to evaluate various
tion method with rigid pavement and flexible processes and policies related to development
pavement, introduction to the technology de- of infrastructure projects.
velopment and application of bridge construction Syllabus : Introduction of the course, background,
methods, wharf construction method( foundation, Economic Corridors, Domestic Connectivity, The
slab, beams and other structural strengthen- role of Infrastructure in the Economy and objec-
ing (fender structure, etc)), ground foundation tive of the course; Indonesia economic outlook,
construction methods (bore pile, strauss pile, Under The Global Sky, The New Global Economy,
piling, and pier foundation), high rise building Globalization and its consequences on infrastruc-
construction methods, dewatering ture; The political economy of infrastructure, The
Prerequisites : None Infrastructure Summit, The Infrastructure Policy
Text Books : Package; Legal & Regulation Frameworks; Policy
1. Asiyanto, Metode Konstruksi Bangunan Teknik Frameworks & Strategies; Investment Needs &
Sipil, Waskita Karya, 2001 Financing Gap; Road & The Land Transport; The
2. Peurifoy, R.L., Construction Planning, Railway Sector; Air and Sea Transport; Telecom-
Equipment, and Methods (Internal Edition), munication & The Knowledge Based Economy;
McGraw Hill, 1985 Electricity & Energy; Water, Irrigation & Sanita-
tion; Introduction to Public Private Partnership
& Private Financing Initiatives; Fundamentals of
Modern Project Financing; Institutional Settings
& Capacity 385
Prerequisites : Building dynamic response; Equivalent Static
Text Books : analysis: principles of equivalent static seismic
1. Dikun, S. Infrastruktur Indonesia: Sebelum, forces; equivalent static procedures based on SNI;
Selama, dan Pasca Krisis. Bappenas, 2003. Drift design and lateral stability; seismic design
(SDI); of floor diaphragm; Concept of capacity design
PROGRAM
2. Course Materials (CMA) will be provided; and ductility in seismic design; Seismic design
3. Connecting East Asia : A New Framework and details of portal structures: beams, columns,
MASTER
for Infrastructure. ADB, JBIC, and The beam-column joints; more on seismic design and
World Bank, 2005. (CEA) details of portal structures: beams, columns,
beam-column joints; Seismic design and details
ENCV 8 0 0105 of shear-wall structures; more on seismic design
FINITE ELEMENT METHOD and details of shear-wall structures; Seismic
3 SKS design and details of double structures: portals
Learning Objectives : Students should be able adn shear-walls.
to comprehend and apply finite element method Prerequisites : None
(FEM) for 3D elastic solid and 2D elastic solid Text Books :
problems (plane stress and plane strain), able to 1. Ref 1. Farzad Naeim, the Seismic Design
use FEM programme, able to comprehend FEM Handbook, 1989
programming and able to create element strength 2. Ref 2. Paulay dan Priestly, Seismic Design
matrices sub-routines of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry
Syllabus : Introduction; Definition and FEM Buildings, 1992.
concepts, variational method, galerkin and ritz 3. Ref 3. Chopra, Dynamic of Structures,
solution, shape function, mixed model and dis- 1995.
4. Ref 4. BSN, Tata Cara Perencanaan
placement model, 1D element and Euler Bernoulli
Ketahanan Gempa untuk Bangunan
beam, 2D isoparametric element (plane stress
Gedung, SNI 03-1726-2002
and plane strain), 3D isoparametric element,
5. Ref 5. BSN, Tata Cara Perencanaan
stiffness matrices and mass matrices, Gauss and
Struktur Beton untuk Bangunan Gedung,
Hammer numerical integration; Program applica-
SNI 03-2843-2002
tion for 2D and 3D elastic problems; 2D and 3D
6. Ref 6. BSN, Tata Cara Perencanaan
element sub-routines dan the integration into
Struktur Baja untuk Bangunan Gedung, SNI
one main program PCFEAP (Personal Computer 03-1729-2002
Finite Element Analysis Program).
Prerequisites: Structural Analysis, Matrix Struc- ENCV 8 0 0107
tural Analysis CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY AND ADV. REINFORCED
Prerequisites : Analisa Struktur, Analisa Struk- CONCRETE
turdengan Matrik 3 SKS
Text Books : Learning Objectives : Students should be able to
1. Zienkiewicz, O.C., & R.L. Taylor, The Finite understand modern concrete and future concrete
Element Method, voLl, 5th eds, McGraw technologies, in particular high-performance and/
Hill,2006 or high quality concrete, mix design for specific
2. R.D. Cook, Malkus, M.E. P1esha, Concepts
performance to meet the regulation standards,
and Application of Finite Element Analysis,
and its application on high-rise building struc-
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 4th eds, 2006
tures and long span bidges, able to understand
3. KATILI, Irwan, Metode Elemen Hingga untuk
the behaviours of reinforced concrete structural
Pelat Lentur, UI Press-2003.
components as the continuation of the master
4. KATILI, Irwan, Metode Elemen Hingga untuk
program (S1) such as restrained concrete struc-
Analisis Tegangan, UI Press-2008
tures, ductile wall, connection detail of beam
and column of concrete portals, as well as strut-
ENCV 8 0 0106 and-tie model
DESIGN OF EARTHQUAKE RESISTANCE BUILD- Syllabus : Modern concrete and future concrete;
ING Cement technology: hydration process and
3 SKS influencing factors: workablility, slump loss and
Learning Objectives : Students should be able to permeability; hydration heat and volume change;
comprehend the effects of earthquakes on civil creep and shrinkage of concrete. Cementious
engineering buildings additives; silicafume; fly-ash, blast-furnace slag:
Syllabus : Introduction: aspects of earthquakes, the influences on the improvement of concrete
causes, faults, waves, damage mechanism, strength and performance. Mix design of high-
seismic magnitude; earth movement charac- performance concrete in accordance of DOE (SNI)
teristics and spectral response; Architectural and ACI; Abrams-Fxs formulation; Feret and Bo-
consideration on earthquake-resistant buildings; lomey formulation. Concrete reology: Fxs model
386
for concrete rheology; visco-elastic behavior of Detroit, 2002.
concrete rheolog and the application on creep 16. P.C. Cheung, T. Paulay and R Park: In
and shrinkage of concrete; Non-newtonian Fxs terior and Exterior Reinforced Concrete
Beam-Column Joint of A Prototype Two-
model. Review on reinforced concrete materials Way Frame with Floor Slab Design for
and design of flexural, axial shear and torsion Earthquake Resistance, Research Report
MASTER
loading; test standards. Restrained concrete; 89-2, Department of Civil Engineering,
PROGRAM
various related researches; comparison between University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New
SNI, ACI, NZS; Ductile wall structure; design of Zealand, 1989.
17. M.P. Collins and D. Mitchell: Prestressed
structural walls based on ductility concept; design Concrete Structures Prentice Hall, Engle
of coupling beams and boundary elements; resdis- wood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1991.
tribution of ductile wall structures. Connection 18. A.S.G. Bruggelling: Structural oncrete,
panels between portal beam and column: shear Theory and Its Application, A.K. Balkema,
strength, bonding strength, and connection panel Rotterdam, 1991.
19. J.G. MacGregor: Reinforced Concrete,
stiffness; elastic and inelastic mechanism and Mechanics and Design, Second Edition,
behaviours. Theory of diagonal compression zone; Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New
modified compression field theory. Strut-and-tie Jersey.
model; definition of B-and-D region; stress dis- 20. J. Schlaich and K. Schafer: Konstruieren in
tribution of high beam; application for concrete Stahlbetonbau, Beton Kalender 2001, BK 2,
structural designs. Wilhelm Ernst & Sohn, Berlin Muenchen,
2001.
Prerequisites : None
21. T.T.C. Hsu: Torsion of Reinforced Concrete,
Text Books : Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1984.
1. ACI: ACI Manual of Concrete Practice,
American Concrete Institute, 2002.
2. ACI Committee Report 363 R-92: State of ENCV 8 0 0108
the Art Report on High Strength Concrete, OFFSHORE STRUCTURAL DESIGN
1992. 3 SKS
3. FIP-CEB: High Strength Concrete; State of Learning Objectives : (1) To be able to under-
the Art Report, Chameleon Press, London,
1990. stand and to implement basic fundamental of
4. SNI: Rancang campuran beton normal, SK marine hydrodynamics, dynamics and advanced
SNI-T-15-1990-03, 1990. structural mechanics in designing of offshore
5. RILEM: Recommendations for the testing structures (fixed and floating structures); (2) To
and use of construction materials, Inter be able to understand the flow and design crite-
national Union of Testing and Research
Laboratories for Materials and Structures, E ria of offshore platforms both in shallow (fixed
& FN Spon, 1994. bottom founded) and deepwater environments
6. RILEM Workshop: Concrete Technology; New (floating structures); (3) To be able to understand
Trends and Industrial Applications, E & FN station keeping issues and mooring line design and
Spon, 1994. analysis ; (4) To be able to understand and familiar
7. Ken W. Day: Concrete Mix Design, Quality
Control and Specification, E & FN Spon, with general procedures and issues in fabrication,
1995. manufacture and installation aspects ; (5) To be
8. Krishna Raju: Design of Concrete Mixes, able to understand and to apply the Design Code
CBS Publishers, 1985. & Standard of API, DNV, etc.
9. F.D. Lydon: Concrete Mix Design, Applied Syllabus : Introduction to Design of Offshore
Science Publishers, 1982.
10. A.M. Paillere: Application of Admixtures in Structures (To introduce upstream sector oil
Concrete, E & FN Spon, 1995. and gas, offshore petroleum industry, as well as
11. F.X. Supartono: Teknologi beton, Pelati types of offshore structures related to oil and
han Pemeliharaan Jalan dan Jembatan HPJI, gas industry ; Fundamental design and analysis
Jakarta, 12 Juni 2001. techniques; offshore platforms for shallow and
12. T. Paulay and M.J.N. Priestley: Seismic
deep water, pile supported, gravity based and
Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry
Buildings, A Wiley-Interscience Publication, floating platforms; new design problems faced by
John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1992. offshore industry) ; Loads on Offshore Structures
13. M.J.N. Priestley, F. Seible and G.M Calvi: (Wind Loads; Wave and Current Loads; Calculation
Seismic Design and Retrofit of Bridges, John based on Maximum Base Shear and Overturning
Wiley & Sons, New York, 1996. Moments; Design Wave Heights and Spectral
14. J.B. Mander: Seismic Design of Bridge
Piers, A Thesis submitted in partial fulfill Definition; Hydrodynamic Coefficients and Marine
ment of the requirements for the Degree Growth; Fatigue Load Definition and Joint Prob-
of Doctor of Philisophy in Civil Engineering ability Distribution; Seismic Loads); Concepts of
at the University of Canterbury, University Fixed Platform Jacket and Deck (Jacket concepts,
of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand, redundant framing arrangement; Launch and Lift
1983.
jackets; Simple Deck configurations for Lift and
15. ACI Committee 318: Building Code Re
float-over installations; In-service and Pre-service
quirements for Reinforced Concrete, ACI
Loads and analysis); Steel Tubular Member Design
318-02, American Concrete Institute,
387
(Principles of WSD and LRFD; Allowable stresses test; lateral foundation capacity in; construction
and Partial Safety Factors; Tubular Members, and analysis of wall diaphragm; method geotech-
Slenderness effects; Column Buckling, Design nical work supervision; methods and numerical
for Hydrostatic pressure; Design for combined analysis for geotechnical case. Regulations and
axial and bending stresses (API RP 2A guidelines); excavation in foundation design; methods of
PROGRAM
Tubular Joint Design for Static and Cyclic Loads supervision. Foundation: the foundation raft and
(Simple tubular joints, design using allowable piled raft; special pile foundations; load transfer
MASTER
loads; stress concentration factors; S-N curves and and t-z approach to the behavior of axial pile
fatigue damage calculations report); Fabrication, foundation; p-y approaches for lateral behavior
manufacture, load-out and installation aspects of pile foundation; passive piles; instrumented
(Fabrication process, stacking, lifting, load-out, test pile foundation and load-cell o; dynamic
transportation, launching & floating, flooding & loading test. Digging in: the type and method
upending and installation); Introduction to Deep- of construction of the retaining wall; the basic
water Oil & Gas Fields Development (Concept stability of the excavation; analysis of retaining
of deepwater development systems, deepwater wall in the proponent; design of berms, struts,
facilities features, floater concept and function, Rakers, ground anchors, waler beams, soil nail-
hydrostatic and stability of floaters, mooring line ing; top-down construction method; effects of
design and analysis) quarrying in the deformation of the surrounding
Prerequisites : Advances Structural Mechanics; area. Dewatering: dewatering analysis, systems
Marine Hydrodynamics and dewatering equipment.
Text Books : Prerequisites : None
1. Applied Offshore Structural Engineering, Text Books :
Teng H. Hsu, Gulf Publishing Company, 1. Geotechnical Engineering Portable Hand
Houston, 1984. book; Robert W. Day, McGraw Hill, 2000.
2. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice;
2. Construction of Marine & Offshore Struc- Terzaghi, K. & Peck, R.B.,John Wiley and
tures, second edition, Ben C. Gerwick, Sons Ltd, New York, 1967.
Jr.,CRC, 2000. 3. Foundation Analysis and Design; Bowles, J.E,
3. Sea Loads on Ships and Offshore Structures, McGraw-Hill Book Co.,Singapore, 1988.
O.M. Faltinsen, Ocean Technology Series, 4. Foundation Engineering Handbook; Win
terkorn, H.F. & Fang, H.Y., van Nostrand
Cambridge, 1990. Reinhold, Ltd. 1975.
4. Handbook of Ocean and Underwater En- 5. Analytical and Computer Methodes in
gineering, John J. Meyers, McGraw-Hill, Foundation Engineering; Bowles, J.E,
1969. McGraw-Hill Inc., 1977.
5. Buoy Engineering, H.O. Berteaux, John Wiley 6. Elements of Foundation Design, Smith,
& Sons, 1976. G.N, Pole, E.L, Granada Publishing Ltd.,
6. Hydrodynamics of Offshore Structures by S.K. 1980.
Chakrabarti, Springer-Verlag
7. Handbook of Offshore Engineering by S.K. ENCV 8 0 0205
Chakrabarti, Elseviers, 2005. NUMERICAL METHODS IN GEOTECHNICAL EN-
8. Lecture notes from the Instructor. GINEERING
3 SKS
ENCV 8 0 0204 Learning Objectives : Provide an understanding
ADV. FOUNDATION ENGINEERING AND DEEP of numerical methods in geotechnical engineering
EXCAVATION with the finite element method and finite dif-
3 SKS ference; with linear and nonlinear properties of
Learning Objectives : Students are expected materials, plastic elasto-plastic/viscous
to understand the fundamental matters relating Syllabus : Introduction to numerical methods in
to the Work Foundation and other Geotechnical geotechnical engineering; geotechnical consid-
aspects, among others, relating to the behavior or erations; constitutive laws for geologic media;
characteristics of the soil, methods of deep foun- element to the linear material and non-linear;
dation construction to field monitoring methods. Law tension strain in elastic-plastic conditions,
This course discusses the advanced foundation and elasto-visco-plastic; model with critical state
engineering, engineering in the excavation, and soil mechanics (critical states ); Settlement finite
dewatering. difference method and finite element in the
Syllabus : The introduction of general matters foundation beam and the elastic plate; Analysis
relating to aspects of Geotechnical Engineering of consolidation on soft ground (soft soil) and
and Foundations, among others, an understanding seepage; Some case histories
of the constitutive model of soil and compressible Prerequisites : None
soil characteristics; application usage Mat Foun- Text Books :
dation; construction method for large-diameter 1. Bowles, J.E., Foundation Analisys and
drill mast; interpretation of the results of loading Design, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Singapore.
388
2. Pott, D.M. and Zaravkovic, L., Finite : Kogan Page Limited.
Element Analysis in Geotechnical 3. Taniguchi, E., Thompson, R.G., Yamada,T.
Engineering, Thomas Telford Ltc., London. dan Duin, V.R. (2001). City logistics. Net-
3. Naylon, D.J., and Pande, G. N., Simpson, work modelling and intelligent transport
B., and Tabb, R., Finite Elements in systems. Oxford,UK : Pergamon.
Geotechnical Engineering, Pineridge Press,
MASTER
4. Daskin M.S. (1995). Network and discrete
PROGRAM
Swansea, UK. location. Models, algorithms, and applica-
4. Desai, C.S., and Christian, J.T., Numerical tions. Canada : John Wiley & Sons,Inc.
Methods in Geotechnical Engineering, Mc-
Graw-Hill Inc., USA. ENCV 8 0 0306
TRANSPORT NETWORK ANALYSIS
ENCV 8 0 0206 3 SKS
ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICS Learning Objectives : The students are able
3 SKS to optimize the performance of transportation
Learning Objectives : This course discusses the network system
geotechnical aspects of landfill and contaminate Syllabus : Introduction to the concept of network
soil and groundwater. This course also discusses system and transportation network; Concept
the introduction of biotechnology and the stabi- of mathematical programming; Graph Theory;
lization of soil with an introduction discussing the Network Problem Optimization: Shortest Path
relationship of climate change and geotechnical Problem, Maximum Flow Problem, Minimum Cost
hazards Flow Problem, Transportation Problem , Transpor-
Syllabus : Geotechnical aspects: landfill geotech- tation Assignment with user equilibrium approach;
nical structure, behavior and properties of waste, Network Representation Technique for solving
Geosynthetic applications for landfill, land cover, transportation problem
geotechnical analysis and design of landfills, Prerequisites :
long-term behavior of landfills; type of soil and Text Books :
groundwater contaminants, contaminated soil 1. Glover,F., Klingman, D., dan Phillips, N.V.
sampling, transfer of contaminants in groundwa- (1992). Network models in optimization
ter, the type of containment soil and groundwater, and their applications in practice. John
type of soil and groundwater remediation. Soil Wiley & Sons, Inc.
stabilization with biotechnology: fundamentals of 2. Ahuja, R.K., Magnanti, T.L dan Orlin, J.B.
soil stabilization with bioengineering, biotechnol- (1993). Network Flows . New Jersey :
ogy application, the behavior and properties of Prentice Hall .
stabilized soil. Climate change and geotechnical 3. Sheffi, Y. (1985). Urban Transportation
hazards: the basics of climate change, climate Network. Equilibrium Analysis with Math-
change effects on geotechnical hazards, the types ematical Programming Methods, Prentice-
of mitigation
Prerequisites : None Hall, Inc. New Jersey.
Text Books : None
ENCV 8 0 0307
ENCV 8 0 0305 ADVANCED HIGHWAY PAVEMENT ENGINEERING
FREIGHT TRANSPORTATION 3 SKS
3 SKS Learning Objectives : students are able to ana-
Learning Objectives : The students are able to lyze the characteristics of transport demand and
analyze the performance of freight transporta- transportation
tion system. Syllabus : Overview of highway pavement: func-
Syllabus : Introduction to logistics and distribu- tion and problems, research and development of
tion; Description of the physic of freight transpor- pavement; Factors influencing pavement design
tation; Framework of logistics planning, Freight and criteria: road traffic and axle loading; tem-
transport demand; Freight transport demand perature, failure criteria;,; Traffic analysis: design
modeling; Location of distribution facility ; Fleet procedures, loading concepts, equivalent single
Assignment; Intermodal freight transportation; wheel load factors; Stress and Strains in Flexible
Scheduling; Routeing Pavement: single layer system, multi layered
Prerequisites : system; Material Characteristics: material un-
Text Books : bounded and bounded materials, unsaturated gra-
1. Bowersox, D.J., Closs, D.J. dan Cooper, nular materials, Advance Testing for unsaturated
M.B. (2007). Supply chain logistics manage- granular materials, Small strain in subgrade layer,
ment. New York : Mc-Graw-Hill Education. Elastic Modulus and measurements, Medium strain
2. Rushton, A., Croucher,P. dan Baker, in sub-base and base layer, Cyclic loading Testing
P.(2006). The Handbook of logistics and and models, Micro mechanic theory on granular
materials, Small strain in Bituminous materials,
distribution management. United Kingdom 389
Modulus Resilient, Advance Testing and Model of black spots; Preventif measures and Road
on asphalt concrete; Pavement performance: Audit, Basic traffic accident model-Relationship
Serviceability, Distresses, NDT equipment and between accidents, vehicles and populations;
apparatus; Stress and Deflection in Rigid Pave- Economic evaluations and Transportation Safety
ment: Stress due to curing, Stress and deflection Programs
PROGRAM
MASTER
reinforcement, ventilation, etc in railway tunnel 3 SKS
PROGRAM
construction. Functions of signs, signals, telecom- Learning Objectives : Students should be able
munications, CTC, railway operation, station to plan and design public transport system
design, platform design for freight and containers, operation
classification, markings and traffic control and Syllabus : Components of public transport, design
other supporting facilities. and operation concepts of public transport, clas-
Prerequisites : None sification of public transport modes, technologies
Text Books : and operational characteristics of public transport
1. Subarkah, I (1981) : Jalan Kereta Api, Idea vehicles, facilities and system, Organisation, Pub-
Dharma, Bandung lic transport planning in urban areas, short-term
2. PJKA (1986) : Perencanaan Konstruksi Jalan planning, system and performance evaluation,
Rel (Peraturan Dinas No. 10) network planning, operational management and
3. Bonet (1998) : Practical Railway planning, public transport system and urban de-
Engineering velopment, funding and tariff mechanism
4. N. Shadrin, L. Perelman et. Al, Railway Prerequisites : None
Construction Text Books :
1. Avishai Ceder , Public Transit Planning
ENCV 8 0 0312 and Operation. Theory , Modelling and
PORT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT Practice. Elsevier
3 SKS 2. G.A. Giannopoulos, Bus Planning and
Learning Objectives : Students should be able to Operation in Urban Areas : A Practical
design ports based on technical, operational and Guide. Avebury
environmental aspects for integrated port facili- 3. Vucan Vuchic, Urban Public Transportation
ties development, able to design port layouts Systems and Technology. Prentice Hall
and port facilities buildings
Syllabus : Definition of ports based on the func- ENCV 8 0 0403
tions, purposes and types of ports, port design WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
concepts: major design factors in port design: Learning Objectives : Acknowledge the ability
types and sizes of ships, space requirement, to work individually and/or in a group in asses-
existing and forcast traffic of ships and freight; sing various aspects within the scope of water
Performance indiators of port and port facilities resources management. Acknowledge the ability
demand based on Berth Occupancy Ratio (BOR), to present the group-work results systematically
service time, productivity and utilities; Instru- in the form of written document and the ability
ments used in port design: Strategic Plan of Ports, to perform verbal presentation.
Ports masterplan, Land-use plan; Port location and Understanding that water is the basis for all living
layout plan based on engineering, operational and ecosystems and habitats and part of an immutable
environemental aspects; Port facilities demand hydrological cycle that must be respected if
analysis; Port facilities design: aspects of ship sustainable development of human activity and
type and size, characteristics, forces: wind, wave, well-beings are to be achieved.
tides and current; Breakwater design; Introduc- Syllabus : : Scope of Water Resources Manage-
tion to port design (types, dimension, manouvre ment, IWRM (Integrated Water Resources Man-
basin, location and approach channel), fender agement) Concept, Water Utilization, Control
system (definition, types and equipment); Pier of Water Destructive Force, LID (Low Impact
designs Development)/Water Conservation, Water-related
Prerequisites : None Infrastructures, Hydro-Economy, Optimization
Text Books : Techniques in IWRM and Analysis & Synthesis of
1. Quinn A.D, Design and Construction of Port (existing) WRM Master Plan
and Marine Structure, McGraw Hill, New Prerequisites :
York, 1972 Text Books :
2. UNCTAD, Port Development: A Handbook 1. Undang No. 7 Tahun 2004 tentang Sumber
for Planners in Development Countries, Daya Air,Mays, Larry W., 1996. Water
United Nations, New York, 1983 Resources Handbook. McGraw-Hill, Loucks,
3. OCDI, Technical Standard for Port and Eric D., 1998. Water Resources and the Urban
Harbour Facilities, 1991 Environment. ASCE.etc.
4. Direktorat Pelabuhan dan Pengerukan,
DITJEN HUBLA, Pedoman Teknis Pemilihan
391
fects spreading and exposure, effects on man, ef-
ENCV 8 0 0405 fects on enlivened and unenlivened environment,
SURFACE WATER QUALITY MODELING fate and behavior of harmful substances as well as
Learning Objectives : have the basic ability to their decomposition; Emission reduction methods
develop water quality modelling. for landfill; thermal and biological treatment
PROGRAM
MASTER
Estimating; Schedule Development; Schedule
PROGRAM
Control; Project Cost Management; Planning for Management and Construction. Oxford,
Cost Management; Cost Estimating; Cost Budget- Blackwell Scientific Publication.
ing; Cost Control
Prerequisites : None ENCV 8 0 0507
Text Books : PROCUREMENT MANAGEMENT, CONTRACT AND
1. Project Management Institute. (2008). A CLAIM ADMINISTRATION
Guide to the Project Management Body of 3SKS
Knowledge: (4th ed.). Project Management Learning Objectives : the course is provided a
Institute. knowledge and understanding of procurement
2. Project Management Institute (2006) Practice management including contract definition, mar-
Standard for Work Breakdown Structures, ket analysis, tender process, contract planning,
Second Edition, Newtown Square, PA: Project contract administration and management, legal
Management Institute. aspect related to contract, form of claims and
3. Gray, Clifford and Larson, Erik (2008) Project problem-solving process in procurement events.
Management: The Managerial Process, Fourth Syllabus : Identify the needs for procurement
Edition, New York: McGraw-Hill/Irwin process and management ; Identify and record the
4. Project Management for Engineering goods & services process. ; Bidding information
and Construction, Garold D. Oberlender, processing, evaluation, selecting, and negotiating
McGrawHill, 2nd Edition, 2000 contract according to the laws and regulations in
5. Dagostino, F.R and Feigenbaum L., Estimating administraction contract process ; Administration
in Building Construction. Sixth Edition w CD contract management, project contract closure
ROM, Prentice Hall NJ 2003. ; Identify problems related to claims in contract
6. Ostwald, Phillip F, McLaren, Timothy process
S. Cost Analysis and Estimating for Prerequisites : None
Engineering and Management. Pearson Text Books :
Education, Inc Prentice Hall 2004 1. Project Management Institute. (2008). A
Guide to the Project Management Body of
ENCV 8 0 0506 Knowledge: (4th ed.). Project Management
QUALITY AND RISK MANAGEMENT Institute.
3 SKS 2. Peter Bailey et 2008; Procurement, Principles
Learning Objectives : Students are expected to and Management. Prentice Hall
be able to understand the principles of Planning, 3. Kenneth Lysons et al 2008; Excellence in
Standard and Control and Quality and risk man- Procurement: How to optimise costs and
agement in project including risk identification, add value.
risk analysis, and risk response. 4. Pr o j e c t Pr o c u r e m e n t M a n a g e m e n t :
Syllabus : Definition and benefit of quality and Contracting, Subcontracting, Teaming
risk management, and risk impact in obtaining by Quentin W. Fleming, (Tustin, CA: FMC
project quality ;Project quality including needs Press).
identification and common standard used in
obtaining the expected quality; Documentation ENCV 8 0 0602
and project execution process and be able to HUMAN RESOURCE AND PROJECT COMMUNICA-
evaluase process and project deliverable process
TION MANAGEMENT
;Evaluation the project result and innovation
3 SKS
regarding to quality management ;Risks
contribute to the failing of quality projects; Learning Objectives : This course will covers
Planning and potential risk identification during the role of the human resource function, social
project ;Methods and software to analysis the and legal environment, human resource strategy,
identified risk rangking ;Identification for risk resource planning, recruiting, performance man-
response in order to minimize impact from risks agement, employee relations, and organizational
; Risk management application which has been policies. As Communications management being
widely used in various projects one of the essential functions that can affect the
Prerequisites : None outcome of a project, the students will learn how
Text Books : to identify the appropriate audiences, develop
1. Project Management Institute. (2008). A appropriate communications media, establish a
Guide to the Project Management Body of communications schedule, and manage the flow of
Knowledge: (4th ed.). Project Management information in and out of the project team. Learn
393
the tools and techniques that project teams can 2. Stermole, F. M., Economic Evaluation and
use to build an effective communications plan. Investment Decision Methods,Golden, 1984
Syllabus : Upon completion of this course, stu- 3. Project Finance
dents will be able to: explain the importance of 4. Infrastructure Financial analysis
leadership, human resources management and 5. Undang-undang dan Peraturan Pemerintah
PROGRAM
tify leadership qualities and traits for successful for Infrastructure. ADB, JBIC, and The
project management ; establish organizational World Bank, 2005. (CEA)
policies and standards for project teams ; explain
the principles of communication management and ENCV 8 0 0703
their application in projects ; explain the impact FUNDAMENTALS OF PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNER-
of personal communications and related issues SHIP
in the project environment ; Perform human re- 3 SKS
source planning functions ; Conduct an effective Learning Objectives : Students are expected
identification and analysis of project stakehold- to be able to understand and to evaluate the
ers ; Develop an effective project information sytem, process, and policies related to public
management approach ; Apply communication private partnership for infrastructure projects
methods and tools for an effective communication development
plan ; Lead project teams through more effective Syllabus : definition and concept of public private
communications partnership; defintion and concept of public pri-
Prerequisites : None vate partnership (PPP) and PPP project financing;
Text Books : policy process and strategy related to the public
1. Project Management Institute. (2008). A private partnership; economic analysis related
Guide to the Project Management Body of to PPP based investment;PPP based project
Knowledge: (4th ed.). Project Management feasibility; technical and economical analysis for
Institute public private partnership; concept and principle
2. Bratton, J. and Gold J., 2007. Human of resource planning in public private partner-
Resource Management: Theory and Practice. ship projects; documentation and administration
Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. process for public private partnership; concept
(Hereafter referred to as Bratton and and principle for procurement, mediation and
Gold.) litigation in public private partnership project;
concept and principle of cost analysis and mitiga-
ENCV 8 0 0702 tion in public private partnership; concept and
PUBLIC PROJECT INVESTMENT AND FINANCE principle of performance assesment for public
3 SKS private partnership
Learning Objectives : Students are expected to Prerequisites : None
be able to understand and to evaluate the financ- Text Books :
ing system and public policies related to varous 1. Dikun, S. Infrastruktur Indonesia: Sebelum,
infrastructure projects development. Selama, dan Pasca Krisis. Bappenas, 2003.
Syllabus : definition and concept of infrastructure (SDI);
investment; concept and process of infrastructure 2. Course Materials (CMA) will be provided;
development; principle of politic policy and public 3. Connecting East Asia : A New Framework for
policy analysis for infrastructure development; Infrastructure. ADB, JBIC, and The World
concept and institutional system of infrastruc- Bank, 2005. (CEA)
ture; feasibility analisis of public and private part-
nership; concept and scheme of public and private ENCV 8 0 0704
partnership; concept and principle of public and INFRASTRUCTURE INVESTMENT
private partnership; concept and implementa- 3 SKS
tioin of infrastructure project; concept and prin- Learning Objectives : Students are expected
ciple of public fund based investment financing; to be able to understand and to evaluate the
concept and principle of alternative financing for financing system and policy related to various
infrastructure investment; concept and principle infrastructure projects
of value for money for infrastructure develop- Syllabus : Definition and concept of infastructure
ment; concept and principle of social engineering investment; Indonesias global economic condi-
for infrasturcure project development tion and the relation to infrastructure investment
Prerequisites : None climate; principle of political policy and economic
Text Books : analysis to infrastructure development; financing
1. Sullivan, W., Bontadelli, J. And Wicks, E., system for infrastructure development; definition
Engineering Economy, 11th ed., Prentice and concept of public private partnership (PPP)
Hall Inc., New Jersey, 2000 and PPP-based project financing; concept and
394
basic principle for project financing; economical 3. Law 22/2001 on Oil and Gas along with its
analysis related to investment feasibility and government regulations;
investment availability; concept and principle of 4. Law 34/2004 on Road along with its govern-
decision making for infrastructure development; ment regulations;
concept and principle of public fund-based invest- 5. Law 36/1999 on Telecommunication along
MASTER
ment financing; concept and principle of banking with its government regulations;
PROGRAM
fund infrastructure investment financing; concept 6. Law 7/2004 on Water Resource along with its
and principle of infrastructure investment financ- government regulations;
ing by market; concept and principle of alterna- 7. Law 32/2004 as amended by Perpu 2/2005
tive financing for infrastructure investment; on Regional Autonomy;
concept and principle of value for money for 8. Perpres 67/2005 on Cooperation Between
infrastructure development; concept and invest- Government and Legal entities in providing
ment process for infrastructure investment. Infrastructure
Prerequisites : None 9. Various Decisions of Constitutional Court
Text Books : relating to Laws on infrastructure sectors.
2. Leland Blank-Anthony Tarquin ; Engineering 10. Various Decisions of Supreme Court relating
Economy ; 5th edition ; McGraw Hill . 2002 to regulation on infrastructure sectors.
3. Sullivan, W., Bontadelli, J. And Wicks, E., 11. Book with the title : Privatisasi versus Neo-
Engineering Economy, 11th ed., Prentice Sosialisme Indonesia prepared by A. Effendy
Hall Inc., New Jersey, 2000 Choirie;
4. Stermole, F. M., Economic Evaluation and 12. Any other books related with the topic;
Investment Decision Methods,Golden, 1984 13. Various [Draft] concession agreement
5. Project Finance between government and business entities
6. Infrastructure Financial analysis in infrastructure provision
ENCV 8 0 0705 ENCV 8 0 0109
LEGAL AND BUSINESS ETHICS IN INFRASTRUC- BRIDGE STRUCTURAL DESIGN
TURE 3 SKS
3 SKS Learning Objectives: Students should be able
Learning Objectives : to comprehend the development of bridges
1. To provide broad understanding to students structures, able to determine bridge locations
on the philosophy of Article 33 Constitution and layouts, identify types of bridge structural
1945, and the position of Constitutional system and types of steel and concrete bridges
Court on private sector participation in
and able to analyze and design upper structure
infrastructure provision in Indonesia;
and lower structure of bridges and understand
2. To provide a brief overview of laws and
various methods of bridge constructions.
regulations related with infrastructure
Syllabus: Development and history of bridges;
sectors with respect to private sector
location and layout of bridges; regulations on
participation;
road and railway loading; bridge structure system:
3. To explain the students on the principle of
upper and lower structures and foundations and
contract laws;
4. To provide the students with real case study bearings, geometric and types of bridges; wood
of various cooperation agreement of certain bridges, steel bridges: rolled and plate girders,
sectors; composites, orthotropic decks, truss arch, cable-
Syllabus : Fundamentals of PPP; Nature of Con- stayed bridges; concrete bridges: plate bridge,
cession Agreement in Developed and Developing deck girder, prestressed segmental bridges, truss
Countries; Review of Laws and regulations Related reinforced concrete bridges, frame bridges, arch
to infrastructure sectors; Overview of Perpres bridges, cable-stayed bridges and prestressed
67/2005; What is a Private Operator Concession bridges; substructures, pier and abutment; bridge
Agreement; Obligations of Private Operator; analysis and design: bridge loading, load distri-
Cooperation Agreement in the Concession of bution on stringer, longitudinal beam, and floor
Hotel Property, (A Real Case Study); Cooperation beam, prestessing effect, structural analysis and
Agreement in the Concession of Seaport, (A Real design; loading on substructures, soil pressure,
Case Study); Cooperation Agreement in Toll Road seismic design; Bearing design
Sector (A Real Case Study); Review of Contracts Prerequisites: Structural Design
Related to PPP (A Real Case Study) Text Books:
Prerequisites : None 1. MS Troisky, Planning and Design of Bridges,
Text Books : John Wiley & Sons, Inc, New York, 1994
2. ________, Pedoman Perencanaan Pembebanan
1. Constitution 1945 & Its Amendments;
Jembatan Jalan Raya SNI No. 1725-1989-F,
2. Law 15/1985 on Power along with its govern-
Departemen Pekerjaan Umum
ment regulations;
3. ________, Peraturan Perencanaan Teknik 395
Jembatan Bridge Management Systems, 3. Lin, T.Y. & Burn, Design of Prestressed
1992, Departemen Pekerjaan Umum Concrete Structures, Third Edition, John
4. RM Barker, JA Puckett, Design of Highway Wiley & Sons, 1982
Bridges, based on AASHTO LRFD Bridge 4. Nilson, A., Design of Prestressed Concrete,
Design Specifications, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1987
PROGRAM
MASTER
the analysis of probabilistic earthquake hazard;
PROGRAM
amplication analysis of earthquake ground; the 3 SKS
phenomenon of liquefaction; slope stability analy- Learning Objectives: Student is able to analyze
sis of the earthquake; analysis of lateral earth pavement maintenance system with preservation
pressure due to earthquake. The introduction of approach in the scale of network and regional
improved methods to lower the ground vibration Syllabus: Pavement management system: pave-
and earthquake effects on the ground ment maintenance operation cost effective ap-
Prerequisites: None proach, project level and network level approach
Text Books: with model and element, life cycle cost analysis,
1. S.L. Cramer, Geotechnical Earthquake data capture and analysis; Pavement distress
Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1996. analysis: type and level of severity defined by
2. Braja M. Das, Principles of Soil Dynamics, PWS- roughness, skid resistance and pavement index;
KENT Publishing Co., 1993 Structural pavement evaluation: AASHTO model,
3. Chopra A.K., Dynamics of Structures, Printice Bina Marga model, back calculation, pavement
Hall, 1995 condition evaluation, tools and equipment,
distress observation with destructive and non-
ENCV 8 0 0208 destructive testing method; Rehabilitation and
SELECTED TOPICS IN GEOTECHNICS maintenance techniques with local, globalized
3 SKS and major maintenance; preventive or preserva-
Learning Objectives: Students are expected to tion approach; Asset management: framework,
understand basic things related to the Physics tools, program, sustainability system, application
of Geological and Geophysical Applications in of asset management; recent technology on pave-
Geotechnical investigation; introduction of Soil ment maintenance and materials.
and Rock as well as insight into the understanding Prerequisites: None
of geology; Applications Geo-hydrology; as well Text Books:
as matters related to Rock Mechanics and Rock 1. Optimal Timing of Pavement Preventive
Engineering Maintenance Treatment Applications, NCHRP
Syllabus: Engineering geology of Indonesia: Geo- Report 523
logical processes, the theory of plate, Indonesia
Regional tectonics, climate and weathering pro- ENCV 8 0 0316
cesses of rocks, soil surface; Introduction to basic URBAN TRANSPORT PLANNING
principles of geophysics and geophysical applica- 3 SKS
tions in geotechnical investigations: estimating Learning Objectives: Students should be able
geo-electric, seismic refraction, geo-sounding, to describe basic theories and to understand
geo-sonar: Application Geohydrology; Rock En- transportation planning in general and urban
gineering: Types and behavior of rocks; testing transportation in particular, understand macro
and correlation of intact rocks, the behavior of urban transportation planning, to apply macro
rock discontinuities, description and parameters urban transportation planning academically and
of rock mass; rock slopes, the basic use of ste- pragmatically.
reonets, Kinematic analysis and stability; rock Syllabus: Introduction of urban system and the
foundations: shallow foundation and deep founda- relationship with urban transportation system
tion. Reinforced soil wall: the type of reinforced incuding policy making and evaluation process,
soil wall system, extensible and inextensible types of urban transport and technologies, pro-
reinforcement elements, reinforcement testing, cessing of data and other information, transpor-
analysis and design of reinforced soil walls tation system interaction and land use, software
Prerequisites: None used in urban transportation planning, interac-
Text Books: tion of transportation system and land-use;
1. Klasifikasi Massa Batuan; Made AstawaRai, introduction to software in the design of urban
PedomanajaranMekanikaBatuan ITB, transportation system.
Bandung, 1997 Prerequisites: None
2. Decision-making for Ordinary Foundations on Text Books:
Rock; Miller R.P, Proceeding of Conference on 1. Meyer, MD & Miller EJ, Urban Transportation
Rock Engineering for Foundations and Slopes, Planning, McGraw Hill, 1984
ASCE, New York, 1976. 2. Bruton MJ, Introduction to Transport Plan
3. PengantarAnalisisKemantapanLereng; Soe ning, Hutchinson & Co, 1985
dartoNotosiswoyo&PartantoProjosumarto, 3. Papacostas CS & Preveduoros PD, Trans
397
portation Engineering and Planning, 1993
4. Sigurd Grava (Eds), Urban Transport Sys ENCV 8 0 0319
tem, Choices for Communities, McGraw ADVANCED HIGHWAY MATERIALS
Hill, 2003 3 SKS
5. Suyono Dikun (Eds), Infrastruktur Indonesia, Learning Objectives: Students should be able
PROGRAM
MASTER
be able to understand the concept of valuation,
PROGRAM
design the air side and ground side of airport organization, and funding of projects and be able
system to evaluate the risk-return character of projects
Syllabus: Introduction, Characteristics of the from multiple perspectives. Students will learn
aircraft; Airport Master Plan, Airport capacity the fundamentals of project valuation as applied
analysis, Airport Configuration ,Geometric De- to construction projects, review the pros and
sign of Landing Area, Apron and Terminal Gate cons of non-recourse financing and identify the
System, Planning and design of terminal building major providers of such funds and the correlation
and supporting building, Design of airport access between project structure and financial perfor-
road, Design of airport drainage, Environment mance in project investment and finance.
and noise analysis Syllabus: Project Financing; Evaluating Project
Prerequisites: None Cash Flow; Key Project Finance Risk; Types of In-
Text Books: vestments and disinvestments; Strategic Analysis
1. Horonjef. R, Airport Planning,Macgrawhill of selected investment decisions; Valuation and
2. ICAO, Annex 14 Infrastructure Financing; Private Participation
3. FAA Circulair in Infrastructure Sectors; Financing Decisions;
4. Ashford, N., Terminal Building Contracts and Risk Management
Prerequisites: None
ENCV 8 0 0809 Text Books:
CONTAMINATION AND SOIL REMEDIATION 1. Brealey, Richard A., Ian A. Cooper, and Michel
3 SKS A Habib (1996), Using Project Finance to
Learning Objectives: Students can understand Fund Infrastructure Investments, Journal of
the problems of land contamination by industrial Applied Corporate Finance, 9:3, 25-38
activity or accident and are able to design a re- 2. John D Finnerty (2007)., Project Financing:
mediation program as required by law Asset-Based Financial Engineering, 2nd
Syllabus: Some of the activities that potentially edition, John Wiley & Sons
lead to contamination of the environment B3 3. E. R. Yescombe (2002), Principles of Project
material (soil and groundwater); Some of the Finance, Academic Press.
types and forms of pollutants are the focus of B3; 4. Weber, Barbara and Alfen, Hans Wilhelm
patterns and trip characteristics and the spread (2010), Infrastructure as an Asset Class:
of contaminants in soil; Some of the impacts and Investment Strategy, Project Finance and
risks that can be generated pollutants the environ- PPP, Wiley Finance.
ment; Several methods of elimination spread of 5. Bodie, Zvi, Alex Kane and Alan Marcus (2008),
contaminants in soil; contaminated land restora- Essentials of Investments, 7th edition,
tion method B3; recovery in Physical, Chemical, McGraw-Hill Irwin.
and Biochemistry; Some form of technical design
of soil and groundwater remediation; economic ENCV 8 0 0706
and financial aspects for remediation projects, INFRASTRUCTURE AND REGIONAL DEVELOP-
and some examples of case studies in the field. MENT
Prerequisites: Environmental laboratory, Environ- 3 SKS
mental Microbiology, Unit OperationsandProcess, Learning Objectives: Students are expected to be
Industrial and hazardous Waste Management, and able to prepare strategic planning for settlement
Wastewater Treatment Design. infrastructure, to carry out an analysis of settle-
Text Books: ment infrastructure considering the dynamics of
1. Remediation Engineering: Design Concept, urban development, and be able to integrate the
Suthan S., CRC Lewis Publishers, 1999; provision of settlement infrastructure and urban
2. Innovations in Ground Water and Soil Cleanup: development.
From Concept to Commercialization, National Syllabus: Overview of major infrastructure
Research Council. National Academy Press. systems; Strategic planning for settlement infra-
1997: structure; dynamics of urban development; the
3. Environmental Hydrogeology, Philip E. needs of urban environmental infrastructure,
LaMoreaux [et al.], CRC Press. 2009: Transportation Engineering, Town Planning and
4. Introduction to the Principles of Hazardous Urban Development, Design of Water and Waste-
Waste Management,Firdaus Ali, Global water Treatment Systems
Enviro. 2011. Prerequisites: None
Text Books:
399
1. Peavy, H.S. Rowe, D.R. and Tchobanoglous, G. HSE Management in Construction Project; Envi-
(1995), Environmental Engineering. McGraw ronmental Management and Environmental Pollu-
Hill. NY. tion Control in Project Implementation; Methods
2. Stein, Jay M. ed. (1998), Public infrastructure and Strategies for Disease control and Handling
planning and management. Newbury Park, Accidents; Internal Audit for Construction HSE
PROGRAM
MASTER
capital markets; a proposal of their thesis.
PROGRAM
Prerequisites: None
Text Books: ENCV 8 0 0810
1. Frank J. Fabozzi and Franco Modigliani, WASTE TO ENERGY
Capital Markets: Institutions, and 3 SKS
Instruments, 4th ed., Pearson FM Learning Objectives: Students are able to explain
2. Donald E Fisher and Ronald J. Jordon the characteristics and quality requirements of
(2009), Security Analysis and Portfolio waste material that could potentially be recov-
Management, Prentice Hall, 6th Edition, ered as energy, perform thermo-chemical conver-
3. Mark Hirschey and John Nogsinger (2008), sion calculation on the energy content, and famil-
Investments Analysis and Behaviour, McGraw iar with the alternative technologies available for
Hill waste treatment along with its application
Syllabus: Characteristic of WTE Feedstock &
ENCV 8 0 0002 Thermo-chemical conversion, Technology in Waste
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY To Energy, Thermal Technology - Municipal waste
3 SKS Combustion, MSW Handling, Quality Require-
Learning Objectives: Students are expected to ments, MSW Process to Energy with High-Value
be able to understand the concept of research Products & Specialty By-Products, Ash Handling
methodology and apply the knowledge to de- & Material Recovery, Emission Control from WTE
velop research proposal. The evaluation process Facilities, Application of WTE especially RDF in
of this module will be assessed through midterm industry, Practical experiences in using RDF
test, final test, individual tasks, and group as- Problems and solutions
signments. Prerequisites: None
Syllabus: This course provides essential knowl- Text Books:
edge to develop thesis proposal and research 1. Young, G.C. 2010. Municipal Solid Waste to
framework. Energy Conversion Processes. A John Wiley &
Prerequisites: None Sons, Inc., Publication. New Jersey.
Text Books: 2. Tchobanoglous, G., Theisen, H., Vigil, S.A.
1. Nazir,Moh, Metode Penelitian, Ghalia 1993. Integrated Solid Waste Management.
Indonesia,2003 McGraw-Hill International. New York.
2. Keputusan Rektor UI No 628, Pedoman Teknis 3. Tchobanoglous, G., Kreith, F. 2002. Handbook
Penulisan Tugas Akhir Mahasiswa Universitas of Solid Waste Management. 2nd Edition.
Indonesia, 2008 McGraw-Hill. New York.
3. FTUI, Pedoman Penulisan Tesis, 2006 4. UNEP. 2005. Solid Waste Management. Vol.
4. Direktorat P3M, Dirjen Dikti Depdikbud, I and II. Cal Recovery Incorporated. Cali-
Panduan Metode Penelitian,1992 fornia.
5. Riduwan, Metode dan Teknik Menyusun Tesis, 5. Kumpulan Regulasi (UU, PP, Perpres, Permen,
Alfabeta, 2006 Kepmen, Perda, Pergub, dll), Norma, Stan-
6. Sukandarrumidi, Metodologi Penelitian, dar, Pedoman, Manual, dan lainnya terkait
Gajah Mada University Press, 2006 dengan pengelolaan persampahan
7. Yin.Robert k, Studi Kasus Desain dan Metode, 6. On line referensi (Digital Journal dan Clipping
Rajagrafindo Persada, 2008 Media), Handout Kuliah, dan bahan bacaan
8. Sugiyono, Statistika untuk Penelitian, lain yang relevan dengan materi ajar ini
Alfabeta, 2006
9. Sugiarto,Teknik Sampling, Gramedia Pustaka ENCV 8 0 0004
Utama, 2001 THESIS
10. Riduwan, Skala pengukuran variable-variabel 6 SKS
penelitian,Alfabeta, 2002 Thesis is a final project of Master Program.
11. Azwar. Saifudin, Reliabilitas dan Validitas, Thesis may include Theoretical Analysis and
Pustaka Pelajar,1997 Literature Study of Topic Interest; Design,
12. Marimin, Teknik dan Aplikasi Pengambilan Analysis, Development & Simulation Works and
Keputusan Kriteria Majemuk, Grasindo, Laboratory or a Combination of them.
2004
13. Sugiyono, Statistik Nonparametrik untuk ENCV 8 0 0314
Penelitian, Alfabeta, 2003 SELECTED TOPICS IN TRANSPORTATION
14. Ritonga. A.R, Korelasi Dalam Statistik 3 SKS
Nonparametrik, Lembaga Penerbit FEUI, Learning Objectives:
1992 Syllabus:
Prerequisites
Text books:
401
6.2. MASTER PROGRAM IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Program Specification
1 Awarding Institution Universitas Indonesia
2 Teaching Institution Universitas Indonesia
PROGRAM
Engineering
4 Class Regular
5 Final Award Magister Teknik (M.T.)
6 Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: A accredited
7 Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia and English
8 Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Time) Full Time
9 Entry Requirements Bachelor Degree in Mechanical
Engineering, Math and Physics; pass the
entrance exam.
10 Study Duration Designed for 2 years
Type of Semester Number of semester Number of weeks /semester
Regular 8 17
Short (optional) 3 8
11 Graduate Profiles:
Graduates who have the character of leadership and excellence in scholarship, research, expertise and
professionalism in the field of Mechanical Engineering
12 List of Graduates Competences:
1. Able to understand and apply knowledge of advanced mathematics, numerical methods,
statistical analysis and the basic sciences (physics and chemistry) needed to resolve problems in
Mechanical Engineering disciplines (Main Competence)
2. Able to describe and solve scientific problems by designing and conducting research, and report
the results of research, including statistical analysis of data obtained (Main Competence)
3. Able to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems in accordance with Technical
Expertise area of Specialisation Mekanikalnya. (Main Competence)
4. Able to carry out product design innovations, including the identification of needs for products,
preparation of product specifications, developing design concepts, selection of design,
engineering calculations and economic analysis, detail design and design aggregate components,
and design drawings by considering aspects of energy conservation, manufacturing, cost, safety,
and sustainability. (Main Competence)
5. Able to utilize and develop the methods, materials selection, process, and automation systems,
and modern engineering equipment, including computer-aided systems required for engineering
work (Main Competence)
6. Able to communicate the results of scientific study and research effectively, both visual, written
or verbal, including proficiency in a foreign language (preferably English) (Main Competence)
7. Capable of supervising, monitoring, evaluation, and decision making (Main Competence).
8. Professional responsibility and commitment.
9. Able to carry out the lifelong learning process.
10. Able to identify entrepreneurial efforts, characterized by innovation
11. Able to work effectively both individually and in multi-disciplinary or multi-cultural teams.
12. Explain the social and contemporary issues, such as social diversity and cultural appreciation,
communicate with various segments of society, the strategic benefits of lobbying, negotiation
and mediation.
402
12 The 2012 Mechanical Engineering Graduate Program curriculum, there are 6 Specialization Program that
can be chose by the students according to their academic ability dan interest, which are:
1. Energy Conversion (KE)
2. Bulding Utilities and Fire Safety (SUBAK)
3. Design and Product Manufacture (PEMAP)
MASTER
4. Automation and Manufacture System (SMO)
PROGRAM
5. Vehicle Engineering and Heavy Equipment
6. Marine Resoruces and Technology (TSDM)
Specificly, beside the 12 points of Graduates Competences, the students of The Graduates Program will
have the competences accordance to their specialization.
Career Prospects
403
MASTER
404
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
PROGRAM
Graduates Profile
Capable to understand and apply basic knowledge of mathematics , numerical methods, statistical analysis and the
basic sciences (physics and chemistry) required to achieve competence in the discipline of Mechanical Engineering.
Able to work effectively both Explain the social and contemporary issues, such as social
Able to Able to communicate effectively both
individually and in multi- diversity and cultural
identify entrepreneurial efforts, in visual, written or verbal , including
disciplinary or multi-cultural appreciation , communicate with various segments of society , the
characterized by innovation . proficiency in a foreign language .
teams strategic benefits of lobbying , negotiation and mediation .
Flow Diagram of Subjects
MASTER
(10 Credits)
PROGRAM
Seminar dan Thesis
Undergraduate Requirement
(10 Credits)
Advanced
Design of
Engineering
Experiment
Mathematic
(2 Credits)
(4 Credits)
Engineering
Specialization
Computation and Seminar Thesis
Course
Simulation (3 Credits) (3 Credits)
(4 Credits)
(4 Credits)
Elective Course
1
(4 Credits)
The framework of The 2012 Mechanical Engineering Gradute Program Curriculum can be seen in
figure above which shows the relation of the courses. The Master Engineering program will be
completed if the student passed 40 credits during their study. The 40 credits consist of: 10 credits
of general mechanical engineering courses, 20 credits of specialization courses and 10 credits of
405
seminar and thesis.
Course Structure of Master Program in Mechanical Engineering
1. Major in Energy Conversion
MATA AJARAN SUBJECT
KODE SKS
Semester 1 1 st Semester
Lanjut
ENME 8 0 0101 Termodinamika Lanjut Advanced Thermodynamics 4
Subtotal 12
Semester 2 2 nd Semester
ENME 8 0 0003 Desain Penelitian Design of Experiment 2
ENME 8 0 0002 Komputasi Teknik dan Simulasi Engineering Computation and Simulation 4
Subtotal 14
Semester 3 3 rd Semester
ENME 8 0 0004 Seminar Seminar 3
Subtotal 7
Semester 4 4 th Semester
Subtotal 7
Total 40
List of Elective Courses in Energy Conversion Study Program (Elective 1 and Elective 2)
Semester 2 2nd Semester
Code SKS
Mata Ajaran Subject
ENME 8 0 0111 Rekayasa Penukar Kalor dan Massa Heat and Mass Transfer Engineering 4
ENME 8 0 0203 Dinamika Api dan Pemodelan Fire Dynamics and Modeling 4
ENME 8 0 0201 Energi dan Keselamatan dalam Bangunan Energy and Safety in Building 4
406 Subtotal 12
Semester 2 2 nd Semester
ENME 8 0 0202 Sistem Mekanikal dan Elektrikal Gedung Building Mechanical and Electrical System 4
ENME 8 0 0002 Komputasi Teknik dan Simulasi Engineering Computation and Simulation 4
MASTER
PROGRAM
Pilihan 1 Elective 1 4
Subtotal 14
Semester 3 3 rd Semester
Subtotal 7
Semester 4 4 th Semester
Subtotal 7
Total 40
List of Elective Courses in Building Utilities and Fire Safety Study Program (Elective 1 and Elective 2)
ENME 8 0 0211 Sistem Ventilasi dan Tata Udara Air Conditioning and Ventilation System 4
ENME 8 0 0212 Perancangan Sistem Utilitas Bangunan Building Utility System Design 4
ENME 8 0 0302 Material dan Proses Manufaktur Materials and Manufacturing Processes 4
Metodologi Perancangan dan Product Design and Development
ENME 8 0 0301 4
Pengembangan Produk Methodology
Subtotal 12
Semester 2 2 nd Semester
ENME 8 0 0002 Komputasi Teknik dan Simulasi Engineering Computation and Simulation 4
Integrasi Teknologi Perancangan dan Designing and Manufacturing Technology
ENME 8 0 0303 4
Manufaktur Integration
Pilihan Peminatan 1 Elective 1 4
Subtotal 14
407
Semester 3 3 rd Semester
Subtotal 7
MASTER
Semester 4 4 th Semester
Subtotal 7
Total 40
List of Elective Courses in Design and Manufacturing Study Program (Elective 1 and Elective 2)
ENME 8 0 0317 Finite Element dan Multiphysics Finite Element and Multiphysics 4
Subtotal 12
Semester 2 2 nd Semester
ENME 8 0 0002 Komputasi Teknik dan Simulasi Engineering Computation and Simulation 4
Subtotal 14
Semester 3 3 rd Semester
408
Subtotal 7
Semester 4 4 th Semester
MASTER
Subtotal 7
PROGRAM
Total 40
Daftar mata kuliah pilihan peminatan Manufaktur dan Otomasi (M.A. Pilihan #1, M.A. Pilihan # 2)
KODE Semester 2 2nd Semester Sks
ENME 8 0 0411 CAD/CAM CAD/CAM 4
ENME 8 0 0414 Sistem Manajemen Produksi dan Mutu Quality and Production Management 4
System
Subtotal 12
Semester 2 2 nd Semester
ENME 8 0 0002 Komputasi Teknik dan Simulasi Engineering Computation and Simulation 4
Subtotal 14
Semester 3 3 rd Semester
Subtotal 7
Semester 4 4 th Semester
Subtotal 7
Total 40
409
List of Elective Courses in Vehicle Engineering and Heavy Equipment Study Program (Elective 1 and
Elective 2)
ENME 8 0 0512 Mesin dan Peralatan Pengangkat Handling and Construction Equipment 4
MASTER
ENME 8 0 0514 Peralatan Pengeboran Minyak dan Gas Oil and Gas Drilling Equipment 4
Subtotal 12
Semester 2 2 nd Semester
Subtotal 10
Semester 3 3 rd Semester
Subtotal 7
Semester 4 4 th Semester
Subtotal 7
Total 40
List of elective courses in Marine Resources and Technology Study Program (Elective 1 and Elective
2)
410
Semester 3 3rd Semester
MASTER
Manajemen Transportasi Laut dan Kepelabu-
PROGRAM
ENME 8 0 F616 Sea Transport and Port Management 4
hanan *
ENME 8 0 F617 Hukum dan Peraturan Kemaritiman* Maritime Law and Regulation 4
For students who are willing and capable to continue the education program to pursue Masters in
Engineering through the Fast track program, credit transfer can be performed as many as 20 credits.
The numbers of credits that can be transferred consist of: 8 credits from 2 Mandatory Core Courses
and 8 credits from 2 Elective Core Courses.
411
Course Description Wesley.
2. Cheney W., Kincaid D., Numerical Math-
ENME800001 ematics and Computing, Cole Publishing
ADVANCED ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS (4
SKS) ENME800003
PROGRAM
MASTER
TRANSFER (4 SKS)
PROGRAM
Course Objective:
ENME800101
Enhance the ability of students in the study of
ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS
fluid mechanics in more detail so as to conduct
Course Objective:
research or the application of science in indus-
Provide further understanding of the science
trial applications. Studying the mechanism of
of thermodynamics and its applications so that
heat transfer in a control volume due to the
students are able to design and conduct a basic
existence of the temperature difference and
research mapun able to complete the analysis
concentration as well as the involvement of
involves the calculation of the thermodynamic
one, two or three phases at the time simul-
system correctly and systematically in order to
taneously.
find the best solution gentang effectiveness of
Syllabus:
the use of substances and energy, especially
Viscous flow of Newtonian fluid, membrane
in the engineering design by motto: Low
boundary flow, Non-Newtonian Fluid Flow, Two-
entropy production, high thermal efficiency
Multi Phase Flow, Particle Displacement Flow,
and low pollution effect.
Porous Media and Fluidized Beds, Turbulent
Syllabus :
Flow and Mixing, Jet, Chimney, Energy and
Basic Thermodynamics and Gas Dynamics, Equi-
Momentum Equatio, one-two-three dimension
librium of Thermodynamics System, Thermo-
conduction heat transfer, heat transfer on
dynamics properties of System, Thermodyam-
extended surface.
ics of ideal gas mixture, review of chemical
Requirement:-
thermodynamics, review of chemical kinetics,
References:
conservation equation for multicomponent 1. Frank P Incropere, David P De Witt,
reaction system, pre-mixed laminar flames, Fundamental heat and mass transfer, 5th
method of measuring flame velocity (bunsen Ed., John Wiley & Sons, 1996, New York
burner), flame quenching, flamability limit 2. Holman JP, Heat Transfer, 9th, Mc Graw
of premixed laminar flame, gaseous diffusion Hill, 2003.
flame and combustion of single liquid droplet, 3. Koestoer, RA, Perpindahan Kalor untuk
combustion in compression ignition engine, Mahasiswa Teknik, Salemba Teknika,
combustion in spark ignition engine, combus- 2003.
tion research in hydrocarbon oxygen mixture, 4. Welty R James, Wicks Charless, Wilson
engine research, combustion-generated emis- Robert, Fundamentals of Momentum,
sion, experimental method : preseure measure- Heat, and Mass Transfer, 3rd Ed. John
Wiley & Sons, 1996, New York
ment and recording; temperature measure-
5. Cengel, Yunus, Heat Transfer a Practical
ment and recording; combustion photography Approach, 2nd Ed. Mc Graw Hill, 2003,
and flame speed detection; spectrographic Singapore.
method; chemical analysis technique (NDIR, 6. Kreith Frank, Bohn Mark, Principles of Heat
FID, Gaschromatography). Transfer, 6th Ed. Brooks/cole, 2001, USA
Requirement: - 7. Abbott I R, Theory of Wing Section,
References: Dover Publications.
1. Holmann, J.P., Thermodynamics, Intl. Stu- 8. Bird R B, Transport Phenomena, John
dent Edition, McGraw Hill, 2005. Wiley & Sons.
2. Kenneth Wark Jr. Thermodynamics, McGraw
Hill, 2003. ENME800111
3. Francis F. Huang, Engineering Thermody- HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER ENGINEERING (4
namics, MaxWell Macmillan Intl. Edition, SKS)
2000. Course Objective:
4. H.D. Baehr, Termodynamik , Springer The course objective is to provide understanding
Verlag of the heat exchangers used in many industrial
5. K. Stephan, Termodynamik, Grundlagen processes and power plants as the application
und technishe Anwendung-en, Band 1, Band of heat transfer. This course provides a basic
2, Springer Verlag. competency to know main heat exchanger types
6. Bejan, Adrian, Advanced Engineering and to understand and able to select suitable
413
heat exchanger type for current applications. agriculture and food sciences, 2001
Student is also expected to understand basic 9. Chakraverty, A,. Mujumdar AS and Vijaya
factors in designing heat exchangers, to Raghavan, Handbook of Postharvest
estimate size and price and know and choose Technology, Marcel Dekker, Inc, New York,
the type of heat exchanger. Provide basic 2003
PROGRAM
understanding and various parameters on the 10. Related Journals : Drying Technology
Journals.
MASTER
MASTER
Tools; Performance and Reliability Factors; INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE (4 SKS)
PROGRAM
Economical Aspects, Environmental Aspects: Course Objective:
Settings and Prevention. Student is expected to have competency and
Requirement: - expertise in the field of his interest of inter-
References: nal combustion engine working principle and
1. Tyler G. Hicks, Power Plant Evaluation theory and is able to design and do construction
and Design Reference Guide, McGraw calculation.
Hill, 1986. Syllabus:
2. Sill and Zoner, Steam Turbine Generator Actual Cycle of Internal Combustion Engine;
Process Controll and Diagnostics, Wiley Fuel System; Ignition and Combustion in Spark
Higher Ed., 1996. Ignition Engine and Compressed Ignition Engine;
3. Saranavamuttoo et.al, Gas Turbine Theory, Some Basic Characteristics and Calculations;
5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001
Basic Engine Design; Determination of Engines
Main Components; Kinematics and Dynamics
ENME800114
Analysis of the Motion; Calculation and Plan-
COMBUSTION ENGINEERING (4 SKS)
ning of Lubrication and Cooling System.
Course Objective:
Requirement: -
Combustion Engineering provide basic compe-
References:
tency to investigate, analyze and learn about 1. Guzela L, Onder, C., Introduction
the process of combustion of fuel, and the na- to Modelling and Control of Internal
ture and behavior of flame. The course provides Combustion Engines, Springer, 2004
basic understanding to apply the laws of basic 2. Heywood, J., Internal Combustion Engines
aerothermochemistry in the engineering cal- Fundamental, McGraw Hill, 1989
culation of practical combustion engineering. 3. Taylor, C.F., Internal Combustion Engines,
The student is expected to be able to analyze in Theory and Practice, M.I.T Press,
the combustion behavior of a flame and to England, 1985.
develop knowledge in the field of combustion 4. Khovakh, M., Motor Vehicle Engines, MIR
engineering. Publisher, Moscow, 1971.
Syllabus:
Important Meaning of Combustion Study; Basic ENME800116
Reaction and Stoikhiometry of Combustion; APPLIED FLOW MEASUREMENT AND VISUAL-
Gas Fuel (BBG); Liquid Fuel, Solid Fuel; Basic IZATION
Thermochemistry and Fluid Dynamics of Com- Course Objective:
bustion; Principles of Conservation of Mass Applied flow diagnostic study measurement
and Continuity; Turbulence Premixed Flame and visualization techniques which have wide
Structure; Detonation; Combustion Technology; application both in industry and laboratory. The
Fixed-Bed Combustion, Suspension, Fluidized- course give basic competency for the student
Bed; Study on Flame and Combustion Technol- to be bale to understand various measure-
ogy; Minimum Temperature Self-ignition (Auto/ ment and visualization methods and to design
Self-Ignition); Flammability Limit; Fire spread, appropriate flow diagnostic system in process
Fire Suppression Material, Combustion and the installation in industry or experimental set up
environment. in a scientific research activities which related
Requirement: - to fluid flow.
References: Syllabus :
1. Turn, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion, Statistics Diagnostic Flow, Calibration in Flow
2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, Inc. 2000 Measurement; Momentum Sensing Meter
2. Borman, G.L., and Ragland, K.W., (orifice plate, venturi, nozzle meters); Posi-
Combustion Engineering, McGraw-Hill, tive Displacement Flow Meter (Nutating Disc,
Inc. 1998. Sliding Vane, Gear meters, etc.); Electromag-
3. Griffi ths, J.F., and Barnard, J.A., Flame netic and Ultrasonic Flow Meters; Compressible
and Combustion, 3rd Edition, Blackie Flow Meter ( Wet Gas and Wind Anemometer);
Academic and Professional, 1995. Principles Local Velocity Measurement in Liq-
4. Glassman, I., Combustion, 3rd Edition, uid and Gases; Hot Wire Anemometry; Based
Academic Press, 1996. 415
Laser Velocimetry (LDV, PIV); Principles of understand and analyze the model. Broadly
Flow Visualization, Flow Visualization conven- speaking, after completing this course students
tional; Shadowgraphs and Schliern Technique; will be able to:
Interferometry Technique; Light Sheet Based Explain the effects on the growth of
Technique ; Image Processing and Computer- the fire compartment.
PROGRAM
Requirement: -
References: engineering calculations.
1. Yang ,W.J, Handbook of Flow Visualization, Able to explain the growth stage
Taylor and Francis. 2001 yangapi by various variables.
2. Baker, R.C., Flow Measurement Handbook: Students will have the skills and
Industrial Designs, Operating Principles, kemanpuan in:
Performance and Applications, Cambridge Applying a two-zone models in the
University Press, 2000 calculation of the various cases of fire,
Calculating the value of various
physical variables related to fire
ENME800102 growth,
ENERGY OPTIMIZATION SYSTEM Analyze and interpret the results of fire
Course Objective: safety engineering experiments.
This course provides an understanding of math- Assessing the reasonableness of the
ematical modeling, simulation and optimiza- calculation results obtained from a
tion of energy systems through technical and variety of computational models
economical approach. The course is intended Estimate the value of the data for input
to equip student with the ability to understand into the computational model
mathematical model, simulation and optimiza- Designing a fire plan so that it can
tion of thermal systems. be used in the design of protection
Syllabus: systems and smoke and gas handling
Workable System Design; Economical Evalu- combustion products.
Evaluate the effect of the fire on the
ation; Determination of Mathematical Equa-
people in the building
tions; Thermal Equipment Modeling; System For the fire in the building, students
Simulation; System Optimization: Objective can calculate the critical conditions
Function, Constraints; Lagrange Multipliers: waktusebelum achieved
Lagrange multiplier to complete the optimiza- Maintain, in lisandan written, and
tion process; Dynamics, Geometric and Linear presented a selection of models and
Programming; Mathematical Model of Thermo- assumptions in the analysis of a given
dynamics Properties; Big System Simulation case of fire.
under Steady Condition; Big Thermal System Syllabus:
Simulation; Calculation of Variables in Opti- Introduction to the process of combustion,
mum Conditions. premixed flame and diffusion flame, ignition
Requirement: - and spread of fire, classification of fires and
References: the influence of the geometry of the room.
1. Stoecker, W.F., Design of Thermal System, Calorimetry fire: heat release rate, mass loss
Mc.Graw Hill Book Co, 1989. rate and the relationship between time and
2. Boehm,R.F., Design of Analysis of Thermal heat release rate, the growth of fire in the
System, John Wiley&Sons,1987. room, as well as testing methods. The dynam-
3. Yogesh Jaluria, Design and Optimization ics of the flame: fire plume and flame (flame),
of Thermal Systems, Mc.Graw Hill Book a high flame, the flame height correlation,
Co, 1998. Froude Numbers, and the flame jet and a
review of related models; the flow of gas in
ENME800203 the room during the fire, Bernoulli equations,
FIRE DYNAMICS AND MODELLING profiles of temperature and pressure, air mass
Course Objective: flow of combustion product gases through the
Sudents understand the various stages of fires openings; energy balance, heat transfer, heat
in buildings, and provide basic knowledge flux, the correlation to temperature. Products
mengenaiberbagai methods and techniques of combustion: the formation of smoke, the
applied in the analysis of fire development, visibility factor, filling model of smoke in a
and develop students ability to critically compartment, the formation of CO, CO2. Fire
analyze the methods of practical application. modeling: Two-zone models, CFD models.
This course also aims to improve the ability to Analysis of flammable materials effect, the ge-
416
ometry of the room and opening to the growth the heating and cooling systems in buildings,
of flame, smoke and combustion products. the role of condensing boilers, heat pumps,
Proposed efforts to suppress the growth and combined heat and power (CHP) and absorp-
spread of flame and smoke. tion chilling, as well as conventional heating
References: ventilation air conditioning (HVAC) plant, in
MASTER
1. Dougal Dysdale, An Introduction to Fire the consumption of energy in buildings. It
PROGRAM
Dynamics 2nd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, combines theoretical knowledge of the com-
2003. ponents in building utility system that make
2. Society of Fire Protection Engineers, up energy systems (demand and supply) in
The SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection buildings with whole system appraisal.
Engineering, 3rd Edition, 2003.
Syllabus:
3. A.H. Buchanan, Fire Engineering Design
Guide, New Zealand, 2001. 1. Identify the environmental elements ap-
4. Journal dan standard terkait. plying to buildings
2. Recognize our human needs relating to
ENME800211 buildings
VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM 3. Building design: propose ways to control
(4 SKS) the buildings response to the outside
Course Objective : environment, select the adequate design
This course provide the understanding and ba- and materials for a given building con-
sic competence in design the air conditioning figuration
system regarding a better air condition. The 4. Building materials
student will provided with knowledge about the 5. Thermal aspects of a building
environmentally friendly regrigerant. 6. Lighting aspects of a building
Syllabus : 7. Acoustic aspects of a building
Basic of Air Conditioning: Air Cooled dan Water 8. Transportation in building
Cooled Chiller, Packaged Unit, Direct Expansion 9. Life safety in building
and Split Unit; Basic VAC Calculation : Design 10. Introduction to building utility system
Condition, Load Estimating, Cooling Load; and appraisal.
Sistem Ventilasi : Air Changes, Outdoor Air
Requirement, Indoor Air Quality. Clean Space ENME800202
and Air Filter System in industry and hospotal; BUILDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL
distribution system: Equal Friction Method SYSTEM (4 SKS)
and Static Regain, Duct and Piping Sizing; Air Course Objective:
Conditioning System Components : Chiller, The courses objective is to deliver knowledge,
Cooling Tower, Fan, S and AHU; Control System skills and understanding of the mechanical
in Building. and electrical systems in a modern building
Requirement: Teknik Pendingin that has been increasing in its requirements
References : in terms of sophistication, efficiency, and low
1. Ronald Howell, Harry J.Sauer, Jr and energy use.
William J.Coad : Principles of HVAC, Syllabus:
ASHRAE 1998. General Building Mechanical System, Plumb-
2. Carrier : Handbook of HVAC ing System: SNI, Calculation, Waste Water
3. ASHRAE Standard Management, Building Energy System; Building
4. Overseas Vocational Training Association Automation System; Lift and Escalator: Types,
Employment Promotion Corporation : Round Trip Time, Handling Capacity, Waiting
Fundamentals of refrigeration and Air Time, Installation and Control System; Escala-
Conditioning. tor Types, Application and Installation, Building
Automation System,
ENME800201 Requirement:-
ENERGY AND SAFETY IN BUILDING References:
Course Objective: 1. Mechanical System for Building.
The aims and outcomes of this course is to 2. Handbook of HVAC.
develop an understanding of the environ- 3. ASHRAE Journal
mental and energy elements applying to 4. NFPA
buildings. It deals with the energy implica- 5. Mechanical Installation in Building.
tions of the selection and control of thermal, 6. SNI Plambing
lighting, acoustics, and transportation, and 7. SNI Hydrant, Sprinkler dan APAR.
safety in buildings. In details it also discuss 417
ENME800212 Energy Audits, Self-Evaluation Checklists,
BUILDING UTILITY SYSTEM DESIGN World-class Energy Assessmeents, and Water
Course Objective: Conservation
Students have the ability to design and Requirement:-
calculate the utility of building integrated References:
PROGRAM
MASTER
parameters in the process of fire and fire haz- Characteristics and Material Characteristics;
PROGRAM
ards. Students have the competency on the The Parameter Control of Process for Mate-
regulations and standards on the testing of rial; Assignment in Manufacturing Process and
material of the fire and the design of fire pro- Material Selection for Market Needs.
tection systems. Students have the expertise Prerequisite: Engineering Materials
in specialized skills in fire modeling, designing References:
and analyzing the protection system against 1. Ashby, Material selection in Mechanical
fire. Students know the role of safety manage- Design, Butterworrth Heinneman, 2005
ment on the fire hazard in ensuring the industry 2. Ashby, Material selection in Mechanical
and high rise building operations. Engineering, Pergamon Press, 2004
Syllabus: 3. Degarmo, E. Paul, Materials and Processes
Introduction of Fire Process; Fire Dynamics; in Manufacturing, Prentice Hall Int. Inc,
dangerous Elements Release in Fire; Fire Mod- 8th edition, 2005
eling Theory; Fire Modeling with Computer Pro- 4. Kalpakjian, S, Manufacturing Engineering
gram; Material Testing Method for Fire Hazard; and Technology, McGraw Hill 4th edition,
Fire Detection Systems; Standard Rules on Fire 2001.
Hazard; Fire Protection System Design Fire,
Fire Fighting Systems: Hydrant and Sprinkler ENME800301
System; Analysis of Fire Risk in Buildings.
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
Prerequisite: None
METHODOLOGY (4 SKS)
References:
1. Dougal Dysdale, An Introduction to Fire Course Objective:
Dynamics 2nd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, Provide an understanding and mastery of
2003. the theory and methodology of design and
2. Society of Fire Protection Engineers, The product development include: planning, con-
SFPE Handbook of Fire Protection Engi- cept development, system design, detailed
neering, 3rd Edition, 2003. design, testing and screening, production
3. Rasbach, D.J., et al., Evaluation of Fire ramp-up, in a series of factors to consider
Safety, John Wiley and Sons, 2004. overall product development.
4. A.H. Buchanan, Fire Engineering Design Syllabus:
Guide, New Zealand, 2001. Product Planning: Needs Identification Met-
5. SNI, ASTM, NFPA, rules and standards hods; Product Selection Method (Feasibility
Study); Business Specifications: Concept Deve-
ENME800302 lopment and Selection; Aspects of Engineering
MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURING PROCESSES in Product Development and Manufacturing
Course Objective: (Process, Material, Thermal, Durability) Non-
The course provides understanding and basic Technical Aspects in Product Development and
competence of theory, application method and Manufacturing; basic Design for Manufacturing
product manufacturing processes that covers: and Assembly; Calculation of Economics of
working principle, process characteristics, Product Development.
process limitations, work and force due to the Requirement: -
process, parameters that affects to the process References:
and the relation of material with the process 1. Karl T.Ulrich. Product Design and Devel-
that needed for certain process. opment , 3rd edition, Mc.Graw Hill 2004.
Syllabi: 2. Dieter, G.E., Engineering Design, 3rd
Manufacturing Process and Production Systems; edition, Mc.Graw Hill 2000
Materials in Manufacturing; Theory and Method
of Casting Processes; Theory and Method
of Bulk Deformation Processes; Theory and
Method of Metal Forming Processes; Theory
and Method of Powder Metalurgy Processes;
Theory and Method of Material Machining/
419
ENME800401 industry.
Syllabus:
MANUFACTURING SYSTEM AND PROCESSES
Introduction to Information Systems; State of
(4 SKS)
The Art Utilization Information System; Theory
Course Objective: and System Methodology; Database Manage-
PROGRAM
College process and manufacturing systems ment Systems; System Design I: Overview
MASTER
are given in order for students to know and be functionality, enabling Technology (Automated
able to apply the conventional manufacturing Solution Assessments Quality, Multi Data Rep-
resentation, Database Technology and XML);
process technology and non-conventional
Design System II: (Database Design, Information
for the manufacture of a product and the Input, Output Information); Case Study: Docu-
parameters which influence it are devoted to mentation automation and Reporting System
the metal forming processes, machining, rapid- for Manufacturing; Introduction Knowledge
prototyping process. In addition, knowing, and Base Engineering, Concepts and Methodology in
understanding the existing production systems the KBE (System Specialists, Neural Network);
in the industry. KBE application.
Syllabus: Prerequisites: None
References:
Materials in Manufacturing: Theory and Method
1. Raymond McLeod Jr., Strategic Informa-
of Casting Process (Metal Casting); Theory
tion Management: Challenges and Strate-
and Method of Bulk Formation Processes: gies in Managing Information System, 3rd
Theory and Method of Formation Process ed, Butterworth-Heinneman, 2003
Material Sheet (Sheet Metal Forming): Theory 2. Cortada, James. Total Quality Manage-
and Methods of Powder Metallurgy Process ment, Mc Graw Hill Book Co
(Powder Metalurgy); Theory and Methods 3. Ake, Kevin et. al, Information Technology
for Machining Processes / Cutting Materials: for Manufacturing: Reducing Costs and
Theory and Methods of Product Surface Quality Expanding Capabilites, CRC Press 2003
4. Cecelja, Franco, Manufacturing Informa-
Improvement process: Concepts and methods
tion and Data System: Analysis Design and
of manufacturing systems. Practice, Butterworth-Heinemann 2001
Requirement: -
References : ENME800311
1. Wagoner R., Chenot J.-L, Fundamentals DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY
of Metal Forming, John Wiley & Sons, (4 SKS)
Inc, 2003 Course Objective:
2. Degarmo P., Materials and Process in Provide knowledge, understanding and com-
Manufacturing, Prentice Hall, 2004 petence in the product design process which
is considering, including factor and oriented
3. Schey J., Introduction to Manufacturing
on: material, manufacturing capability and
Process, McGraw-Hill, 2004 assembling process. Therefore the product is
4. Thomas E Vollman, Manufacturing expected to have made ease of manufacture
Planning and Control, McGraw Hill 1997 and assembly.
5. Stanley B. Gershwin, Manufacturing Sillaby:
System Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1993 Review of the materials selection and pro-
6. John M. Nicholas, Competitive cesses, product design for manual assembly,
Manufacturing Management, 1997 design for automated assembly, PCB design for
manufacture and assembly, machining process
ENME800403 design, injection molding, sheet metal forming
MANUFACTURING INFORMANTION SYSTEM processes, die-casting.
MANANGEMENT (4 SKS) Prerequisite: None
Course Objective: References:
Provide understanding of the theory, method 1. Boothroyd, Product Design for Manufacture
and Assembly, Marcel Dekker Inc, 2002
and application of information technology
systems, management, and development of
ENME800312
the concept of knowledge-based information
MECHANICAL FAILURE (4 SKS)
systems (Knowledge Management System)
Course Objective:
and capable to apply in the manufacturing
420 This course provides an understanding and
competence about principles and modes of 2. Demeter G.F., Mechanical and Structural
mechanical failure may occur and should be Vibrations, John Wiley, 1995
avoided so that should be considered in the 3. Kenneth G.M., Vibration Testing-Theory and
design of mechanical, including buckling, practice, John Wiley, 1995
Corrosion, fatigue, creep, melting, fracture, 4. Werner Soedel, Vibrations of Shells and
MASTER
thermal, and wear. Plates, 3rd edition revised and expanded,
PROGRAM
Sillaby: Marcel Dekker, INC., 2004
5. Randall R.B., Frequency Analysis, Brel &
Theory and Buckling Mode (Torsional-lateral,
Kjr, 1987
Plastic, Dynamic), Theory and Corrosion mode
6. Jens T.B., Mechanical Vibration and Shock
(Metal, Non-Metal, Glass); Corrosion Preven- Measurement, Brel & Kjr, 1980
tion; Theory and Fatigue Failure Mode; Theory
and creep mode; Theory and Melting Mode; ENME800314
Theory and Type of Fracture mode, Theory MICROFABRICATION AND PRECISION MANU-
and the thermal failure mode; Theory and FACTURING (4 SKS)
Wear mode; Failure Analysis and Prevention to: Course Objective:
Buckling, Corrosion, Fatigue, creep, Melting, This course provides expertise of micro manu-
Fracture, Thermal, and Wear. facturing process widely used in the making
Prerequisites: Engineering Material, Basic of MEMS (micro Electro mechanical system)
Mechanical Design, Mechanical Design at this time that has wide application of the
References: biomedic system, sensors and micro-electronic
1. Jack A Collins, Materials Failure in Me- devices (electronic devices). This course giving
chanical Design, Wiley - Interscience, understanding of manufacturing techniques
1993 and basic structure mechanics in a product
2. S. Suresh, Fatigue of Materials, Cambridge and also the micro-characterization of the
University Press, 1998 process fabrication conducted in the labora-
3. M Jansenn, J. Zuidema, Fracture Mechan- tory. This course provides a basic competency
ics, VSSD, 2006 of the principles in the design techniques which
4. Arthur J. McEvily, Metal Failures : Mecha- control the movement of the size or dimensions
nisms, Analysis and Prevention, 2001 in a very small if compared with the size of
the object that is designed and produced the
ENMEB00313 correct design and the development machine
NOISE AND VIBRATION and a precision mechanism. Lectures focus on
Course Objective : the practical concepts that can be directly ap-
This course provides competency to students to
plied to the design process. Laboratory sessions
complete the issue of application of vibration on
will be provided in the form of a group where
the mechanical structure of the construction, and
plate or vessel (vessel), perform the calculation of there tried to apply the principles learned in
vibration reducer system design, system and en- an activity..
gine holder enhancing of production equipment. Syllabus:
Finally students have to make a basic vibration Introduction to Engineering Micro Fabrica-
measurements, forecasts predicted the damage tion; Lithography: The design aspect, maSKS
engine, the vibration analysis of the data signal making, etching technique (And Wet Etching
and the vibration spectrum and carry out machine Dry Etching); Deposisi Engineering: Chemistry
performance diagnosis based on data analysis of and Chemicals; Electroplating, Micromolding,
vibration data and other data related Beam Processing; Microscaling consideration);
Syllabus : Transport Processes and Metrology in the
Mechanical vibration with Many Degrees Freedom; micro-scope; Lab Practice and Applications.
Vibration on the Structure Construction; Vibra- Philosophy Precision Manufacturing; kinematic
tion on plate and body shell (Vibration Plate and concept; Pro and contra Flexures Design; Ma-
Shell); Vibration Isolation; Designing Vibration terials for Precision Components; Self Calibra-
Absorber; Engineering Vibration Measurement; tion Concept; Manufacturing Process which is
Vibration spectrum analysis; Performance Diag-
Important in Precision Manufacturing, Precision
nostic Machine.
Instruments; Basic Concept of Tolerance on
Prerequisites: Numerical Computation, Mechani-
Dimensions and geometric.
cal Vibration, Maintenance and Machine Cond.
Minitoring Requirement: -
References: References:
1. Jerry H.G., Mechanical and Structural 1. M a d o u , M . J . F u n d a m e n t a l s o f
Vibrations, John Wiley, 2004 microfabrication: the science of
421
miniaturization, CRC Press, 2002. ENME800316
2. McGeough, J (Ed.), Micromachining of COMPOSITE PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
Engineering Materials, Marcel Dekker, Course Objective:
2002, ISBN 0-8247-0644-7 Provide expertise and competence to students
3. Mainsah, E., Greenwood J.A. and in the field of designing and manufacturing
PROGRAM
MASTER
Mekanika dan Panas, Fisika Listrik, Magnit, Requirement: -
PROGRAM
Gelombang dan Optik References:
References:
1. William B J Zimmerman, Multiphysics ENME800413
Modeling with Finite Element Methods, MACHINE VISION SYSTEM (4 SKS)
World Scientific Publishing, 2006 Course Objective:
2. Barry H.V Topping, A Bittnar, Engineering Machine Vision Industry Subjects provides the
computational technology, Civil-Comp understanding and competency of the prin-
press Edinburgh, UK, 2002
ciples, methods and applications monitoring
3. Indra Siswantara, Catatan Kuliah Teknologi
Multiphysiscs, 2008 the production process by using visual-based
camera technology, image processing, for the
ENME800411 purpose of introducing the feature: product
CAD/CAM (4 SKS) identification, selection and product screening,
Course Objective: and quality control. With the completion of
This lecture will discussed about technology of this course, students have the ability to apply
CAD, CAM, Integration of CAD / CAM application and develop the visual method of monitoring
in the industry and the emphasis on: the principles the production process in the industry for the
modeling and surface curve geometry (Geomet- purpose.
ric modeling), design of 2D and 3D models with Syllabus:
computer assisted. The principle of data exchange Basic Machine Vision Method: Binary Image,
between CAD/CAM systems also tool path design Binary Morphology and Gray-Scale, Texture
using computer for prismatic and sculptured analysis; Identification Method feature; image
model. Lectures CAD / CAM are provided with Processing Method Smart / Intelligent, Image
the aim that students have the understanding and Processing System (Prolog); Control Equipment
applying technology of CAD / CAM: starting the / Instruments Interface (Instruments, Signal,
process from design to production process with Protocol, PLC) ; Method Introduction Color
the computers assistance. image; Machine Vision Applications.
Syllabus: Requirement: -
Overview of CAD / CAM System; Hardware &
References:
Software System of CAD / CAM; Interactive Tools
1. J.R. Parker, Algorithms for Image Processing
and Computer Graphics Concepts, Geometric and Computer Vision, Wiley, 2003
Modeling: Type & Representation of mathemati- 2. Butchelor B. G., Whelan P. F.,Intelligent
cal model Curve, Surface & Solid ; Data Exchange Vision System for Industry, Springer, 2002
in CAD / CAM system; Manufacturing Processes: 3. E.R. Davies, Machine Vision : Theory,
Manufacturing Process Review Type and Parameter A l g o r i t h m , Pr a c t i c a l i t i e s , M o r g a n
Calculation machining, Lab. practice of CAD; CNC Kauffman, 2004
Technology; Tool Path Generation Method in the 4. Micheul S, Lawrence OGorman, Michael J
CAM system; Control quality of machinery in the S Practical Algorithms for Image Analysis
CAM system; Computer Aided Process Planning- : Description, Examples and Code, ,
CAPP; Postprocessing; Lab. practice of CAM Cambride Univ. Press, 2000
Requirement: - 5. Rafael Gonzales, et.al, Digital Image
References: Processing using Matlab, Prentice Hall,
1. Kiswanto G., Handout CAD/CAM, Diktat 2003
kuliah, 2004.
2. Choi B. K., Jerard R. B., Sculptured ENME800414
Surface Machining, QUALITY AND PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
3. Zeid, I., CAD/CAM Theory and Practice,
SYSTEM (4 SKS)
McGraw-Hill, 1991.
Course Objective:
4. C h a n g , T. - C . , C o m p u t e r A i d e d
Manufacturing, Prentice-Hall, 1998. Provide knowledge, understanding and abil-
5. Ko r e m , Y. , C o m p u t e r C o n t r o l o f ity to perform management, analysis and
Manufacturing Systems, McGraw-Hill improvement of production systems in the
manufacturing industry with the principles of
efficiency and effectiveness, and able to un-
423
derstand and implement and develop policies
and procedures are needed to improve and ENME800512
control the various processes to improve the HANDLING AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
performance of the industry. (4 SKS)
Syllabus : Course Objective:
PROGRAM
facturing Principles, Resources, Production in the field of design and development of lifting
Process and Production Organization, Produc- equipment and construction equipment
tion Lay-Out, Design, Scheduling and Produc- Syllabus:
tion Process Control; Productive Maintenance, Introduction and Scope of Construction Equip-
Logistics and Inventory; Engineering Quality, ment; Tractor, Bulldozer, Dump Truck and
Quality Control, Quality Function Deployment shovel; Construction Equipment Mechanical
(QFD) , Total Quality Management; Quality Concept;
Management System (8 Quality Management Heavy equipment system: Pneumatic and
Principles, International Standard Quality Hydraulic; Basic Machine-lifting machinery
Management System: ISO 9001, ISO 9004, ISO and materials transporter; Cranes, hoist and
TS 16949, the International Management conveyor; forklift: Moving Walks, Escalators,
System Standard: ISO 14001, OHSAS 18001); and Elevators
System And Process Improvement: Cause - Ef- Requirement: -
fect Analysis, FMEA (Failure Mode and Effect References:
Analysis), Lean Six Sigma. 1. ASME. Handbook of Materials Handling.
Requirement:- 2. Mc.Guiness. Mechanical and Electrical
References: Equiment for Building.
1. Hitomi, Katsundo. Manufacturing System
Engineering. Taylor & Francis. 2001 ENME800501
2. TQM : A Cross Functional Prespective, Rao, VEHICLE ENGINEERING & HEAVY DUTY
CARR, Dambolena, Kopp, Martin, Rafii, EQUIPMENT
Schlesinger, John Willey, 1996 Course Objective
3. TQM, Text, Cases and Readings, Joel E. This course provides the latest technology from
Ross, St. Lucie Press 100 E. Linton Blvd the four-wheeled passenger vehicle, especially
Suite 403 B Delray Beach, FL 33483 with covering all aspects of engineering in a ve-
hicle. Lectures given vehicle engineering with
ENME800511 the aim that students have basic competence
RAILWAY VEHICLE ENGINEERING (4 SKS) to do the engineering on the four-wheeled
Course Objective: passenger vehicle in particular.
Provide the students with the knowledge and Syllabus :
ability in analyzing and designing railway Vehicle Kinematics & Dynamics; mover and
vehicle. transmission system; Breaking Systems, Wheel
Syllabus : and Suspension; Security System: Active and
Engineering and economic analysis of rail passive at the time experiencing issues.
vehicle; structures and frame of rail vehicle; Requirement : -
structural analysis of flat car; coupler analysis; References:
electrical and pressurized air; analysis and 1. Bosch Automotive Handbook, Sixth
modeling of bogie; axle; wheel; brake and Editions, 2006
pivot; suspension system and riding quality; 2. Gillespie, Thomas D., Fundamentals of
dynamic load analysis; fatigue and fracture Vehicle Dynamics, 2004
in rail vehicle; rail vehicle model and track 3. H e i s l e r, H e i n z . A d v a n c e d Ve h i c l e
geometry; modeling of rolling stock compo- Technology, 2004
nents; rail vehicle response on tangent track; 4. Hermann, Hans. SAE Handbook of
rail vehicle lateral stability on tangent track; Automotive Engineering, 2004
rail vehicle response on curved track; wheel 5. Miliken, William F., Douglas L. Milliken,
wear; dynamics of rail vehicle train. Maurice Olley, Chassis Design : Principles
and Analysis, 2004
Requirement : -
6. Pacejka, Hans B. Tire & Vehicle Dynamics,
References: SAE, 2006
1. Simon Iwnicki, handbook of railway vehicle
dynamics, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis
Group, 2006.
424
ENME800502 imprint of Elsevier, Linacre House, Jordan
VEHICLE FRAME AND BODY ENGINEERING Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP, UK ISBN: 978-1-
Course Objective 85617-577-7.
Provide the understanding of several concepts 6. Nick Tucker and Kevin Lindsey, An
related to design and analysis of vehicle frame Introduction to Automotive Composite,
Rapra Technology Limited, ISBN: 1-85957-
MASTER
such as:
PROGRAM
A brief understanding in the history of 279-0.
vehicle design development 7. Jason C. Brown, A. John Robertson,
Understanding the different possible and Stan T. Serpento, Motor Vehicle
scenarios for vehicle design and interactivity Structures: Concepts and Fundamentals,
of the process in the design and manufacture Butterworth-Heinemann Linacre House,
of vehicles, as well as various types of Jordan Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP, ISBN
vehicle structure and its use. 0750651342
Understand how the load can be analyzed 8. Liang Yun Alan Bliault Johnny Doo, WIG
simply and with the use of computers as Craft and Ekranoplan, Ground Effect
well as a simple structural analysis that Craft Technology, ISBN 978-1-4419-
highlights the processes involved in vehicle 0041-8 e-ISBN 978-1-4419-0042-5, DOI
structures. 10.1007/978-1-4419-0042-5, Springer New
Understanding the basic concepts related York Dordrecht Heidelberg London.
to the aerodynamic vehicle body and the 9. M a t t h e w H u a n g , Ve h i c l e C r a s h
basic calculations required in the form of Mechanics, CRC Press LLC, International
an aerodynamic vehicle design Standard Book Number 0-8493-0104-1.
10. Ahmed A. Shabana, Khaled E. Zaazaa
Syllabus :
and Hiroyuki Sugiyama, Railroad Vehicle
Introduction to Innovation and breakthrough Dynamics a Computational Approach, CRC
discoveries in the field of automotive and Press is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis
industrial development of the automotive Group, ISBN 978-1-4200-4581-9.
world today. Understanding the concept of
loading on the vehicle structure, various ENME800601
types of chassis, structural analysis with a MARITIME RESOURCES AND TECHNOLOGIES
simple method of surface structure (Simple Course Objective:
Structural Surface method) and method of Provide the understanding about the potential
computing the skeletal structure. aerody- of maritime resources: fisheries and non-
namic force, reducing the lift force (drag fisheries in Indonesia.
force reduction), stability and concept of Syllabus :
calculation of the vehicle body dynamics Fisheries potential in Indonesia, fishing zone
computation. classification, fishing, aquaculture, fish pro-
Requirement : - cessing industry, marine-based industries,
References: utilization of coral reefs, utilization of algae.
1. H e i n z H e i s l e r, A d v a n c e Ve h i c l e Requirement :-
Technology, Society of Automotive References:
Engineers, Inc. ISBN 0 7680 10713.
2. Brian Cantor, Patrick Grant and Colin 1. Talahatu, Marine Resources Dictate
Johnston, Automotive Engineering Lecture. 2008
Lightweight, Functional, and Novel
Materials, Taylor & Francis Group, 6000 2. Departemen kelautan dan Perikanan.
Broken Sound Parkway NW, Suite 300, ISBN Potensi Perikanan di Indonesia. 2008
978-0-7503-1001-7.
3. Giancarlo Genta, Lorenzo Morello, The
Automotive Chassis Vol. 1: Components ENME800513
Design, Springer Science+Business Media MODERN VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY
B.V., ISBN: 978-1-4020-8674-8 e-ISBN: 978- Course Objective:
1-4020-8676-2. Students understand the concept of manufac-
4. Giancarlo Genta, Lorenzo Morello, The turing technology and control systems on the
Automotive Chassis Vol. 1: System Design, vehicle so as to:
Springer Science+Business Media B.V., Analyze the condition of current
ISBN: 978-1-4020-8673-1 e-ISBN: 978-1- technological advances to make
4020-8675-5. fundamental changes in vehicle
5. David A. Crolla, Automotive Engineering design a sustainable future.
Powertrain, Chassis System and Vehicle Design process to create an automatic
Body, Butterworth-Heinemann is an control system that helps in controlling 425
the vehicle. CRC Press ISBN 0-8493-2072-0, CRC Press
Designing vehicles with electronic order number: WP2072.
control systems that can improve 9. Simon Tung, Bernard Kinker, and Mathias
vehicle performance. Woydt, Automotive Lubricant Testing and
Describes the integration of vehicle Advanced Additive Development, ASTM
PROGRAM
control systems and mechanical- 100 Barr Harbor Drive PO Box C700, West
electrical interaction possibilities for Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, ISBN: 978-
MASTER
MASTER
Requirement
PROGRAM
Thermodynamics
References: 8. Van Dyke, M. An Album Of Fluid Motion
1. Don A. Gorman, Jerry W. Meyer, Drilling
Equipment and Operations, Action ENME800303
Systems Inc., Dallas, Texas USA. DESIGNING AND MANUFACTURING TECH-
2. Adam T. Bourgoyne, Martin E. Chenevert,
NOLOGY INTEGRATION
et. al., Applied Drilling Engineering,
Society of Petroleum Engineers, Richarson, Course Objective:
Texas USA. Provide an understanding of competence and
3. Nguyen J.P., Drilling-Oil and Gas Field capability in designing and manufacturing pro-
Development Techniques, Institut cess by utilizing peracangan / includes latest
Franais du Ptrole Publication, 1996 design and manufacturing system CAD / CAM
4. Kermit E. Brown, The Technology of and reverse engineering and prototype deve-
Artificial Lift Methods, Volume 2a, lopment to improve efficiency and accelerate
Petroleum publishing Co., 1980 the production process, reduce errors, improve
5. Amanat U.C., Oil Well Testing handbook, quality and reduce production costs.
Elsevier, 2004 Syllabus :
6. Amanat U.C., Gas Well Testing handbook, System Overview of CAD / CAM; Hardware
Elsevier, 2004 & Software Systems CAD / CAM: Geometric
Modelling: Type a mathematical representa-
ENME800602 tion of the model curve, surface and solid
ADVANCED THERMOFLUIDS 3D modeling methods and manipulation of
Course Objective: 3D models; exchange of data within and
Students are expected to understand the between sistem-CAD/CAM; CAD Laboratory
concepts of mass, momentum, heat, work, Activity; Technology CNC; Tool Path Genera-
energy and entropy at termofluida mechanics. tion Method-CAM systems; Control quality
Memahmi basic principles of hydrostatics, flow of machining (machined surface quality) in
measurement, identifying termofluid system or the system-CAM: Computer-Aided Process
control volume and the flow of time, momen- Planning CAPP; postprocessing; Practice
tum, heat and work associated with a given CAM: 3D geometry measurements, principles
problem. Understand the concept of lift and and measurement based Coordinate Measur-
drag force. Applying the first and second law of ing Machine (CMM), the method of filtration
thermodynamics withing thermofluids sytem. data, the identification of boundary features,
Syllabus : modeling and manipulation of point-based 3D
Introduction to thermofluids, hydrostatic, models, 3D models for the modularization of
control volume approach, Bernoulli equation, the prototype, prototype and rapidprototyp-
streamlined curves, the basic concepts of ing method, discretization model, principles
thermodynamics, the relationship properties and application of SLS and SLM.
and ideal gases, application of the first and Requirement : -
second law of thermodynamics, tempera- References:
ture, entropy, entropy of use, fuel , control 1. Kunwoo Lee, Principles of CAD/CAM/
volume analysis, steady flow, gas turbines CAE, Prentice Hall, 2003
and jet engines. 2. Gandjar K, Hand out CAD/CAM, DTMUI,
Requirement : - 2007
References: 3. Connie L. Dotson, Fundamentals of
1. Cengel, Y.A. & Boles, M.A. Dimensional Metrology, Delmar Learn-
Thermodynamics: An Engineering ing, 2006
Approach 4. Ali K. Kamrani, Emad A Nasr, Rapid
2. Homsy, G.M.(Ed.) Mechanics Of Fluids Prototyping: Theory And Practice,
3. Moran, M.J. & Shapiro, H.N.
Birkhauser, 2006
Fundamentals Of Engineering
Thermodynamics 5. Patri K. Venivinod, Weyin Ma, Rapid
4. Nakayama, Y.; & Boucher, R.F. Prototyping: Laser based and Other
Technologies, 2003
Introduction To Fluid Mechanics 427
Describes a simple method for the
ENME800402 analysis of vehicle suspension systems
AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS (4 SKS) and components;
Course Objective: Describes the vehicle suspension
Automation and Robotics course discusses system design requirements and how
PROGRAM
MASTER
Ship trials.
PROGRAM
by HPBooks A Division of HPBooks, Inc.,
ISBN 0-89586-232-8 Library of Congress Prasayarat :
Catalog Number 84-62610. References:
7. John C. Dixon, The Shock Absorber 1. D.J. Eyres, Ship Construction, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 2007
Handbook Second Edition, John Wiley
2. R.Shenoi, Ship Production Technology, Univ.
& Sons Ltd, The Atrium, Southern Gate, Of Southampton.
Chichester, ISBN 978-0-470-51020-9. 3. National Research Council, Shipbuilding
8. Reza N. Jazar, Vehicle Dynamics: Technology and Education, National
Theory and Applications, Springer Academy Press, 1996
Science+Business Media, LLC, ISBN: 978-0-
387-74243-4 e-ISBN: 978-0-387-74244-1. ENME800614
9. Liang Yun Alan Bliault Johnny Doo, WIG ENERGY SYSTEM OPTIMIZATION (4 SKS)
Craft and Ekranoplan, Ground Effect Course Objective:
Craft Technology, ISBN 978-1-4419- This course provides an understanding of math-
0041-8 e-ISBN 978-1-4419-0042-5, DOI ematical modeling, simulation and optimiza-
10.1007/978-1-4419-0042-5, Springer New tion of energy systems through technical and
York Dordrecht Heidelberg London. economical approach. The course is intended
10. T.K. GARRETT , K. NEWTON, W. STEEDS, to equip student with the ability to understand
The Motor Vehicle, Butterworth- mathematical model, simulation and optimiza-
Heinemann Linacre House, Jordan Hill, tion of thermal systems.
Oxford OX2 8DP, ISBN 07506 4449 4. Syllabus:
Workable System Design; Economical Evalu-
ation; Determination of Mathematical Equa-
ENME800603
tions; Thermal Equipment Modeling; System
MARITIME TECHNOLOGY
Simulation; System Optimization: Objective
Course Objective:
Function, Constraints; Lagrange Multipliers:
Understanding about maritime technology
Lagrange multiplier to complete the optimiza-
and the use of sea transport of marine-based
tion process; Dynamics, Geometric and Linear
energy sources. This course is also intended to
Programming; Mathematical Model of Thermo-
make students understand the maritime op-
dynamics Properties; Big System Simulation
portunities that can be developed by utilizing
under Steady Condition; Big Thermal System
the technology.
Simulation; Calculation of Variables in Opti-
Syllabus :
mum Conditions.
Ships clasification based on their function,
Requirement: Engineering Mathematics, Basic
aspects to be considered in designing the
Thermodynamics, Fluid Mechanics
ship, the historical development of offshore
References:
construction, marine environment, types of
1. Stoecker, W.F. Design of Thermal Sys-
building offshore: fixed and floating design
tem, Mc.Graw Hill Book Co, 1989.
design, mooring and anchor systems, Perhitunga
2. Boehm,R.F.Design of Analysis of Thermal
style and strength calculations of offshore
SystemJohn Wiley&Sons,1987.
construction , FPSO, Marine energy resources:
3. Yogesh Jaluria, Design and Optimization
wave, wake, OTEC, salinity, hydrogen
of Thermal Systems Mc.Graw Hill Book
Requirement :-
Co, 1998.
References:
1. International Energy Authority Renewable
ENME800615
Energy Technology Deployment (IEA-RETD),
MARINE AND OFFSHORE STRUCTURE (4 SKS)
Offshore Renewable Energy: Accelerating
Course Objective :
the Deployment of Offshore Wind, Tidal,
Provide the knowledge, understanding of the
and Wave Technologies., IEA-RETD 2012.
theory and principles of building offshore
2. Chakrabarti, Handbook of Offshore
include the type, function, and offshore
Engineering, Elsevier. 2007
construction technology and techniques in
performing design structure.
ENME800611
Syllabus :
SHIP PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT (4 SKS)
Types of Offshore; Construction and Offshore
COURSE OBJECTIVE :
Structures; Calculation of Style and Power
Provide knowledge and understanding of the
Offshore: Safety Requirements; Construction
various shipyard management and technique.
Semi-submersible; Single Buoy Mooring; FPSO;
Syllabus :
Offshore Maintenance and Repair.
Shipyard Layout; Ship Process Production; 429
Requirement : 4. Steve Killing dan Doug Hunter, Yacht Design
References : Explained : A Sailors Guide to the Principles
1. Cliff Gerwick, Construction of Marine and and Practices of Design, W.W Norton and
Off-shore Structures, CRC Press 1999 Company, 1998
2. Subrata Chakrabarti, Handbook of Offshore 5. S. Sleight, Modern Boat Building, Conway
Engineering, Elsevier Science, 2005
PROGRAM
Maritime Press.
3. Yong Bai, Marine Structural Design,
MASTER
MASTER
3 Programme Title Master Program in Electrical Engineering
PROGRAM
4 Class Regular
5 Final Award Magister Teknik (M.T.)
6 Accreditation / Recognition BAN-PT: A accredited
7 Language(s) of Instruction Bahasa Indonesia
8 Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Time) Full Time
9 Entry Requirements S1 in Electrical Engineering, Math and
Physics; pass the entrance exam.
10 Study Duration Designed for 2 years
Type of Semester Number of semester Number of weeks /semester
Regular 4 17
Short (optional) - -
11 Graduate Profiles:
Master of Engineering who is able to design and conduct self conducting research in the field of
electrical engineering based on technological advances
12 Expected Learning Outcomes:
Able to conduct research independently based on the progress of technology.
Able to design software or hardware, and always follow the progress of technology.
Propose a logical and systematic solutions supported by appropriate methods.
Able to analyze specific issues in depth in the field of electrical engineering
Able to build modeling and simulation of phenomena in electrical engineering
Able to use mathematics and optimization techniques to solve problems in electrical engineering
Able to characterize and integrate circuits and electronic devices and photonics
Able to design a variety of electronic circuits and devices, photonics and micro-electro mechanical
systems in a complex configuration
Able to analyze in depth various circuit design, electronic devices, photonics and micro-electro
mechanical systems
Able to contribute to current developments in the field of electronics and photonics
Able to analyze in depth and improve the performance of the telecommunications access system
and networks
Able to model and design the communication system
Able to model and design the radar system
Able to accurately model the control system according to the actual system
Able to analyze the stability of comprehensive control system
Able to develop and implement alternative control algorithms in real-time as a solution
Able to contribute to the development of new control techniques and its applications
Able to master the phenomenon of electric power
Identify the needs of Electric Power System components and power electronics
Able to apply conventional and renewable energy conversion
Able to plan, analyze, design and engineering combine energy and electricity
Able to implement technology advancement in energy and electricity engineering
Able to analyze, design and implement software using high level programming language.
Able to analyze computer system architecture, instruction set and able to develop parallel
algorithm in computer system.
Able to design, simulate and implement advanced concept of information network
Able to analyze and implement compression technique, multimedia file transmission, and QoS
through network based on its characteristics.
Able to analyze, design and develop embedded system using systematic methods.
Able to describe, analyze and implement security concept on web and information network.
Able to develop the concept of technology for national development of Indonesia
Able to design and implement strategies for the telecommunications institution (vendors,
operators, regulators)
Able to analyze performance and improve the quality of service telecommunication systems
Able to manage and analyze aspects of non-technical telecommunications system
431
12 Able to analyze and manage the technical aspects of a telecommunications system
Has leadership qualities in the national telecommunications sector (vendors, operators,
regulators)
Able to plan the coordination mechanisms of energy supply
Able to implement the system in areas related to electricity and energy management
PROGRAM
security
Able to perform forensic analysis for digital data as well as for traffic and network infrastructure
Able to design, simulate and implement network concept that meets security aspects of a network
Able to identify, map and analyze the security weaknesses of network and propose a solution to
handle the situation
Able to design a comprehensive physical infrastructure of high level security network
13 Classification of Subjects
No Classification Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
i Department Courses 17 41.46%
ii Majoring Courses 24 58.54%
Total 100 %
14 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 41 SKS
Career Prospects
432
Learning Outcomes Flow Diagram
Master of Engineering who is able to design and conduct self conducting research in the field of electrical engineering based on technological advances
Able to conduct research independently based on the progress of technology [2,3,10, 11] 1
Able to design software or hardware , and always follow the progress of technology [2,3,10, 11] 1
Able to analyze specific issues in depth in the field of electrical engineering [5] 3
Photonic and
Telecommunication Electrical Power and Multimedia and Information Telecommunication Electrical Power and Security of Information
Electronic Control Engineering
Engineering Energy Engineering Engineering Management Energy Management Engineering
Engineering
Able to analyze Able to contribute Able to implement Able to implement Able to describe and
Able to contribute Able to describe , analyze Able to implement
in depth and to the leadership principles in
to current technology and implement security the system in areas implement SNI ISO /IEC
improve the development of advancement in national 27001:2009
developments in concept on web and related to electricity
performance of new control energy and telecommunications
the field of information network and energy
the techniques and its electricity sector (vendors,
electronics and management
telecommunicat - applications engineering operators , regulators ) Able to implement basic
photonics
ions access concept, law and
Able to analyze , design and Able to analyze and regulation of computer
system and develop embedded system
Able to develop Able to plan , manage the technical Able to plan the network and information
Able to analyze in networks using systematic methods
analyze, design and aspects of a coordination security
depth various and implement
engineering combine telecommunications mechanisms of
circuit design, alternative control
energy and system energy supply
electronic devices , algorithms in real - Able to analyze and
Able to time as a solution electricity implement compression Able to manage and Able to perform forensic
photonics and
model and technique, multimedia file analyze aspects of non- analysis for digital data as
micro-electro
mechanical design the transmission, and QoS technical well as for traffic and
systems communicati through network based on its telecommunications network infrastructure
Able to analyze
on system Able to master characteristics system
the stability of
comprehensive the
Able to design a phenomenon of Able to analyze Able to design , simulate
control system Able to design , simulate and performance and
variety of electric power and implement network
implement advanced concept improve the quality of
electronic circuits Able to concept that meets
of information network service
and devices , model and security aspects of a
Able to accurately telecommunication
photonics and design the Able to apply network
model the control systems
micro-electro RADAR conventional
system according and renewable Able to analyze computer
mechanical system Able to identify , map and
to the actual energy system architecture , Able to design and
systems in a analyze the security
system conversion instruction set and able to implement strategies for
complex weaknesses of network
develop parallel algorithm in the telecommunications
configuration and propose a solution to
computer system institution (vendors,
Able to i dentify operators, regulators) handle the situation
Able to the needs of
characterize and electric power
Able to analyze , design and
integrate circuits system Able to develop the Able to design a
implement software using
components and concept of technology comprehensive physical
and electronic high level programming
power for national development infrastructure of high
devices and language
electronics of Indonesia level security network
photonics
Able to build modeling and simulation of phenomena in electrical engineering Able to use mathematics and optimization techniques to solve problems in electrical engineering
MASTER
PROGRAM
433
Flow Diagram of Subjects
1st Semester nd
3rd Semester 4rd Semester
PROGRAM
2 Semester
MASTER
Modeling and
Applied
System Seminar
Mathematics
Engineering
Thesis
Legend
Department Courses
Majoring Courses
434
CURRICULUM 0F MASTER PROGRAM IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
MASTER
KODE SKS
PROGRAM
Semester 1 1 Semester
st
Semester 2 2 Semester
nd
TOTAL 41
435
Semester 2 2nd Semester
Pemodelan dan Rekayasa
ENEE800002 Modeling and System Engineering 3
Sistem
Manajemen dan Ekonomi
ENEE800204 Economics Energy and Management 3
PROGRAM
Energi
MASTER
Semester 4 4 Semester
rd
TOTAL 41
Semester 2 2 Semester
nd
436
Semester 4 4rd Semester
MASTER
TOTAL 41
PROGRAM
MAJOR IN CONTROL ENGINEERING
MATA KULIAH SUBJECT
KODE SKS
Semester 1 1 Semester
st
Semester 2 2 Semester
nd
TOTAL 41
437
Semester 2 2nd Semester
Pemodelan dan Rekayasa
ENEE800002 Modeling and System Engineering 3
Sistem
Simulasi Jaringan Berbasis
ENEE800504 Computer Based Network Simulation 3
PROGRAM
Komputer
MASTER
Semester 4 4 Semester
rd
TOTAL 41
MASTER
TOTAL 41
PROGRAM
CURRICULUM 0F SPECIAL MAGISTER PROGRAM AT SALEMBA
Semester 4 4 Semester
rd
TOTAL 41
439
ENEE800603 Manajemen Proyek Teknik Engineering Project Management 3
ENEE800701 Energi & Lingkungan Energy & Environment 2
Ekonomi Perusahaan Pembangki- Electric Utility Power Generation Eco-
ENEE800702 2
tan Tenaga Listrik nomics
PROGRAM
Subtotal 10
MASTER
TOTAL 41
ELECTIVE COURSES
Odd Semester
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT SKS
ENEE800005 CAD VLSI CAD VLSI 3
ENEE800006 Optika Fourier Fourier Optics 3
ENEE800007 Aplikasi Mikroprosesor Lanjut Advanced Microprocessor Application 3
ENEE800008 Penginderaan Jauh Remote Sensing 3
Even Semester
ENEE800009 Mikroelektronika Terapan Applied Microelectronics 3
ENEE800010 Sirkuit Logika Lanjut Advanced Logic Circuit 3
ENEE800011 Mekanika Kuantum Quantum Mechanics 3
Sistem Pengukuran dengan
ENEE800012 Optical Measurement System 3
Metode Optik
Praktikum Teknik Optoelek-
ENEE800013 Optoelectronics Laboratory 1
tronika
440
COURSE SYLLABUS
ENEE800003
ENEE800001 SEMINAR
APPLIED MATHEMATICS 3 SKS
3 SKS Learning Objectives: In this course, students are
MASTER
Learning Objectives: On completion class, the directed to apply previously learned knowledge
PROGRAM
students will be able to apply mathematic formu- into a self conducting research under supervision
las to solve engineering problems; In the field of by a lecturer. After completing this course,
technology management, this course is also giving students are expected to be able to design and
the statistical methods that can be used to formu- analyze under a supervised research, and able
late the technical and business issues solutions in to write their research findings in a systematic
the system and application of technology. scientific writing in form of seminar book.
Syllabus: Series; Differential equations and Students are also expected to present and defense
partial differential equations; some of transfor- their research design in front of their seminar
mations; Optimization; Probability and statistics; council.
Statistical Method; Mathematic modeling for Syllabus: None
business; Decision analysis; Forecasting; Business References: Have taken at least 24 SKS
research for managers; Optimization in business Text Books:
1. Technical Guidance for Universitas Indone-
and engineering; Survey theory.
sia Students Final Project
Prerequisites: None
2. IEEE Citation Reference
Text Books:
1. E . K r e y z i g , A d v a n c e d E n g i n e e r i n g 3. IEEE Transactions on Parallel And Distrib-
Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley, uted Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2, February
2006. 2010, How To Write Research Articles in
2. E.K.P. Chong dan S.H. Zak, An Introduction Computing and Engineering Disciplines
to Optimization, 2nd Edition, John Wiley
2001. ENEE800004
3. R.I. Levin and D.S.Rubin, Statistics for THESIS
Management , Prentice Hall, 1997. 8 SKS
4. D.R. Anderson, D.J. Sweeney, T.A. Williams, Learning Objectives: In this course, students are
J.D. Camm, R.K. Martin, Quantitative directed to apply previously learned knowledge
Methods for Business, South Western Colleg self conducting research under supervision by a
Publication, 2009. lecturer. After completing this course, Students
are expected to be able to make a research
ENEE800002 concept by applying existing theories. Under
MODELING AND SYSTEM ENGINEERING supervision from the lecturer, students are
3 SKS expected to design, integrate, implement and
Learning Objectives: After completing the class, analyze their concept, and write their research
the students will be able to simulate, identify findings in a systematic scientific writing in the
and realize some physic models in dedicated form of undergraduate theses book. Students
software; In the field of technology management, are also expected to present and defend their
this course also aims to model problems and cases concepts and findings in front of examiner in the
that occur in the system so that the technology final defense council.
can support the ideal strategy of designs. Syllabus: None
Syllabus: Basic simulation & modeling: physical References: Have taken at least 24 SKS
modeling, non-parametric model identification; Text Books:
Data analysis: least square, extended least square, 1. Technical Guidance for Universitas Indone-
generalized least square, validation, real-time sia Students Final Project
identification; Model and prototyping; Software 2. IEEE Citation Reference
applications: Matlab/Simulink, PSpice, Network 3. IEEE Transactions on Parallel And Distrib-
Simulator; Modeling for technological system and uted Systems, Vol. 21, No. 2, February
applications; System Engineering Model; Design 2010, How To Write Research Articles in
for the improvement of performance and quality Computing and Engineering Disciplines
of technological applications. ENEE800101
Prerequisites: None
Text Books: ADVANCED MOBILE BROADBAND SYSTEM
1. A. Law, Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 3 SKS
4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2006. Learning Objectives: Students are expected to
2. B.P. Zeigler, T.G. Kim & H. Praehofer, Theory be able to analyze the performance of the next
of Modeling and Simulation, 2nd Edition, generation communication system.
Academic Press, 2000. Syllabus: Background of 3G Evolution; High 441
be able to analyze the performance of the next
data rates in mobile communications; OFDM
transmission; Wideband single carrier; Multi generation communication systems based on their
antenna techniques; Scheduling; Link adaptation coding, modulation, access, and network.
and hybrid ARQ; WCDMA evolution; High speed Syllabus: Signal space concept in representing
downlink packet access; Enhanced uplink; MBMS; digitally modulated signals; Characterization
PROGRAM
HSPA evolution; LTE and SAE; LTE radio access; LTE of narrowband signals, noise, and systems in
analyzing communications systems; Bandlimited
MASTER
MASTER
CRC Taylor & Francis, 2006.
PROGRAM
Prerequisites: None 2. P.S. Hall, Antennas and Propagation for Body
Text Books: Centric Wireless Communications, Artech
1. R. Ramaswami, K. Sivarajan, and G. Sasaki, House, 2006.
Optical Networks: A Practical Perspective,
3rd Edition, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, ENEE800108
2010. ADVANCED RF ENGINEERING
2. W.J. Goralski, SONET, 3rd Edition, McGraw 2 SKS
Hill, 2002. Learning Objectives: Students are expected to
3. B. Mukherjee, Optical WDM Networks be able to design RF devices, and to analyze their
(Optical Networks), Springer, 2006. ISBN: performance of wireless RF.
0387290559. Syllabus: RF and radio access network design
essentials: modulation, demodulation, and
ENEE800106 multiple access techniques; LNA and Mixers
ADVANCED ANTENNA designs; Oscillator; Frequency Synthesizers;
3 SKS Filter Design; PA Design technologies; Wireless
Learning Objectives: Students are expected to communication system design; Wireless LAN
be able to design antennas and analyze their technologies.
performances Prerequisites: None
Syllabus: Basic Electromagnetic Theory: maxwell Text Books:
eqs, boundary condition, vector wave equation, Hussain, Advanced RF Engineering for Wireless
image theory. Wire and loop antenna: ideal Systems and Networks, John Wiley and Sons,
dipole; Loop antenna. Aperture antenna; Slot 2005.
antenna; Microstrip antenna; Horn antenna;
Reflector antenna; Fractal Antenna; EBG ENEE800201
(Electromagnetic Bandgap); Metamaterial; POWER GENERATION OPERATION AND CON-
Computational electromagnetic: method of TROL
moment; Finite difference time domain or finite 3 SKS
method; Geometrical theory of diffraction; Basic Learning Objectives: After completing the
measurement technique. course, the student will be able to operate ther-
Prerequisites: None mal and hydro power generation, distribute and
Text Books: control power system and create electric power
1. C.A. Balanais, Antenna Theory Analysis and
production cost models.
Design, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 1997.
Syllabus: Characteristics of power generation
2. W.L. Stuztman and G.A. Thiele, Antenna
units; Economic dispatch of thermal units; Trans-
Theory & Design, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
mission system effects; Unit commitment; Gen-
eration with limited energy supply; Hydrothermal
ENEE800107
coordination; Production cost models; Control of
WIRELESS MEDICAL SYSTEM ENGINEERING
3 SKS generation; Interchange of power and energy.
Learning Objectives: Understand the applications Prerequisites: None
of electrical engineering subjects in medical field; Text Books:
Able to design and develop the medical devices; A.J. Wood and B.F. Wollenberg, Power Genera-
Have knowledge to build a medical engineering tion, Operation and Control, 2nd Edition, John
system and its applications Wiley & Sons Inc., 1996
Syllabus: Introduction of Class; Body-Centric
Wireless Communications; Electromagnetic ENEE800202
properties and modeling of the human ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM QUALITY
body; Wearable devices; Body-centric UWB 3 SKS
communications; Body-sensor networks; Medical Learning Objectives: Able to analyze the operat-
implant communication systems; Wireless medical ing conditions of electrical power system, both
diagnosis: magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), MRI in steady state and disruption because of voltage
safety; Wireless medical diagnosis: microwave swells / voltage sag and harmonic distortions.
computed tomography, advanced imaging Syllabus: Transients; Overvoltage; Undervoltage;
techniques; Wireless treatment technology; Interruptions; Sags; Swells; Voltage imbalance;
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) to medical Voltage fluctuations; Waveform distortion; Power
devices; Wireless power technology for medical frequency variations; Harmonic distortions; Volt- 443
age vs current distortion; Harmonic vs transients; and Power Semiconductor Switches; Diode Recti-
Controlling harmonics; Filter design; Power fiers; Controlled Rectifiers; Inverters; Resonant
quality benchmarking; Distributed generation Converters and Switching D.C. Power Supplies;
and power quality; Wiring and grounding; Power Power Conditioners and Uninterruptible Power
quality monitoring. Supplies; Introduction to Motor Drives; D.C. Motor
PROGRAM
Text Books:
R.C. Dugan, M.F. Mc.Granaghan, S.Santoso, H.W. Applications; Optimizing the Utility Interface with
Beaty, Electrical Power System Quality, 2nd Power Electronic Systems.
Edition, Mc.Graw Hill, 2002. Prerequisites: None
Text Books:
ENEE800203 N. Mohan, T.M. Undeland, W.P. Robbins, Power
NEW AND RENEWABLE ENERGY Electronics, 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons,
3 SKS 2003.
Learning Objectives: The students will be able
to combine usage of new and renewable energy ENEE800206
resources to become optimum power systems. ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM PLANNING
Syllabus: Forms and sources of new and re- 3 SKS
newable energy; Concepts and technology of: Learning Objectives: Able to analyze the iden-
nuclear energy, solar energy, wind energy, sea tity of forecasts demand to changes in economic
energy (tidal, wave, ocean thermal energy con- variables and able to forecasts system reliability
version), geothermal energy, water energy (run of of variable economic conditions.
river, reservoir and pumped storage hydro power Syllabus: Electrical Power Increased Demand
plants); Biomass; Biofuels (liquid, gaseous); Fuel Forecasting; Long Term Electrical Power Supply;
cells; Economics of new and renewable energy. Electrical Power Generation (Production) Plan-
Prerequisites: None ning; Power System Plant Maintenance Schedul-
Text Books: ing; Indonesias Electricity Development Strategic
1. H.L. Wilis, Distributed Power Generation: Factors; Indonesias Electricity Development
Planning and Evaluation Power Engineering, Prospects; Electrical Power System Development
CRC Press, 2000. Models; Optimization Methods.
2. A.M Borbely, J.F. Kreider, Distributed Prerequisites: None
Generation, The Power Paradigm for the New Text Books:
Millenium, London, U.K., CRC Press 2001. 1. X. Wang, J.R. McDonald, Modern Power Sys-
tem Planning, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1994.
ENEE800204 2. Zuhal, Ketenagalistrikan Indonesia, PT.
ECONOMICS ENERGY AND MANAGEMENT Ganesha Prima, April 1995.
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Understand the energy ENEE800301
management by applying supply/demand side INTEGRATED CIRCUIT THEORY
management that related with the resource, for 3 SKS
both fossil and non-fossil. Learning Objectives: Able to master the Basic
Syllabus: Fosil and Non Fosil Resources; Power concept and design the simple application in
System Management; incuding Generation; Trans- integrated circuits.
mission and Distribution of Electrical Power. Sup- Syllabus: Integrated component circuit technol-
ply Side Management and Demand Side Manage- ogy; CMOS technology; modeling of CMOS analog
ment; known as Integrated Resource Planning. circuit; device characteristic; operational ampli-
Prerequisites: None fier sub circuit with CMOS analog; CMOS amplifier;
Text Books: Analog to Digital converter; Digital to Analog
1. J.M. Griffin, H.B. Steele, Energy Econom- Converter; Computer based design of electronic
ics and Policy, Academic Press New York, circuits.
1980. Prerequisites: None
2. Zuhal, Ketenagalistrikan Indonesia, PT. Text Books:
Ganesha Prima, April 1995. 1. R.S. Muller and T.I. Kamins, Device Electronics
for Integrated Circuits, 2nd Edition, John
ENEE800205 Wiley and Sons, 1986.
INDUSTRIAL POWER ELECTRONICS 2. R.L. Boyleslad & L. Nashelsky, Electronic
3 SKS Devices & Circuit Theory, 10th Edition,
Learning Objectives: To deal with the applica- Prentice Hall, 2008.
tions of high power semiconductor devices in
industries and utilities.
444 Syllabus: Review of Power Electronic Systems
ENEE800302
ELECTRONIC PHYSICS ENEE800305
3 SKS HETERO-STRUCTURE DEVICES
Learning Objectives: On completion of course, 3 SKS
the students will be able to understand the Learning Objectives: The students are able to
MASTER
structur of crystal lattice, X-ray crystal analysis, analyze the account of device physics and op-
PROGRAM
dynamic of cry-quantum mechanic and staticti- erational principles of heterostructure devices
cal mechanic. comprehensively.
Syllabus: Space Lattice and Crystal; X-ray Crystal Syllabus: A review of the Physics and Properties
Analysis; Dynamic of Cry-Quantum Mechanic & of Semiconductor: direct and indirect bandgap;
Statistical Mechanic. Heterojunction; Design of heterostructures de-
Prerequisites: None vices; Solar cell; Photodetector; LED.
Text Books: Prerequisites: None
1. J.P. McKelvey,Solid State & Semiconductor Text Books:
Physic, REK Publishing, 1986. 1. S.M. Sze, K.K. Ng, Physic of Semiconductor
2. S.S. Li, Semiconductor Physical Electronics, Devices, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2nd Edition, Springer, 2006. 2006.
2. J.P. McKelvey, Solid State and Semiconduc-
ENEE800303 tor Physics, Robert E. Krieger Publishing
PHOTONIC DEVICE Company, 1986.
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: This course aims at provid- ENEE800306
ing students with the systematic introduction MICROELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEM
to modern photonic devices and subsystems for 3 SKS
applications in optical communications, optical Learning Objectives: After completing the cour-
sensing and imaging, optical data-storage and se, the students are able to design and analyze
computing and solid state illumination. a simple device based on MEMS. In addition,
Syllabus: Guided wave optics; fiber optics; the students will understand fabrication process
resonator optics; photon optics; photons and of MEMS dan Microsensor and its applications in
atoms; photon in semiconductors; laser ampli- industry.
fiers; semiconductor photon sources; photonic Syllabus: Introduction to MEMS; Material for
modulators (electro-optics, nonlinear optics and MEMS; Processes for Micromachining; MEMS
acousto optics). Structure and System in Inductrial and Automo-
Prerequisites: None tive Application; MEMS Structures and Systems
Text Books: in Photonic Applications; MEMS Applications in
1. B.E.A. Saleh and M.C. Teich, Fundamentals Life Sciences; MEMS Structures and Systems in
of Photonics, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. RF Applications; Packaging and Reliability Consi-
2. S.L. Chuang, Physics of Photonic Devices, derations for MEMS.
2nd Edition, Wiley, 2009. ISBN-10: 0470293195, Prerequisites: None
ISBN-13: 978-0470293195. Text Books:
1. M.G. el-Hak (Editor), The MEMS Handbook
ENEE800304 MEMS: Introduction and Fundamentals, 2nd
SOLID STATE DEVICE Edition, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group,
3 SKS 2006.
Learning Objectives: On completion of course, 2. S. Beeby, G. Ensell, M. Kraft, and N. White,
the students will able to design simple solid state MEMS Mechanical Sensors, Artech House,
device, such as: bipolar device, FET, IMPATT, Inc., 2004.
transferred electron devices.
Syllabus: Bipolar Devices; JFET; MOSFET; MIS ENEE800401
Diode; Charge Couple Devices; Tunnel devices; ANALOG AND DIGITAL CONTROL
IMPATT and Related Transit Time Devices; Trans- 3 SKS
ferred Electron Devices. Learning Objectives: This course is a review of
Prerequisites: None basic modeling, analysis, and design of feedback
Text Books: control systems. It gives them insight into the
1. S.M. Sze, K.K. Ng, Physic of Semiconductor problems of control and intuition about methods
Devices, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, available to solve such problems. Both frequency
2006. response and state space methods for analysis and
2. R.F. Pierred, Advanced Semiconductor design of continuous and discrete time systems
Fundamental, 2nd Edition, Pierson Publisher, are considered.
2002. Syllabus: Open-loop and closed-loop control
445
systems; basic concepts and definitions; Block tem; controllability dan observability; poles dan
diagram; Nyquist Diagrams; Bode Diagrams analy- zeros; pole placement method; decoupling Falb-
sis and design; Steady-state error analysis; Root Wolovich method; observer Luenberger design.
locus analysis and design; State space equations; Prerequisites: None
controllability and observability; solution of state Text Books:
PROGRAM
equations; Controller design using pole-placement 1. P. Albertos and A. Sala, Multivariable Control
method; Full order observer design; Z-transforma- Systems: An Engineering Approach, Springer-
MASTER
MASTER
Text Books: functional and nonfunctional requirements; UML -
PROGRAM
1. P.E. Wellstead dan M.B. Zarrop, Self-Tuning Use-cases; designing for reusability; adaptability
Systems: Control and Signal Processing, John and maintainability; software architecture design
Wiley and Sons, 1991. quality; software implementation; test plans dan
2. J.B. Burl, Linear Optimal Control: H2 and H its implementation; data modeling; software
Methods, Addison Wesley, 1999. maintenance; system documentation.
Prerequisites: None
ENEE800406 Textbooks:
INTELLIGENT SYSTEM AND CONTROL 1. E. Braude, Software Engineering: An Object
3 SKS Oriented Perspective, John Wiley and Sons,
Learning Objectives: Learning the computational 2000.
intelligence method to develop an intelligent con- 2. E. Braude, M. Bernstein, Software
trol system modelled after biological system and Engineering: Modern Approaches, John
Wiley and Sons, 2010.
human cognitive capabilities, possesing learning,
3. C. Larman, Applying UML and Patterns: An
adaptation and classification. Real application
Introduction to Object-oriented Analysis and
on single input single output (SISO) system is
Design and the Unified Process, Prentice
experimentally conducted.
Hall International, 2004.
Syllabus: Introduction to pattern recognition;
4. D. Brown, An Introduction to Object
introduction to artificial neural networks; back-
Oriented Analysis, Object and UML in Plain
propagation learning; self-organized map learn-
English, John Wiley and Sons, 2002.
ing; learning vector quantization; system identi- 5. E. Yourdon, Modern Structured Analysis,
fication; system control; SISO experiments. Prentice Hall International, 1992.
Prerequisites: None 6. Sommerville, Software Engineering, 9th
Text Books: Edition, Addison Wesley, 2010.
1. F.M. Ham and I. Kostanic, Principal of 7. R. Pressman, Software Engineering: a
Neuroconputing for Science and Engineering, Practitioners Approach, 7th Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2001. McGraw-Hill, 2009.
2. J. Sarangapani,Neural Networks Control of
Nonlinier Discrete-Time System, CRC Press, ENEE800502
2006. ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURES
3 SKS
ENEE800501 Learning Objectives: In this course, students
OBJECT ORIENTED BASED SOFTWARE ENGI- learn advanced concept in computer architecture.
NEERING After completing this course, students will be able
3 SKS to describe architecture of a computer system,
Learning Objectives: In this course students analyze series of instruction sets. Students will be
learn topics on object oriented based software able to analyze detailed architecture of pipelin-
engineering life cycle, requirements and speci- ing, superscalar and parallel systems and imple-
fications. After completing this course, students ment parallel algorithm in a computer system.
will be able to outline concepts of object oriented Syllabus: Review of instruction set architectures
based software engineering and models used in and its influence to performance: micro instruc-
development. Students will also have capability tion execution; influence of clock and busing
in problem analyzing, apply necessary stages system; memory systems; cache systems. Pipelin-
of software life cycle, create documentation ing architectures: advantage; data; address and
in a software development, describe software control conflicts; instruction re-ordering. Super-
specification based on software requirements and scalar architectures: dual stream execution. CISC
apply verification methods, implement design in and RISC. RISC architectures and its features: role
a program, test the program, perform system of registers; register windows techniques and its
maintenance and produce complete documenta- influence on performance. Parallel architectures:
tion of the system development up to the user shared memory; distributed memory; loosely
manual for a relatively complex system in the coupled and tightly coupled. Cache consistency
real world. issues. Examples of parallel algorithms; load bal-
Syllabus: Object oriented based software ancing; message passing; notion on performance
engineering concept, problems in software de- of parallel algorithms.
velopment, the waterfall model, prototyping Prerequisites: None
447
Text Books: to conduct research in networking.
1. W. Stallings, Computer Organization and Syllabus: Introduction; Network Simulation Fun-
Architecture, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall, damentals; The Basic of NS: OTCL; Simple Simula-
2007. tion example (topology; events; marking flows;
2. J.L. Hennessy, D.A. Patterson, Computer monitoring a queue); Architecture (nodes; links;
PROGRAM
in Computer Architecture and Design), 5th nents; Packet; Post Simulation: Analyzing ns trace
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2011. ISBN-10: file; Queue Monitor (examples); Best Practice in
012383872X, ISBN-13: 978-0123838728. Network Performance Evaluation Techniques;
3. J.P. Shen and M.H. Lipasti, Modern Processor Ns topology generation; OTCL and C++; routing
Design: Fundamental of Superscalar Proces- (unicast; multicast; network dynamics); multi-
sors, McGraw Hill Book, 2003 (Beta Eds). cast transport; NAM network animator; further
features (abstraction; multicast; RTP/RTCP; SRM;
ENEE800503 QoS; Scenario generation; test suites); Extending
ADVANCED INFORMATION NETWORKS ns: Ns structure; OTCL linkage; Add new applica-
3 SKS tion and agent; add new queue; A New Protocol
Learning Objectives: In this course, students for ns: Header file; C++ code; necessary changes;
learn advance concepts of information networks the TCL code; Introduction to NS-3.
toward Next Generation Networks. After com- Prerequisites: None
pleting this course, students are expected to be Text Books:
able to outline the advance concept of informa- 1. J. F. Kurose and K. W. Ross, Computer
tion networks, IP protocols and its relation with Networking, A Top-Down Approach Featur-
Quality of Services (QoS). Students are also able ing the Internet, Addison Wesley, 2003
to describe protocols in wireless networks, and 2. A. Law and W. Kelton, Simulation Model-
explain the characteristics of real-time and non ing and Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 2001.
real-time traffic, analyze QoS requirements of 3. R. Jain. The Art of Computer Systems Per-
video, audio and data traffic. Students should formance Analysis: Techniques for Experi-
be able to analyze future networks toward Next mental Design, Measurement, Simulation,
Generation Networks, and able to analyze net- and Modeling, John Wiley and Sons, New
works of merging present telecommunication York, 1991.
technologies.
Syllabus: The notion of modern information ENEE800505
networks; QoS based networks which rely on IP MULTIMEDIA COMPUTING
and IP like protocols. The wired and wireless 3 SKS
backbone networks; the wired and wireless ac- Learning Objectives: In this course, students will
cess networks. Traffic characteristics; real time be able to implement technology in multimedia
traffic; non real time traffic; traffic class of ser- and its delivery via networks. After completing
vice. Traffic reservation protocols: RSVP; ATM; this course, students are expected to be able to
SIP; etc. Quality of Service (QoS) notions; QoS analyze multimedia file components, multimedia
parameters; implementation of QoS. End to end file compression techniques, real time delivery
QoS in future networks. Traditional ATM networks: of multimedia file, multimedia QoS in computer
class of services; label swapping; traffic reserva- networks, and also able to analyze the network
tion and congestion issues. MPLS networks: The characteristics to support multimedia file
implementation of Class of Services. Wireless distribution through the Internet.
networks: WiFi and WiMAX; QoS in WiMAX. Fiber Syllabus: The concept of Multimedia Computing;
Optics based networks: IP over DWM issues. Next Digital Representation of Audio; Image and Video;
Generation Networks (NGN): the merging of all Characteristics and Requirements of Multime-
kinds of telecommunication technologies. dia Data; Digital Audio Compression Principles;
Prerequisites: None Techniques and Standards; Image and Video Com-
Text Books: pression Principles; Techniques and Standards;
W. Stallings, High Speed Networks, Prentice End-to-End Quality of Service Guarantee for
Hall, 2002. Digital Audio and Video Communication; Network
Support for Multimedia Communication; Transport
ENEE800504 Protocol Support for Multimedia Communications;
COMPUTER BASED NETWORK SIMULATION End-System Support for Distributed Multimedia
3 SKS Applications; Networked Multimedia Synchroniza-
Learning Objectives: By the end of the course, tion Requirements and Mechanisms; Multimedia
students should be able to describe the role of Information Indexing and Retrieval.
network simulation in the new internet protocols Prerequisites: None
448 research and be able to use NS network simulator Text Books:
1. G. Lu, Communication & Computing for 1. R.R. Panko, Corporate Computer and Net-
Distributed Multimedia Systems, Artech work Security, Prentice Hall, 2004.
House, 1998. 2. W. Stallings, Cryptography and Network
2. K.R. Rao, Zoran S. Bojkovic, D.A. Milo- Security: Principles and Practice, 3rd Edi-
vanovic, Multimedia Communication Sys- tion, Prentice Hall, 2003.
MASTER
tem: Techniques, Standards and Networks,
PROGRAM
Prentice Hall, PHTR, 2002. ENEE800601
MODERN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING
ENEE800506 2 SKS
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Learning Objectives: This lecture aims to discuss
3 SKS the basic principles of the telecommunications
Learning Objectives: To introduce and expose the system focused on the engineering aspects of
students to methodologies for systematic design modern telecommunication applications. By
of embedded systems. At the end of the course following this course, students are expected to
the students have the capability to analyse, analyze a telecommunication system and calcu-
design and develop an embedded system. The late its technical aspects.
topics include, but are not limited to, system Syllabus: Digital communications system; Tech-
specification, architecture modeling, component nological elements in Transmission channel;
partitioning, estimation metrics, hardware and Backbone and Backhaul network; The modern
software co-design, diagnostics, FPGA-based application of broadband network; Interconnec-
system design and development tion system; Spectrum Analysis; Techniques of
Syllabus: Embedded System Introduction; Soft- Modulation and Coding; Mobile cellular evolution
ware Introduction; Real-time Models and Schedul- towards 5G; Broadband Wireless Access; Techno-
ing; Periodic/Aperiodic Tasks; Resource Sharing; logical platform for modern applications: Digital
Real-time OS; Case Study: Mars Pathfinder; System TV; Cloud Computing; Green IT; Next Generation
Components; Communication; Low Power Design; Network; Open Systems in Digital Convergence;
Architecture Synthesis; FPGA Introduction; FPGA- Content Governance; Emerging trend of technol-
based System Sample Project; FPGA Design and ogy; Technology for Ubiquitous Network.
Development Prerequisites: None
Prerequisites: None Text Books:
Text Books: 1. R. Frieden, International Telecommunications
1. P. Marwedel, Embedded System Design, Handbook, Artech House, 1996.
Springer Verlag, 2005. 2. R.L. Freeman, Telecommunications System
2. W.Wolf, Computers as Components Engineering, Wiley-Interscience, 2004.
Principles of Embedded System Design, 3. S. Park, Strategies and Policies in Digital
Morgan Kauffman Publishers, 2000. Convergence, Information Science
Reference, 2007.
ENEE800507
SECURITY & RELIABILITY IN INFORMATION ENEE800602
NETWORKS MANAGEMENT OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYS-
3 SKS TEM
Learning Objectives: In this course, students will 3 SKS
learn current issues of privacy and security associ- Learning Objectives: The material in this lecture
ated with information systems. After completing will discuss the basic concepts of management of
this course, students will be able to describe telecommunication systems including the concept
protocols and model of security system in com- of regulation for implementation of the national
munications. Students are also able to analyze telecommunications system.
networks vulnerabilities and apply security system Syllabus: Long-range planning; Feasibility Analy-
on networks and web. sis; Wide Area Network; Telecommunications
Syllabus: Introduction to security and privacy Operations from fraud and disaster prevention
issues associated with information systems; to project management; Quality control and
basic notions of confidentiality; integrity; avail- Security; Telecommunications Regulation; The
ability; identity & authentication; protocols & Emerging Economics of Telecommunications;
data integrity; access control; security models; Economic Tools for Telecommunications Strate-
cryptographic systems and protocols for privacy; gies; Network and Marketing Plan; Analysis of
networks & web security; intrusion detection and Indonesian Telecommunications Act; Universal
prevention; Vulnerabilities and attacks; security Service Obligation.
risk analysis; disaster recovery planning; security Prerequisites: None
policies; security audit and ISO17799 Text Books:
Prerequisites: None 1. J.K. Shaw, Strategic Management in
Textbook: Telecommunications, Artech House Publisher, 449
2000. the students ability to understand the interna-
2. J.K. Shaw, Telecommunications Deregulation tional and national law aspects and the standard-
and The Information Economy, 2nd Edition,
ization process in telecommunication industry.
Artech House Publisher, 2002.
Syllabus: International Telecommunications
Organization; Indonesia Telecommunication Law
PROGRAM
ENEE800603
and Regulation; Public Policy Making; Standardiza-
MASTER
MASTER
Management; Billing and Security Management; build the leadership vision and holistic insight
PROGRAM
Numbering Plans; Traffic Management; Mobile to students by conducting knowledge sharing
Network Design; Frequency and Capacity Plan- with telecommunication industriy stakeholders
ning; Interoperability technique; Network Audit (operators, vendors) and regulator including in
and Control. convergency, macro economy, and micro economy
Prerequisites: None fields. Students are expected to be able to have
Text Books: integrated perspective supporting national inter-
1. H.H. Wang, Telecommunications Network ests and Indonesia development.
Management, McGraw Hill, 1998 Syllabus: -
2. T. Plevyak, V. Sahin, Next Generation Prerequisites: None
Telecommunications Networks, Services and Text Books:
Management, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2010. Handout
ENEE800608 ENEE800701
TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION AND ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT
2 SKS
COMPETITIVENESS Learning Objectives: On completion of class, the
3 SKS students will be to analyze effect of energy usage
Learning Objectives: The purpose of this lecture which harmfull to the environment.
is to give students the concept of innovation and Syllabus: Global Warming caused by the Usage of
technology management system in the telecom- Fosil and Non Fosil Energy Resources; Environment
munication sector. At the end of the course, the problem solving nationally and globally; Kyoto
students are expected to be able to understand Protocol Implementation in the form of Clean
and develop a holistic strategy of technology Development Mechanism; CO2 trading.
development for an industrial or a state policy Prerequisites:
makers by considering the factors of innovation Prerequisites: None
system support. In addition, the students also are Text Books:
expected to have an leadership insight in using 1. W.W. Nazaroff, L.A. Cohen, Environment
information and communication technology so Engineering Science, John Wiley and Sons
they can enhance the competitiveness of institu- Inc., 2001.
tion and country. 2. R.A. Ristineu, J.J. Kroushaar, Energy and
Syllabus: National and Sectoral System of In- Environment, John Wiley and Sons Inc.,
novation; Macroeconomic Theory and Techni- 2006.
cal Change; Evolutionary theory; Innovation in
telecommunications industry; R&D Management ENEE800702
in Telecommunications Firms; Technological Dif- ELECTRIC UTILITY POWER GENERATION ECO-
fusion; Innovation in ICT Services; Globalization, NOMICS
National Competitiveness and Economic Growth; 2 SKS
Science Technology and Innovation Policies; Tech- Learning Objectives: On completion class, the
nological forecasting; Technoeconomy paradigm; students are able to learn and understand the
Intellectual Property and Standardization; The methods of utility power plan operation efficiently
Knowledge Economy and ICT paradigm; Economic without compromising business growth.
Policy analysis and the Internet; Market and Poli- Syllabus: Introduction; Utility Organization; Basic
cies in New Knowledge Economy. Accounting Principles; The Time Value of Money;
Prerequisites: None Revenue Requirements: The Fixed Charge Rate;
Text Books: Methods of Economic Analysis; Electric Utility Sys-
1. J. Fagerberg, D.C. Mowery, R.R. Nelson, The tem Loads; System Operation; System Stability:
Oxford Handbook of Innovation, Oxford Reserves; Economic Characteristics of Generating
University Press, 2006. Units; Problems in Total System Analysis; Analysis
2. M.R. Milson, D. Wilemon, The Strategy of Storage and Renewable Energy; Direct Unit
of Managing Innovation and Technology, Comparisons; Future Developments.
Prentice Hall, 2007. Prerequisites: None
3. R. Mansell, C. Avgerou, D. Quah, R. Silverstone, Text Books:
The Oxford Handbook of Information 1. W.D. Marsh, Economics of Electric Utility
and Communication Technologies, Oxford Power Generation, Clarendon Press, Oxford
University Press, 2007. University Press, New York. 451
2. W.D. Marsh, Economics of Electric Utility ENEE800802
Power Generation, Oxford University Press, INFORMATION NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE
1980. ISBN-10: 019856130X, ISBN-13: 978- 3SKS
0198561309 Learning Objectives: This course introduces stu-
3. W.G. Sullivan, E.M. Wicks, J.T. Luxhoj, dents with the basic concepts behind the design
PROGRAM
Engineering Economy, 13th Edition, Pearson and scaling of server farms using data center
Education Ltd., 2006. and content switching technologies. It addresses
MASTER
MASTER
in Computing, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall, ENEE800806
PROGRAM
2008. NETWORK AND DIGITAL FORENSIC
2. M. Subramanian, Network Management 4 SKS
Principles & Practices, Pearson, 2010. Learning Objectives: In this course, students
will learn network and digital forensic. After
ENEE800804 completing this course, students will be able to
SECURITY RISK MANAGEMENT & DISASTER identify digital trace on computer and network,
RECOVERY identify attack forms based on the digital trace,
3 SKS and analyze the digital trace and gathering digital
Learning Objectives: In this course, will learn an law evidence.
ability to manage risk security on network security Syllabus: Network and Digital Forensic Introduc-
through properly framework that effectively links tion; Windows Forensic; Linux Forensic; Computer
security strategies and related costs. Students Network Forensic; Mobile Device Forensic.
also able to recover after information network Prerequisites: None
security incident. Text Books:
Syllabus: Introduction to security risk management; 1. E. Casey, Digital Evidence and Computer
Risk Analysis; Risk Management Approach; System Crime: Forensic Science, Computers, and
Security Engineering; Security Policy; Legal Issues; the Internet, 3rd Edition, Academic Press,
Planning for Organizational Readiness; Incident 2011.
Response; Contingency Strategies for Business 2. A. J. Marcella Jr. and F. Guillossou, Cyber
Resumption Planning; Disaster Recovery; Business Forensics: From Data to Digital Evidence,
Continuity; Crisis Management. Wiley, 2012.
Prerequisite: None
Textbooks:
1. E. Wheeler, Security Risk Management: ELECTIVE COURSES
Building an Information Security Risk ENEE800005
Management Program from the Ground CAD VLSI
Up, Syngress, 2011. 3 SKS
2. T. R. Peltier, Information Security Learning Objectives: After completing the
Risk Analysis, 3rd Edition, Auerbach course, the student will be able to create soft-
Publications, 2010. ware (CAD) for IC design which contains a million
of transistors. It should be able to display layout
of integrated circuit and able to simulate netlist
ENEE800805
for fabrication.
APPLICATION AND NETWORK MOBILE Syllabus: Introduction; Technology and Design;
SECURITY VLSI architecture layout methodology; system
4 SKS design; basic PLA design; product design simula-
Learning Objectives: In this course, students will tion; automatic testing pattern; design by testing;
learn apply securing application and computer solving; placement and automatic placement;
network. After completing this course, students high level material in design.
will be able to describe forms of security attack on Prerequisites: None
application and network, analyze security prob- Text Books:
lems on desktop based application and web-based 1. N.E. Weste and K. Eslughian, Principle of
application, also implementing security concept CMOS VLSI Design, Addison-Wesley, 1985.
2. F.M. Berti, Analog Design For CMOS VLSI
on application and computer network.
System, Kluwer Academic Publisher, 2006.
Syllabus: Application and Network Security
Introduction; Network Penetration Detection;
ENEE800006
Web-based Application Penetration Detection;
FOURIER OPTICS
Wireless Network Penetration Detection; Secure
3 SKS
Coding in Java; Secure Coding in PHP; Secure
Learning Objectives: The overall aim of the
Database Development.
course is that you should be able to analyze optical
Prerequisites: None
problems with the help of the approximations
Text Books: made in Fourier optics, i.e: Analyze the Two-
1. G. McGraw, Software Security: Building Dimensional Signals and Systems, understanding
Security In, Pearson Education, Inc., the Foundations of Scalar Diffraction Theory, 453
Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction and Wave- Syllabus: Introduction; Image Acquisition; Land
optics Analysis of Coherent Optical Systems. Observation Satellite; Active & Passive Sensor
Finally, demonstrating understanding of Frequency (Optics; Radar); Microwave; Data Analysis: GIS
analysis of Optical Imaging Systems, wavefront (Geographic Information System); Plant & Earth
modulation and analog optical information Sciences; Land Use & Land Cover; Global remote
PROGRAM
MASTER
angular momentum in quantum mechanics; and engineering.
PROGRAM
demonstrate an understanding of how quantum Syllabus: Physical limit of IC and expectation
mechanics can be used to describe the hydrogen of semiconductor nanostructure; Fabrication
and helium atoms. technology of semiconductor nanostructures;
Syllabus: Introduction; Wave Packet; Uncertain Evaluation technology of semiconductor nano-
Principles; Schrodinger Wave Equation; 1- Dimen- structures; Basic Quantum Theory of Nano Elec-
sion Potential; Hydrogen Atoms; Perturbation tronics; Solid state and low dimensional phys-
Theory; Radiated Transition; Modern Topics; ics; Numerical simulation for nanoelectronics;
Linear Harmonic Oscillator; Angular momentum Quantum wells, wires and dots; Nano structure
and semiconductor device; Tunneling effect;
in Quantum Mechanics. Applications of tunneling; Resonance Tunneling
Prerequisites: None Diodes and Superlattice; Quantum well laser;
Text Books: nano-photonics; Single electron devices.
1. E. Merzbacher, Quantum Mechanics John Prerequisites: None
Wiley, 1998. Text Books:
2. E. Zaarur, P. Reuven, Schaums Outline of 1. G.W. Hanson, Fundamental of Nanoelec-
Quantum Mechanics (Schaums), 1st Edition, tronics, CRC Press, 2005.
McGraw-Hill, 1998. ISBN-10: 0070540187, 2. S. Oda, D.K. Ferry, Silicon Nanoelectron-
ISBN-13: 978-0070540187. ics, CRC Press, 2005.
ENEE800012
OPTICAL MEASUREMENT SYSTEM
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: To provide the students
with the understanding of laser, fiber optic and
their various applications within measurement
system.
Syllabus: Laser basic concept and its properties;
optical phenomena: diffraction and interfer-
ence. Fiber optics basic concept and its prop-
erties; fiber optic sensor including intensity;
polarization and interference based. Examples
of several applications for measuring many kinds
of measurement:temperature; pressure and
displacement.
Prerequisites: None
Text Books:
1. E. Hecht, Optics, Addison Wesley, 1998.
2. F.T.S. Yu, Fiber Optic Sensor, Marcel Dekker
Inc, 2002.
3. A.S. Moris, Measurement and Instrumenta-
tion Principles, Butterworth-Heineman,
2001.
ENEE800013
OPTOELECTRONICS LABORATORY
1 SKS
Learning Objectives:
Syllabus: Introduction; Safety Precaution; Laser;
Spectrometer; Interferometer; Difraction; Fourier
Optics; Fiber optics; Holography.
Prerequisites: None
Text Books:
Laboratory Workbook Optoelectronics Labora-
tory
455
6.4. MASTER PROGRAM IN METALLURGY AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
Program Specification
456
With the increasing development of technology-based industrial materials, the Department of Metallurgical
Engineering & Material continuously seek to improve the curriculum in accordance with technological
developments. Metallurgy and Materials engineering is a discipline that studies the production,
characterization, materials selection and engineering design (engineering materials). Functionally, the
role of a master engineering such as designing new materials / modification, develop new manufacturing
MASTER
PROGRAM
processes / modifications, material selection, structural characterization (nano, micro and macro) and
properties of the material and analyzing the event of a failure in its use.
Masters program curriculum in the field of metallurgical engineering and materials designed to provide
opportunities for learners are able to design, select and develop metallurgical processes and material
technology, new materials characterization / modifications and be able to control the damage /
degradation of material due to media and the environment through corrosion protection techniques
and material selection. To that end, the curriculum syllabus 2012 master program FTUI metallurgical
engineering and materials designed for 2 (two) types of specialization are:
1. Specialisation of Materials (Materials)
2. Specialisation Corrosion (Corrosion)
457
MASTER
458
PROGRAM
2ndSemester
Designand Materials CoatingandInhibition
Selection Characterization+Lab ofmaterials
AdvancedManufacture
3rdSemester
AdvancedCorrosion
AdvancedComposites FailureAnalysis+Lab
CathodicProtection
WeldingMetallurgy
SeminarOfThesis Thesis
Proposal
4rd Semester
Course Structure of Master Program in Metallurgy and Materials Engineering
MASTER
ENMT800102 3 3
PROGRAM
Fasa formation
Metodologi Penelitian & Research and Computa-
ENMT800103 3 3 3 3
Komputasi tional Methods
ENMT800201 Mekanika Material Mechanics of Materials 3 3
ENMT800301 Prinsip Korosi Principles of Corrosion 3
11 11 6 3
Semester 2 Semester 2
Disain dan Pemilihan Design and Selection of
ENMT800104 3 3 3 3
Material Materials
Karakterisasi Material Materials Characteriza-
ENMT800105 3 3
+ Lab tion + Lab
ENMT800202 Manufaktur Lanjut Advanced Manufacture 3
Coating and Inhibition of
ENMT800302 Pelapisan & Inhibisi 3
Materials
Pilihan 1 Elective 1 3 3 3 3
12 12 6 6
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENMT800106 Analisa Kerusakan + Lab Failure Analysis + Lab 3 3
ENMT800203 Komposit Lanjut Advanced Composites 3
ENMT800204 Metalurgi Las Welding Metallurgy 3 3
ENMT800303 Korosi Lanjut Advanced Corrosion 3 3
ENMT800304 Proteksi Katodik Cathodic Protection 3 3
Pilihan 2 Elective 2 3 3 3 3
9-12 9-12 6 9
Semester 4 4th Semester
Seminar of Thesis Pro-
ENMT800107 Seminar Proposal Thesis *) 2 2
posal *)
ENMT800108 T e s i s *) Thesis *) 6 6
8 8
40-43 40-43 15-18 15-18
ELECTIVES
Semester Gasal
459
ENMT800005 Sistem Manajemen Mutu Quality Management System 3
ENMT800006 Material Mutakhir Advanced Material 3
*dan mata kuliah pilihan lintas dept/
fakultas
PROGRAM
Semester Genap
MASTER
Maximum credits that can be taken by Fast Track students to be transferred to Master Program,
are 12 SKS.
Note:
M : Major in Materials Engineering
K : Major in Corrosion
MASTER
(7) Diffusional Transformation in Solids: Homo- nics beginning originating from loaded/stressed
PROGRAM
geneous and heterogeneous nucleation in solids, materials and its analysis on engineering and
Precipitate growth, Transformation kinetics, Eu- technological design to avoid material failure.
tectoid transformation, Ordering transformation, Syllabus : Introduction to mechanics of materials,
Case study; (8) Diffusionless Transformation in types of material failure, engineering and selec-
Solids: Theories of martensite nucleation, Mar- tion of materials, elastic deformation and theory
tensite growth, Tempering of ferrous martensite, of strength, inelastic deformation, metals and al-
Martensite transformation in nonferrous metals, loys processing, composites, ceramics and glasses,
Spinodal transformation, Case study in Diffusion- polymers, concept of stress and strain, rheological
less transformation model, plastic deformation, creep deformation,
Prerequisite: - anisotropic materials, theory of mechanical
Textbooks: testing of materials, stress-strain properties,
1. Porter, D. A and Easterling, K.E, Phase Trans- tendency of tensile behaviour, interpretation of
formation in Metals and Alloys, 3rd. ed., CRC true stress-strain, compression, hardness, impact,
Press, 2009. bending and torsion testings, plane stress, plane
strain, three dimensional stress condition, stress
ENMT800103 on octahedral plane, complex strain condition,
RESEARCH AND COMPUTATIONAL METHODS common form of failure criteria, concept of
3 SKS fracture mechanics, fracture toughness value,
Objectives : application of K value in design and analysis, fa-
Students are able to: tigue based on stress, loading cycle, stresstime
(1) elaborate research plan and proposal, write curve, average stress, multiaxial stress, fatigue
thesis and scientific publication in accordance crack growth, fatigue based on strain, strain vs
with scientific norms; age, effect of average stress, lifetime estimation
(2) understand and analyse computational method of structural components and creep.
for process problems and design in metallurgical Prerequisite : -
and materials area and its applications Textbooks :
Syllabus : Scientific understanding, research 1. Dowling, Norman E., Mechanical Behavior of
method, problem specification, hypothesis, li- Materials, Engineering Methods for Deforma-
terature study, data collection and processing, tion, Fracture and Fatigue, Prentice Hall Inter-
elaboration of research proposal and scientific national Edition, 1993.
work presentation; Computation, matlab basics, 2. Hearn J. E., Mechanics of Materials, Pergamon
logical expression, vectorisation, flow control Press, 1985.
using if and while, loop in matlab, function and
m-file, test output, programming matlab, binary ENMT800301
number, floating point numbers, device precision, PRINCIPLES OF CORROSION
linear equation, curve fitting, differential equa- 3 SKS
tion, statistics and analysis of process data. Objectives: Students are able to understand
Prerequisite : - electrochemical principles to analyse problems
Textbooks : and application of aqueous corrosion, high tem-
1. Uma Sekaran., Research Methods for Bu- perature corrosion, and corrosion protection.
siness, A Skill Building Approach, 2nd Ed., Syllabus : Fundamental concepts of electroche-
John mistry and its application, definition of corrosion,
2. Willey & Son Inc., 1992 Richard Fellow, Anita forms of corrosion, cost of corrosion, electrical
Liu,. Research Methods for Construction, concept relevant to corrosion, relevant concept of
Black-Well Science Ltd., 1997 chemistry and electrochemistry, thermodynamic
3. Palm III ,William J, Introduction to MAT-LAB prediction of corrosion propensity, electrolyte,
7 for engineers, 2nd edition McGraw-Hill, Kinetics of corrosion, over-potential (polarisa-
2005 tion), passivation, corrosion rate measurement,
4. Martinez Wendy L., Exploratory Data Analysis metallurgical aspects, forms of corrosion and joint
with MATLAB (Computer Science and Data potential theory, corrosion testing (weight loss
Analysis) coupon method, electrochemistry).
5. Martinez Wendy L., Computational Statistics Prerequisite: -
Handbooks With MATLAB (Computer Science Textbooks:
and Data Analysis), 2nd edition 1. D.A. Jones, Principles and Prevention of Cor-
461
rosion, Macmillan Publishing Co., 1992. A. Settle, Instrumental Methods of Analysis,
2. Piron, DL, The Electrochemistry of Corrosion, 7th Ed., Wadsworth Publishing Company,
NACE, 1991. California,1988.
3. Roberge Pierre R, Handbook of Corrosion
Engineering, Mc Graw-Hill Handbook, 1999. ENMT800202
PROGRAM
ADVANCED MANUFACTURE
ENMT800104 3 SKS
MASTER
DESIGN AND SELECTION OF MATERIALS Objectives: Students are able to describe the
3 SKS principles, phenomena, process mechanism and
Objectives: Students are able to describe the ma- metal forming techniques through liquid, solid
terial selection methods and able to choose over and powder phase, and able to design and se-
various types of materials in engineering area lect the appropriate forming process for certain
Syllabus : Classification of engineering materials, products.
factors and systematics of design and selection Syllabus : Metal forming as part of design and
of materials, material property chart and per- manufacture process; general principles, pheno-
formance index, design for corrosion resistance, mena and mechanism related to casting of metals;
design of high temperature materials and design mold (sand, ceramics, metals), gating system,
of wear and fatigue resistant materials, design and simulation. Solidification process of cast
of plastics and composites, design of various iron and aluminium, liquid treatment for ferrous
carbon steel, cast iron and steel alloys (tool metal (innoculation, Mg treatment) and non-
steel, stainless steel, heat resistant steel, wear ferrous (modifier, grain refiner), various methods
resistant steel), super alloys, and case studies of of casting, casting defects; General principles,
material selections. phenomena and mechanism of solid phase me-
Prerequisite : - tals through forging, rolling, extrusion, drawing,
Textbooks : sheet metal forming, and thermo mechanical
1. Materials Selection and Design , 1997, Vo- treatment. The phenomenon and mechanism of
lume 20 of ASM Handbook powder metallurgy, fabrication of metal powder,
2. Mangonon,P.L, The Principle of Material Se- and mechanism of powder formation, characte-
lection for Engineering Design, Prentice- Hall risation and characters of powder, mechanical
International, Inc, Melbourne, 1999 alloying, pre compaction process, compaction,
3. Dieter,G.E.(Ed), ASM Volume 20, Material preform characteristics, sintering, and powder
Selection & Design, 1997 consolidation, full density processing; types of
4. Crane,F.A.A. and J.A.Charles, Selection and sintering devices and related aspects, application
Use of Engineering Material, Butter-worth & and utilization of powder metallurgy products.
Co, 1984 Bradley, Elihu F, Super Alloys, Case study of processing selection and evaluation
ASM International, 1988 of manufacturing process
Prerequisite : -
ENMT800105 Textbooks :
MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION + LAB 1. John Campbell, Castings, Second Edition,
3 SKS Elsevier Butterwoth-Heinemann, 2004
Objectives: Students are able to master the 2. John Campbell, Castings Practice: The Ten
principles of testing and the analysis of materials Rules of Castings, Elsevier Butterwoth-
testing result by diffraction methods, spectros- Heinemann, 2005
copy, image analysis and thermal analysis. 3. Hosford W.F and Robert M. Caddel., Metal
Syllabus : Introduction, standards and procedure Forming: Mechanic and Metallurgy, Prentice
of testing, principles and methods of advanced Hall Inc, 1983
analysis for engineering materials chemical 4. Harris, J.N., Mechanical Working of Metals.
composition (AAS, OES, EDS, XPS), identification Theory and Practice, Pergamon Press, 1983
of crystal structure (x-ray diffraction), advanced 5. Dieter, G.F., Mechanical Metallurgy, Mc-
metallography (SEM, EPMA, TEM), and thermal Graw-Hill, 1976
analysis (DTA, TGA, DSC, TMA). 6. Lenel, Powder Metallurgy, Principles and
Prerequisite : - Application, MPIF, 1980
Textbooks : 7. German R.M, Powder Metallurgy Sci-
1. G. W. Ewing, Analytical Instrumentation ence,1987
Handbook, M. Decker, New York, 1990.
2. D. A. Skoog, E. J. Holler, T. A. Nieman,
Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 5th Ed., ENMT800302
Saunders College Publishing, Philadelphia, COATING AND INHIBITION OF MATERIALS
1998. 3 SKS
3. H. H. Willard, L. L. Merritt, J. A. Dean, F. Objectives: Students are able to understand the
462 principles of metal protection through coating
and inhibition methods. Prerequisite : -
Syllabus : Coating: metallic coating , type and Textbooks :
classification of metallic coating, protection 1. Wulpi, D.J., Understanding How Components
mechanism, electroplating and electroless pla- Fail, ASM.
ting, anodizing, phosphating, chromatting, hot- 2. Brooks and A.Choudhury., Metallurgical Fai-
MASTER
dip galvanizing, service lie prediction, Organic lure Analysis,. McGraw Hill
PROGRAM
Coating (paints), properties of organic coating, 3. Sheils, Stuart; Bagnall, Chris, et.al ., Cor-
classification and formulation of paints, mecha- rosion, Failure Analysis, And Metallography,
nism of protection, standard of surface prepa- ASM
ration, application method, coating defects and 4. ASM Handbook Vol. 11., Failures Analysis &
painting failure. Inhibition; types, classification, Prevention, 8th Ed. ASM
and mechanism of inhibition (anodic, cathodic, 5. ASM Handbook Vol. 12., Fractography & Atlas
and mixed inhibitor), formulation of corrosion Fractography, 9th Ed. ASM
inhibitor in general, application and limitation 6. Khlefa A. Esaklul., Hand Book Of Case Histo-
(in automotive, water coolant, drinking water ries In Failure Analysis, Vol. 1 & 2
system, petrochemical and refinery plant) VCI,
layer forming corrosion resistant materials ENMT800203
Prerequisite : - ADVANCED COMPOSITES
Textbooks: 3 SKS
1. Philip A. Schweitzer, P.E., Paint and Coating: Objectives: Students are able to conduct sys-
Applications and Corrosion Resistance, Taylor tematic approach to design composite materials
& Francis, 2006. based on mechanical properties and understand
2. Chatterjee U.K., Bose S.K., Roy S.K., En- the practical consideration related to manufac-
vironmental Degradation of Metals, Marcel turing factor and application needs.
Dekker Inc., New York, 2001. Syllabus : Concepts, definition and classification
3. Kenneth Graham A., Electroplating Hand- of composites, matrix and reinforcement, com-
book, 3rd. posite fabrication, rule of mixture, interfacial
4. Frederick A. Lowenheim, Modern Electro- and wetting theory, nano composites, composites
plating, 3rd, The Wiley International Pub., mechanics, geometric aspect in composites, la-
New York, 1974. mina and laminate, elastic behaviour, fibre end
5. Denny A Jones, Principles and Prevention of effect, theory of laminate, unidirectional strength
Corrosion, Hearle, 2nd, Macmillan Pub. Co., of lamina, strength of laminate, strength of short
New York, 1992. fibre composites, fracture energy of composites,
6. Nathan C.C., Corrosion Inhibitor, NACE, and case studies of composites.
Houston, 1997. Prerequisite : -
Textbooks :
1. Kaw, Autar K, Mechanics of composite Mate-
ENMT800106 rials, CRC Press, New York, 1997
FAILURE ANALYSIS + LAB 2. Gibson, R.F., Principle of composite Materials
3 SKS Mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 1994
Objectives: Students are able to (a) describe en- 3. Hull, D., An Introduction to composite Ma-
gineering failure mechanism, (b) conduct failure terials, Cambridge Uni. Press, 1981
analysis investigation using standard procedure, 4. Mattew, F.L. and R.D. Rawlings, Composite
(c) select and decide testing tools and methods Materials: Engineering and Science, Chapman
to analyze material failure, and (d) analyze ma- Hall, 1993
terial failure (via case studies) by literature study,
report-making and presentation. ENMT800204
Syllabus : Definition and goals of failure analysis, WELDING METALLURGY
general factors contributing to material failure, 3 SKS
general procedure in failure analysis techniques, Objectives: Students are able to describe welda-
classification of failure origins, characteristics & bility of select ferrous and non-ferrous materials
mechanism of failure analysis, ductile fracture, for engineering application and able to describe
brittle fracture, fatigue fracture, and failure or and analyze the effect of alloying element, the
brittleness affected by environmental conditions effect of thermal cycle and cooling rate and
(thermal/ creep, corrosion, and wear), method some welding parameter to the characteristics of
and tool selections on failed material, yield welding to control welding quality in engineering
criteria, initiation of plastic deformation, stress construction.
concentration, residual stress, static failure, fun- Syllabus : Introduction to material joining, clas-
damental principles of fracture mechanics, failure sification, basic principles and process characte-
analysis case study analisa and report making and ristics of electric arc welding and its benefits
presentation of failure analysis results. and drawbacks, classification & characteristics 463
of welding machines and welding electrodes, nold. Publishing Co., 1987
flux and gas, parameter of welding and heat
input, fundamental principles of welding metal- ENMT800304
lurgy, metal transfer inside electric arc welding, CATHODIC PROTECTION
microstructure of weld joint, alloying effect, 3 SKS
PROGRAM
temperature change in welding (HAZ), factors Objectives: Students are able to understand,
affecting cooling rate of weld metal, weldability analyze or synthesize methods of cathodic
MASTER
of ferrous metal (steel and alloys, heat resistant protection as a manner of prevention of corrosion
steel and cast iron) & non-ferrous (Al, Cu, Mg, Ni, in aqueous environment. Students are also able
and their alloys), welding defects and prevention, to conduct calculation and design of cathodic
heat treatment for welding (preheating & PWHT), protection system applicable in practice, together
weld joint quality control, case studies with design and selection of material methods.
Prerequisite: - Syllabus : Fundamental theory of cathodic
Textbooks: protection, protection criteria, cathodic protec-
1. Kou, S., Welding Metallurgy, Wiley & Sons, tion system using sacrificial anode, properties of
ISBN 0-471-43491-4 sacrificial anode material and its selections, ap-
2. Granjon, H., Fundamentals of Welding Metal- plication of sacrificial anode cathodic protection,
lurgy, Abington Publishing, ISBN 1 impressed current corrosion protection system
3. Easterling, K., Introduction to the Physical (ICCP), instrument for corrosion protection, cat-
Metallurgy of Welding, Butterworth-Henei- hodic protection in sea water, soil, and internal
mann Ltd. ISBN 0-7506-0394-1 structure of concrete (cement) environment,
4. AWS Welding Handbook, Metals and Their classification of material, specific relation of
Weldability, AWS, ISBN 0-87171-218-0 85573- material and environment, corrosion protection
019-7 design guidelines, resistant properties of stainless
5. Norrish, J., Advanced Welding Processes, IOP steel and super duplex SS, corrosion resistance of
Publishing Ltd., ISBN 0-85274-326-2 commonly used engineering materials (cast iron,
carbon steel, low alloy steel, nickel, aluminium,
ENMT800303 copper, zinc, titanium, and their alloys), corro-
ADVANCED CORROSION sion resistance of non metallic material (rubber,
3 SKS plastic, composite, ceramic).
Objectives : Students are able to understand, Prerequisite : -
analyze, and synthesize mechanism of metal Textbooks :
corrosion in aqueous and high temperature envi- 1. H. Morgan, Cathodic Protection, NACE, 1987
ronment and how to control it in an effective and 2. M.E. Parker, E.G. Pettie, Pipeline Corrosion
efficient manner, and its application in industrial and Cathodic Protection, Gulf Publishing
practice. Co.,1984
Syllabus : Introduction, thin and aqueous solu- 3. D.A. Jones, Principles and Prevention of Cor-
tion, thermodynamics aspects of aqueous corro- rosion, Macmillan Publishing Co., 1992.
sion, kinetics of corrosion, application of aqueous 4. Mangonon, P.L, Principle of Material Selection
corrosion in practice (sea water corrosion, under for Engineering Design, Prentice-Hall Interna-
soil corrosion, corrosion on soil environment), tional, Inc, Melbourne, 1999.
application of corrosion for non-ferrous metal, 5. ASM, Corrosion, ASM Hand-Book Vol. 13
atmospheric corrosion, oxidation reaction at
high temperature, thermodynamics of oxidation, ENMT800107
growth of oxide later, characteristics and proper- SEMINAR OF THESIS PROPOSAL
ties of oxides, pilling-bedworth ratio, oxidation 2 SKS
reaction rate, effect of oxygen pressure corrosion Objectives: Students are able to express a pro-
in specific environment, carburization at high blem and her/his opinion in form of a work sheet/
temperature, decarburization, metal dusting, hot short communication/scientific paper and discuss
corrosion, high temperature corrosion testing, it in a scientific forum/seminar in a correct, clear,
material protection at high temperature, high orderly, and systematic manner.
temperature resistant material, coating (alumini- Syllabus : Work sheet/paper that will be presen-
zing, chromizing, siliconizing). Case studies ted in a seminar according to thesis proposal.
Prerequisite : - Paper includes: problem and hypothesis, metho-
Textbooks : dology and its discussion.
1. D.A. Jones, Principles and Prevention of Cor- Prerequisite : -
rosion, Macmillan Publishing Co., 1992. Textbooks : -
2. ASM Handbook Vol. 13, Corrosion, ASM,
1987 ENMT800108
3. N. Birck & G.H. Meier, Introduction to High THESIS
464 Temperature and Oxidation of Metals, Ar- 6 SKS
Objectives: Students are able to complete a 1. Gachter Mller, Plastics Additives
research of a certain topic in a specified scope 2. P. D. Ritchie, Plasticiser, Stabiliser, and
agreed by advisor. Fillers
Syllabus : Application of various courses attended 3. Ferry and Chilton, Chemical Engineering
in an integral manner in a research to solve a Handbook
MASTER
metallurgical and materials engineering problem. 4. Michael L Berins, SPI Plastics Engineering
PROGRAM
The research result is written to a scientific report Handbook
and presented before a panel of lecturer. 5. Handbook of Adhesives, American Cynamid
Prerequisite : - Company
Textbooks : -
ENMT800003
ELECTIVE COURSES of Master Program INDUSTRIAL MECHANIC EQUIPMENT
3 SKS
ENMT800001 Objective : Students are able to explain the basic
Special Steels & Super alloys principles, types and mechanical equipment in
3 SKS industrial applications such as equipment diverter
Objective : Students are able to explain and pipe (pipeline), power plant equipment (boilers
choose from various types of alloy steels and super and turbines), heat exchanger equipment (heat
alloys and its utilization in engineering exchanger) and the design of materials used and
Syllabus : Classification and utilisation of special the code (standard).
steels and super alloys, alloying element and Syllabus : Code and Standard, Pipes and Pipe
microstructure of alloy steels and super alloys, Fittings, Special Items, Valves, Pipe Connection
stainless steels (ferritic, austenitic, duplex, mar- to Process Equipments (Tanks, Pressure Vessels,
tensitic, precipitation-hardening stainelss steels), Heat Exchangers, Columns, Pumps, Compressors),
heat resistant steels, wear resistant steels, tool Piping System for Oil, Gas, LNG, Geothermal,
steels, other alloy steels, super alloys (Co- and Water, Chemical, Piping System for Instrumenta-
Ni- based alloys) tion, Piping and Instrument Diagram (P & ID), Plot
Prerequisite : - Plan, Isometric, Cross Section, Pipe Fabrication
Textbooks : Drawings, Process Pipes, Utility Pipes, Onshore
1. J.R. Davis, Stainless Steel, ASM Specialty and Offshore
Hand Book, 1994 Prerequisite : -
2. J.R. Davis, Heat Resistant Materials, ASM Textbooks :
Specialty HandBook, 1997 1. Peter Smith, Piping Materials Selection &
3. Tool Steel Handbook, Fifth Edition, Geoge Applications, Gulf Professional Publishing,
Roberts, ASM, 1998 Elsevier, 2005
4. E.F. Bradley, Super Alloy A Technical Guide, 2. Mohinder Nayyar, Piping Handbook, 7th
ASM International, 1998 Ed., McGraw-Hill Professional; 1999, ISBN:
0070471061
ENMT801002 3. Tyler G. Hicks, Power Plant Evaluation & De-
ADDITIVE AND DERIVATIVE OF POLYMERS sign Reference Guide, McGraw Hill, 1986
3 SKS 4. Saranavamutto et. al., Gas Turbine Theory,
Objective : Students are able to understand the 5th Ed., Prentice Hall, 2001
function and the properties of additives, additive 5. Smith Eric, Thermal Design of Heat Exchang-
and plastic mixing techniques, and evaluation er, Jon Willey & Son, 1996, New York.
of the mix and able to understand the basic
principles of adhesives, its properties and its ENMT801004
applications ENMT811004
Syllabus : The role, types, structures, chemical HIGH TEMPERATURE CORROSION
properties, function & properties of additive 3 SKS
materials. Additive selection and handling, and Objective : After following this course students
techniques of mixture. Definition and mecha- are expected to be able to understand and analyze
nism of adhesive, mechanics of joining (inter- the phenomenon, the mechanism of high tem-
locking), interdiffusion theory, adsorpsion and perature and corrosion rate based on the aspects
surface reaction, surface topography, wetting, of thermodynamics and kinetics as well as the
thermodynamics work of adhesive, constituent application of protection methods for metal-alloy
influence in adhesive bond, interface bonding, materials engineering.
fracture mechanics, peeling, adhesive testing, Syllabus : Thermodynamics of metal oxidation
inextensible fibre pulling, adhesive polymer and
its application.
Prerequisite : Organic Chemistry
Textbooks : 465
reactions, Ellingham Diagram, Structure oxide nanocomposites, Advanced ceramics, magnetic
(corrosion products) and non-stoikhiometri materials, liquid crystal polymers, biomaterials,
stoikhiometri, oxide-type and n-type p, Pilling- and metallic glass
Bedworth ratio, oxide growth mechanisms: diffu- Prerequisite : -
sion and migration, the kinetics of oxide growth Textbooks :
PROGRAM
MASTER
hardening, CVD, PVD, the selection of surface Objective : Able to explain: The purpose and
PROGRAM
treatment processes. The case study analysis
the type and mechanism of the process of
of the deviation of heat treatment and surface
finalizing prosuk polymer, type of process in
engineering.
Prerequisite : - detail in assembling and decorating, compar-
Textbooks : ing the process of finalizing the type of poly-
1. Bill Bryson, Heat Treatment: Selection and mer products, polymer selection process of fi-
application of Tool Steel, Hanser Gardner nalizing prosuk, Finalize several fabrication of
Publication, Germany 1997. polymer products in many polymer products
2. ASM Handbook Vol. 4; Heat Treating, ASM on the market.
International, Ohio , USA,1991 Syllabus : Fabrication steps of polymer pro-
3. ASM, Practical Heat Treating, ASM Interna- duction (formulation, establishment and fi-
tional, 2006. nalization). Purpose and process of finalizing
4. K.E.Thelning, Steel and Its Heat Treatment, the type of polymer products (deflashing,
Butterworths, London,1985 smoothing and polishing, sawing and cutting,
5. T.Burakowski,T.Wierzchoni., Surface Engi-
drilling, grinding and sanding, routing, milling
neering of Metals: Principles, Equipment,
Technologies, CRC Press, 1998.
& turning, tapping & threading, cleaning, an-
6. H.K.Pulker et al, Wear and Corrosion Resis- nealing, assembling, and decoration). Types
tant Coating by CVD and PVD, expert Verlag, of assembling processes (mechanical joining,
1989. welding and adhesive bonding). This type of
decorating process (painting, plating, ther-
ENMT800009 mal spray coating, vacuum metalizing, hot
ADVANCED EXTRACTIVE METALLURGY stamping, coloring). Construction machinery
3 SKS and mechanisms work finalization processes.
Objective : Mahasiswa mampu memahami dan The selection of the process of finalizing the
mengkaji inovasi proses perolehan logam dari fabrication of a polymer product. Case stud-
sumber daya primer (proses ekstraksi) maupun ies on the fabrication process of finalizing the
sekunder (proses daur ulang), terkait dengan
product packaging (rigid and flexible), auto-
mekanisme proses maupun bahan bakunya.
motive, electronics and construction equip-
Syllabus : Waste characterization processes for
raw materials. Innovation wet metallurgical pro-
ment.
cess (hydrometallurgy) and metallurgical heat Prerequisite : -
(pyrometallurgy) for low grade raw materials Textbooks :
and energy efficiency: reaction mechanisms and 1. Harold Belofsky, Plastics: Product Design
applications, such as metal esktraksi with plasma, and Process Engineering, Hanser Publish-
microwave. Metal recycling process. Slag process- ers, Mnich Vienna New York, 1995
ing, metallurgical dust and ash particles. Process- 2. Michaeli Kaufmann, Greif Vosseburger,
ing and utilization of by-products (by product): Technologie der Kunststoffe, Carl Hanser
the use of slag, dross processing, processing of fly Verlag, Munchen Wien, 1982
ash. Obtaining metals from waste processes (such 3. Injection Moulding Handbook, Hanser
as tailings, residue, sludges) from the mineral Publisher, Mnich, 2002
processing tailings, red mud from metal recov-
ery, metal recovery from waste sludge. The new
ENMT800011
technology of metal recycling process.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Prerequisite : Extractive Metallurgy
3 SKS
Textbooks :
Objective : Develop knowledge about the
1. S. Ramachandra Rao, Resources Recovery
processes and activities Project Management
and Recycling from Metallurgical Waste,
Facilities Planning and Construction Plant or
waste Management Series vol. 7, Oxford,
Mineral and Metal Processing, especially in
2006.
the administration of technical, economical,
2. Publikasi terkait pada jurnal-jurnal sep-
and available resources. Train the ability to
erti Metallurgical and Materials Transac-
discuss critically on system development and
tion, B; Journal of Metals, Hydrometal-
project management procedures, an under-
lurgy, dll.
467
standing of the project organization, and
context of project management in the field
of metallurgy and materials; This course in-
troduces the skills necessary for project man-
agement throughout the project life cycle in
PROGRAM
chronological order
MASTER
ENMT800012
ENMT810012
Nanotechnology
3 SKS
Objective : Students are able to explain the
multi-disciplinary aspects of nanotechnology
which includes: basic knowledge of nanomaterials
phenomena, synthesis technique, and its charac-
terization and application
Syllabus : Definition and scopes, physical chemis-
try of solid surface, nanostructures (zero-, one-,
and two-dimensional), special nanomaterials,
fabrication processes (lithography, nanolithogra-
phy, soft-lithography, assembly), characterization
(structural, physical and chemistry) and applica-
tion (chemical sensors, biosensors, MEMS/Micro-
electromechanical system, DNA chips, photonic
crystals).
Prerequisite : -
Textbooks :
Guazhong Cao, Nanostructural and Nanomateri-
als: Synthesis, Properties and Applications, Impe-
rial College Press, 2004.
468
6.5. MASTER PROGRAM IN ARCHITECTURE
Program Specification
MASTER
1 Degree Donor Institution Universitas Indonesia
PROGRAM
2 Organized Instituion Universitas Indonesia
3 Study Program Name Program Magister Arsitektur
4 Type of Class Reguler
5 Degree given Magister Arsitektur (M.Ars)
6 Accreditation status BAN-PT: A Accredited; AUN-QA
7 Medium Language Indonesian and English
8 Study Scheme (Full time/Part time) Full time
9 Entry requirement S1 Graduate/equivalent
10 Study Duration Designed for 2 years
Type of Semester Number of semester Number of weeks /semester
Regular 4 14 - 15
Short (optional) - -
11 Profil Lulusan:
Magister Arsitektur, yaitu lulusan yang menguasai (mastery) pengetahuan arsitektur menurut
kekhususannya (fields) serta mendemonstrasikan kebaharuan dalam riset dan inovasi dalam
metoda riset maupun perancangan (state of the art).
12 Daftar Kompetensi Lulusan:
Kompetensi yang diharapkan, yang memenuhi syarat dunia kerja seperti diungkap di atas,
adalah:
1. kemampuan hardskills secara akademik maupun profesional adalah penguasaan penge-
tahuan lanjut arsitektural dan riset mandiri yang dapat didemonstrasikan melalui ke-
mampuan verbal atau presentasi, menulis ilmiah, dan teknis aplikasi pengetahuan dan
metoda dalam mengungkap fenomena dan penyelesaian perancangan arsitektural;
2. kemampuan softskills yang menyangkut ketrampilan hidup individu terkait hubungan
antar manusia dan bagian dari masyarakat, mencakup sikap, tingkah laku, cara ber-
pikir untuk menunjang keberhasilan hidup bermasyarakat bekerjasama dalam tim,
bertindak responsif terhadap lingkung sekitar.
13 Classification of Subjects
No Classification Credit Hours (SKS) Percentage
i Compulsory Subjects 7 17,5 %
ii Stream Subjects 13 32,5 %
iii Elective Subjects 9 22,5 %
iv Seminar, Thesis 11 27,5 %
Total 40 100 %
14 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 40 SKS
469
Struktur Kurikulum Program Magister Arsitektur
Advanced Architectural
ENAR800002 Teori Arsitektur Lanjut 3 3 3 3 3 3
Theories
Sub Total 12 12 12 12 12 12
Semester 2
ENAR801003 Teori Perancangan Arsi- Architectural Design
3
tektur Theories
ENAR802006 Teori Perancangan Perko-
Urban Design Theories 3
taan
ENAR803009 Teori Perumahan dan Per- Urban Housing and
3
mukiman Perkotaan Settlement Theories
ENAR804012 Teori Properti Property Theories 3
ENAR805015 Teori dan Sejarah Arsi- Architecture Theory &
3
tektur History
ENAR806018 Teori Arsitektur dan Keber- Architecture and Sutain-
3
lanjutan ability
ENAR801005 Studio Perancangan Arsi- Architectural Design
5
tektur 2 Studio 2
ENAR802008 Studio Perancangan Perko-
Urban Design Studio 2 5
taan 2
ENAR803011 Studio Perumahan dan Urban Housing and
5
Permukiman Perkotaan 2 Settlement Studio 2
ENAR804014
Workshop Properti 2 Property Workshop 2 5
ENAR805017 Workshop Sejarah dan Architecture History &
5
Teori Arsitektur 2 Theories Workshop 2
ENAR806020 Workshop Arsitektur dan Architecture and Sus-
5
Keberlanjutan 2 tainability Workshop 2
Pilihan Elective 3 3 3 3 3 3
Sub Total 11 11 11 11 11 11
470
BIDANG KEKHUSUSAN
KODE MATA AJAR SUBJECTS
PA PP PPP P STA AS
Semester 3
ENAR800021
Seminar Tesis Pra-Thesis Seminar 3 3 3 3 3 3
MASTER
PROGRAM
Pilihan Elective 3 3 3 3 3 3
Pilihan Elective 3 3 3 3 3 3
Sub Total 9 9 9 9 9 9
Semester 4
ENAR800022 Tesis Thesis 8 8 8 8 8 8
TOTAL 40 40 40 40 40 40
*) Mata Ajar Pilihan juga dapat diambil di luar Departemen Arsitektur baik di dalam maupun di luar
Fakultas Teknik. 471
Deskripsi Mata Ajar 5. John Chris Jones, Design Methods, Wiley,
1972;
ENAR800001 6. Tom Heath, Methods in Architecture, John
METODE PERANCANGAN LANJUT DAN PENE- Wiley and Son Ltd, 1984
LITIAN 7. G. Broadbent, Design in Architecture:
PROGRAM
MASTER
29. John Heskett. Design: a Very Short of Urban Land in Indonesia: Constrains
PROGRAM
Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Imposed on the Poor and Impact of World
Press, 2002. Banks Urban Projects, Singapore: Asia
30. Nigel Cross. Designerly Ways of Knowing. Technical Department, 2003.
Basel: Birkhauser, 2007 7. Burdet, Ricky (eds.), Living in the Endless
City: The Urban Age Project by the London
ENAR800002 School of Economics and Deutsche Banks
TEORI ARSITEKTUR LANJUT Alfred Herrhausen Society, London:
3 SKS Paidhon, 2011.
Tujuan Pembelajaran: 8. Cairns, Stephen; Crysler, Greig C.;
Mahasiswa diperkenalkan oleh teori arsitektur Heynen, Hilde. The SAGE Handbook of
lanjut bersifat umum dan yang memberikan Architectural Theory, Sage Publication,
landasan bagi riset masing-masing kekhususan, 2012.
yakni, perancangan lanjut arsitektur (proses 9. Forty, Adrian, Words and Buildings,
kreatif); arsitektur dan humaniora, serta A Vocabulary of Modern Architecture
arsitektur dan teknologi (khususnya sustain- (London: Thames and Hudson, 2000).
abilitas). 10. Evers, Bernd; Thoenes, Christof (eds).
Fokus tetap pada fenomena arsitektural as- Architectural Theory from the Renaissance
pek ruang, tempat dan bentuk/wujud; dalam to the Present (Koln: Taschen, 2003).
skala mulai dari ruangan privat sampai dengan 11. Hays, Michael K, Architecture Theory
perkotaan. since 1968 (Cambridge: MIT Press, 1998).
Silabus: 12. Hardjoko, Triatno Y. Urban Kampung.
Dibagi ke dalam modul-modul pembelajaran Its Genesis and Transformation into
per kekhususan: Metropolis, withparticular reference to
1. Architecture as a discipline: Space, Place/ Penggilingan in Jakarta (VDM, 2009).
Non-place (topia, utopia, heterotopia, 13. Jencks, Charles (eds.) Theories and
dystopia), Architectural form, Design Manifestoes (Chicester: Academy Editions,
thinking and process (positivism, rational- 1997).
ism, tame/wicked problem, IBIS, pattern 14. Jenkins, Keith, Re-thinking History (London
language, diagram) & New York: Routledge, 1991).
2. Architecture and Property Development: 15. J o h n s o n , Pa u l A l a n . T h e T h e o r y
(Real Estate) of Architecture: Concepts, Themes
3. Socio-Cultural aspects in architecture: & Practices (New York: Van Nostrand
historiography, evolution/ history of hu- Reinhold, 1994).
man settlement (human life-cycle space, 16. Kruft, Hanno-Walter, A History of
culture and the politics of space) Architectural Theory from Vitruvius
4. Architecture and Sustainability: Building to The Present (New York: Princeton
physics, Construction and Technology Architectural Press, 1994).
17. Larice, M., and Mcdonald, E. (eds), Urban
Prasyarat: N/A Design Reader, Routledge (New edition
Buku Ajar edition), 2006.
1. -----, The Appraisal of Real Estate, Appraisal 18. Lefebvre, Henri, translated by Donald
Institute, 13rd edition. Nicholson-Smith, The Production of Space
2. Alexander, Christopher, Notes on the (Oxford UK & Cambridge USA: Blackwell,
Synthesis of Form (Harvard: Harvard 1991).
University Press 19. Miles, Miko E; Berens, Gayle; Weiss, Marc
3. Publication, 1964). A. Real Estate Development, Urban Land
4. Ballantyne, Andrew (ed.), Architecture Institue, edisi terakhir.
Theory, A Reader in Philosophy and 20. Mostavi, M. at all (eds.), Ecological
Culture (London, New York: Continuum, Urbanism, London: Lars Muller Publisher,
2005). 2010.
473
21. Nesbitt, Kate (Ed). Theorizing, A New Make Things. North Point Press, 2002.
Agenda for Architecture, An Anthology of 2. Vincent Canizaro and Kim Tanzer. The
Architectural Theory (1996). Journal of Architectural Education: Sus-
22. Protzen, Jean-Pierre; Harris, David J. tainability, Volume 60, Issue 4, May 2007.
The Universe of Design: Horst Rittels Introduction
PROGRAM
Theories of Design and Planning (London: 3. Kevin Lynch. The Image of the City. MIT
MASTER
MASTER
1. Doxiades, C. A, Ekistics: An Introduction to 2003.
PROGRAM
the Science of Human Settlements. 1968 4. Arthur B Gallion, The Urban Pattern: City
2. John Macsai F.A.I.A. et. al., Housing, John Planning and Design. New York: Van Nos-
Wiley & Sons, 1982. trand & Reinhold, 1986.
3. Jrg Blume (ed.), Housing for the Future: 5. Gideon Golany, Ethic and Urban Design.
Projects in Germany 1996. Bonn: Inter New York: John Willeys & Sons, 1995.
NAtiones, 1996. 6. Allan B. Jacobs, Making City Planning
4. Direktorat Jenderal Cipta Karya, Dep. PU, Work. Chicago: American Planning Asso-
Pedoman Teknik Perencanaan Perumahan ciation. 1980.
Flat dan Maisonette, 1981. 7. Spiro Kostof, The City Assembled. London:
5. 5. DC Corporate Documentation, Real Es- Thames and Hudson, 1991.
tate Investment Calculations, Draft, tak 8. Rob. Krier, Urban Space. New York: Rizzoli
ada tahun penerbitan. Int. Publication, 1970.
6. The Dewberry Companies, Land Develop- 9. Kevin Lynch, The Image of the City. Cam-
ment: Planning, Engineering and Survey- bridge, MA: MIT Press., 1960.
ing, McGraw-Hill, 2004. 10. 10.Kevin Lynch, Good City Form. Cam-
7. Joshua Kahr and Michael C. Thomsett, bridge, MA: MIT Press, 1984.
Real Estate Market Valuation and Analysis. 11. Aldo Rossi, The Architecture of the City.
John Wiley & Sons, 2005. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1982.
12. Colin Rowe, and Fred Koetter, Collage
ENAR802007 City. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 1978.
STUDIO PERANCANGAN PERKOTAAN 1
5 SKS ENAR804013
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Membekali peserta WORKSHOP PROPERTI 1
mata ajaran kemampuan menerapkan kaidah 5 SKS
tata ruang kota secara bertahap, atas unsur- Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mempelajari kaitan
unsur perkotaan yang berkaitan dengan ruang antara arsitektur dan kegiatan real estate da-
berkegiatan seperti antara lain: berhuni, lam suatu proyek skala kecil. Berkaitan dengan
berkarya, berlalu lintas, serta berekreasi dan inovasi tempat untuk kegiatan manusia seperti
olahraga, mulai dengan menata unsur unsure building type baru, gaya hidup, segmentasi
tata ruang kota hingga menyusun perangkat pasar, dll
kendali pemakaian ruang kota sampai batas Prasyarat: -
tertentu. Silabus: The dream & the product; the
Prasyarat: products (precedence): residential property,
Silabus: Merumuskan tujuan perancangan ru- commercial/ retail property, office building/
ang kota setelah mengamati keadaan lapangan property for working; money matters/ feasibil-
melalui pendekatan pembanding terhadap ity study; the products & the users/ lifestyle;
kasus dan teori yang menjelaskan kondisi ideal management aspects of a property product;
suatu kota. Menyajikan data lapangan menjadi The proposed products (future): residential
informasi yang dikembangkan dalam isu isu property, commercial/ retail property, office
kawasan. Menyajikan skenario penyelesaian building/ property for working; finance &
setelah mempelajari kasus kasus penyajian management
data yang lazim disajikan dalam perancangan Buku Ajar:
kota. Menyajikan interpretasi dan perancan-
gan kota untuk kasus kawasan kota sampai ENAR805016
batas tertentu. Menyusun perangkat kendali WORKSHOP SEJARAH DAN TEORI ARSITEK-
pemakaian ruang kota atau Panduan Rancang TUR 1
Kota sampai batas tertentu. 5 SKS
Buku Ajar: Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa menguasai
1. Jonathan Barnet, An Introduction to Urban Riset sejarah yang berkaitan dengan Histori-
design. New York: Harper & Row. 1982. ography dan Artifact arsitektur.
475
4. James Ambrose, Simplified Design for Build-
Silabus: Dibagi ke dalam modul-modul pem- ing Sound Control, John Wiley & Sons, 1995
belajaran, antara lain: Topik I: Historiografi 5. Leslie L Doelle and Lea Prasetio, Akustik
Arsitektur: Mahasiswa mencoba menggu- Lingkungan, Erlangga, 1993
nakan berbagai metodologi untuk membuat 6. KE Watt, Understanding the Environment,
PROGRAM
Heritage of Architecture and Cities: Modul ini 7. SFPE Handbook, Society of Fire Protection
memperkenalkan bagaimana Heritage Kota/ Engineering.
arsitektur sebagai Artifak yang significant
untuk didokumentasikan. ENAR801003
Prasyarat: - TEORI PERANCANGAN ARSITEKTUR
Buku Ajar: 3 SKS
1. Iain Borden, David Dunster (eds). Tujuan pembelajaran: Mahasiswa memahami
Architecture and the Sites of History. dan mampu melakukan analisis kritikal terh-
Interpretations of Buildings and Cities, adap gagasan-gagasan arsitektur dalam litera-
Oxford: Butterworth Architecture, 1995 tur arsitektur klasik dan kontemporer, serta
2. EH Carr, What is History? England: mampu menemukan kaitan antara diskursus
Penguin Books, 1961 teori dan praktek perancangan arsitektur.
3. Keith Jenkins, Keith. Rethinking History, Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti Teori Arsitektur
London and New York: Routledge, 1991 Lanjut
4. Hayden White. Tropics of Discourse: Silabus: Perkembangan dalam mekanisme
Essays in Cultural Criticism. Baltimore: pembentukan arsitektur sejak arsitektur klasik
The Johns Hopkins University Press. hingga kontemporer; gagasan-gagasan terkini
1978. dalam diskursus teori dan praktek perancangan
5. Hayden White. The Burden of History, arsitektur; gagasan ideal dalam arsitektur;
History and Theory, Vol. 5, No. 2 (1966), pendekatan multidisiplin (seni, matematika,
pp. 111-134. ilmu-ilmu alam dan ilmu-ilmu sosial) dalam
6. Mona Lohanda (ed). Arsip dan Sejarah, teori dan perancangan arsitektur.
Jakarta: ANRI, 1980. Buku ajar:
7. Hegel, GWF. Phenomenology of Mind, tr. 1. Michael Hays, Architecture Theory since
J. B. Baillie, 1910; 2nd ed. 1931, 1968, MIT Press, 1998.
8. Hegel, GWF. Hegels Phenomenology of 2. Kate Nesbitt, Theorizing a New Agenda
Spirit, tr. A. V. Miller, 1977 of Architecture: An Antology of Archi-
tectural
ENAR806019 3. Theory 1965-1995. Princeton Architectural
WORKSHOP ARSITEKTUR DAN KEBERLANJU- Press, 1996.
TAN 1 4. Charles Jenks & Karl Kropf, Theories and
5 SKS Manifestos of Contemporary Architecture.
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa dapat John Wiley and Sons, 1997.
mengembangkan dan menerapkan teori 5. Vitruvius. The Ten Books on Architecture,
teknologi bangunan dalam suatu proyek pene- trans by M. H. Morgan. New York: Dover
litian perancangan skala kecil. Publications, 1960.
Prasyarat: Tidak ada 6. 5. DArcy Thompson, On Growth and
Silabus: Pengukuran kenyamanan termal dan Form. 1961.
pendinginan pasif, perancangan dan evalu- 7. Henri Lefebvre, The Production of Space.
asi pencahayaan alami, metode pengendalian Wiley-Blackwell, 1992.
dan evaluasi suara, perencanaan penggunaan 8. Iain Borden, Joe Kerr, Jane Rendell &
energi alternatif. Alicia Pivaro, The Unknown City: Con-
Buku Ajar: testingArchitecture and Social Space. MIT
1. Dominique Gauzin-Muller, Sustainable Archi- Press. 2002.
tecture and Urbanism, Birkhausser, 2002 9. Aaron Betsky & Erik Adigard, Architecture
2. Earl R. Babbie, The Practice of Social Must Burn. Gingko Press, 2000.
Research, Belmont: Wadsworth Publ.Co.Inc, 10. A+P Smithson. Irenee Scalbert, Towards a
1973 Formless Architecture: The House of the
3. Giancolli DC. General Physics, Prentice Hall Future, 1999.
Inc, 1984
476
tempat bermukim permukiman perko-
ENAR803009 taan Indonesia memiliki permasalahan
TEORI PERUMAHAN DAN PERMUKIMAN eko-antroposistem beragam sesuai kek-
PERKOTAAN hasan kawasan masing-masing. Strategi
3 SKS menghadapi bencana, mitigasi, adaptasi
MASTER
Tujuan Pembelajaran: dan inovasi. Antisipasi terhadap kondisi
PROGRAM
1. Mahasiswa memahami dan mampu khusus seperti cuaca ekstrim, pengaruh
menyampaikan secara lisan dengan kenaikan paras laut, bencana alam, ke-
kata-katanya sendiri mengenai kondisi, bakaran, dll,
perkembangan, risiko perubahan maupun
5. Perkembangan ilmu pengetahuan, tek-
peluang pengembangan permukiman dan
nologi, seni dan budaya bermukim,
perumahan perkotaan di salah satu kasus
paradigma pembangunan serta peluang
permukiman di lingkungan kepulauan
pengembangan perumahan dan permuki-
tropis lembab;
man perkotaan di wilayah kepulauan tropis
2. Mahasiswa mampu menyusun suatu
lembab di masa mendatang. Peran arsitek,
laporan tertulis secara lengkap mengenai
perancang bangunan serta perencana kota
analisis keberlanjutan salah satu kasus
dan wilayah terhadap pengembangan
permukiman atau perumahan perkotaan
yang ada di Indonesia. kawasan kepulauan tropis di masa depan.
Gagasan peluang perwujudan perumahan
Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti Teori Arsitektur dan permukiman perkotaan di salah satu
Lanjut kawasan pesisir atau perairan Indonesia
Silabus: pada masa mendatang beserta alasan,
bukti kecenderungan atau argumentasi
1. Pendalaman pengertian dan pemahaman
mengenai permasalahan perumahan dan pendukungnya.
permukiman perkotaan pada umumnya, Buku Ajar:
serta kaitannya dengan aspek antro- 1. Abrams, Charles 1964. Housing in the
pogenik maupun ekologik. Pemahaman Modern World: Mans struggle for
terhadap kondisi tanah-air Indonesia shelter in an urbanizing world. Faber
yang merupakan suatu negara kepulauan and Faber. London.
terbesar di dunia beriklim tropis lembab 2. Bell, W., P. dAyala and P.Hein, eds.
dengan luas dan ciri lingkungan alam yang 1990. Sustainable Development and
sangat beragam. Environmental Management of Small
Islands, UNESCO, Paris.
2. Identifikasi tipologi permukiman dan peru-
mahan perkotaan di kawasan pegunungan, 3. Carter,T.R. 1996. Assessing climate
di daratan ataupun perairan rawa, danau, change adaptation. The IPCC guidelines
sungai dan pesisir. Ragam kehidupan dan In Adapting to Climate Change :
penghidupan warganya serta kaitannya Assessment and Issues. Springer . p :
dengan tipologi permukiman di kawasan 27-43.
tersebut. 4. Casey, E.S., The Fate of Place, A
Philosophical History; University of
3. Pemahaman terhadap perubahan ling-
California Press, Berkeley, 1997.
kungan alam dan manusia di daratan
pulau besar, di perairan ataupun kawasan 5. Heidegger, Martin, 1996. Being and
pesisir, pulau kecil, gugus pulau mikro Time (A translation of Sein und Zeit),
maupun lautan kepulauan tropis serta translated by Joan Stambaugh. State
strategi bermukim komunitas setempat. University of New York Press, New York.
Risiko perubahan lingkungan alam dan 6. ICPQL 1996. Caring for The Future.
akibat ulah manusia termasuk introduksi International Commission on Population
kegiatan pembangunan, dampak peruba- and Quality of Life. Oxford University
han terhadap keberlanjutan permukiman Press. Oxford.
dan perumahan perkotaan sebelumnya. 7. Kay, R. and Alder, J. 1999. Coastal
4. Kajian teori dan kasus empirik pada Planning and Management, London, E &
pembangunan perumahan atau permu- FN SPON.
kiman di kawasan tertentu dari suatu 8. Kurnia, Lasti 2005. Kampung Bajo,
wilayah kepulauan tropis lembab. Sebagai negeri di atas air. Kompas on line, 27
477
November 2005. kritik terhadap perceptual dan performative
aspek dari perancangan kota.
9. Lim, F. 2008. Filsafat Teknologi. Don Ihde
Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti Teori Arsitektur
tentang Dunia, Manusia, dan Alat.
Lanjut
10. McDonough, W. dan M. Braungart, Silabus: Mata ajaran ini dibagi dalam 3 bagian
PROGRAM
2003. Cradle-to-Cradle Design and the besar. Pertama, review terhadap pemahaman
MASTER
Principal of Green Design.. Toward Perancangan Kota. Bagian ke-dua berisi telaah
New Perspectives and Practices for historis dan diskursus mengenai apa yang di-
Engineering and Design. http://www. maksud good city melalui pandangan pada
mcdonough.com/writings/c2c_design. teorists, antara lain: cosmological belief, for-
htm malist, fungsionalists, picturesques, organics,
utopians, livability, ecological. Bagian ke-tiga,
11. Newson, Malcolm. 1992. Land, Water mempertanyakan performance dimension
and Development. River Basin Systems dalam teori perancangan kota dan pemaha-
and their sustainable development. man akan hubungan perancangan kota dengan
Rotledge. London. dimensi Perceptual / Visual / Social. Setelah
12. Schreier, Hans, Ken Hall, Sandra Brown, mahasiswa diperkenalkan pada pandangan
Les Lavkulich dan Paul Zandbergen. para teorist, pada bagian ini mereka akan
1997. Integrated Watershed mengeksplorasi berbagai cara menginterpretasi
Management. Institute for Resource dan memahami lingkungan perkotaan. Diskusi
and Environment. University British mengenai bagaimana lingkungan perkotaan
Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. memiliki meaning yang berbeda bagi orang
yang berbeda, tergantung dari latar belakang
13. Turner, J.F.C., 1976. Housing by budaya, ekonomi ras dan jender. Review
People: towards autonomy in building singkat kaitan antara aktifitas perancangan
environments; London: Marion Boyars. kota dan konteks politik-ekonomi dari proses
14. Trujillo, Alan P., Harold V. Truman. pembangunan perkotaan.
Essentials of Oceanography (ninth Buku Ajar:
edition). Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008. 1. R. Legates, The City Reader, 2nd ed,
Routledge, 1999
15. Vies, Heather and Tom Spencer. 1995. 2. Henri Pirenne, The Medieval Cities: Their
Coastal Problems. Geomorphology, Origins and the Revival of Trade, Princeton
Ecology and Society at the Coast. University Press, 1969
Edward Arnold, London. 3. Aristoteles, The Politics (especially Book
16. Buku, jurnal, internet atau bahan lain III and Book VII), Penguin Classics, revised
yang gayut dengan isu perumahan dan edition, 1981
permukiman perkotaan di kepulauan
tropis lembab, 10 tahun terakhir. ENAR804012
TEORI PROPERTI
3 SKS
ENAR802006 Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mata ajaran Real Es-
TEORI PERANCANGAN PERKOTAAN tate ini dimaksudkan untuk mengembangkan
3 SKS wawasan dan pengetahuan mahasiswa dalam:
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Menjawab pertanyaan Memahami peran yang berkaitan pembangunan
bagaimana perencanaan dan perancangan Real Estate dengan aspek spasial kawasan yang
lingkung-bina memiliki kontribusi dalam pem- luas; Menguasai metode-metode dan topik
bentukan kota yang baik melalui: analisa teori pembahasan yang terkait dengan pembangunan
perancangan kota baik traditional maupun Real Estate berkawasan luas. Mata ajaran Real
kontemporer; analisa bagaimana dan dalam Estate 2 ditujukan kepada mahasiswa yang su-
situasi apa teori perancangan kota diformulasi; dah pernah mengikuti mata ajaran Real Estate
mempertanyakan bagaima ide perancangan 1. Mata Ajaran ini dirancang dengan bahasan
kota dapat meningkatkan karakter fisik ling- yang mendalam untuk memenuhi kebutuhan
kung-bina; mengapa ide tersebut diharapkan mahasiswa akan dasardasar konsepsi yang kuat
dapat memfasilitasi peningkatan kualitas hidup dan kemampuan untuk menerapkannya pada
di perkotaan dan peri-urban; analisa sosial dan berbagai hal yang berkaitan dengan isu dan
spasial dari lingkungan binaan; analisa dan permasalahan Real Estate yang lebih luas.
478
Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti Teori Arsitektur 2. Homi K Bhabha, The Location of Culture.
Lanjut dan Workshop Real Estate 1 (London ; New York: Routledge, 1994).
Silabus: Mata Ajaran diberikan dalam beberapa 3. Iain Borden, Barbara Penner; Jane Rendell,
bagian. Bagian pertama akan menguraikan (Eds). Gender Space Architecture: An In-
dasar-dasar dan konsep appraisal/valuation. terdisciplinary Introduction (Architext),
MASTER
Pada bagian kedua akan dibahas isu pemban- London: Routledge, 2000.
PROGRAM
gunan kawasan yang berkaitan dengan urban 4. C e l i k , Z e y n e p . D i s p l a y i n g T h e
management. Pada bagianbagian berikutnya Orient:Architecture of Islam at Nine-
akan dipelajari berbagain isu yang berkaitan teenth-Century Worlds Fairs (Berkeley:
dengan pembangunan kawasan, yaitu construc- University of California Press, 1992).
tion fundamental, dan cost & benefit analysis, 5. Guy Debord. The Society of the Spectacle,
yaitu teknik pengelolaan resiko, sumber pen- translated by Donald Nicholson Smith
danaan dan perpajakan, pasar dan pemasaran, (2004).
manajemen aset/properti. Pembelajaran 6. M. Foucault, The Archeology of Knowl-
akan lebih menekankan pada pemahaman edge, 1972, Parts II & III.
kaidah-kaidah dan konsep Real Estate dalam 7. Terence Hawkes, Structuralism and Semi-
konteks perkotaan tanpa mengabaikan metode otics, London: Routledge, 1997.
dan teknis perhitungan. Melalaui pendekatan 8. Steven Holl, Juhani Pallasmaa, Alberto
tersebut mahasiswa diharapkan akan mema- Perez-Gomez. Questions of Perception:
hami pembangunan Real Estate sebagai sebuah Phenomenology of Architecture
konsep yang dapat digunakan untuk membantu 9. Jenkins, Keith, Re-thinking History, Lon-
berbagai permasalahan yang akan ditemui di don & New York: Routledge, 1991.
tempat kerja. 10. Leach, Neil (ed.), Rethinking Architecture:
Buku Ajar: A Reader in Cultural Theory, London and
1. Michael Ball et.al., The Economics of New York: Routledge, 1998.
Commercial Property Markets, Routledge, 11. Edward Said. Orientalism. London: Pen-
1998 guin, 1977.
2. Sheman J Maisel, Real Estate Investment 12. Panayotis Tournikiotis. The Historiography
and Finance. McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1976 of Modern Architecture. Cambridge, Mas-
3. Hugh O. Nourse, Managerial Real Estate sachusetts: The MIT Press, 1999.
Corporate Real Estate Asset Management.
Prentice Hall, 1990 ENAR806018
4. Mark W. Patterson, Real Estate Portfolios, TEORI ARSITEKTUR DAN KEBERLANJUTAN
John Willey & Sons, Inc, 1995 5 SKS
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa dapat men-
ENAR805015 jelaskan teori teknologi bangunan, khususnya
TEORI DAN SEJARAH ARSITEKTUR dalam bidang material, struktur dan keamanan
3 SKS bangunan/lingkungan.
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti teori Arsitektur
Mahasiswa diperkenalkan kepada teori-teori Lanjut
yang berhubungan dengan perkembangan His- Silabus: Struktur dan karakteristik material,
toriografi di dunia, dan pemikiran-pemikiran struktur dan kekuatan bangunan, pembangunan
ke-sejarahan untuk menguji aspek-aspek teori- berkelanjutan, ekologi, ekonomi bangunan,
tis dan historis dalam Riset masing-masing. rekayasa bilai, aspek manajemen dalam per-
Silabus: Dibagi ke dalam modul-modul pembe- ancangan dan pengelolaan lingkungan binaan,
lajaran, antara lain: Fenomenologi, Semiologi efisiensi energi, hukum dan peraturan dalam
(Structuralism, Post-Structuralism (Deconstruc- lingkungan binaan.
tion)), Modern and Posmodern, Colonialism and Buku Ajar:
Poscolonialism, Gender in Architecture. 1. Edward Allen, Fundamentals of Building
Prasyarat: Telah Mengikuti Teori Arsitektur Construction: Material and Methods, John
Lanjutan Wiley and Sons, 1999
Buku Ajar: 2. James Ambrose, Simplified Design of Ma-
1. Andrew Ballantyne (ed.), Architecture sonry Structures, John Wiley and Sons,1992
Theory, A Reader in Philosophy and 3. Wolfgang Schuller, High Rise Building Struc-
Culture (London, New York: Continuum, ture, Krieger Publishing Co, 1986
2005). 4. Benjamin Stein, Building Technology: Me-
479
chanical and Electrical Systems, John Wiley perkotaan yang diawali dengan pendekatan
and Sons, 1995 holistik bersama kekhususan lain dari aspek
5. DS Barrie, Professional Construction Man- perancangan perkotaan, permukiman & pe-
agement, New York: Mc.Graw-Hill, 1986 rumahan perkotaan, pengembangan properti
6. J.M Boschenski, The Methods of Contempo- (Real Estate) yang kemudian dapat dirunut
PROGRAM
rary Thought, NY: Herper and Row, 1968 pengembangan perancangan per-kekhususan.
MASTER
MASTER
setelah mengamati keadaan lapangan melalui proyek & skema pembelian: e.g. mortgage.
PROGRAM
pendekatan pembanding terhadap kasus dan Hak dan kewajiban pengembang & pemda
teori yang menjelaskan kondisi ideal suatu (pengembang: on site, off site, bayar cash,
kota; Mampu menyajikan data lapangan menja- dll. Pemda: tax holiday, insentip, fasilitas kota,
di informasi yang dikelompokkan dalam isu-isu dll). Implementation plan (hak & kewajiban +
yang siap dilanjutkan ke skenario penyelesaian time schedule pembangunan) (2) Pengemban-
setelah mempelajari kasus-kasus gan fasilitas perkotaan yang dikaitkan dengan
penyajian data yang lajim disajikan dalam property development (public-private devel-
perancangan; Mampu merumuskan konsep opment): Investigasi/ eksplorasi atas sebuah
awal penyelesaian masalah daerah perancan- proyek publik melalui peluang recovery dengan
gan kota untuk satu sektor yang berskala kecil memasukkan unsure properti development di
dalam kota terpilih setelah mendapat informasi dalamnya seperti pengembangan kawasan pen-
tentang kota yang baik dan kinerjanya dan didikan/ science center, MRT/ busway/ tollway
diskusi intensif sepanjang program; Mampu yang dikaitkan dengan pembangunan properti
menentukan zoning daerah di sepanjang jalurnya. Pengadaan sarana dan
perancangan dengan rincian macro dan micro prasarana kota.
landuse, intensitas bangunan, dan rasio hijau Buku Ajar:
terhadap manusia yang berkegiatan dalam
daerah perancangan setelah membandingkan ENAR805017
berbagai konsep penyelesaian; Mampu menen- WORKSHOP SEJARAH DAN TEORI ARSITEK-
tukan sirkulasi, cakrawala bangunan, titik-titik TUR 2
akses, selubung bangunan, koridor netra, 5 SKS
titik-titik orientasi, penghubungan (linkages), Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa menguasai
jaringan pejalan kaki, pola keteduhan, pola Riset sejarah yang berkaitan dengan Repre-
keberlanjutan, sistem tanda, karakter umum sentasi dan Aplikasi/Praktek dalam sejarah
lingkungan. arsitektur.
Prasyarat: Mengetahui masalah perencanaan Silabus: Dibagi ke dalam modul-modul pem-
kota dan wilayah, menguasai keterampilan belajaran, antara lain: Topik I: The Represen-
perancangan arsitektur, mengetahui masalah tation of Architecture: Architecture As Text;
infrastruktur dan transportasi kota, mengeta- Architecture As Profession; Architecture As
hui masalah dalam perkembangan kota. Film; Architecture As Identity (Race & Gen-
Silabus: Perumusan tujuan, masalah, dan kon- der); Architecture As Memory; Architecture
disi baik sebuah kota. Penyajian data lapangan: & Disaster; Topik II: Application of Architec-
cara dan hasil. Perumusan konsepkonsep pena- tural History: Teaching Architectural History;
taan ruang kota. Penentuan zoning: peruntukan Exhibiting Architecture ; Architecture on
tanah makro dan mikro, intensitas bangunan, Television/Radio; Architectural Journalism.
rasio hijau. Penerapan metode pembuatan Prasyarat: Telah Mengikuti Teori Arsitektur
panduan perancangan ruang kota: Selubung Lanjutan
bangunan, pedestrian, signage. Buku Ajar:
Buku Ajar: - 1. Nezar AlSayyad, Cinematic Urbanism:
A History of the Modern from Reel to
ENAR804014 Real, London & New York: Routledge,
WORKSHOP PROPERTI 2 2006.
5 SKS 2. J. Bloomer, Architecture and the
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mempelajari kaitan Text: the (s)crypts of Joyce and
antara arsitektur kota dan kegiatan real estate Piranessi (Theoretical Perspectives in
dalam suatu proyek skala besar. Berkaitan Architectura), New Haven and London:
dengan urban management, peran serta pub- Yale University Press, 1995.
lic dan private sector dalam pembangunan 3. Iain Borden, Jane Rendell, Intersections,
kawasan perkotaan, reposisi dan revitalisasi Architectural Histories and Critical
suatu kawasan, dll. Theories, London & New York:
Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti Workshop Real 481
Routledge, 2000. teknologi bangunan 2 dalam suatu proyek
4. Iain Borden, et.al (eds.). The Unknown penelitian berskala kecil.
Cities: Contesting Architecture and Prasyarat: Telah mengikuti Workshop Teknologi
Social Space, Massachusetts: The MIT Bangunan 1
Press, 2001. Silabus: Aspek ekologi dalam pemanfaatan
PROGRAM
MASTER
nelitian yang dipilih. Khusus untuk tesis de- diformulasikan secara jelas, tujuan dalam
PROGRAM
sain, satidaknya salah satu pembimbing harus melakukan penelitian. Pijakan teoritis, pemi-
memiliki kualifikasi profesi. Kegiatan pra-tesis lihan strategi atau metoda, pengungkapan
terdiri dari kegiatan-kegiatan (1) mengajukan fakta serta sintesa materi yang mengarah pada
isu dan pertanyaan penelitian; (2) melakukan jawaban pertanyaan penelitian, kesimpulan.
kajian teori; (3) mengembangkan metode un- Buku Ajar:
tuk menanggapi isu dan menjawab pertanyaan 1.Borden and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation :
penelitian. An Architecture Students Handbook. Oxford
Buku Ajar: University Press, 2000.
1. Borden and K. Ruedi, The Dissertation : An 2. TY Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menulis
Architecture Students Handbook. Oxford Ilmiah, Depok: Departemen Arsitektur Uni-
University Press, 2000. versitas
2. TY Hardjoko, Panduan Meneliti dan Menu- Indonesia., 2005
lis Ilmiah, Depok: Departemen Arsitektur 3. Linda Groat & David Wang. Architectural
Universitas Indonesia., 2005 Research Methods, John Wiley and Sons,2002
3. Linda Groat & David Wang. Architectural 4. J. Bell. Doing Your Research Projects: A
Research Methods, John Wiley and Sons, Guide for First Time Researchers in Educa-
2002 tion & Social Science, 2nd ed.Buckingham and
4. J. Bell. Doing Your Research Projects: A Philadelpia: Open University Press, 1993
Guide for First Time Researchers in Educa- 5. J. Bell and C. Opie, Learning from Research:
tion & Social Science, 2nd ed.Buckingham Getting More from Your Data. Buckingham and
and Philadelpia: Open University Press, Philadelphia: Open University Press, 2002
1993 6. E.M. Phillips & DS. Pugh. How to get a PhD,
5. J. Bell and C. Opie, Learning from Re- Milton Keynes and Philadelphia, Open Univer-
search: Getting More from Your Data. sity Press, 1987.
Buckingham and Philadelphia: Open Uni-
versity Press, 2002 MATA AJAR PILIHAN
6. E.M. Phillips & DS. Pugh. How to get a
PhD, Milton Keynes and Philadelphia, Open ENAR800023
University Press, 1987. AKUSTIK
3 SKS
ENAR800022 Tujuan Pembelajaran: Membekali mahasisiwa
TESIS prinsip dasar akustik ruang dan lingkungan agar
8 SKS mahasiswa mampu membuat analisa untuk
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mampu mengidenti- menghasilkan desain akustik yang baik.
fikasi, mempelajari dan mengkomunikasikan Silabus: Dasar akustik, sifat bunyi, criteria
isu-isu dalam suatu area kajian khusus yang akustik ruang, sistem penguat dan isolasi bunyi,
berkaitan dengan arsitektur. Mampu mengem- bising lingkungan.
bangkan keahlian lebih lanjut dalam hal Prasyarat:
membaca, meriset dan menulis sebuah tesis. Buku Ajar:
Pada akhir penyususan tesis, mahasiswa yang 1.Leslie L. Doelle & Lea Prasetio, Akustik Ling-
memilih jalur tesis akademik diwajibkan untuk kungan, Erlangga,1993.
menghasilkan sebuah tesis yang tidak lebih dari 2.PH Parkin & HR Humpreys, Acoustics Noise
20.000 kata. Untuk mahasiswa yang memilih and Buildings: Faber and Faber Ltd., London,
jalur jenis tesis desain wajib menghasilkan 1984.
produk yang terdiri dari (1) laporan peran- 3.Finarya Legoh & Siti Hajarinto, Buku Ajar
cangan tidak lebih dari 10.000 kata (meliputi AKUSTIK, 2002.
a.l proposal desain yang mengadung statement
yang dihasilkan pada tahap seminar pra-tesis);
(2) hasil akhir rancangan (3) portfolio desain
yang memberikan gambaran menyeluruh
483
ENAR800024 kuasa (power) tertentu di antara pemakainya
ARSITEKTUR ETNIK dalam konteks yang spesifik.
3 SKS Silabus: Peran arsitektur dan perencanaan
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Membekali mahasiswa dalam konteks yang luas. Hubungan antara
seluk- beluk arsitektur yang tumbuh dalam perancangan dan kuasa (power). Silabus
PROGRAM
tradisi kelompok etnik agar dapat menjelas- disusun sesuai tema yang memperlihatkan
MASTER
kan, dan menguraikan menilai unsurunsur dan hubungan tersebut, antara lain: Arsitektur dan
prinsip-prinsip arsitektur kelompok tertentu, consumption, kemiskinan dan ketidaksetaraan;
mampu mamahami gejala arsitektur etnik pada illegality, informality, bencana, theme parks/
umumnya dan mampu menganalisis tradisi leisure, enclaves/ zona/segregasi, perumahan,
berarsitektur suatu kelompok etnik. infrastruktur. Sebagai alternatif, seminar yang
Silabus: Pengertian prinsip dan unsur arsitektur ditawarkan pada level S2 ini, silabus juga
etnik, faktor pembentuk, klasifikasi simbolik, dapat disusun dengan tema sebagai berikut:
pandangan dunia dan kosmologi, ruang, tem- Empire; Colonial/Postcolonial; Modernitas;
pat, waktu dan makna, antropomorfik, proses Alternatives Modernities; Pacific Rim Capital-
membangun ism; Transnational Urbanism; Racialization of
Prasyarat: the City; Latino Metropolis; City and Country;
Buku Ajar: Marginality; City Rebuilding; Entrepreneurial
1. Amos Rapoport, House Form and Culture, City; Dystopia; Post Urban.
New Jersey: Englewood Cliffs, 1960 Prasyarat: Gemar membaca dan menonton
2. N. Egenter, Architectural Anthropology film.
Lausanne: Structura Mundi 1996 Buku Ajar:
3.Roxanna Waterson, The Living House: An An- 1. Berbagai judul film yang berkaitan dengan
thropology of Architecture in Southeast Asia, tujuan pembelajaran
Oxford University Press, Singapore/ Oxford/ 2. David Harvey, Spaces of Hope, University of
New York, 1990 California Press, 2000
4.E. Guidoni, Primitive Architecture New York 3. James C. Scott, Seeing Like a State: How
: Harry N. Abrams, 1978. Certain Scheme to Improve the Human Condi-
5.Paul Oliver (ed.), Sign, Symbol, and Shelter tion Have Failed, Yale University Press, 1998
, New York: The Overlook Press 1977 4. Robert Neuwirth, Shadow Cities, A Billion
6.J. Fox (ed.), Inside Austronesian House. Squatters, A New Urban World, Routledge,
Canberra: The Australian National University, 2005
1993 5. James Holston, The Modernist City: an
7.Djauhari Sumintardja, Kompendium Sejarah Anthropological Critique of Brasilia, The Uni-
Arsitektur. Bandung: Yayasan Lembaga Masalah versity of Chicago Press, 1989
Bangunan, 1978 6. Mike Davis, Evil Paradise: Dreamworlds
8.Bourdier & N.AlSayyad (eds), Tradition, of Neoliberalism, The New Press, New York,
Dwellings and Settlements:Cross-cultural 2007
Perspectives. Lanham, MD: University Press of 7. Sharon Zukin, Landscape of Power: from
America, 1989. Detroit to Disney World, University of Califor-
nia Press, 1991
ENAR800025 8. Janice Perlman, The Myth of Marginality
ARSITEKTUR, KOTA DAN KUASA 9. Rafi Segal and Eval Weizman, Civilian Oc-
3 SKS cupation: the Politics of Israeli Architecture,
Tujuan pembelajaran: Pemahaman akan peran Babel and Verso, 2003
arsitektur, perencanaan dan perancangan di 10.Teresa Caldeira, City of Wall, University of
dalam dan antar konteks urban. Peningkatan California Press, 2000
pemahaman akan hubungan antara perancan- 11.Nan Ellin (ed) Architecture of Fear, Princ-
gan lingkung-bina dan kuasa (power). Peningka- eton University Press,1997
tan kesadaran untuk tidak lagi mendefinisikan 12.Don Mitchell, The Right to the City: Social
arsitektur secara sempit (terbatas dalam Justice and the Fight forPublic Space, The
ranah design/ seni atau profesi arsitek) yang Guilfor Press, 2003
pada umumnya memisahkan aspek visual dan 13.Neil Smith, The New Urban Frontier: Gen-
spasial dengan konteks sosial, politik, ekonomi trification and the Revanchist City, Routledge,
dan budaya. Pemahaman bahwa lingkung-bina 1996
disusun dari dan akan menghasilkan: hubungan 14.Edward S. Popko, Transition: A Photographic
484
Documentation of a Squatter Settlement, Pustaka Utama, Jakarta, 2005
McGraw-Hill, 1978 6. Heather Vies and Tom Spencer, Coastal Prob-
15.Stephen Graham and Simon Marvin, Splin- lems: Geomorphology, Ecology and Society at
tering Urbanism: Networked Infrastructures, the Coast. Edward Arnold, London, 1995
Technological Mobilities and the Urban Condi- 7. Ary Wahyono, AR Patji, SS Laksono, R. Indra-
MASTER
tion, Routledge, 2001 wasih, Sudiyono dan Surmiati Ali, Hak Ulayat
PROGRAM
16.Brenda S.A Yeoh, Contesting Space in Laut di Kawasan Indonesia Timur, Media Pres-
Colonial Singapore: Power Relations and the indo Yogjakarta, 2000.
Urban Built Environment, Singapore University
Press, 2003 ENAR800027
ARSITEKTUR PUSAKA
ENAR800026 3 SKS
ARSITEKTUR DI KAWASAN PESISIR Tujuan pembelajaran: Mahasiswa dapat me-
3 SKS mahami pengertian heritage dan arsitektur
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Peningkatan pemaha- masa lalu sebagai bagian dari heritage; menge-
man mengenal keterkaitan antara perubahan tahui proses pendataan dan pendokumentasian
waktu-ruang-kultural ekoantroposistem di arsitektur masa lalu (bangunan dan kawasan)
suatu kawasan pesisir dengan perkembangan dan mengetahui upaya-upaya pelestarian
tata ruang lingkungan dan arsitektur bangunan termasuk pemanfaatan kembali bangunan
setempat semakin meningkat. Peningkatan cagar budaya.
pemahaman tersebut dapat meningkatkan Silabus: Pengenalan terhadap arsitektur masa
kepeduliannya untuk lebih mengenal kekhasan lalu (Architecture Heritage). Materi terdiri dari
eko-antroposistem setempat sebelum mewu- tiga bagian yaitu: introduction to heritage;
judkan karyanya di suatu kawasan pesisir. konservasi & preservasi; aspek teknis (penguku-
Mahasiswa mampu menuliskan dengan kata- ran/ dokumentasi); dan pemanfaatan kembali
katanya sendiri secara sistematis dan jelas bangunan / kawasan yang didokumentasi (his-
pemahaman dan kepeduliannya tersebut. toric buildings); tugas/ latihan proyek .
Silabus: Air dan arsitektur, pengertian dan Prasyarat: -
pengetahuan dasar kawasan pesisir, daratan, Buku Ajar:
perairan, pantai, laut, kepulauan, wakturuang- 1. Bernard M Feilden, Conservation of Historic
kultural, eko-antroposistem dan dampak inter- Building, Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd, Oxford,
aksi pulau-laut, kegiatan kehidupanpenghidu- 1994,
pan manusia, tata ruang, fasilias bangunan dan 2. Adolf SJ Heuken, Tempat-tempat besejarah
arsitektur kawasan pesisir, dinamika kegiatan di Jakarta, Cipta Loka Caraka. Jakarta, 1997,
bermukim dan wujud permukiman di kawasan 3. INDONESIAN Heritage Society, 3rd ed The
pesisir Indonesia, perubahan lingkungan dan Jakarta Explore, Equinox Publishing (Asia),
resiko bencana di Jakarta, 2001.
kawasan pesisir Indonesia, perubahan wakturu- 4. Bryan Lawson, The Language of Space, Ar-
ang- kultural eko-antroposistem suatu kawasan chitectural Press, Amsterdam, 2003,
pesisir tertentu di Indonesia, peran arsitek 5. Laurence LOH, Suffolk House, HSBC Bank
dalam menata ruang, bangunan dan arsitektur Malaysia Berhad, Malaysia, 2007,
masa depan di kawasan pesisir. 6. Pemerintah Pripinsi DKI Jakarta, Dinas Ke-
Prasyarat: budayaan dan Permuseuman, Ensiklopedi Ja-
Buku Ajar: karta, Culture Heritage.Buku 1. Buku II, Buku
1. Abimanyu Alamsyah, Regionisme dalam III Yayasan Untuk Indonesia, Jakarta, 2005.
Penataan Permukiman di Gugus Pulau Mikro, 7. Pemerintah Pripinsi DKI Jakarta. Dinas Ke-
Disertasi Yang Tdak Dipublikasikan, PSIL Uni- budayaan dan Permuseuman, Pedoman Teknis
versitas Indonesia, 2006 Pemugaran Bangunan Gedung dan Lingkungan
2. Subandono Diposaptono dan Budiman, Tsu- Kawasan Kebayoran Baru Jakarta Selatan,
nami, Penerbit Buku Ilmiah Populer, 2006 Jakarta, 2005
3. Charles Moore and Jane Lidz, Water + Archi- 8. Peraturan Daerah Daerah Khusus Ibukota
tecture, Thames and Hudson, Ltd, 1994 Jakarta Nomor 9 Tahun 1999 Tentang Pelestar-
4. Malcolm Newson, Land, Water and Develop- ian dan Pemanfaatan Lingkungan dan Bangunan
ment. River Basin Systems and their Sustain- Cagar Budaya
able Development. Routledge, London, 1992
5. Djoko Pramono, Budaya Bahari, Gramedia
485
ENAR800028 the Media and the Popular Culture.
ARSITEKTUR DAN RUANG SINEMATIK London: Croom Helm, 1985.
3 SKS 12. Alan Marcus, Dietrich Neumann (eds),
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mata ajaran ini mem- Visualizing the City (Architext),
bahas sejarah modernitas dan paska-moder- Routledge, 2008
PROGRAM
nitas perkotaan (urban history of modernity 13. Wolfgang Natter, The City as Cinematic
MASTER
and postmodernity) melalui lensa sinema. Space: Modernism and Place in Berlin,
Dengan mempertimbangkan bagaimana real Symphony of a City in S. Aitken and P
city dan reel city saling me-refer satu sama Zonn (eds). Place, Power and Spectacle.
lain dalam praktek representasi yang saling London: Rowman and Littlefield
menguntungkan, mata ajar ini menelusuri Publishers, 1994, pp.203-227.
dan mendiskusikan sejarah dan interpre- 14. Scott Bukatman, Terminal Identity: The
tasi ruang sinematik/ kota sinematik serta Virtual Subject in Post-Modern Science
kaburnya batas antara the real and reel Fiction, Durham: Duke University Press,
melalui ruang dan waktu, lewat serangka- 1993.
ian film yang merepresentasikan berbagai 15. J. Rutherford (ed). Identity: Community,
modernitas yang berbeda. Culture, Difference. London: Lawrence
Prasyarat: - & Wishart. 1990.
Silabus: Modernity, Post Modernity, Glo- 16. Nezar AlSayyad, Consuming Tradition,
balization: The traditional small town; the Manufacturing Heritage. London:
industrial modern city; modernist dystopias, Routledge, 2001.
cynical modernity; postmodern city themes; 17. A. King (ed). Culture, Globalization and
postmodern dystopia; the voyeuristic city; the World System. London: Macmillan.
the city through different eyes; the contest- 1991
ed city/alternative modernity (race, ethnic- 18. Dietrich Neumann, Film Architecture:
ity and urban experience); the anti city: From Metropolis to Blade Runner,
nostalgic imaginaries. Prestel Publishing, 1999.
Buku Ajar: 19. Nezar AlSayyad, The Cinematic
1. Louis Wirth, Urbanism as a Way of City: Between Modernist Utopia and
Life, in American Journal of Sociology, Postmodernist Dystopia in Built
1938, pp. 38-83 Environment 26:4, 2000, pp.268-281.
2. Georg Simmel, The Metropolis 20. Nezar AlSayyad, Cinematic Urbanism:
and Mental Life, in N. Leach, ed, A History of the Modern from Reel to
Rethinking Architecture, New York: Real. Routledge, 2006.
Routledge, pp.68-79 21. Katherine Shonfield, Walls Have
3. John Berger, Ways of Seeing, London: Feelings: Architecture, Film and the
Penguin Books, 1977. City, London: Routledge, 2000.
4. Nan Ellin, Postmodern Urbanism, New 22. D. Clarke (ed). The Cinematic City,
York: Princeton Architectural Press, London: Routledge, 1997.
1996. 23. F. Penz and T Thomas (eds). Cinema
5. Ash Amin (ed). Post-Fordism: A Reader. and Architecture, London: British Film
Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1994. Institute. 1997.
6. Michael Sorkin (ed). Variation on a 24. M. Lamster (ed). Architecture and Film,
Theme Park, New York: Hill and Wang, New York: Princeton Architectural Press,
1992. 2000.
7. Marshall Berman, All That is Solid Melts 25. M. Shiel and T. Fitzmaurice (eds),
into Air, London: Penguin Books, 1982. Cinema and the City, Oxford: Blackwell,
8. Paul Wilis, Learning to Labor. New York: 2001.
Columbia University Press. 1977.
9. David Harvey, The Condition of Films: Cinema Paradiso; Its a Wonderful
Postmodernity, Oxford: Basil Blackwell, Life; Berlin: Symphony of a City; Modern
1989. Times; Metropolis; Brazil; End of Violence,
10. S. Watson and Gibson (eds). Postmodern Rear Window, Manhattan, Taxi Driver, Blade
Cities and Spaces. Cambridge: Basil Runner, Do the Right Thing, My Beautiful
Blackwell, 1995. Launderette, The Truman Show, Los Angeles
11. Gold and J Burgess (eds). Geography, Plays Itself, Eliana, Eliana dan berbagai film
486
yang berkaitan dengan tujuan pembelajaran dan dapat menerapkannya untuk merancang
film (akan ditentukan di kelas) . bangunan yang tanggap terhadap iklim dan
hemat energi
ENAR800029 Silabus : Energi terbarukan, Iklim dan site,
ARSITEKTUR DAN TEKS geometri matahari, pendinginan pasif, shading,
MASTER
3 SKS cahaya alami & buatan dan sel surya.
PROGRAM
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Memperkenalkan ar- Prasyarat: -
sitektur sebagai teks yang dapat dibaca dan Buku ajar :
ditafsirkan berdasarkan kaitan antara teks 1. Donal Watson, The Energy Design Hand-
dengan konteksnya, serta memberikan alat book, The American Institute of Architec-
(metoda) untuk membaca karya arsitektur ture Press, 1993
sebagai teks. 2. Klaus Daniels, The Technology of Eco-
Silabus: Il ny a pas de hors-texte (tidak ada logical Building, English translation by
apapun di luar teks). Demikian sebuah kalimat Elizabeth Schwaiger, Birkshauser Verlag,
yang pernah dinyatakan oleh filsuf Jacques Berlin 1994
Derrida. Teks kerap dihubungkan dengan ko- 3. Norbert Lechner, Heating Cooling Light-
munikasi tertulis. Tetapi, dalam konteks mata ing, Edisi kedua, terjemahan, PT Raja
kuliah ini, teks tidak terbatas hanya pada kata- Grafindo Persada, 2007
kata yang tertulis. Mimik wajah, iklan, rambu
lalu lintas, lukisan, dan sebagainya, termasuk ENAR800031
karya arsitektur, merupakan teks juga. Kata FASAD BANGUNAN TINGGI
teks, yang bersaudara dengan kata tekstur 3 SKS
dan konteks, berasal dari kata Latin texere, Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
yang berarti merajut. Mata kuliah ini merupa- menguasai kaidah-kaidah fasad bangunan tinggi
kan sebuah perkenalan kepada karya arsitektur meliputi aspek estetika, teknis, dan ramah
sebagai teks. Bagaimana kita membaca karya lingkungan
arsitektur sebagai teks? Bagaimana kita mem- Silabus:
baca karya arsitektur sebagai rajutan antara Esensi kulit fasad bangunan tinggi (ketah-
karya arsitektur dengan pengalaman si arsitek, anan terhadap gempa, gaya lateral/angin,
kondisi masyarakat setempat, tempat, dan dan kedap air)
sebagainya? Pertanyaan-pertanyaan semacam Desain fasad
inilah yang akan dicoba untuk kita jawab ber- Bahan dan teknologi detail fasad
sama pada mata kuliah ini Green faade
Prasyarat: - Prasyarat:-
Buku ajar : Buku ajar:
1. Barthes, Roland. Mythologies, Vintage 1. Wolfgang Schueller, Struktur Bangunan
Classics, London, 2000. Bertingkat Tinggi, Bandung: PT Eresco.
2. Caputo, John D. (ed.), Deconstruction 1989
in a Nutshell: a Conversation with 2. Mario Camp, Skycrapers: An Architectural
Jacques Derrida, Fordham University Type of Modern Urbanism, Birkhauser
Press, New York, 1997. Basel ; Boston ; Berlin. 2000
3. Eco, Umberto, A Theory of Semiotics, 3. Hart, Henn, and Sontag, Multi -Storey
Indiana University Press, Bloomington, Buildings in Steel, Granada Publishing.
1976. 1978
4. Gilberthorpe, Joel, What is a Text?: 4. Details in Architecture 5: Creative
on the Limits of a Text as an Object Detailing by Some of The Worlds
of Knowledge. Diunduh dari http:// Leading Architects, Mulgrave: The Images
www.arts.mq.edu.au/documents/NEO_ Publishing Group Pty Ltd. 2004
Article_5_2009_Joel_Gilberthorpe.pdf
ENAR800032
GEOMETRI DAN ARSITEKTUR
ENAR800030 3 SKS
BANGUNAN HEMAT ENERGI Tujuan pembelajaran: Memahami peran
3 SKS geometri sebagai sebuah basis dalam pemben
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa memahami tukan arsitektur; Mampu melakukan eksplorasi
prinsip teori teknologi bangunan hemat energi terhadap berbagai kemungkinan penggunaan
487
geometri sebagai critical tools of analysis ter The Everyday and Architecture, Architectural
hadap karya arsitektur yang ada maupun dalam Design, 1998
pembentukan sebuah karya arsitektur. 3. Michel de Certeau, The Practice of Everyday
Silabus: Perkembangan pengetahuan geome- Life, University of California Press, 1998
tri dan implikasinya terhadap perkembangan 4. Malcolm Miles, The Uses of Decoration:
PROGRAM
gagasan arsitektur dan kreativitas; geometri Essays in the Architectural Everyday, Wiley,
MASTER
MASTER
MEMAHAMI FENOMENA: PLATO SAMPAI DEN- 3 SKS
PROGRAM
GAN DERIDA Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasisiwa mengetahui
3 SKS perkembangan dan permasalahan pembagunan
Tujuan Pembelajaran: perkotaan dan wilayah. Mengenal beberapa
Mahasiswa diberikan pengenalan filosofi dalam pendekatan perencanaan, pemanfaatan dan
arsitektur, khususnya perbedaan pengetahuan pengendalain perkembangan perkotaan dan
dan pembuktian fisik/empirik dan penjelasan wilayah dengan memperhatikan paradigm
metafisik dalam memahami fenomena arsitek- pembangunan berkelanjutan yang berwawasan
tur; selanjutnya, mampu mewacanakan dan lingkungan. Mengenal keterampilan dasar yang
mendemonstrasikan prinsip berpikir secara yang dibutuhkan dalam proses perencanaan
kritikal terkait perbedaan pengamatan dan fisik kawasan kota dalam konteks pemnban-
olah-pikir masing-masing fenomena arsitek- gunan yang berkelanjutan dan berwawasan
tural khususnya dalam penerapan prinsip- lingkungan. Mampu menbahas kaitan antara
prinsip tersebut dalam suatu wacana kasus peran arsitek dan disiplin lain dalam pemban-
arsitektural tertentu. guan fisik terhadap wujud dan perkembangan
Silabus: kualitas permukiman kota.
Bentuk dan Wujud dalam dunia fisik dan Silabus: Keterkaitan manusia, ruang infrastruk-
metafisik, pemahaman ontologis tentang tur kota dan wilayah dengan perubahan kuali-
apa dan keapaan bentuk arsitektural dari tas lingkungan hidup. Paradigma pembangunan
pengetahuan empirik dan metafisik, Plato dan berkelanjutan dan berwawasan lingkungan,
Khra, Fenomena dan Fenomenologi Husserl Undangundang Penataan Ruang (UUPR), Agenda
(essensialisme) dan Heidegger (eksistensial- 21, urbanisme dan regionisme, peran arsitek
isme), Tanda (Sign)Semiotika, Mitos, Simulacra dan disiplin lain dalam perancangan kota,
dan Dekontruksi, Knowledge-Power keterkaitan manusia, ruang infrastruktur kota
Buku Ajar: dan wilayah, urbanism, teori, teknik, proses
1. Barthes, R. Mythologies. Translated by dan prosedur perencanaan dan pengembangan
Annette Lavers. Hill and Wang: New York, kota, pembangunan berwawasan lingkungan
1972 dan berkelanjutan, pengetahuan studi tata
2. Caputo, J.D. (ed.), Decosntruction in ruang dan wilayah (RUTR, RBWK)
a Nutshell: Conversation with Derrida. Prasyarat:
Fordham University Press, New York. Buku Ajar :
1997. 1.John M. Levi, Contemporary Urban Plan-
3. Deleuze, G. Difference and Repetition. ning, Englewood Cliffs, New York, Prentice
Translated by Paul Patton. Columbia Hall, 2003
University Press. 1994. 2. Stuart Chapin Jr & Edwatd J. Kaiser. Urban
4. Derrida, J. On The Name. Edited by Land Use Planning, Chicago, University of Il-
Thomas Dutoit. Stanford University Press, linois Press, 1995.
Stanford, 1993. Khususnya Bab mengenai 3. Richard Register, Ecocities : Building Cities
Khra. in Balance with Nature. Berkeley Hills Books,
5. Derrida, J. Of Grammotology. Translated 2002.
by GayatriSpivak. The John Hopkins 3.Peter Hall dan U.Pfeiffer, Urban Future 21.
University Press, Baltimore, London. 1974. A Global Agenda for Twenty - First Century
KhususnyabagianTranslators Note oleh Cities. London, EF&N Spon, 2000.
G. Spivak. 4. Soegiyoko, B.T.S. dan BS. Kusbiantoro, eds,
6. Heidegger, M. Language, Poetry and Bunga Rampai Perencanaan Pembangunan di
Thinking. Perennial Classic, 1971. Indonesia. Grasindo, 1997.
Khususnya Bab mengenaiDwelling, Building 5. Nigel Taylor, Urban Planning Theory since
and Thinking. 1945, Sage Publication, London, 1998.
7. Moran, D. Introduction to Phenomenology. 6. J. Abbott, Sharing the City, Earthscan,
Routledge, London, New York, 2000 London, 1996.
8. Popkin, R. H. dan Avrum Stroll. Philosophy
489
ENAR800037 ENAR800039
SEJARAH ARSITEKTUR LANJUT UTILITAS BANGUNAN LANJUT
3 SKS 3 SKS
Tujuan Pembelajaran: Memperkenalkan karya- Tujuan Pembelajaran: Mahasiswa mampu
karya arsitektur dunia periode lama menjelaskan sistem utilitas di dalam ban-
PROGRAM
Silabus: Karya arsitektur pra-yunani di med- gunan bertingkat tinggi (melebar maupun
MASTER
MASTER
tive construction dan social construction dalam
PROGRAM
kaitannya dengan
ilmu (knowledge), pembelajaran (learning),
motivasi (motivation) dan metode instrksi
(instructional methods).
Buku Ajar:
1. Barbara Daviss Watching Yourself on Vid-
eotape, in Tools for Teaching, San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass, 1993, pp. 355-61.
2. L. Vygotsky, L Mind in Society. London:
Harvard University Press. 1978.
3. W. G. Perry, Forms of Ethical and Intellectual
Development in the College Years. San Fran-
cisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers, 1999.
4. B.F Skinner, About Behaviorism, New York:
Vintage Books, 1976.
5. J. Piaget. Six Psychological Studies, Anita
Tenzer (Trans.), New York: Vintage Books.
1968
491
6.5. MASTER PROGRAM IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Program Specification
PROGRAM
492
Flow Diagram of Learning Outcomes
Targeted graduate competencies of the chemical engineering master program is shown as com-
petence network in Figure 1. The main competencies (blue color) are general characteristics of
master graduates in chemical engineering. Achievement of the main competencies is supported
by the attainment of the supporting competencies (green color) whereas the other competencies
(orange color) is a more general competence.
MASTER
PROGRAM
Master in Chemical Engineering Graduate Profile
A graduate of the Masters Program in Chemical Engineering , Faculty of Engineering University of Indonesia (PSTK-FTUI) should
be able to solve problems in process system design and /or self-directed research activities based on scientific principles and
be able to develop their professional performance as indicated by the appropriate level of problem analysis , scientific
approach, and coherent problem -solving ability .
Able to analyze the chemical Able to analyze chemical Able to analyze chemical
engineering transport engineering thermodynamics engineering reaction
phenomena problems problems engineering problems
Able to apply knowledge of mathematics and Able to use modern chemical engineering
science in solving chemical engineering tools
problems
Legenda
493
Curriculum Structure of Master Program in Chemical Engineering (Regular)
The curriculum structure of the master program is given in Table 1 and list of the elective courses is
given in Table 2. Elective courses listed in Table 2 are also available for students participating in the
undergraduate (regular, parallel, and fast-track) programs.
PROGRAM
Tabel 2. List of elective courses available for the chemical engineering master (reguler) program
students.
Odd Semester
KODE MATA AJARAN SUBJECT CREDIT
ENCH801017 Material Komposit Composite Material 3
ENCH801018 Termodinamika Terapan Applied Termodynamics 3
ENCH801019 Sistem Dinamik Dynamic System 3
ENCH801020 Sifat Termodinamika Hidrokarbon Thermodynamic Properties of Hydrocar-
3
bons
ENCH801021 Teknologi Pelumas Lubricant Engineering 3
ENCH801022 Teknologi Bioproses Bioprocees Engineering 3
ENCH801023 Teknologi Kriogenik Cryogenic Engineering 3
494
ENCH801024 Teknologi Plasma Ozon Plasma and Ozone Engineering 3
ENCH801025 Katalis Heterogen Heterogeneous Catalyst 3
ENCH801026 Manajemen Resiko Risk Management 3
MASTER
ENCH801027 Topik Khusus 1 Special Topic 1 3
PROGRAM
ENCH801028 Kecakapan Pemecahan Masalah Problem-Solving Skills 3
ENCH801029 K3 dalam Industri Kimia Health and Safety in Chemical Industry 3
ENBP601021 Industri Oleokimia Oleochemical Industry 3
ENBP601022 Teknologi Pangan Food Technology 3
ENBP601024 Rekayasa Protein Protein Engineering 3
ENBP601025 Teknologi Herbal Herbal Technology 3
Even Semester
495
The curriculum structure of the gas management master program (Salemba campus) is given in Table 3.
496
Course Description John Wiley and Sons, 1985.
ENCH800001 ENCH800003
ADVANCED MODELING OF CHEMICAL ENGI- ADVANCED TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
NEERING 3 SKS
MASTER
3 SKS Learning Objectives: Students are able to
PROGRAM
Learning Objectives: Students are able to understand the transport phenomenom of
solve the problems in engineering and design momentum, mass and heat simultaneously
the system of chemical engineering with nu- and able to apply it at the unit processes that
merical application involve the flow of single phase or multiple
Syllabus: The differential equation of the or- phase
dinary linear, the differential equation of the Syllabus: Review of the theory of transfer of
ordinary not linear initial value problem; the momentum, mass and heat simultaneously;
differential equation of the ordinary not linear analysis and application of single-phase sys-
- boundary value problem; the partial differen- tem: mixing and dispersion, mixer; analysis
tial equation: finite difference method. and application of a combination system of
Prerequisites: Modeling of Chemical Engi- gas-liquid phase, gas-solid, liquid-liquid, liquid-
neering solid, gas -liquid-solid: hydrodynamics, mass
Textbook: transfer / heat, appliances
1. Constantinides, A. dan Mostouvi, N., Prerequisites: Transport Phenomena
Numerical Methods for Chemical Engineers Textbook:
with MATLAB Applications, Prentice Hall, 1. Bird et al, Transport Phenomena, Wiley,
1999. 1960.
2. Davis, M.E., Numerical Methods and 2. Gordon, RJ, Transport: Momentum
Modeling for Chemical Engineer, John Transport and Fluid Flows, AIChE Modular
Willey & Sons, New York, 1984. Instruction, AIChE, 1980.
3. Griffiths, D.F. dan Higham, D.J., Numerical 3. Chereminisof, N.P., ed., Fluid Mechanics.
Methods for Ordinary Differential Equations, Vol 1 s / d 6, Gulf Publishing Co., 1987.
Springer, 2010. 4. Brodkey, Flersley, H.C., Transport
4. Hoffman, J.D., Numerical Methods for Phenomeria. A Unified Approach, McGraw
Engineers and Scientists, Marcel Dekker, Hill, 1988.
Inc., 2001.
ENCH800004
ENCH800002 ADVANCED CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEER-
A D VA N C E D C H E M I C A L E N G I N E E R I N G ING
TERMODYNAMICS 3 SKS
3 SKS Learning Objectives: Students are able to
Learning Objectives: Students are able to analyze the phenomenon of chemical kinetics,
understand the basics of thermodynamics, fluid the kinetics reaction data to determine the
properties, phase equilibrium and reaction and equation mechanistic reaction rate; Ability to
be able to apply it to solve problems of chemi- design and analyze the performance of chemi-
cal engineering. cal reactors is not ideal homogeneous phase
Syllabus: Analysis the system using the several and multi phase
forms of the first and second laws, the equation Syllabus: Thermodynamics of the reaction;
network of termodynamic for termodynamic definitions and basic concepts: the rate of
properties, condition equation, fluid phase reaction, the reaction rate equation, the Ar-
equilibrium, chemical reaction equilibrium rhenius equation: reaction modeling and data
Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering Thermo- analysis for the determination of reaction
dynamics rate equations; the introduction of gas-solid
Textbook: heterogeneous catalysts: a reduction in reac-
1. K y l e , B G , C h e m i c a l a n d Pr o c e s s tion rate equations and data of heterogeneous
Thermodynamics, 2nd ed., Pretice Hall, catalytic reactions of solid-gas ; effects of
1992. diffusion and heat transfer in the catalytic
2. Hand-out lecture reaction data interpretation. design of batch
3. Smith J.M. and van Ness, HC, Introduction reactor and CSTR (isothermal, non-isothermal)
to Chemical Engineering Therkodynamics, reactor design PFR and PBR (isothermal, non-
4th ed., McGraw-Hill, 1985 isothermal) sphere and the membrane reactor
4. Callen, HB, Thermodynamics and An design; design-solid heterogeneous catalytic
Introduction to Thermostatics, 2nd ed., reactors with interstage gas cooler / heater;
497
design of reactors for multiple reactions and and analyze the economy 4e
mss (multiple steady state). design of non-ideal Syllabus: Introduction of hydrocarbon, life
reactor (residence time distribution). cycle of field development, hydrocarbon form
Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineer- and hydrocarbon property and reservoir, hy-
ing 2 drocarbon exploration: geology, geophysic, and
PROGRAM
MASTER
ENCH800013
PROGRAM
Business, Enerdynamics.
ENGINEERING SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
4. Julius D., Mashayekhi A., 1990, The 3 SKS
Economics of Natural Gas: Pricing, Learning Objective: To give knowledge
Planning and Policy, Oxford Institute for and comprehension about analysis system,
Energy Studies. simulation, and the processes concerned until
become a technique product that appropriate
5. Ole Gunnar Austvik, 2000, Economics of with costumer requirement.
Natural Gas Transportation, Lillehammer Syllabus: Design, manufactur, and complex
College August. 64 pages, Research Report system operation constitute a main challenge
no. 53 from the manager now. The system that
in such a way, the heavy schedule, the
ENCH800011 financial constraint with the pressurre in
TRANSPORTATION AND UTILIZATION THE technology development, require the new
NATURAL GAS of auxiliary apparatus for project designing,
3 SKS organizing, and controlling. This curriculum
Learning Objectives: Students are able to also gives the market strategy principle briefly;
analyze several option of the natural gas uti- determination the relationship in the superior
lization either energy or feedstocks value versus price. Strategic aspects from
Syllabus: The general observation of natu- marketing and how this thing was attributed
ral gas: property and quality, the history of with the basic functions of marketing, such as:
milestones, the aspect of the environment, sale and promotion
international issue, and industrial structure of Prerequisites:
the natural gas; transportation and storage the Textbook:
natural gas in gas and liquid fase; the natural
gas utilization: gas as fuels, gas to synfuels and ENCH800014
chemicals, gas to wires/power. SUSTAINABLE ENERGY
Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering 3 SKS
Termodynamics Learning Objectives: Students are able to
Textbook: explain the relationship of energy with social
1. Handbook of Natural Gas Engineering, aspect, economic and environmental and
Kartz D. sustainability concepts, and able to analyze
2. Handbook of Natural Gas Utilization, the performance of techno-economy and the
Pritchard G. continuity especially fossil energy system, new,
3. C o m b u s t i o n E n g i n e e r i n g a n d g a s and renewable.
utilization, Cornforth J.R. Syllabus: Concept of sustainability and sus-
4. Oil and Gas Pipeline Fundamentals by tainable energy, energy hierarchy, energy
John L. Kennedy linkages with economic, environmental and
5. Tussing A.R., Tippee B., The Natural social, fossil energy / fuels and Impacts, global
Gas Industry, Evolution, Structure and climate change and its mitigation, conversion,
Economics, Penwell Books, 1995 transportation / distribution and storage,
6. Bisio A., Boots S., Energy Technology and analysis method of energy sustainability: LCA
The Environmnet and Environmental, , sustainability index, hydrogen and fuel cells
1995. and nuclear energy, solar energy (PV and ther-
mal), wind and ocean, hydropower, bioenergy,
ENCH800012 geothermal energy, energy efficiency and
RISK MANAGEMENT conservation, energy policy and international
3 SKS consensus.
Learning Objectives: Students can explain Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering Thermo-
and apply risk management in a risk assess- dynamics or Biochemical Engineering
ment. Textbook:
Syllabus: Introduction to the risk, the basic 1. Jefferson W. Tester, et al., Sustainable
principles and guidelines concerning risk, risk Energy: Choosing Among Options, MIT
management standards, risk assessment, risk Press, 2005.
analysis, risk analysis and simulation, simula- 2. Godfrey Boyle, et al., Energy Systems and 499
Sustainability: Power for a Sustainable (HAZID) and Hazard Operatibility Study
Future, Oxford University Press, 2003. (HAZOPS).
3. E. Cassedy S, Prospects for Sustainable Prerequisites: -
Energy: A critical assessment, Cambridge Textbook:
University Press, 2000. 1. Undang-undang keselamatan kerja No.1
PROGRAM
MASTER
1. References relevant to a given problem. Learning Objectives: Students are able
PROGRAM
2. Mulia, K and Wulan, PPDK, Textbook of t o e xpla i n t h e work in g prin ciple s of
Chemical Thermodynamics lubrication,lubricant function and several
parameter of the quality and lubricant clasifi-
ENCH801019 cation, lubricant chemical, and its production
DYNAMIC SYSTEMS technology either mineral lubricant, synthesis,
3 SKS and vegetal.
Learning Objectives: Students are able to Syllabus: Principles of lubrication on friction
build dynamic models of process systems, bio- and wear phenomena on the two surfaces of
logical, industrial, social and economic. solid objects are moving together; mode lubri-
Syllabus: Introduction to dynamical systems, cation: hydrodynamic and elastohydrodynamic;
causal loops, model and validation, analysis, lubricants: mineral, synthetic, and vegetable;
case study. additives, formulations, degradation, contami-
Prerequisites: Numerical Computation nation, and maintenance of lubricants; latest
Textbook: development of lubricant technology.
1. Forrester, J. W., 2002, Principles of Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry
Systems, Productivity Press Textbook:
2. Goodman, Michael R., 1998, Study Notes 1. E. Richard Booster, Handbook of Lubricant:
in System Dynamics, Productivity Press Theory and Practice of Tribology, Vol. I,
3. Richardson, George P. and Pugh III, Vol. II, Vol. III, CRC Press (1984), Inc.,
Alexander L., 1999, Introduction to Boca Raton, Florida
System Dynamics Modeling, Pegasus 2. Mervin H. Jones, Industrial Tribology: The
Communications Practical Aspect of Friction, Lubricant,
4. Andersen, David, etc., Introduction and Wear. Elsevier Scientific Publishing
to Computer Simulation - A System Co., New York, 1983.
Dynamics: Systems Thinking and Modeling 3. J. Halling, Principle of Tribology, Macmillan
for a Complex World, McGraw-Hill Press Ltd., London, 1978
4. Handout
ENCH801020
THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES OF HYDRO- ENCH801022
CARBONS BIOPROCESS TECHNOLOGY
3 SKS 3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students are able to Learning Objectives: Students are able to
predict the magnitude of the thermodynamic explain the fundamentals of bioprocess en-
properties of hydrocarbons and the phase gineering including systems, equipment and
condition, either manually or using software industrial applications.
calculations. Syllabus: Introduction to bioprocess technol-
Syllabus: introduction to hydrocarbon ogy, the design of fermentors, cell separation
thermodynamics properties, basic system, vessel for biotechnology, pipes, valves
t h e rmody n a mic con ce p t s, P- V-T da t a and pumps for biotech, cleaning, steriliza-
correlations, physical properties of hydrocarbon tion and water systems for pharmaceutical
fluids, computing aided thermodynamics levels, heating, ventilation and air system,
properties, the vapor-liquid behavior of two- biowaste.
phase systems, water-hydrocarbon system Prerequisites: Molecular Biology
behavior, product specifications in the disposal Textbook:
lease of hydrocarbon 1. J. Bailey E and D. F Ollis, Biochemical
Prerequisites: Chemical Engineering Thermo- Engineering Fundamentals, McGraw-Hill
dynamics Inc., New York, 1986
Textbook: 2. J. W. Dale and M. Von Schantz, From Gene
1. Wayne C. Edmister, Byung Ik Lee, Applied to genomes: Concept and Application of
hydrocarbon thermodynamics, Volume DNA Technology, John Wiley & Sons, Ltd..,
1, Gulf Publishing Company (1988), London, 2002
Houston, Texas. 3. J . M a t t h e w s E . , H a n d b o o k o f
2. John M. Campbell, Gas Conditioning and Bioremedation, Lewis Publishers, London,
Processing, Vol. 1, 8th Edition Campbell 1994 501
4. Schrugerl K., and K. H. Belghardt (Eds.), thermodynamic of the reaction with catalyst,
Bioreaction Engineering: Modelling the distribution of the catalyst based on the
and Control, Verlaag Springer, Berlin type of reaction, the core function is active,
Heidelberg, 2000 the method of selecting catalysts for certain
reactions, characterization of the correspond-
PROGRAM
MASTER
identify the condition of health and safety in to analyze impact of industrial processes and
PROGRAM
the chemical industry and propose the ways of petrochemical products to the environment.
overcoming problems of health and safety with Syllabus: History of the general petrochemi-
observe to safety laws and regulations relating cal products development and raw material
to the work environment. potential, the scope of the petrochemical
Syllabus: The law and regulations relating to industry, petrochemical classification process,
safety, national standards and international the type and processing raw materials into
standards related to safety analysis work, petrochemical products, the details of various
Dualfunction chemicals, Hazard Identification petrochemical industry: olefins center, aromat-
and Risk Assasment (HIRA), Hazard Identifica- ics and the center line of methane, industrial
tion (HAZID) dan Hazard Operability Study and environmental impact of products petro-
(HAZOPS). chemicals.
Prerequisites: - Prerequisites: Organic Chemistry
Textbook: Textbook:
1. Safety Act of 1970 1 1. Martyn V. Twigg, Catalyst Handbook,
2. Regulation of the Minister of Labour, 2nd Ed., Wolfe Pub. Ltd..
Technical Guidelines for Safety Audit 2. Lewis T. Hatch, Sami Matar, From
management system and Occupational Hydrocarbon to Petrochemical.
Health, 1996. 3. Wells, Margaret G., Handbook of
3. International Labour Office, Prevention of Petrochemicals and Processes, Gower
Major Industrial Accidents, 1991. Publishing Company Ltd., 1991.
4. Chemical Process Safety module 4. Pandjaitan Maraudin, Petrochemical
Industry and The effect of environment,
ENCH801030 Gadjah Mada University Press, 2002
PETROLEUM PROCESSING
3 SKS ENCH801032
Learning Objectives: Students are able to COMBUSTION ENGINEERING
explain petroleum characteristic and its refine 3 SKS
product and the stages of the process from vari- Learning Objectives: Students are able to
ous petroleum processing technologies. explain the phenomenon of combustion and re-
Syllabus: Introduction terminology, oil com- solve the problems that rendered correctly.
position, thermal properties of petroleum, Syllabus: chemical kinetics and combustion,
chemical processing of petroleum processing, the flame, premix flame, diffusion flame, the
distillation, hydrogenation and dehydrogena- combustion process applications.
tion, cracking processes, the processes of Prerequisite: Transport Phenomena, Chemical
reforming, gas processing and petroleum light Reaction Engineering 1, Chemical Engineering
products, product improvement. Thermodynamics
Prerequisites: Fluid and Particle Mechanics, Textbook:
Termodynamics, Mass Transfer. 1. Warnatz, J., Maas, U. dan Dibble, R.W.,
Textbook: Combustion: Physical and Chemical
1. James G. Speight, The Chemistry and Fundamentals, Modeling and Simulation,
Technology of Petroleum, Marcel Dekker, Experiments, Pollutant Formation, 2nd
1991. ed., Springer, Heidelberg, 1999.
2. James H. Gary and Glenn E. Handwerk, 2. Turns, S.R., An Introduction to Combustion:
Petroleum Refining, Marcel Dekker, Concepts and Applications, 2 nd ed,
1974. McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3. D. S. J. Jones, Elements of Petroleum 3. Glassman, I., Combustion, Academic
Processing, John & Sons Woley Press, 1997.
4. el-Mahallawy dan el-Din Habik,
ENCH801031 S., Fundamental and Technology of
PETROCHEMICAL PROCESSES Combustion, Elsevier, 2002.
3 SKS 5. Combustion, T. J. Poinsot and D. P.
Learning Objectives: Students are able to Veynante, in Encyclopedia of Computa-
explain the development of petrochemical tional Mechanics, edited by Erwin Stein,
products and raw material potential, upstream Rene de Borst and Thomas J.R. Hughes, 503
2004 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. Learning Objectives: Students are able to
6. Introduction to Combustion, Concepts analyze and synthesize the chemical processes
and Applications, Stephen R. Turns, 2nd in an integrated system of technical and eco-
edition, McGraw Hill, 2000 nomic aspects
7. Introduction to Combustion Phenomena, Syllabus: The strategy of synthesis and analysis
PROGRAM
A. Murty Kanury, Gordon and Breach Sci- process, design concepts development and the
MASTER
MASTER
treatment, gas, is unconventional.
PROGRAM
Prerequisites: Chemical Reaction Engineer-
ing 1.
Textbook:
1. Freeman, H. M., Industrial Pollution
Prevention Handbook, McGraw-Hill, New
York, 1995.
2. Eckenfelder, W. W., Jr.., Industrial Water
Pollution Control. 3rd ed. McGraw-Hill
International Editions, New York, 2000.
3. Metcalf & Eddy. (Revised by Tchobanoglous,
G. & F. L. Burton). Waste Water
Engineering: Treatment, Disposal, Reuse,
3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1991.
4. Heinson R. J. & R. L. Cable. Source and
Control of Air Pollution. Prentice Hall.
New Jersey. Of 1999.
5. Legislation on the prevention of pollution
and waste management.
6. Journals, the Internet.
ENCH801037
HYDROCARBON EXPLORATION AND PRODUC-
TION
3 SKS
Learning Objectives: Students are able to
explain the economic concept of natural gas
and analyze the 4e economy.
Syllabus: Introduction of hydrocarbon, life
cycle of field development, hydrocarbon form
and hydrocarbon property and reservoir, hy-
drocarbon exploration: geology, geophysic, and
drilling, field apparsial, reservoir development,
drilling development, hydrocarbon production,
HSE, hydrocarbon economy and lease, coal and
hydrocarbon unconventional (CBM, Shale gas,
and HYDRAT GAS)
Prerequisites:-
Textbook:
1. Frank Jahn et all, 2008, Hydrocarbon Ex-
ploration and Production, Developments
in Petroleum Science, second edition
2. Babusiauz et al, 2004, Oil and Gas Explo-
ration and Production. Reserves, Cost and
Contracts, IFP-Technip,
3. M. Kelkar, 2008, Natural Gas Production
Engineering, PennWell Publications
4. Norman J. Hyne, 2001, Nontechnical
Guide to Petroleum Geology, Exploration,
Drilling and Production, Pennwell Books,
2 edition.
505
6.7. MASTER PROGRAM IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Program Specification
PROGRAM
506
12 8. Be able to think critically, creative, innovative, and possess an intellectual curiosity
to solve problems within individual and group scale (UI competence).
9. Be able to give alternative solutions that rise among the society, nation and country
/of Indonesia (UI competence).
10. Be able to identify standards of engineering, law, and work safety within process
MASTER
design, development, and implementation of integrated system.
PROGRAM
11. Be able to design experimental process (scenario development, result testing,
result analysis) effectively and efficiently.
12. Be able to design and improve the performance of manufacture and service system
by considering sustainability aspect.
13. Be able to design and improve the quality of product, process, work station, and
organization by considering human factors.
13 Classification of Subjects
No Classification Credit Hours Percentage
(SKS)
i Compulsory Subjects 24 58.5 %
ii Stream Subjects 6 14.6 %
iii Elective Subjects 3 7.3 %
iv Seminar, Thesis 8 19.6 %
Total 100 %
14 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 41 SKS
Sub Total 12
Semester 2 2nd Semester
3
ENIE800005 Manajemen Operasi Operations Management
3
ENIE800006 Perancangan Strategi Industri Industrial Strategic Planning
3
ENIE800007 Metodologi Penelitian Research Methodology
3
ENIE800008 Berpikir Sistem System Thinking
Sub Total 12
Semester 3 3rd Semester
ENIE800009 Perancangan Sistem Industri Industrial System Design 3
Pilihan 1 Elective 1 3
Pilihan 2 Elective 2 3
Sub Total 9
Semester 4 4th Semester
ENIE800010 Tesis Thesis 5
Pilihan 3 Elective 3 3
508
ed., Prentice-Hall, Inc. 2006.
Course Structure of Master Program in 2. Hellier, Liebermen, Introduction to Opera-
Industrial Engineering tions Research, McGraw-Hill, 2005.
ENIE800001
MASTER
HUMAN FACTORS IN INDUSTRIAL DESIGN (3 ENIE800004
PROGRAM
SKS) ADVANCED STATISTICS (3 SKS)
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
able to design and analyze work system based able to organize the collection, process, and
on human factors and ergonomics methods in analysis of data using statistics and engineering
practical and comprehensive way. Students are principles to support decision making process,
also expected to apply various methods of human within DOE - Design of Experiment.
factors and ergonomics in workplace. Syllabus: Review of Basic Statistical Concepts.
Syllabus: General introduction of human fac- Single Factor Experiment ( Fixed Effect Model).
tors in industrial engineering, general applica- Single Factor Experiment (Random Effect Model).
tion of human factors in industrial engineering, Randomized Complete Block Design. Latin Square
Physical methods, Psycho-physiological methods, Design. General Factorial Design. 2k Factorial
BehavioralCognitive methods, Team methods, En- Design. Blocking in Factorial Design. Factorial
vironmental methods, Macroergonomics methods, Experiments with Random Factors. Fractional
Human in work system environment. Factorial Design. Nested Design. Response Sur-
Prerequisite(s):- face Model.
Textbooks: Pre-requisite(s): Statistics and Probability
1. Stanton Neville., Hedge Allan., et.al., Text Book(s):
Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics 1. Design and Analysis of Experiments, Douglas
Methods, CRC Press., United States. 2005 C. Montgomery. John Wiley & Sons, 2000
2. Marras S William., Karwowski Waldermar., 2. Design and Analysis of Experiments, An-
Fundamental and Assesstment Tools for gela Dean and Daniel Voss, Springer-Verlag,
Occupational Ergonomics, Taylor & Francis 2000
Group. 2006 3. Experimental Design with Applications in
Management, Engineering, and the Sciences,
Paul D. Barger and Robert E. Maurer, Thomson
ENIE800002
Learning, 2002
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (3 SKS)
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
able to use concepts and application of TQM as ENIE800005
the basis for analysis and evaluation of quality OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT (3 SKS)
improvement system. Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
Syllabus: TQM Studies vs Principles. MBNQA. able to analyze, design, and operate productive
Statistical QC. Cost of Quality. Organizing for systems in order to create competitive products
Quality. QFD. Capability Process. Six Sigma. Pre- and services.
Prequisite(s): Quality System. Sylllabus: Introduction: transformation process-
Text Book(s): es. Aggregate planning & optimization. MPS &
1. Rao, et al. TQM : A Cross Functional Perspec- MRP. Process analysis & performances. Produc-
tive, Prentice Hall. tion processes. Littles Law, process & queing
2. Quality Management; Goetsch & Davis, 2000, models. Supply chain processes & performances.
Prentice Hall Location. Distribution system & logistics. Inven-
tory policy decision. Theory of costraints (TOC).
Service process selection. Case study.
ENIE800003
Prerequisite(s): -
ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH (3 SKS)
Textboks:
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
1. Operations & Supply Chain Management;
able to understand and implement mathematical
Jacobs, Chase; Irwin McGraw-Hill; 13th Ed.,
model to optimize problem-solving within indus-
2011.
trial management and technical issues, which
2. Operations Management; Nigel Slack, Stuart
later can be modeled quantitatively, deterministi-
Chambers, Robert Johnston; Prentice Hall;
cally and stochastically.
2010.
Syllabus: Dynamic Programming. Markov Analysis.
3. Operations Management Along the Supply
Decision Tree. Game Theory. Non Linear Program-
Chain; Roberta S. Russel; Bernard W. Taylor;
ming. Queue. Simulation.
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; 6th Ed., 2009.
Pre-requisite(s): Linear Programming
Text Book(s):
1. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research, 7th
509
ENIE800006 Tools for Building a Learning Organization,
INDUSTRIAL STRATEGIC PLANNING (3 SKS) Peter M. Senge, Crown Business, 1994
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are 2. Soft Systems Methodology in Action, Peter
able to formulate and implement competitive Checkland, Wiley, 1999
strategies in various kinds of industries either
PROGRAM
MASTER
economy: business who makes and sells product 1. Nonaka I., Takeuchi H. The Knowledge Cre-
PROGRAM
or services and to give understanding about the ating Company: How Japanese Companies
role of an industry Create The Dynamics of Innovation, 1995.
Syllabus: Consumer theory. Corporate Theory. 2. Ackermann, M.S. etal. Sharing Expertise:
Price Teori Konsumen. Price Theory. Competi- Beyond Knowledge Management, MIT Press,
tion. Monopoli, Duopoly dan Oligopoli. Market 2003
Structure and Corporation. Merger. Innovation 3. Amrit Tiwana, The Knowledge Management
and Technology. Toolkit: Practical Techniques for Building A
Pre-requisite(s): Introduction to Economics and Knowledge Management System, Prentice-
Business Hall, New Jersey, 2000.
Text Book(s): 4. Madanmohan Rao, Knowledge Management
1. Microeconomics Theory, A Mathematical Ap- Tools and Techniques: Practitioners and
proach; Henderson, James M and Richard E. Experts Evaluate KM Solutions, Elsevier Inc.
Quandt; Mc Graw Hill Book Co; New York Oxford UK. 2005.
2. Industrial Economics, Analysis and Public 5. Murray Jennex, Case Studies in Knowledge
Policy; Martin, Stephen; Englewood Cliffs; Management, Idea Group Publishing, 2005.
Prentice Hall.
ENIE821003
SYSTEM DYNAMICS (3 SKS)
ENIE822003 Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
ADVANCED MODELLING (3 SKS) able to develop a continuous model of dynamic
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are system to answer complex problems, analyze
able to develop computer model from a complex results and display it professionally.
system according to research needs. Syllabus: Concept and methodology of continuous
Syllabus: Introduction to Modeling Topol- modeling, Model Conceptualization, over-time be-
ogy, Methodology of Simulation and Modeling, havior concept, dynamic hypothesis, CLD (Causal
Agent-Based Modeling, Object-Based Modeling, Loop Diagram), SFD (Stock and Flow Diagram),
Advanced Mathematical Modeling, Group Model Methodology of Dynamic System Modeling, Model
Building, GIS-Based Model, Financial Modeling. Validation, Scenario Development, Analyzing and
(This course includes working in the designated Displaying the results (This course includes work-
laboratory) ing in the designated laboratory)
Pre-requisite(s): System Thinking/System Mod- Pre-requisite(s): System Thinking/System Mod-
eling eling
Text Book(s): Text Book(s):
1. Scenarios, Stories and Use Cases: 1. Business Dynamics: System Thinking and
Through the Systems Development Life- modeling for a ComplexWorld. John D.
Cycle, Ian Alexander and Neil Maiden, Sterman, McGraw-Hill, USA, 2000
John Wiley & Sons. 2004 2. Scenarios, Stories and Use Cases:
2. Excel Dashboards & Reports, Michael Through the Systems Development Life-
Alexander and John Walkenbach, Wiley Cycle, Ian Alexander and Neil Maiden,
Publishing, Inc. 2010 John Wiley & Sons. 2004
3. Information Dashboard Design, Stephen 3. Excel Dashboards & Reports, Michael
Few, OReilly, 2006. Alexander and John Walkenbach, Wiley
Publishing, Inc. 2010
ENIE823002 4. Information Dashboard Design, Stephen
KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT (3 SKS) Few, OReilly, 2006.
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are 5. Courses Module Powersim Studio, Lab
able to comprehend the concept of knowledge SEMS UI, 2010
starting from creation, use, transfer, retention
and disposal of knowledge to broaden the under-
standing about the importance of KM for achieving ENIE823002
organizations objective. COGNITIVE ERGONOMICS (3 SKS)
Syllabus: Introduction to KM, Definition and Con- Learning Objective(s): Course participants are
cept of KM, SECI Model, Information Management able to understand about basic principles of
Body of Knowledge (IMBOK), Capitalization of ergonomics and human factors in cognitive per-
Knowledge, Learning Organization, Implementa- spective. Students are expected to implement
511
knowledge of cognitive ergonomics in workplace, 1. Brauer. (2006). Safety and Health for Engi-
and also be expected to measure, evaluate, and neers, 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
analyze performance and behavior of various 2. Thompson, Dan Hopwood., Workplace Safety
fields and the relation to technology development : a Guide for Small and Midsized Companies,
and engineering. Students are also are expected John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006
PROGRAM
to design Hierarchical Task Analysis (HTA) as a part 3. A. Ian Glendonet. al, Human Safety and Risk
of task design based on cognitive. Management,CRC Press, 2006
MASTER
MASTER
and its implementation, including product design and Inquiring Skill to Facilitate, Development of
PROGRAM
activities, process and facilities, and technology Presentation Materials, Presentation Preparation,
used to create competitive products. Processing the Question and Answer Session, For-
Syllabus: Introduction to Manufacturing System. mal Writing Skill (Proposal, Report, Letter, Cor-
Processes. Manufacturing Facility & Technology. respondence, Manner), and Effective Reading.
Product Design & Development. Green Manufac- Pre-requisite(s): -
turing. Resource planning & ERP. Simulation. Text Book(s):
Introduction to Plant Simulation for Manufactur- 1. Interpersonal Skills in Organizations,
ing System. JIT & Lean Production. Value Stream 3 rd Edition, De Janasz, Suzanne C,
Mapping. Optimization Model and its application Karen O. Dowd and Beth Z. Schneider,
in production. Case study. McGraw-Hill International Edition. New
Prerequisite(s): - York. 2009.
Textbooks:
1. Operations Management-An Asian Perspec- ENIE810003
tive; William J. Stevenson, and Sum Chee PRODUCT LIFECYCLE MANAGEMENT (3 CRED-
Chuong ; McGraw-Hill; 2010 ITS)
2. Manufacturing Planning and Control for Sup- Learning Objective(s): Course participants
ply Chain Management; F. Robert Jacobs, are able to understand the product life cycle
William Berry, D. Clay Whybark, and Thomas and its role in creating companys innovation
Vollmann; McGraw-Hill; 2011. strategy.
3. The Fundamentals of Production Planning Syllabus: Product Life Cycle Concept, Product
and Control; Stephen N. Chapman; Pearson Life Cycle Phase Management, PLM and Innova-
- Prentice Hall, 2006. tion Strategy, Product Development Strategy in
Enterprise.
ENIE810001 Pre-requisite(s): Product Design
MULTIVARIATE ANALYSIS Text Book(s):
(3 CREDITS) 1. Stark, J, (2011). Product Life Cycle Manage-
Learning Objective(s): Course participants ment, 21th Century Paradigm for Product
are able to organize the extraction, process & Realisation, 2nd Edition. Springer.
analysis of multivariate data in a right way to 2. Grieves, M. (2005). Product Lifecycle Man-
make decisions. agement. Driving the Next Generation of
Syllabus: of Basic Statistical Concepts, Multiple Lean Thinking, McGrawHill.
Regression. Manova. Principal Component Analy-
sis. Factor Analysis. Cluster Analysis. Discriminant ENIE810004
Analysis. Logit Analysis. Canonical Correlation. MACRO ERGONOMICS (3 CREDITS)
Multidimensional Scaling. Structural Equation Learning Objective(s): Course participants
Modeling. are able to understand comprehensively about
Pre-requisite(s): Statistics and Probability, In- work system design that consists of interacting
dustrial Statistics variables such as hardware and software within
Text Book(s): internal and external physical environment,
1. Hair,J.F.,B. Black, B. Babin, and R.E. Ander- organization structure and process in order to
son (2005) Multivariate Data Analysis, Sixth make it better. Ability to understand how to
Edition, Prentice Hall. implement ergonomic science.
2. Richard Johnson and Winchern (1998) Applied Syllabus: Introduction to macroergonomics,
Multivariate Statistical Analysis, Fourth Edi- method and tools that are used in work system
tion, Prentice Hall. design and analysis, introduction to organization
3. W.R. Dillon and M. Goldstein (1984) Multivari- integration in productivity, safety, health and
ate Analysis: Methods and Applications, John quality of work life context
Wiley & Sons. Pre-requisite(s): Human Factors in Engineering
and Design
ENIE810002 Text Book(s):
INTERPERSONAL SKILLS 1. Hendrick, W.H,. Kleiner, Brian, (2002). Mac-
(3 CREDITS) roergonomics: Theory, Methods, and Applica-
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are tions (Human Factors and Ergonomics)
able to implement the principles of effective 2. Stanton, N,. Hedge, A, (2005). Handbook of
513
Human Factors and Ergonomics Methods,
CRM Implementation, Managing supplier partner
CRC Press LLC.
relationships, IT for CRM
Pre-requisite(s): Information System
ENIE810005
Textbooks:
FINANCE AND INVESTMENTS (3 CREDITS)
1. Peppers, D. (2011). Managing Customer
PROGRAM
MASTER
able to cultivate a design process, installation, and meta-heuristic optimization algorithms to
PROGRAM
management and termination of a complex solve problems in industrial engineering field.
system. Syllabus: Introduction to Optimization. Com-
Syllabus: Concept and methodology of industrial plexity Theory. Basics of Heuristic. Hill Climbing
system engineering. System Life-Cycle: Concept Algorithm. Greedy Algorithm, Simulated Anneal-
Development Production Benefit and Support ing, Tabu Search, Genetic Algorithm, Challenge
End of System. Vee-Model. Processes in System Counter Techniques , Multi-destinations meta-
Life Cycle: Technical Process. Project Process. heuristic.
Organization Process and Acquisition Process of Pre-requisite(s): Operation Research
Goods and Services. System Value and Life Cycle Text Book(s):
Costing. The Role of Modeling and Simulation in 1. Zbigniew Michalewicz,. David B. Fogel
System Engineering. (2004). How to Solve It: Modern Heuris-
Pre-requisite(s): System Modeling tics, Springer.
Text Book(s): 2. Essentials of Metaheuristics, Sean
1. Cecilia Haskins, CSEP, Kevin Forsberg, CSEP Luke (2009). Essentials of Metaheuris-
and Michael Krueger, CSEP. SYSTEMS ENGI- tics, Lulu, available at http://cs.gmu.
NEERING HANDBOOK: A GUIDE FOR SYSTEM edu/sean/book/metaheuristics/
LIFE CYCLE PROCESSES AND ACTIVITIES, 3. Andries P. Engelbrecht (2007) Compu-
version 3.1, 2007 tational Intelligence, An introduction,
2. Kossiakoff, Alexander and William N. Sweet. John Wiley & Sons, England.
Systems Engineering Principles and Practice.
John Wiley & Sons. Hoboken New Jersey, ENIE810014
2003. SUSTAINABLE MANUFACTURING AND INNOVA-
3. ISO/IEC 15288 Standard for Systems Engi- TION (3SKS)
neering. International Organization Standard Learning Objective(s): Course participants
(ISO). are able to understand the environmental and
sustainability aspects of manufacturing process
ENIE810012 and their roles in increasing the competitive-
ENTERPRISE COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS (3 ness of enterprise and innovation development.
CREDITS) Syllabus: Concept and Sustainability Process
Learning Objective(s): Course participants are in manufacturing process. Green Manufacturing
able to analyze companys internal and exter- (Remanufacturing, Reuse, Recycling), Renewables
nal factors for setting up company strategy for and Resource Utilizations, Green Logistics and
achieving competitive advantage through value SCM, Eco-Innovation, Best Practices in Sustain-
innovation and strategic position and capabilities able Manufacturing.
development. Pre-requisite(s): Production System
Syllabus: Understanding Industry Profitability, Text Book(s):
The Vertical Boundaries of the Firm, Strategic 1. Seliger, G. (2011). Advances in Sustainable
Positioning for Competitive Advantage, Lever- Manufacturing, Springer.
aging Market Power to Grow, Risk Management, 2. Jovane, F. (2010). The Manufuture Road:
Competitor and Competition, Competitive Intel- Towards Competitive and Sustainable High-
ligence Adding-Value Manufacturing, Springer.
Pre-requisite(s): Cost Accounting 3. Allen, D.T. (2012). Sustainable Engineer-
Text books: ing: Concepts, Design and Case Studies,
1. Besanko, David. 2007. Economics of Strategy, Prentice-Hall.
Willey, 4th edition. 4. Hermosilla, J.C. (2009). Eco-Innovation:
2. Sharp, S. 2009. How to minimize risk, avoid When Sustainability and Competitiveness
surprise, and grow your business in a chang- Shake Hands.
ing world. John Willey.
3. Porter, M. 2008. The Five Competitive ENIE810015
Forces That Shape Strategy. Harvard Busi- HUMAN DIGITAL MODELLING AND SIMULATION
ness Review (3 CREDITS)
4. Porter, M. 1998. Competitive Strategy: Tech- Learning objective(s): Course participants are
niques for Analyzing Industries and Competi- able to model digital human and simulate it to
tors. Free Press. obtain more effective and efficient work design
5. Carbal, Luis. 2000. Introduction to Industrial 515
Organization, MIT Press
Syllabus: Anthropometry, Human Factors and
Ergonomics in Healthcare, Ergonomics Modelling
& Usability Evaluation, Human Factors, Ergo-
nomics and Safety in Manufacturing and Service
Industries. Introduction to Jack Software and
PROGRAM
Motion Capture.
Prerequisite(s): Human Factors in Engineering
MASTER
and Design
Text books:-
1. Duffy, G V. 2010. Advances in Applied Digital
Human Modelling. CRC Press.
2. Jack Software Module dari Ergonomic Cen-
tre
ENIE810016
DECISION, UNCERTAINTIES AND RISKS (3 CRED-
ITS)
Learning objective(s): Course participants are
able to analyze risks and uncertainties based on
statistical tools accurately to make decision
Syllabus: Concept and Decision Making Process,
Uncertainty Theory, Risks Analysis Prerequisites:
Statistics and Probability, Industrial Statistics
Prerequisite(s): Statistics and Probability
Text books:
1. Parmigiani, G. (2009). Decision Theory: Prin-
ciples and Approaches , John Wiley.
516
MASTER
PROGRAM
517
7. DOCTORAL PROGRAM
FTUI holds Doctoral Program for the six follow- which proposed research topic
ing study programs: approved, and the availability of future
1. Civil Engineering Promotor. If needed, an interview may
2. Mechanical Engineering be arrange with the future student to
3. Electrical Engineering determine the suitability of research
PROGRAM
DOCTORAL
3 Programme Title Doctoral Program in Civil Engineering
PROGRAM
Doctoral Program in Mechanical Engineering
Doctoral Program in Electrical Engineering
Doctoral Program in Metallurgy & Material Engineering
Doctoral Program in Chemical Engineering Engineering
Doctoral Program in Architecture
4 Class Regular
5 Final Award Doctor (Dr.)
6 Accreditation / Recognition Civil Engineering Doctoral Program: Accreditation B
from BAN-PT
Mechanical Engineering Doctoral Program: in process
Electrical Engineering Doctoral Program: Accreditation
B from BAN-PT
Metallurgy & Material Engineering Doctoral Program: A
Chemical Engineering Engineering Doctoral Program:
Accreditation A from BAN-PT
Architecture Doctoral Program: in process
7 Language(s) of Instruction Indonesia
8 Study Scheme (Full Time / Part Full Time
Time)
9 Entry Requirements Master graduate from study programs in line with
study program chosen and pass the entrance
examination
10 Study Duration Designed for 3 years
Number of
Type of Semester Number of weeks /semester
semester
Regular 6 16 - 17
Short (optional) none none
519
11 Streams:
Transportation
DOCTORAL
The Metallurgy & Material Engineering Doctoral Program has two streams as follow:
Corrosion and Protection
Material Engineering and Manufacture Process
12 Graduate Profiles:
FTUI Doctoral Program Graduates haves the capabilities of demonstrating expansion,
novelty breakthrough in research in the engineering or architecture field in accordance
to certain stream or sub-stream.
520
13 List of Graduates Competence:
1. Have highly academic integrity;
2. Implement the code of ethics in his related field of study;
3. Have an open mind and perceptive towards the development of science, technol-
DOCTORAL
ogy, art, and culture;
PROGRAM
4. Have a broad knowledge, basic sciences skill, and technical ability needed to
adapt and to further develop science;
5. Master the theoretical, conceptual and paradigm approaches best suited to their
related field of study;
6. Able to use their expertise and skill within their related field of study to:
Find answers and/or solution to complex problems, included those which need
an inter-disciplinary approach;
Discovering new findings (state of the art developments) of a particular re-
search arena.
7. Able to communicate their thoughts, ideas and work to experts of related field of
study and to broader community;
8. Able to participate and play a role in the development of science, technology, art,
and culture at national and international level.
14 Classification of Subjects
No Classification Credit Percentage
Hours (SKS)
i Compulsory 8 16 %
Subjects
ii Research 40 84 %
Total 48 100 %
15 Total Credit Hours to Graduate 48 SKS
521
Curriculum Structure for FTUI Doctoral Program
The curriculum structure for the Doctoral Program in all study programs are the same, they are only
differentiated by their codes for the research component. The code xx for each study programs are
as follow:
PROGRAM
ENCV for Civil Engineering, ENME for Mechanical Engineering, ENEE for Electrical Engineering, ENMT for
DOCTORAL
Metallurgy & Material Engineering, ENAR for Architecture, and ENCH for Chemical Engineering.
522
Description of Subjects (2003)
3. Kirkup, L, Experimental Method: An
ENGE900001 Introduction to the Analysis and Presentation,
ADVANCED RESEARCH METHOD John Wiley and Sons, Australia, Ltd.,
4 SKS Queensland, (1994)
DOCTORAL
Learning Objective(s): Course participants 4. Montgomery, D.C, Design and Analysis of
PROGRAM
are expected to: (a) master the scientific work Experiments 6th Ed., John Wiley and Sons,
process based on science philosophy, which is the Inc., New York, (2005)
scientific justification aspects, innovative aspects 5. Hair, J.F., B.Black, B.Babin and R.E Anderson,
and scientific ethics aspects, (b) able to write a Multivariate Data Analysis 6th Ed., Pearson
research proposal and or draft of scientific writing Education Inc., New Jersey, (2006)
related to the students doctoral topic.
Syllabus: (1) Relationship between philosophy and ENxx900001
engineering science; (2) Science Philosophy; (3) Special Subject 1
Epystemology in Engineering Science; (4) Research 4 SKS
Method; (5) Problem formulation and hypothesis;
(6) Research and state of the art; (7) Research ENxx900003
Evaluation; (8) Design Evaluation and research Special Subject 2
Stages; (9) Introduction to the analysis of the data 4 SKS
processing method; (10) Benchmark on research
output and conclusion formulation; (11) Various Special Subject 1 in the 1st first semester (4 SKS)
citation method; (12) Finalization of research and Special Subject 2 in the 2nd semester (4 SKS)
proposal draft and /or scientific article draft. are determined together with the students Aca-
Prerequisite(s): None demic Advisor to support the students research
Textbooks: and/or to develop the students knowledge with
1. Haryono Imam R dan C. Verhaak, Filsafat Ilmu information and knowledge from unrelated field.
Pengetahuan, Gramedia, Jakarta, 1995 Academic Advisor is also allowed to propose a
2. Willie Tan, Practical Research Methods, special content for the student to Head of De-
Prentice Hall, 2002. partment.
3. R. Kumar, Research Methodology, A Step- The following are the requirements for the imple-
by-step Guide for Beginner, 3rd ed., Sage mentation of Special Subject 1 and 2:
Pub, 2012 For students who do not have in line Master
degree educational background from the
ENGE900002 Faculty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia,
QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS they are allowed to take the similar courses
4 SKS of the related field of study available at the
Learning Objective(s): Discuss the qualitative Master Program in FTUI during the running
and quantitative in data analysis and exploring semester.
specific data analysis areas. After taking this Students are also allowed to take courses
subject, course participants are expected to have from other study programs within the Fac-
the following subject outcomes: (1) awareness ulty of Engineering Universitas Indonesia or
to situations requiring qualitative data analysis courses from other faculties in UI as stated
in the inductive paradigm; (2) awareness to in the Guidance Book or the Master/Doctoral
situations requiring quantitative data analysis Program Catalog.
in the deductive paradigm; (3) appreciation In the event where neither conditions is vi-
toward various approaches; (4) possessing skills able for the students, the Academic Advisor is
in giving critical appraisal; (5) possessing skills allowed to conduct a class of said course.
in performing qualitative and quantitative data
analysis. ENxx900002
Syllabus: Introduction; Qualitative Analysis; Pre-Research I (2 SKS)
Quantitative Analysis; Non-Parametric Analysis; Pre-Research I is initial activities in a research
Uncertainty Analysis; Critical Appraisal; Design with a 2 sks load where students are required
of Experiment; ANOVA revisit; Multivariate to do literature study in connection to his/her
Techniques. research materials. Literature study must be done
Prerequisite(s): None intensively by mapping the latest research results
Textbooks: from international journals on related subjects.
1. Miles M & Huberman M, Qualitative Data The final objective for Pre-Research I is that
Analysis, London Sage Publications, (1994) students have a state of the art understanding of
2. Montgomery, D.C., & Runger, G.C, Applied his research topic, and be able to determine the
Statistics and Probability for Engineers 3rd unexplored knowledge gap in the international
Ed., John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, level for further study and research during his 523
Doctoral program. The result of Pre-Research I is Requirements and prerequisite of Research I
written into a literature study report which later Examination:
will be examined by a panel, consisting of Future Research I Examination can be held if
Promotor/ Academic Advisor or other examiners. the student has passed the qualification
A student will be considered passing the Pre- examination.
Research I if acquiring a minimum B grade. Research I Examination can be held
PROGRAM
DOCTORAL
DOCTORAL
to be publicized in an International Jour- tion must be answered and compelted through
PROGRAM
nal and has determined which International a series of final research. During this stage, the
Journal he intends to submit the article to. Doctor Candidate must also be able to prove the
FTUI published an international journal, the authenticity and originality of his research re-
International Journal of Technology (IJTech), sults as new contribution to the science world.
which the student may utilize as one of In- Therefore, during this state the Doctor Candi-
ternational Journal which he can publicize his date is required to have received the status of
Doctoral research. Accepted for International Journal publica-
tion. The Doctor Candidate must also have com-
Pre-Promotion Examination is a scheduled ac- pleted his dissertation paper and must be ready
ademic activity in order to give an appraisal to for the Promotion Examination.
a Doctor Candidates dissertation paper which
is compiled based on his research results that The Promotion Examination is a scheduled aca-
have been approved by his promoter and co- demic activity to appraise a Doctor Candidate
promotor. dissertation in order to award him the highest
degree in the academic world, Doctor. The re-
The requirements and prerequisites for Pra- quirements and prerequisites for Promotion Ex-
Promotion Examination are: amination are as follow:
Promotor and Co-Promotor have given a The Promotion Examination can only be
written approval on the page of the disser- held if the student has fulfilled the scien-
tation paper that the student is considered tific publication as required, in accordance
qualified for Pre-Promotion Examination. to the Deans Decree Number 010/D/SK/
Pre-Promotion Examination is held by the FTUI/I/2012 dated 18 January 2010 where
Pre Promotion Examination Committee. The a Doctor Candidate must have a minimum
committee for the Pre-Promotion Exami- of 1 (one) International Science Journal
nation is appointed through a Dean of the publication (or Accepted status) and 1
Faculty of Engineering UIs Decree based on (one) National Science Journal publication
a proposal from the Head of Department. in line with his dissertation research. The
The committee consists of (a) The disserta- publication must also state the Faculty of
tion advisor team, that is the Promotor and Engineering Universitas Indonesia as one of
Co-Promotor, and (b) the rebuttals team, its affiliation.
consisting of a minimum of five people and The Promotor and Co-Promotor have given a
a maximum of seven people where one of written approval on the page of the disser-
them is from an outside institution of the tation paper that the student is considered
Universitas Indonesia. qualified for Promotion Examination.
Rebuttal team consists of experts in related The Head of Department submit a report to
field to the one which the Doctor Candidate the Dean stating that the Doctor Candidate
is studying. has finished his Research IV and is ready for
The Pre-Promotion Examination is held in examination in a Promotion Examination.
a closed session for around 3 (three) hours The Promotion examination is conducted by
and divided into two steps: the dissertation the Promotion Examination Committee. The
presentation by the Doctor Candidate for committee for the Promotion Examination is
15-30 minutes and a Question and Answer appointed through a Rectors Decree based
session for 120-165 minutes. on a proposal from the Head of Department
The Doctor Candidate will be considered made through the Dean of Faculty of Engin-
passing the Pre-Promotion Examination ering Universitas Indonesia. The committee
if said student acquire a minimum B consists of a minimum of 7 (seven) people
grade and GPA of a minimum 3.00. and a maximum of 9 (nine) people.
The Promotion Examination Committee
ENxx900008 consists of (a) Promotor and Co-Promotor,
Research IV and Promotion Examination (6 (b) Examiners, (c) a minimum of one person
SKS) within the committee is from an outside in-
Research IV is a research activity which its ap- stitution of the Universitas Indonesia.
praisal is finalized by completing the Dissertation The examiners consist of experts in related
525
field to the one which the Doctor Candidate
is studying. In special circumstances, an ex- Facilities for Doctoral Program Students
aminer from outside of the Academic soci- To make sure that student of FTUI Doctoral Pro-
ety may be invited. gram are able to conduct full time research and
Promotion Examination is lead by the Exam- produce excellent publications as required, FTUI
ination Committee Head who is also a com-
PROGRAM
DOCTORAL
writing is the responsibility of the student. There The deadline for proposal submission is closed
PROGRAM
are a number of competitive research grants, every November yearly for the funds from the
incentive research grant schemes available from following fiscal year.
which Doctoral program students may propose
to finance his/her research. Complete guidance International Journal Writing Incentive
and research proposal examples are available at These incentives are available for faculty mem-
the Associate Dean for Academic and Research bers of state owned or private owned universities
secretary at the Deans Building, 2nd floor or that have published an article in an international
through research.ui.ac.id. Among these grants journal. The incentives granted are varied be-
and incentives are: tween 15-30 million rupiahs depending on the
quality of the journal. Proponent must be stated
Doctoral Dissertation Research Grant as the first author and includes an affiliate insti-
This grant is provided by the Directorate General tution in Indonesia. Proposal for these incentives
of Higher Education in the amount of a maximum are usually closed in August each year.
of 50 million rupiahs given once in one year. Every
student in the Doctoral program is allowed to sub-
mit a proposal for this grant by stating Universitas
Indonesia as their affiliation. The deadline for the
proposal is every January 30th each year for funds
from the same running fiscal year.
527
528
529
530